Windstream Florida, Inc.

Transcription

GENERAL SUBSCRIBER
SERVICES TARIFF
For Telephone Service
GENERAL SUBSCRIBER SERVICES TARIFF
Tenth Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Ninth Revised Contents Page 1
ISSUED: August 1, 2006
BY:
Vice President
EFFECTIVE: August 16, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
SUBJECT
1
DEFINITION OF TERMS
2
GENERAL REGULATIONS
3
BASIC LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
4
SERVICE CHARGES
5
CHARGES APPLICABLE UNDER SPECIAL CONDITIONS
6
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
7
COIN TELEPHONE SERVICE
8
ABBREVIATED DIALING
9
FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE
10
KEY AND PUSHBUTTON TELEPHONE SERVICE
11
PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE
12
CENTREX SERVICE
13
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
14
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
15
CONNECTIONS WITH CERTAIN FACILITIES
AND/OR EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS
16
DATA SERVICE
17
MOBILE TELEPHONE SERVICE
18
LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
SERVICE
19
WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
20
LOCAL AND PRIVATE LINE SERVICE AND CHANNELS
21
OPTIONAL CALLING PLANS
22
ACCESS SERVICES
23
INTERCONNECTION OF LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES
TO SHARED TENANT SERVICES
24
EMERGENCY REPORTING SERVICE
25
BUNDLED SERVICE OFFERINGS
26
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE
29
DIGITAL DATA COMMUNICATION SERVICE
100
OBSOLETE SERVICE OFFERINGS
(N)
Third Revised Title Page
Cancels Second Revised Title Page
ISSUED: July 14, 2006
BY:
Vice President
Little Rock, Arkansas
EFFECTIVE: July 17, 2006
This tariff contains regulations and rates applicable for the furnishing of Basic Local Exchange Service, Long Distance
Message Telecommunications Service, Mobile Telephone Service, Wide Area Telecommunications Service and for
other general subscriber services, equipment and facilities associated with the above services offered by the
Windstream Florida, Inc. Telephone Company. This tariff and a Map Supplement containing individual Exchange
Service Area maps are on file with the Florida Public Service Commission.
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS
When changes are made in any tariff page, a revised page will be issued canceling the tariff page affected; such
changes will be identified through the use of the following symbols.
(C) To signify changed regulations
(D) To signify discontinued rate, regulation or text
(I) To signify increase
(N) To signify new rate, regulation or text
(R) To signify reduction
(T) To signify a change in text but no change in rate or regulation
(M) To signify information moved from one location to another
(O) To signify information that has been obsoleted
WINDSTREAM FLORIDA, INC.
Fifteenth Revised Page 1
Cancels Fourteenth Revised Page 1
BY:
Vice President
INDEX
SUBJECT
SECTION
PAGE
8
22
2.2.4
6.6
ALL
1
4
10
Abbreviated Dialing
Access Services
Accessories Provided by the Subscriber
Additional Listing Charges
Additional Listings for Names Spelled More
Than One Way
Advance Payments
Airline Mileage Between Rate Centers
Allowance for Interruption
ALLTEL Digital Centrex (ADC)
Alternate (Directive) Listings
Application for Service
Application of Rates for Business and Residence
Service
Application of Service Charge
Application of Tariff
Audible Ring Signalers
Automatic Intercept Service
Auxiliary Equipment
Availability of Facilities
6.7.5
2.4.1
18.5
2.4.5
12
6.7.6
2.3.3
13
23
13
31
1
13
9
2.3.4
4.2
2.1
14.1.5
13.15
14.1
2.3.1
12
2
1
4
35
ALL
8
Basic Local Exchange Service
Billing Procedures
Broadcast of Recordings of Telephone Conversations
Bundled Service Offerings
Business Listings
3
2.4.3
2.2.5
25
6.2
ALL
28
4
1
2
Call Forwarding - General
Call Forwarding - Rates
Call Waiting - General
Call Waiting - Rates
Cancellation of Service for Cause
Caption Listings
Central Office Non-Transport Service Offerings
Central Office Work Charge
Change
Changes in Telephone Number
Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions
Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible
Location
13.3.1
13.3.3
13.3.1
13.3.3
2.2.10
6.7.4
12
4.2.4
4.1.2
4.4.1
5
3
5
4
5
6
12
ALL
5
2
7
ALL
2.3.12
20
(N)
Eleventh Revised Page 2
Cancels Tenth Revised Page 2
ISSUED: February 27, 2008
Vice President
EFFECTIVE: March 13, 2008
INDEX
SUBJECT
SECTION
PAGE
18.4
12
15
5.1.1
13.3.1
13
13.1
ALL
1
3
34
14
Datapath
Data Transmitting and Receiving Equipment and
Teletypewriter Equipment
Defacement of Premises
Definition of Terms
100.5
4
16.1
2.5.4
1
1
32
ALL
Deposits
DIALAN
Digital Data Communication Service
Direct-In-Dialing General
Direct-In-Dialing Rates
Directory Assistance Call Completion
Directory Assistance Service - General
Directory Assistance Service - Rates
Directory Listings
Disaster Assistance Plan
Dual Name Listings
2.4.2
29.2
29
11.2.1
11.2.2
26.4
3.7.1
3.7.2
6
13
6.3.2
2
7
1
3
4
3
9.1
9.1
ALL
4.2
5
EAS - See Local Service Areas
Emergency Reporting Services - 911
Equipment for the Hearing Impaired - General
Establishing and Furnishing of Service
Establishment of Credit - See Deposits
Exchange Rates - See Monthly Exchange Rates
Exchange Service - See Basic Local Service
Extension Line Mileage - General
Extension Line Mileage - Rates
Extension Stations
24
14.1.1
2.3
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.9
ALL
1
8
1
1
18
Federal Aviation Agency - FAA
Floor Space, Electric Power and Operating at
the Subscriber's Premises
Foreign Exchange Service
Foreign Listings
5.3.2
4.1
2.3.7
9.1
6.7.2
17
1
11
Conference Service
Connection with Certain Facilities and/or
Equipment of Others
Construction Charges - General
Custom Calling Features - General
Custom Calling Local Area Signaling Service - Per Use
Toll Blocking
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
SUBJECT INDEX
Twelfth Revised Page 3
Cancels Eleventh Revised Page 3
July 17, 2001
Vice President/State Government Affairs
INDEX
SUBJECT
General Regulations
Grandfather Conditions
SECTION
PAGE
2
3.6
ALL
8
-
-
2.5.3
6.7.3
2.3.6
2.4.6
32
11
16
31
23.1
20.2
25
18.7
29.4
1
2
ALL
24
14
Key and Pushbutton Service Trunk Line
Rates
10.1.1
1
Late Payment Charge
Leaky PBX Surcharge
Liability of the Company
Lifeline Assistance
Limited Communications
Limitations and Use of Service
Link-Up Florida
Local Calling Area - General
Local Exception - Basic Local Exchange Services
2.4.4
20.1.3
2.5
3.10
2.2.7
2.2
4.7
3.4.1
3.9
30
2
31
13
5
1
9
5
12
Local Exceptions - Trunk Lines
Local Exceptions - Private Branch Exchange
10.1.2
11.1.3
3
2
Local Service Areas
Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service
3.4.2
18.1
5
1
Maintenance and Repairs
Miscellaneous Charges
Miscellaneous Listings
2.3.11
4.4
6.7
20
7
11
Hearing Impaired - See Equipment for Hearing
Impaired
Indemnifying Agreement
Indented Listings
Initial Service Periods
Installment Payments
Interconnection of Local Exchange Services to
Shared Tenant Service
Interexchange Private Line Service
Interconnection of Mobile Carriers
IntraLATA Long Distance Verification and Emergency Interrupt Service
ISDN
(N)
Sixth Revised Page 4
Cancels Fifth Revised Page 4
ISSUED: April 4, 1997
BY:
President, Richard H. Brashear
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: May 5, 1997
T-97-0302
INDEX
SUBJECT
Miscellaneous Service Arrangements
Mobile Telephone Service - General
Mobile Telephone Service Rates
Mobile Telephone Service Regulation
Modem Pooling
Monthly Exchange Rates
SECTION
PAGE
13
17.1
17.3
17.2
29.3
3.3.1
ALL
1
2
1
13
3
(N)
(D)
Network Access Register (NAR)
Non-Listed Number Service
Non-Published Number Service
3.11
6.5
6.4.1
13.3
9
7
100.1
13.10.1
13.10.2
13.10.3
21.1
-
1
20
20
20
1
-
Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowances
Payment for Service
Premise Visit Charge
2.4
2.4.4
4.2.3
23
29
5
Private Branch Exchange Service
Private Branch Exchange Service Trunk Lines
Private Line Service
Private Line Service Rates and Charges
Provision and Ownership of Directories
Provision and Ownership of Equipment and
Facilities
Provision and Ownership of Telephone Numbers
Provision for Certain Local Taxes and Fees
Public Telephone Access Service for Customer Provided Equipment (CPE)
11
11.1
20.1.1
20.1.2
2.3.9
ALL
1
1
2
19
2.3.8
2.3.10
2.5.5
7.3
18
19
32
5.2
Obsolete Service Offerings
Operator Assisted Local Calls - General
Operator Assisted Local Calls - Regulations
Operator Assisted Local Calls - Rates and Charges
Optional Calling Plans
Ownership - See Provision and Ownership
(T)
(D)
(T)
(T)
(D)
(T)
(T)
(T)
(T)
(N)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
Seventh Revised Page 5
Cancels Sixth Revised Page 5
ISSUED: March 30, 2007
BY:
Vice President
EFFECTIVE: April 16, 2007
INDEX
SUBJECT
Radio Common Carrier (RCC) Interconnection Service
Rate Groups
Rate Schedule
Rates
Recorded Public Announcements
Reference Listings
Remote Access
Residence Listings
Ring+ Service
Ring Again
Ring Signalers
Schedule of Charges
Service Charges
Service Irregularities
Service Order Charges
Shared Tenant Service
Simple Business
Simple Residence
Special Promotions
Special Service Arrangements
Speed Calling - General
Speed Calling - Rates
Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)
SECTION
PAGE
5.3.1
3.2.3
3.2.1
3.3.1
2.2.6
6.7.1
13.3.1
6.3.2
13.7
13.3.1
14.1.3
4
2
1
3
4
11
4.2
5
10
4.2
3
4.3
6
4.1
2.5.1
4.2.2
23
4.1.4
4.1.5
2.7
5.3
13.3.1
3.3.3
12.3
ALL
31
4
1
2
2
33
4
4
5
42
(D)
Telecommunications Access System Act of 1991
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD)
Telephone Directories
Temporary Listing
Terminal Equipment
Termination Charges
Termination of Service
Three-Way Calling - General
Three-Way Calling - Rates
3.11
14.1.4
6.8.1
6.7.7
4.1.3
4.5
2.3.15
13.3.1
13.3.3
13.4
4
15
15
2
8
22
4
5
BY:
Vice President
INDEX
SUBJECT
SECTION
PAGE
Toll Tariff
Touch Calling Service - General
Touch Calling Service Rates and Charges
Transmitting Messages
Transfer of Service Between Subscribers
Transitional Lifeline Assistance
Trouble Location Charge
Two-Point Service
18
13.2.1
13.2.2
2.2.8
2.3.5
3.15
15.10
18.3
ALL
2
3
5
15
17
43
1
Uniform Statewide Access Charge
Unlawful Use of Service
Use of Facilities of Other Connecting Carriers
2.6
2.2.9
2.5.2
33
5
31
Vacation Rate Service
Verification and Emergency Interrupt Service
Voice Mail Integration
2.3.14
3.7
13.12
21
10
30
Waiver of Nonrecurring Charges for Military Personnel
Warm Line
Wide Area Telecommunications Service - WATS
Work Performed Outside Regular Working Hours
4.9
13.3.1
19.1
2.3.13
12
4
1
20
(T)
Section 1
First Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Original Page 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: September 20, 1988
DEFINITION OF TERMS
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
1
Section 1
Third Revised Page 1
Cancels Second Revised Page 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: October 17, 1995
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACCESS LINE
The central office equipment and all company plant facilities up to and including the company-provided
Standard Network Interface. These facilities are company-provided and maintained, and provide access to
and from the telecommunications network for message toll service and local calling.
ACCESSORIES
Devices which are mechanically attached to, or used with, the facilities of the Company and which are
independent of, and not electrically, acoustically or inductively connected to the communications path of the
telecommunications systems.
AFFILIATED ENTITIES
Affiliated entities are those corporations partnerships, proprietorships or other groups that hold stock in
excess of fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the entity which claims to be affiliated.
AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE
One authorized to act on behalf of another, usually by legal contract.
BASE RATE
The rate for primary classes of exchange service.
(D)
(D)
(D)
Section 1
First Revised Page 2
Cancels Original Page 1.1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
BASIC TERMINATION CHARGE
See "Termination Charge".
BUILDING (SAME)
The term "same building" as it applies to other than Shared Tenant Service buildings, is to be interpreted as
a structure under one roof, or two or more structures under separate roofs but connected by passageways in
which the wires or cables of the Company can be safely run, provided the plant facility requirements are not
appreciably greater than would be required normally if all structures were under one roof. In those cases
where there are several structures under separate roofs but connected by passageways and the plant facility
requirements for furnishing telephone service are appreciably greater than would be required normally if all
the structures were under one roof, the term "same building" applies individually to each of the separate
structures. Pipes and conduits are not considered passageways.
BUILDING (SINGLE)
In a Shared Tenant Service application, the term "Single Building" means one structure under one roof.
Separate buildings superficially connected are not considered as one building.
CALLING AREA
See "Local Service Area"
CANCELLATION CHARGE
A charge applicable under certain conditions when application for service and/or facilities is canceled in
whole or in part prior to the completion of the work involved.
(M) Material on this page was previously found on Pages 1, 1.1 and 2 of this Section.
Section 1
ISSUED: May 24, 1991
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
CENTRAL OFFICE
A central office is a local operating unit by means of which intercommunication is provided for subscribers
within a specified area under contracts for exchange service. An essential characteristic of a central office is
switching equipment to which telephone stations are connected by means of circuits known as "Central
Office Lines".
CENTRAL OFFICE LINE
See "Exchange Lines".
CLASS OF SERVICE
A description of telephone service furnished a subscriber in terms such as:
a.
For Exchange Service:
Grade of Line:
Type of Rate:
Character of Use:
Dialing Method:
b.
Individual line, etc. (see also "Primary Class of Service")
Flat rate
Business or residence
Touch calling or rotary
For Long Distance Service:
Type of Call:
Station-to-station or person-to-person
COIN BOX TELEPHONE
A telephone set equipped with a device for collecting money in payment of telephone messages and used in
connection with either public or semi-public telephone service.
Section 1
Fourth Revised Page 4
Cancels Third Revised Page 4
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
COLLECT CALL
The procedure by which certain messages, upon request, may be reversed (charged to the called station)
upon acceptance of the call at the called station.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Channels and other facilities which are capable, when not connected to telecommunications services, of
communications between customer-provided terminal equipment or Company stations.
COMPANY
Wherever used in this tariff, "Company" refers to ALLTEL Florida, Inc., unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise.
CONFORMING ANSWERING DEVICE
A conforming answering device is a customer-provided device which automatically answers incoming calls,
transmits a pre-recorded message or signal, records a voice message if so designed and automatically
disconnects from the line. The device may incorporate a remote interrogation function, and must incorporate
an authorized protective connecting module and must bear a valid conformance number. A conformance
number denotes an identifying number assigned to a particular model showing that it is in conformance with
provisions set forth by the Company.
CONNECTING ARRANGEMENT
The equipment provided by the company to accomplish the direct electrical connection of customer-provided
facilities with the facilities of the Company or of facilities of the Company with other facilities of the Company.
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Page 3 of this Section.
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
DEFINITION OF TERMS
CONSTRUCTION CHARGE
A separate charge authorized in the tariff for construction of pole lines, circuits, facilities, etc.
CUSTOMER PREMISES
The discrete real property owned, leased or controlled by the customer for the customer's own business or
residential purposes.
CUSTOMER-OWNED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT (COTE)
Devices or apparatus and their associated wirings, provided by a customer, which do not constitute a
communications system, and which when connected to the communications path of the telecommunications
system, are so connected either electrically, acoustically or inductively.
DATA ACCESS ARRANGEMENT
A protective connecting arrangement for use with the network control signaling unit, or in lieu of the
connecting arrangement, an arrangement to identify a central office line and protective facilities and
procedures to determine compliance with criteria set forth in Section 15 of this tariff.
DEMARCATION POINT
The point of physical interconnection (connecting block, terminal strip, jack, protector, or remote isolation
device) between the telephone network and the customer premises wiring. This point is part of the
telephone network, provided and maintained by the telephone company under tariff. The location of this
point is:
(D)
Section 1
Second Revised Page 6
Cancels First Revised Page 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
DEMARCATION POINT (continued)
1.
Single Line/Single Customer Building - Either at the point of physical entry to the building or a
junction point as close as practicable to the point of entry.
2.
Single Line/Multi Customer Building - Within the customer's premises at a point easily accessed by
the customer.
3.
Multi Line Systems - At a point within the same room and within 25 feet of the FCC registered
terminal equipment.
(M)
DIRECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
The term "Direct Electrical Connection" denotes a physical connection of the electrical conductors in the
communications path.
DIRECTORY LISTING
The publication in the Company's directory and/or information records relative to a subscriber's telephone
number, by which telephone and TWX users are enabled to ascertain the call number of a desired station.
(M)
a.
Caption Listing: The Listing of a subscriber's name without address or telephone number followed
by a series of indented listings covering branches or different departments of the business.
b.
Dual-Name Listings: A directory listing consisting of a combination of names and/or initials of two
persons who share the same surname and reside at the same address or of one person known by
two sets of first and/or middle names and/or initials.
c.
Foreign Listing: The listing of a subscriber in the alphabetical list of an exchange other than that for
the exchange from which the subscriber is served.
Material on this page was previously found on Pages 4.1 and 5 of this Section.
(M)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: September 20,1988
DEFINITION OF TERMS
DIRECTORY LISTING (continued)
d.
Indented Listing: A directory listing indented under another listing.
e.
Reference Listing: The listing of a generally accepted name of a firm.
(M)
DISCONNECTION OF SERVICE
An arrangement made at the request of the subscriber, or initiated by the Company for violation of tariff
regulations by the subscriber, for a permanent interruption of telephone service. Once affected, telephone
equipment will be removed from the subscriber's premises and a "final" bill would be rendered showing
monies owed to the Company the date service was disconnected.
DROP WIRE
Wires used to connect the circuits of open wire, aerial or underground distribution facilities to the standard
network interface where connection is made with the inside wiring.
EXCHANGE
A central office or group of central offices, together with the subscriber's stations and lines connected
thereto, forming a local system furnishing means of telephonic telecommunication without toll charges
between subscribers within a specified area, usually a single city, town or village.
When an exchange includes only one central office, it is termed a single office exchange, but when it
includes more than one central office, the exchange is termed a multi-office exchange. All of the central
office designations in an exchange must also be in the same rate center.
(M)
(M)
Section 1
ISSUED: March 25,1988
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
EXCHANGE LINE - See ACCESS LINE
(M)
EXCHANGE SERVICE AREA
The territory, including the base rate, suburban and rural areas serviced by an exchange, within which local
telephone service is furnished at the exchange rates applicable within that area.
EXCHANGE SERVICE
The general telephone service rendered in accordance with tariff provisions. Exchange service is a general
term describing as a whole the facilities provided for local intercommunication, together with the right to
originate and receive a specified or an unlimited number of local messages at charges in accordance with
the provisions of this tariff.
a.
Flat Rate Service
(1)
b.
(M)
Flat Rate Service: A classification of exchange service for which a stipulated charge is
made, regardless of the amount of use.
Individual and Party Line Service
(1)
Individual Line Service: A classification of exchange service which provides that only one
access line shall be served by the same central office line.
(2)
Party Line Service: A classification of exchange service which provides that two or more
access lines may be served by the same central office line. Party line service is further
classified by the grade of line, as follows:
Material on this page was previously found on Page 5, 6 and 7 of this Section.
(M)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
EXCHANGE SERVICE (continued)
b.
Individual and Party Line Service (continued)
(2)
(continued)
(D)
(D)
c.
Foreign Central Office Service: A classification of service furnished to a subscriber in a multi-office
exchange from a central office other than the one from which service would normally be furnished.
d.
Foreign Exchange Service: A classification of exchange service furnished to a subscriber from an
exchange other than the one from which he would normally be served.
e.
Touch-Calling Service: A classification of exchange service furnished from certain specified central
offices whereby calls are originated through the use of pushbuttons in lieu of rotary dials.
EXCHANGE STATION
See "Station".
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
EXTENDED AREA SERVICE
A type of telephone service furnished under tariff provisions whereby subscribers of a given exchange may
complete calls to, and where provided by the tariff, receive messages from one or more exchanges without
the application of long distance message telecommunications charges.
FLAT RATE SERVICE
See "Exchange Service".
FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE MILEAGE
See "Mileage ".
(D)
FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE
FOREIGN LISTING
See "Directory Listing".
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MILEAGE
See "Mileage ".
(D)
INDENTED LISTING
(D)
(D)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
INITIAL CHARGE
(M)
See "Installation Charge".
INITIAL SERVICE PERIOD
The minimum period of time for which service, facilities and equipment are provided.
INSIDE WIRE
All wire or cable located on the customer's side of the demarcation point that connects leased CPE or COTE
to the telephone network.
INSTALLATION CHARGE
A non-recurring charge applying to the provision of certain items of equipment or facilities as distinguished
from the service connection charge applicable for establishment of basic telephone service. The installation
charge is also associated with optional service features and may sometimes be called an "initial" charge.
INTRASYSTEM WIRING
Intrasystem wiring includes all cable and wiring and its associated components (e.g., connecting blocks,
terminal boxes, conduit between building support structure, etc.) which connect a systems station
components to one another or to the common equipment of a PBX, key or similar system.
LINE
See "Exchange Line".
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Pages 9 and 9.1 of this Section.
(M)
Section 1
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
LISTING
LOCAL CALLING AREA
See "Local Service Area".
LOCAL MESSAGE
See "Message".
LOCAL SERVICE
A type of localized calling whereby a subscriber can complete calls from his station to other stations within a
specified area without the payment of long distance charges.
LOCAL SERVICE AREA
The area within which telephone service is furnished subscribers under a specific schedule of exchange
rates and without long distance charges. A local service area may include one or more exchange service
areas.
LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
The furnishing of facilities for subscribers' communications on an individual message basis between rate
centers, or in connection with toll stations, within the same rate center.
(M)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE (continued)
a.
(M)
Station-to-Station Call
A service whereby the person originating the call either dials the telephone number desired, or
gives to the Company operator the telephone number of the desired station, Miscellaneous
Common Carrier connecting circuit, PBX, or PBX station which is reached directly rather than
through a PBX attendant, or gives only the name and address under which such number is listed,
and does not specify a particular person to be reached, nor a particular mobile station to be
reached through a Miscellaneous Common Carrier attendant, nor a particular station, department or
office to be reached through a PBX attendant.
b.
Person-to-Person Call
A service whereby the person originating the call specifies to the Company operator a particular
person to be reached, a particular mobile station to be reached through a Miscellaneous Common
Carrier attendant, or a particular station, department or office to be reached through a PBX
attendant.
MAIN STATION
See "Station".
MESSAGE
A communication between two stations. Messages may be classified as follows:
a.
(M)
Local Message: A message between stations within the same local service area.
Material on this page was previously found on Pages 10 and 11 of this Tariff.
(M)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
MESSAGE (continued)
b.
Long Distance Message: A message between stations in different exchange areas for which a long
distance message charge is made.
MILEAGE
(D)
A charge applying for the use of part or all of a line furnished by the Company.
a.
Air Line Measurement: The shortest distance between two points.
(D)
(D)
b.
Extension Line Mileage: The measurement applying on an extension line, for the use of which a
circuit charge is made in accordance with tariff provisions.
(T)
c.
Foreign Central Office Mileage: The measurement applying to a line within the exchange
connecting a subscriber's main station or PBX system with a central office other than that from
which he would normally be served, for the use of which a separate circuit charge is made in
addition to the base rate.
(T)
d.
e.
(D)
Foreign Exchange Mileage: The measurement applying to a line connecting a subscriber's main
station or PBX system with a central office of an exchange other than that from which the
subscriber would normally be served, for the use of which a separate charge is made in addition to
the base rate.
(T)
(D)
Route Measurement: The actual length of a circuit between two points.
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
MILEAGE (continued)
f.
Tie Line Mileage: The measurement upon which the rate for tie lines is based in accordance with
tariff provisions.
(D)
(T)
MISCELLANEOUS COMMON CARRIERS
Miscellaneous Common Carriers, as defined in Part 21 of the Federal Communications Commission Rules,
are communications common carriers which are not engaged in the business of providing either a public
landline message telephone service or public message telegraph service.
A Communication service through a land radiotelephone base station.
NETWORK CONTROL SIGNALING
The transmission of signals used in the telecommunications system which perform functions such as
supervision (control, status, and charging signals), address signaling (e.g., dialing), calling and called
number identification, audible tone signals (call progress signals indicating reorder or busy conditions,
alerting, coin denominations, coin collect and coin return tones) to control the operation of switching
machines in the telecommunications system.
NON-PUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE
A non-published telephone number is one for which no listing appears in the alphabetical section of the
directory or in the "Directory Assistance" records. Calls are completed to such stations only when the
number is given by the calling party.
PARTY LINE SERVICE
(D)
(D)
Section 1
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
PERSON-TO-PERSON CALL
See "Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service".
PREMISES (SAME)
The term "same premises" (except in connection with inside moves) shall be interpreted to mean: (a) the
building or buildings, together with the surrounding land occupied as, or used in the conduct of one
establishment, business, residence, or combination thereof, and not intersected by a public road or by
property occupied by others; (b) the portion of the building occupied by the subscriber, either in the conduct
of his business or residence, or a combination thereof, and not intersected by a public corridor or by space
occupied by others; or, (c) the continuous property operated as a single farm whether or not intersected by a
public road.
In connection with inside moves, the term "same premises" is to be interpreted to mean the building or
portion of a building occupied as a unit by the subscriber in the conduct of his business or as a residence or
a combination thereof, and not intersected by a public thoroughfare, a corridor or space occupied by others.
PRIMARY CLASS OF SERVICE
Any of those classes of exchange service which the Company undertakes to furnish at any point within the
base rate area at a rate common to all applicants for the same class. Primary classes of service may be
furnished at points outside a base rate area at base rates plus zone charges.
PRIVATE TELEPHONE NUMBER
See "Non-published Number".
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Pages 13 and 14 of this Section.
Section 1
ISSUED: January 15, 1997
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
(D)
(D)
RATE CENTER
A designation for central office codes which determines the rating of toll messages. Central office prefixes in
the same rate center will share the same V & H coordinate designations, listed in the AT&T Long Lines
Distance Dialing Reference Guide.
REFERENCE LISTING
ROUTE MEASUREMENT
See "Mileage and Zone Charges".
SECRETARIAL LINES
Extension station lines or main station lines of patrons of a telephone answering bureau which terminate in
telephone answering facilities on the premises of the bureau so as to permit the bureau attendant to answer
incoming calls on such lines.
(D)
(D)
(T)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGE
(M)
A non-recurring charge applying to the establishment of basic telephone service for a subscriber and certain
subsequent additions to that service.
SHARED TENANT PROVIDER
One who has been granted a certificate of public convenience and necessity by the Florida Public Service
Commission to provide Shared Tenant Services in accordance with Chapter 86-270 Laws of Florida (or
Section 364.339 Florida Statutes (Supp. 1986).
SHARED TENANT SERVICE
Shared Tenant Service is a class of resold local exchange service furnished through a common switching or
billing arrangement to commercial tenants within a single building by a provider other than an existing local
exchange telephone company.
STANDARD NETWORK INTERFACE
a.
The Standard Network Interface is a standard Registration Program jack or equivalent provided by
the Company as a part of exchange access, WATS, or Private Line Services.
b.
The Standard Network Interface will be located inside the subscriber premises.
c.
All premises service will connect to the telecommunications network through the Standard Network
Interface.
For existing installation, the protector or point where facilities enter a customer's premises is to be
established as the end of such service. Going forward, a Company-provided standard Registration
Program jack is to be used as the point of connection to the telecommunications network. All newly
constructed customer premises will be provided with a Standard Network Interface.
(M)
(M)
Section 1
Original Page 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
SUBSCRIBER OF RECORD/CUSTOMER OF RECORD
(M)
A person, firm, partnership, corporation, municipality, or cooperative organization which orders and is
responsible for paying the telephone bill for any form of exchange service furnished by the Company. A
subscriber may also be the agent for multisubscribers when the exchange service is for residential individual
line service and the service will be used by multiowners of the individual residential apartment, the individual
residential condominium unit apartment or the single-occupancy residential house.
SUSPENSION OF SERVICE
An arrangement made at the request of the subscriber, or initiated by the Company for violation of tariff
regulations by the subscriber, for temporarily interrupting service. During the period of suspension, the
Company's equipment remains at the customer's location; the service is rendered inoperable at the central
office frame and billing continues. Facilities are reserved in anticipation that normal service will be resumed
at some future date.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
The various services offered by the Company as specified in this General Subscriber Services Tariff.
TELEPHONE NUMBER
A designation assigned to a telephone service for convenience in operating.
(M)
(M)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 1
August 17, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
TERMINATION CHARGE
A charge applying when a subscriber discontinues an item of service or equipment prior to the expiration of
the initial service period designated for such item. The basic termination charge is an amount established
for an individual item of service or equipment from which the termination charge is computed.
TIE LINE
See "Exchange Line".
TIE LINE MILEAGE
See "Mileage and Zone Charges".
TOLL MESSAGE (LONG DISTANCE MESSAGE)
See "Message".
TOLL SERVICE
See "Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service".
TOUCH CALLING SERVICE
TRANSIENT
One temporarily occupying the premises, with occupancy not to exceed nine (9) months.
TRANSITIONAL LIFELINE SERVICE
A transitional program which provides a reduction of basic local telecommunication service for any Lifeline
subscriber who no longer qualifies for Lifeline Assistance.
(N)
(N)
Section 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DEFINITION OF TERMS
USOC
Uniform Service Order Code
WATS
See "Wide Area Telecommunications Service".
WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
The furnishing of facilities for a dial type telephone communication between a wide area service access line
and other exchange and toll station telephones in the area prescribed in the tariff.
(D)
(D)
(D)
Section 2
Fifth Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Fourth Revised Contents Page 1
ISSUED: November 12, 1999
BY:
EFFECTIVE: November 27, 1999
GENERAL REGULATIONS
CONTENTS
Page No.
2.1
APPLICATION
1
2.2
LIMITATIONS AND USE OF SERVICE
1
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
1
2
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.2.7
2.2.8
2.2.9
2.2.10
2.2.11
2.3
Use of Subscriber's Service
Establishment of Identity
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and
Customer-Provided Communications Systems
Limited Communication
Special Arrangements on Tariffed Services
2
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
8
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE
8
2.3.1
8
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
2.3.7
Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service
Floor Space, Electric Power, and Operating at the
Subscriber's Premise
Provision and Ownership of Equipment and Facilities
Provision of Ownership of Telephone Numbers
2.3.8
2.3.9
2.3.10
9
12
15
16
17
18
19
19
(N)
Section 2
Seventh Revised Contents Page 2
Cancels Sixth Revised Contents Page 2
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
CONTENTS
Page No.
2.3
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (continued)
2.3.11
2.3.12
2.3.13
2.3.14
2.3.15
2.4
2.5
Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations
20
20
20
21
22
PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES
23
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
23
24
28
29
31
31
Advance Payments
Deposits
Billing Procedures
Payment For Service
Allowance For Interruptions
LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY
32
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
2.5.5
32
32
32
32
32
Provision For Certain Local Taxes and Fees
2.6
UNIFORM STATEWIDE ACCESS CHARGE TARIFF
33
2.7
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
33
(T)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.1
APPLICATION
The regulations specified herein are applicable to all communications services offered in this tariff by the
ALLTEL Florida Inc. Telephone Company, hereinafter referred to as the Company. Additional regulations,
where applicable, pertaining to specific service offerings accompany such offerings in various sections of this
tariff.
2.2
LIMITATIONS AND USE OF SERVICE
2.2.1
Use of Subscriber's Service
a.
Telephone equipment and facilities are furnished for the use of the subscriber, employees,
agents or representatives of the subscriber or members of the subscriber's domestic
establishment, except in connection with semi-public telephone service and except as the
use of the service may be extended, to the transient public, i.e., to patrons of hotels,
members of clubs, patients of hospitals, occupants of licensed Adult Congregate Living
Facilities, nursing homes, Continuing Care Facilities and retirement homes, students living
in quarters furnished by schools, colleges or universities; to persons temporarily
sub-leasing a subscriber's residential premises; to the transient public in connection with
reservation service at airport terminals and other public places; to exhibitors at convention
halls; to transient customers of time-share facilities, yacht basins, apartment hotels and
composite date services.
(1)
The transient public, for purposes of this tariff, is defined as one temporarily
occupying the premises, with occupancy not to exceed nine (9) months.
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
LIMITATIONS AND USE OF SERVICE (continued)
2.2.1
Use of Subscriber's Service (continued)
a.
(continued)
(2)
b.
(M)
(M)
The exception in B.1.a. for Adult Congregate Living Facilities, nursing homes,
Continuing Care Facilities and retirement homes is appropriate when at least
75% of the occupants are over age 62, or totally or permanently disabled, and the
facility has one or more of the following licensed or certificated components.
(a)
Licensed as a nursing home pursuant to Chapter 400, Florida Statutes,
or
(b)
Licensed as an Adult Congregate Living Facility pursuant to Chapter
400.404, Florida Statues, or exempted as an ACLF pursuant to Section
400, Florida Statutes, or
(c)
Certificated as a Continuing Care Facility pursuant to Chapter 651,
Florida Statutes, or
(d)
If funded or insured by the United States Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) pursuant to the National Housing Act. 12
U.S. Code SS 1701, program designed to aid the elderly.
Except as otherwise provided in this tariff, service furnished by the Company is intended
only for communications in which the subscriber has a direct interest and shall not be used
for any purpose for which a payment or other compensation shall be received by him from
any other person, firm or corporation for such use, or in the collection, transmission or
delivery of any communication for others. This prohibition shall not apply to a subscriber
who is engaged as a public telegram message service.
Material on this page was previously found on Pages 1 and 1.1 of this Section.
(M)
Section 2
ISSUED: October 26, 2000
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
Use of Subscriber's Service (continued)
c.
In view of the fact that the subscriber has exclusive control of his communications over the
facilities furnished him by the Company, and of the other uses for which facilities may be
furnished him by the Company, and because of unavoidable errors incident to services
and use of such facilities of the Company, the service and facilities furnished by the
Company are subject to the terms, conditions and limitations herein specified.
d.
No subscriber may use any service listed in any part of this General Subscriber Service
Tariff, including but not limited to such call management features as the various call
forwarding features, conferencing and bridging capabilities, for the purpose of allowing the
subscriber or any other telephone user to avoid usage, message or toll charges, whether
flat rated or usage based, that would otherwise be applicable.
Establishment of Identity
a.
The calling party shall establish his identity in the course of any communication as often as
may be necessary.
b.
The calling party shall be solely responsible for establishing the identity of the person or
station with whom connection is made at the called location.
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems.
a.
Customer provided terminal equipment may be used and customer provided
communications systems may be connected with the facilities furnished by the Company
for telecommunications services as provided in Section 15 of this tariff.
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.4
a.
2.2.5
(M)
Accessories which aid a subscriber’s convenience in his use of the facilities of the
Company, in the service for which they are furnished under this tariff, are permissible
provided any such accessory so used would not endanger the safety of Company
employees or the public; damage, require change in or alteration of, or involve direct
electrical connection to the equipment or other facilities of the Company; or interfere with
the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; or impair the operation of the
telecommunications system or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company's
services.
The broadcasting of a recording of a telephone conversation during the period of recording is
permissible provided that, in the interest of protecting the privacy of telephone service, the
recording is made in accordance with the regulations governing connection with subscriber
provided voice recording equipment as specified in this tariff.
2.2.6
Use of Company facilities or service in connection with automatic announcement service, automatic
answering and recording service, recorder coupler service or miscellaneous devices for recorded
public announcements are subject to the following conditions:
(M)
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.6
2.2.7
(M)
Recorded Public Announcements (continued)
(1)
For purposes of identification, subscribers to telephone service who transmit recorded
public announcements over facilities provided by the Company must include in the
recorded message the name of the organization or individual responsible for the service.
(2)
Subscribers transmitting factual public announcements such as time, stock market
quotations, airline schedules, and similar information are excluded from the preceding
condition.
(3)
Non-published telephone numbers will not be furnished for use with recorded public
announcements.
Limited Communication
The Company reserves the right to limit the length of communication when necessary because of a
shortage of facilities caused by emergency conditions.
2.2.8
The Company will not transmit messages, but offers the use of its facilities when available, and will
not be liable for errors in transmission or for failure to establish connections.
2.2.9
The service is furnished subject to the condition that it will not be used for any unlawful purpose.
Service will be discontinued if
(M)
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.9
(M)
Unlawful Use of Service (continued)
any law enforcement agency, acting within its apparent jurisdiction, advises in writing that such
service is being used in violation of the law. The Company will refuse to furnish service when it has
reasonable grounds to believe that such service will be used in violation of the law.
2.2.10
a.
(M)
The Company, with written notification giving reason, may either suspend service or
terminate the subscriber's service without suspension or following a suspension of service,
disconnect the service and remove any of its equipment from the subscriber's premises
upon:
(1)
Abandonment of the service.
(2)
Failure of a subscriber to make a suitable deposit as required by this tariff.
(3)
Impersonation of another with fraudulent intent.
(4)
Listening in on party line conversations.
(5)
Non-payment of any sum due for exchange, long distance, or other services.
(6)
Use of service in such a way as to impair or interfere with the service of other
subscribers; such improper use includes, but is not limited to, the use of
telephone
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.10
(M)
Cancellation of Service for Cause (continued)
a.
(6)
(continued)
service by a subscriber or with his permission in connection with a plan of
contrivance to secure a large volume of telephone calls, to be directed to the
subscriber at or about the same time which may result in preventing, obstructing,
or delaying the telephone service of others.
(7)
(M)
Abuse or fraudulent use of service; such abuse or fraudulent use including:
(a)
The use of service or facilities of the company to transmit a message or
to locate a person or otherwise to give or obtain information, without
payment of the charge applicable for the service.
(b)
The obtaining, or attempting to obtain, or assisting another to obtain or
attempt to obtain, long distance message telecommunications service
by rearranging, tampering with, or making connection with any facilities
of the Company, or by any trick, scheme, false representation, or false
credit device, or by or through any other fraudulent means or device
whatsoever, with intent to avoid the payment, in whole or in part, of the
regular charge for such service.
(c)
The use of service or facilities of the Company for a call or calls
anonymous or otherwise, if in a manner reasonably to be expected to
frighten, abuse, torment or harass another.
(M)
Section 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.2
2.2.10
Cancellation of Service for Cause (continued)
a.
(7)
(8)
(9)
(continued)
(d)
The use of profane or obscene language.
(e)
The use of the service in such a manner as to interfere unreasonably
with the use of the service by one or more other customers.
The Company reserves the right to cancel any contract for service with and to
discontinue service to any subscriber who uses any service listed in any part of
this General Subscriber Service Tariff, including but not limited to such call
management features as the various call forwarding features, conferencing and
bridging capabilities, for the purpose of allowing the subscriber or any other
telephone user to avoid usage, message or toll charges, whether flat rated or
usage based, that would otherwise be applicable.
(N)
Any other violation of the Company's regulations.
(T)
The Company reserves the right to cancel any contract for service with and to
discontinue service to any person who uses or permits the use of obscene,
profane or grossly abusive language over or by means of the Company's
facilities, and who, after reasonable notice fails, neglects or refuses to cease and
refrain from such practice or to prevent the same, and to remove its property from
the premises of such a person. When service has been discontinued for proper
cause, the utility may charge a reasonable fee to defray the cost of restoring
service, provided such charge is set out in its approved tariff on file with the
Florida Public Service Commission.
2.2.11
Special Arrangements on Tariffed Services
Arrangements may be developed by the Company and, at the Company’s discretion, offered on a
case-by-case basis taking into account special customer considerations including, but not limited to,
volume or term commitments, bundled services, in response to a competitive offering or for a
service not generally offered under this tariff. ICB rates and terms will be offered to the Customer in
writing and a contract entered into between the Company and the Customer.
2.3
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE
2.3.1
a.
The Company's obligation to furnish service is dependent upon its ability to secure and
retain, without unreasonable expense, suitable facilities and rights for the provision of such
service.
(N)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.1
Availability of Facilities (continued)
b.
The rates and charges quoted in this tariff provide for the furnishing of service and
facilities where suitable facilities are available or when the construction of the necessary
facilities does not involve excessive cost.
c.
When excessive costs are involved for the construction of facilities, charges for such
construction will be determined in accordance with the regulations as set forth in Section
5, except as otherwise specified.
(D)
(D)
2.3.3
a.
Any applicant for service may be required to sign an application form requesting the
Company to furnish the service in accordance with rates, charges, rules and regulations
from time to time in force and effect. In case of refusal of service, the Company shall
notify the applicant or customer in writing the reason for such refusal.
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (Cont'd)
2.3.3
(M)
(M)
Application for Service (continued)
b.
The Company reserves the right to refuse service to any applicant who is found to be
indebted to the Company for service previously furnished until satisfactory arrangements
have been made for the payment of all such indebtedness. The Company may also
refuse to furnish service to any applicant desiring to establish service for former
subscribers who are indebted for previous service, regardless of the listing requested for
such service, until satisfactory arrangements have been made for the payment of such
indebtedness.
c.
The following shall not constitute sufficient cause for refusal of service to an applicant or
customer:
1.
An applicant may not be refused service because of delinquency in payment for
service by a previous occupant of the premises unless the current applicant
occupied the premises at the time the delinquency occurred and the previous
customer continues to occupy the premises and shall benefit from such new
service.
2.
Delinquency in payment for service by a present occupant who was delinquent at
another address and subsequently joined the household of the subscriber in good
standing.
3.
Delinquency in payment for separate telephone service of another subscriber in
the same residence.
4.
Failure to pay for business service at a different location and a different telephone
number shall not constitute sufficient cause for refusal of residence service or
vice-versa.
Material on this page was previously found on Page 7 and 7.1 of this Section.
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.3
c.
(M)
(M)
(continued)
5.
Failure to pay for a service rendered by the utility which is not regulated by the
Commission.
6.
Failure to pay the bill of another customer as guarantor thereof.
d.
If telephone service is established and it is subsequently determined that either condition
in b. above exists, the Company may disconnect or suspend such service until satisfactory
arrangements have been made for the payment of the prior indebtedness.
e.
When an application for service and facilities, or requests for additions, rearrangements,
relocations or modifications of service and equipment are canceled in whole or in part prior
to the completion of the work involved, the applicant is required to reimburse the Company
for all expense incurred in handling the request before notice of cancellation is received.
Such charge, however, is not to exceed all charges which would apply if the work involved
in complying with the request had been completed.
f.
When equipment has been ordered for the specific needs of the subscriber and the
installation thereof is unduly delayed by, or at the request of, the subscriber, appropriate
charges apply for such equipment for the period of the delay.
(M)
Section 2
ISSUED: September 22, 2009
BY:
Vice President/ State Government Affairs
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.3
g.
2.3.4
2.3.4
When a subscriber requests a change in location of all or a part of the facilities covered by
his application for service or requests for additions, rearrangements, or modifications of his
existing service and equipment prior to completion of the work involved, he is required to
pay the difference between the total cost and expense incurred by the Company in
completing the work involved and that which would have been incurred had the final
location of the facilities been specified initially.
ORDERING UNDER THE AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT (ARRA)
(N)
Under certain circumstances, funds provided under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act
of 2009 ("ARRA") may be subject to certain restrictions, requirements and reporting obligations.
The Company may be subject to some of these restrictions, requirements and reporting obligations
when services and service components are purchased with ARRA funds. In order to comply with
the restrictions, requirements and reporting obligations associated with the use of ARRA funds (if
any), the Company must be apprised of them before provisioning the services or service
components. Accordingly, the services and service components provided under this tariff shall not
be used to support the performance of any portion of a project or program which has been funded
in whole or in part with grants, loans or payments made pursuant to the ARRA, without the prior
written agreement of the Company and Customer regarding any specifically applicable terms,
conditions and requirements. Customer shall provide the Company with prior written notice before
placing any order that may be funded in whole or in part with ARRA funds. If Customer fails to
provide such prior written notice of ARRA funding; or if the parties cannot agree on the terms and
conditions (if any) applicable to an ARRA funded order; or if any terms, conditions or requirements
(other than those to which the Company specifically agrees in such separate writing) are found to
be applicable, then the Company may, in its sole discretion, reject such order or immediately
terminate the provision of any affected service or service component without further liability or
obligation.
(N)
Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service
A.
The determination as to whether customer service should be classified as business or
residence is based mainly on the character of use to be made of the service. Although, in
general, business rates apply at business locations and residence rates apply at residence
locations, residence service will not be furnished at business locations except as provided in
C(5) following.
B.
In general, business rates apply whenever the use of the service is primarily or substantially of
a business, professional, institutional or otherwise occupational nature, where the service is
located on a premises whose main use is nonresidential. Examples of locations at which
business rates apply are:
(1)
At offices, stores, factories, mines, and all other places of a strictly business nature.
(2)
At houses or apartments where rooms are rented or boarders are taken or both,
and in halls and offices of hotels and apartment houses. However, when it is
clearly evident that the service located in the customer's house or in an owner's,
manager's or occupant's private rooms or apartment is to be used primarily for
the domestic purposes of the customer, then residence rates apply.
Section 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.4
Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service (Continued)
(3)
At quarters occupied by clubs and fraternal societies, public, private, or
parochial schools, hospitals, libraries and other institutions, and in churches.
However, at locations, such as fraternity houses where members of the
organization lodge, or lodge and board within the building, residence rates
apply.
(4)
At tool houses or construction offices of contractors engaged in the
reconditioning or remodeling of any structure whether the structure is to be used for
business or residence purposes upon completion of the work.
(5)
At residence locations in the same building as the customer's business
establishment or at residence locations adjacent to the subscriber's place of
business when it is not evident that the telephone located in the residence is to
be employed primarily for residence use.
(6)
At all other locations where the subscriber's primary use of the service is for
business purposes.
(C)
(C)
Section 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.4
C.
In general, residence rates apply when the use of the service is of a domestic nature or is
located on a premises whose main use is residential and provided that service is not used
substantially for business purposes. Examples of locations of which residence rates apply are:
(1)
At private residences.
(2)
At private apartments in hotels, boarding houses, college dormitories, and hospitals
when separate main station service is provided in such apartments and where the
use of the service is confined to the domestic use of the customer.
(3)
At the place of residence of a clergyman, physician, nurse, dentist, veterinary
surgeon or other medical practitioner or Christian Science practitioner.
Abbreviated titles such as "Dr.", "Rev.", "Judge", "Professor", are not considered
business designations.
(4)
In a private stable or garage when it is strictly a part of the customer's domestic
establishment. Also, residence extensions are permitted in barns if the use of the
service for any business purpose is only incidental. Separate exchange service
or extension station service furnished at commercial farm locations for business
use are classified as and charged for as business service.
(5)
Residential secretarial lines may be terminated in telephone answering facilities
at telephone answering bureaus.
(C)
(C)
Section 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.4.
D.
(C)
Changes from business service to residence service are made only in the event of a change in
the customer's arrangements which would entitle him to a residence classification of his
service, as specified in c. above.
A change of service classification from business to residence requires a number
change.
E.
Changes from Business service to residence service are made only in the event of a change
in the customer’s arrangements which would entitle him to a residence classification of his
service, as specified above.
When it is determined that a customer with residence service is using that service in such
manner that it should be classified and charged for as business service under the provisions of
b. above, the Company may disconnect the customer's service in the event he refuses to
permit his service to be classified as business service and to pay the business rate.
2.3.5
a.
Service previously furnished one subscriber may be assumed by a new subscriber upon
due notice of cancellation; or in the case of abandonment, provided there is no lapse in the
rendition of service. Such transfers are subject to Service Connection Charge regulations
and may be arranged for in either of two ways:
(1)
If the new subscriber, fully understanding the regulations governing the service
and the status of the account, willingly assumes all obligations thereunder,
future bills are then rendered to him without an adjustment to or from any
particular date, with the company arranging for the requested change in billing
and directory listing.
(C)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (continued
2.3.5
Transfer of Service Between Subscribers (continued)
a.
(continued)
(2)
2.3.6
If the new subscriber does not wish to assume payment of the old account, a new
service application is taken and an adjustment in billing is made to and from the
date the transfer is effective.
b.
Under either method of transfer, the reassignment of the old telephone number to the
service of the new party is arranged for only after the former subscriber has given his
consent to its use, and then only when, in the judgment of the Company, there exists no
relationship, business or otherwise, between the old and new subscribers, and when in the
judgment of the Company a change in the telephone number is not required.
c.
When a relationship does exist, business or otherwise, between the old and new
subscribers, the reassignment of old telephone number will not be permitted unless all
charges due under the current account have been paid, and then only when in the
judgment of the Company a change in the telephone number is not required.
a.
(M)
(M)
Unless otherwise specified, the initial service period for all services offered in this tariff is
one month commencing with the date of installation of the service.
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.6
2.3.7
b.
The initial service period for directory listings, where the listing actually appears in the
directory, is the directory period or a minimum of one year. The initial service period for
directory listings, which do not appear in the directory, is one month. If notification to
discontinue a listing is received after the directory close, it will be treated as a listing
appearing in the book.
c.
For all services furnished with initial service periods exceeding one month, the applicable
initial service period is the number of months indicated in brackets following the basic
termination charge listed in that section of this tariff containing the service offered.
d.
The initial service period relates to each applicable unit of service, either on the initial or
subsequent installations. The last unit of a group of like units installed will be considered
to be the first removed.
Floor Space, Electric Power, and Operating at the Subscriber's Premises.
a.
(M)
(M)
The subscriber is responsible for the provision and maintenance, at his expense, of all
suitable space and floor arrangements, including but not limited to adequate lighting and
temperature control, required on his premises for communication facilities provided by the
Company in connection with services furnished to the subscriber by the Company. Any
power outlets and commercial power required for the operation of such facilities shall be
provided by, and at the expense of, the subscriber.
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.7
Floor Space, Electric Power, and Operating at the Subscriber's Premises (continued)
b.
2.3.8
(M)
(M)
All operating required for the use of communications facilities provided by the Company at
the subscriber's premises, will be performed at the expense of the subscriber, and must
conform with the operating practices and procedures of the Company to maintain a proper
standard of service.
Provision and Ownership of Equipment and Facilities
a.
Equipment and facilities furnished by the Company on the premises of a subscriber or
authorized user of the Company are the property of the Company and are provided upon
the condition that such equipment and facilities, except as expressly provided in this tariff,
must be installed, relocated, and maintained by the Company and that the Company's
employees and agents may enter said premises at any reasonable hour to make
collections from coin boxes, to install, inspect, or repair any part of the Company's
equipment and facilities on the subscriber's premises or upon termination or cancellation
of the service, to remove such equipment and facilities.
b.
Subscribers may not disconnect or remove or permit others to disconnect or remove, any
apparatus installed by the Company, except upon the consent of the Company.
c.
Equipment and facilities furnished by the Company shall, upon termination of service from
any cause whatsoever, be returned to it in good condition, reasonable wear and tear
thereof excepted. If the customer does not make satisfactory
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.8
Provision and Ownership of Equipment and Facilities (continued)
c.
(continued)
arrangements with the Company for the return of the equipment, he will be billed for same
on his final bill. Title to the equipment will be transferred to the customer upon payment of
the bill.
2.3.9
2.3.10
a.
The Company shall normally publish updated telephone directories once every 12 months.
Each subscriber served by a directory shall be furnished one copy of that directory for
each access line. Other directories will be furnished at rates shown in Section 6.8.1.
b.
Telephone directories remain the property of the Company and must be surrendered upon
request. Current directories shall not be mutilated or destroyed, and no binder, holder, or
auxiliary cover shall be used which would interfere with the use of the directory, including
information found on the covers and inside covers.
Provision of Ownership of Telephone Numbers
Telephone numbers are the property of the Company and are assigned to the service furnished the
subscriber. The subscriber has no property right to the telephone number or any other call number
designation associated with services furnished by the Company, and no right to the continuance of
the service through any particular central office. The Company reserves the right to
(M)
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.10
(M)
Provision of Ownership of Telephone Numbers (continued)
change such numbers, or the central office designation associated with such numbers, or both,
assigned to the subscriber, whenever the Company deems it necessary to do so in the conduct of
its business.
2.3.11
All ordinary expense of maintenance and repairs, unless otherwise specified in this tariff, is borne
by the Company. In case of damage, loss, theft, or destruction of any of the Company's property
due to the negligence or willful act of the subscriber or other persons authorized to use the service,
and not due to ordinary wear and tear or caused beyond the control of the subscriber, the
subscriber shall be required to pay the expense incurred by the Company in connection with
replacement of the property damaged, lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the expense incurred in
restoring it to its original condition.
2.3.12
Company Facilities at Hazardous or Inaccessible Locations
Where service is to be established at a location that would involve undue hazards, or where
accessibility is impractical to employees of the Company, the subscriber may be required to install
and maintain the Company's equipment and facilities in a manner satisfactory to the Company, any
remuneration to be based on the conditions involved.
2.3.13
The rates and charges specified in this tariff contemplate that all work in connection with furnishing
or rearranging service be
(M)
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.13
(continued)
performed during regular working hours. Whenever a subscriber requests that work necessarily required in
the furnishing or rearranging of his service be performed outside the Company's regular working hours, or
that work once begun be interrupted, so that the Company incurs costs that would not otherwise have been
incurred, the subscriber may be required to pay, in addition to the other rates and charges specified in this
tariff, the amount of additional cost incurred by the Company as a result of the subscriber's special
requirements.
2.3.14
a.
(T)
General
(1)
Upon request, a subscriber to business or residence service may arrange for the
temporary suspension of such service for a period of no less than one (1) month,
nor more than twelve (12) months in duration. Suspension of service is available
on a subscriber's local exchange service only.
(C)
(C)
(D)
(D)
(2)
No outward or inward service is provided during the period of suspension.
Callingcard or third number long distance charges may not be charged to a
number that is on temporary suspension or vacation rates.
(C)
(3)
The charge for the suspension period may be collected in advance.
(T)
(4)
More than one suspension may be permitted during any calendar year, provided
at least one month’s full service charges are paid between each period of
suspension.
(N)
(C)
(N)
Section 2
Fifth Revised Page 22
Cancels Fourth Revised Page 22
ISSUED: May 2, 2007
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
2.3.14
Vacation Rate Service (continued)
b.
2.3.15
Application of Charges
(1)
The charge for service during the period of suspension is 50% of the rate
regularly charged.
(2)
Service charges will not be applied for the suspension or restoration or service.
a.
Termination of Service by the Company
(1)
Violation of any of the regulations contained in this tariff on the part of the
subscriber may be regarded as sufficient cause for termination of the subscriber's
service.
(2)
When the service is terminated on the initiative of the Company because of
violation of its regulations by the subscriber, the regulations stipulated below for
termination of service at the subscriber's request apply.
(3)
The Company may refuse to furnish or continue to furnish service hereunder, if
such service would be used for a purpose other than that for which it is provided
or when its use interferes with or impairs, or would interfere with or impair, any
other service rendered to the public by the Company.
(T)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.3
ESTABLISHING AND FURNISHING OF SERVICE (continued))
2.3.15
Termination of Service (continued)
b.
Termination of Service at Subscriber's Request (continued)
Service may be terminated at any time upon reasonable notice from the subscriber to the
Company. Upon such termination the subscriber shall be responsible for the payment of
all charges due. This includes all charges due for the period service has been rendered
plus any unexpired portion of an initial service period or applicable termination charges, or
both.
2.4
2.4.1
Advance Payments
a.
An applicant for service or facilities may be required to pay in advance of installation an
amount not to exceed applicable service connection, installation, or other non-recurring
charges plus charges for one month of service. Where construction charges are
applicable the payment thereof may be required before construction begins.
Advance Payment
b.
All advance payments shall be credited to the customer's account for local service or
construction, as applicable.
c.
All advance payments in excess of tariff provisions required to be made for telephone
service shall bear interest at the rate of 6% per annum, said interest to begin and run thirty
days after such advance payments are made, provided, that such advance payments
when voluntarily made by the subscriber, shall bear no interest.
(N)
(N)
(D)
(D)
Section 2
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND CREDIT ALLOWANCES (continued)
2.4.2
(M)
Deposits
a.
The Telephone Company may, at its discretion require any applicant for or any customer
to its service, to make a deposit as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the telephone
subscriber.
b.
Deposit required; establishment of credit. Each utility may require an applicant for service
to satisfactorily establish credit, but such establishment of credit shall not relieve the
customer from complying with the telephone company's rules for prompt payment of bills.
Credit will be deemed so established if:
(1)
The applicant for service has been a customer of any telephone utility within the
last two years and during the last 12 consecutive months of service did not have
more than one occasion in which a bill was paid after becoming delinquent and
never had service disconnected for non-payment.
(2)
The applicant for service furnishes a satisfactory guarantor to secure payment of
bills for the service requested. A satisfactory guarantor shall, at the minimum, be
a customer of the utility with a satisfactory payment record. A guarantor's liability
shall be terminated when a residential customer whose payment of bills is
secured by the guarantor meets the requirements of Section 2.4.2, paragraph e,
of this tariff. Guarantors providing security for payment of residential customers'
bills shall only be liable for bills contracted at the service address contained in the
contract of guaranty.
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.2
Deposits (continued)
b.
(M)
(M)
(continued)
(3)
The applicant pays a cash deposit.
(4)
The applicant for service furnishes an irrevocable letter of credit from a bank or
surety bond.
c.
Amount of Deposit. The amount of the initial required deposit shall not exceed an amount
equal to the charges for one month's local exchange service plus two months' estimated
toll service. If, after ninety (90) days service, the actual deposit is found to be greater than
an amount equal to one month's local service plus two months' actual average toll service,
the utility shall upon demand of the subscriber to the Company, promptly refund the
difference. These deposit rules apply to local exchange service and toll service only and
do not apply to special arrangement agreements covering termination equipment
installations for which the telephone company may require a reasonable deposit.
d.
New or additional deposits. A utility may require, upon reasonable written notice of not
less than 15 days, a new deposit, where previously waived or returned, or an additional
deposit, in order to secure payment of current bills. Provided, however, that the total
amount of required deposit should not exceed twice the actual average monthly toll billing
plus one month's local service charge, for the 90 day period immediately prior to the date
of the notice. In the event the customer has had service less than 90 days, then the utility
shall base its new or additional deposit upon the actual average monthly billing available.
When the utility
(M)
Section 2
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.2
d.
(continued)
has good reason to believe payment by a nonresidential customer is in jeopardy and
usage is significantly above normal for that customer, the company may request a new or
additional deposit. If the deposit request is not paid within 48 hours, the utility may
discontinue service.
e.
Refund of Deposits. After a customer has established a satisfactory payment record and
has had continuous service for a period of 23 months, the utility shall refund the residential
customer's deposits and shall, at its option either refund or pay the higher rate of interest
specified below for nonresidential deposits, providing the customer has not, in the
preceding 12 months, (a) made more than one late payment of a bill (after the expiration of
15 days from the date of mailing or delivery by the utility), (b) paid with a check refused by
the bank, (c) been disconnected for nonpayment, or at any time (d) used service in a
fraudulent or unauthorized manner.
Deposit Refund
f.
Interest on Deposit. Each telephone utility which requires deposits to be made by its
customers shall pay a minimum interest on such deposits of eight percent per annum.
The utility shall pay an interest rate of 9 percent per annum on deposits of nonresidential
customers qualifying under Section 2.4.2 when the utility elects not to refund such deposit
after 23 months.
(D)
(D)
Effective 1/1/95 Interest on Deposit. With the exception of nonresidential deposits not
refunded after 23 months, the utility will pay a 6 percent per annum interest rate when it
requires deposits from its customers. The utility shall pay an interest rate of 7 percent per
annum on deposits of nonresidential customers qualifying under Section 2.4.2 when the
utility elects not to refund such deposit after 23 months.
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.2
f.
(continued)
The deposit interest shall be simple interest in all cases and settlement shall be made
annually, either in cash or by credit on the current bill. This does not prohibit any utility
paying a higher rate of interest than required by this tariff. No customer depositor shall be
entitled to receive interest on his deposit until and unless a customer relationship and the
deposit have been in existence for a continuous period of six months, then he shall be
entitled to receive interest from the day of the commencement of the customer relationship
and the placement of deposit. Nothing in this tariff shall prohibit a utility from refunding at
any time a deposit with any accrued interest.
Interest From Deposit
g.
(N)
(N)
Record of Deposits. Each utility having on hand deposits from customers or hereafter
receiving deposits from them shall keep records to show:
(1)
The name of each customer making the deposit;
(2)
The premises occupied by the customer when the deposit was made;
(3)
The date and amount of deposit; and
(4)
Each transaction concerning the deposit such as interest payments, interest
credited or similar transactions.
(D)
(D)
Section 2
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.2
2.4.3
(M)
h.
Receipt of Deposit. A non-transferable certificate of deposit shall be issued to each
customer and means provided so that the customer may claim the deposit if the certificate
is lost. The deposit receipt shall contain notice that after ninety (90) days service, the
subscriber is entitled to refund of any deposit over and above an amount equal to one
month's local service plus two month's actual average toll service.
i.
Refund of Deposit when Service is Discontinued. Upon termination of service, the deposit
and accrued interest may be credited against the final account and the balance, if any,
shall be returned promptly to the customer but in no event later than forty-five (45) days
after service is discontinued.
Billing Procedure
a.
Local service, equipment and facilities are billed for in advance. All bills for local service,
equipment and facilities, toll, and miscellaneous facilities are due and payable upon
receipt.
b.
When warranted, special toll bills may be rendered. The amounts billed are due and
payable on demand.
c.
If bills are not paid within 10 days, the account may be subject to disconnection.
d.
In no case shall service be actually discontinued until after five days written notice has
been given to the customer.
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.3
Billing Procedure (continued)
d.
(continued)
However, in the event of fraudulent, careless, negligent, or unlawful use of the service, or
the presence of a hazardous condition, the service may be disconnected without advance
notice.
2.4.4
Payment for Service
a.
All charges due from the subscriber are payable at the Company's business office or at
any agency duly authorized to receive such payments. If objection is not received by the
Company within ten days after the bill is rendered, the account shall be deemed correct
and binding upon the subscriber.
b.
The subscriber shall pay monthly in advance or on demand all charges for service and
equipment and shall pay on demand all charges for long distance service. The subscriber
is responsible for payment of all charges for services furnished to him, including charges
for services originated or charges accepted at the subscriber's station.
Local Service Proration
c.
Should service be suspended for non-payment of charges, it will be restored only as
provided under "Restoration Charges" in Section 4 of this tariff.
d.
When service has been disconnected for non-payment, the service agreement is
considered to have been terminated.
(N)
(N)
(D)
Section 2
Tenth Revised Page 30
Cancels Ninth Revised Page 30
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.4
Payment for Service (continued)
d.
(continued)
Re-establishment of service may be made only upon the execution of a new service
agreement which is subject to the provisions of this tariff.
e.
At its discretion, the Company may restore or re-establish service which has been
suspended or disconnected for non- payment of charges, prior to payment of all charges
due. Such restoration or re-establishment shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights
to suspend or disconnect service for non-payment of any such or other charges due and
unpaid or for the violation of the provisions of this tariff; nor shall the failure to suspend or
disconnect service for non-payment of any past due account or accounts operate as a
waiver or estoppel to suspend or disconnect service for non-payment of such account or of
any other past due account.
f.
A service charge of $25.00 or 5% of the amount of the check, whichever is greater, shall
be added to the customer's bill for telephone service for each check dishonored by the
bank upon which it is drawn. Termination of service shall not be made for failure to pay
the returned check charge.
Returned Check Charge
ASOC
NSFC
A late payment charge of 1.9% will be applied to each customer’s bill when the previous
month’s bill has not been paid in full prior to the next billing date. The 1.9% charge is
applied to the total unpaid amount carried forward and is included in the total amount due
on the current bill. This Tariff shall apply to federal and state government pursuant to
existing statues applicable to those governmental entitles. County and municipal
governments will be assessed a one percent (1%) late payment charge in accordance with
the provisions of the Florida Prompt Payment Act, Section 218.70-218.79, Florida
Statutes.
(I)
(I)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 2
Eighth Revised Page 31
Cancels Seventh Revised Page 31
July 17, 2001
Vice President, State Government Affairs
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.4
2.4.5
Allowance for Interruptions
When the use of service or facilities furnished by the Company is interrupted due to any cause
other than the negligence or willful act of the subscriber or the failure of the facilities provided by the
subscriber, a pro rata adjustment of the fixed monthly charges involved will be allowed, upon
request of the subscriber, for the service and facilities rendered useless and inoperative by reason
of the interruption during the time said interruption continues in excess of twenty-four hours from
the time it is reported to or detected by the Company, except as otherwise specified in this tariff.
For the purpose of administering this regulation, every month is considered to have thirty days.
Local Service Adjustment
2.4.6
(T)
(N)
Service may be established in advance of payment of connection charges. At the customer’s
option, installation service and connection charges and deposits may be paid in up to four monthly
installments meeting or exceeding the minimum monthly payment shown below if installment billing
is requested on additional installation and service charges while a balance is due. The additional
amounts will be treated as a separate installment billing arrangement.
Installment Billing Service Fee
An installment billing service fee is applicable to installment billing arrangements established for
regulated services purchased from this tariff by residential and business customers.
(A)
(B)
(C)
The fee applies for each installment arrangement billed.
Multiple installment billing service fees may be billed if the customer has multiple
installment billing arrangements in effect.
The fee will not apply to Lifeline/Link-Up customers.
Rates and Charges
(A) Per month minimum installment payments
Residence
Business
$5.00
$5.00
(B) Installment Billing Service Fee
Residence
Business
Monthly Rate
$2.00
$2.00
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 2
July 17, 2001
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.5
LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY
2.5.1
(M)
The liability of the Company for damages arising out of mistakes, omissions, interruptions, delays, errors,
or defect in the transmission, or failure or defects in the service and/or facilities furnished by the
Company, occurring in the course of furnishing service or other facilities and not caused by the
negligence of the subscriber, or of the Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance
and operation and to exercise reasonable supervision shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to
the proportionate charge to the subscriber for the period of service during which such mistake, omission,
interruption, delay, error, or defect in transmission or defect or failure in service or facilities occurs.
The Company will not pay interest on overbillings.
2.5.2
(M)
When suitable arrangements can be made, facilities of other connecting carriers may be used in
conjunction with the Company's facilities in establishing connections to points not reached by this
Company's facilities. Neither this Company nor any connecting carrier participating in a service shall be
liable for any act or omission of any other company or companies furnishing a portion of such service.
2.5.3
The Company shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the subscriber against claims for libel,
slander, or the infringement of copyright arising directly or indirectly from the material transmitted over the
facilities or the use thereof; against claims for infringement of patents arising from combining with or
using in connection with, facilities furnished by the Company, or apparatus, and systems of the
subscriber; and against all other claims arising out of any act of omission of the subscriber in connection
with the facilities provided by the Company. The Company shall not be liable for damages or statutory
penalties, in any case which is not presented in writing within sixty days after the alleged delinquency
occurs.
2.5.4
The Company is not liable for defacement to or damage of the premises of a subscriber resulting from
the furnishing of service or the attachment of instruments, apparatus and associated wiring furnished by
the Company on such premises or by the installation or removal thereof, when such defacement or
damage is not the result of the negligence of employees of the Company.
2.5.5
Provision for Certain Local Taxes and Fees
a.
(M)
In the event a county or other local taxing authority, imposes, collects or receives from the
Company any license,
Material on this page was previously found on seventh revised Page 31 of this Section.
Section 2
BY:
Vice President – State Government Affairs
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.5
LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY (continued)
2.5.5
Provision for Certain Local Taxes and Fees (continued)
a.
(continued)
occupational, franchise, privilege, inspection or other similar tax or fee, or otherwise,
whether in a lump sum, or at a flat rate, or based on receipts, or based on poles, wires,
conduits or other facilities, or otherwise, the amount of such tax or fee will be billed, insofar
as practical, pro rata to the customer receiving exchange service within such county or
territory of other local taxing authority.
Note:
2.6
Nothing in this tariff shall prohibit the billing to customers of the amount of any tax or fee
imposed by a county or other local taxing authority at the time of the filing of this tariff.
UNIFORM STATEWIDE ACCESS CHARGE TARIFF
ALLTEL Florida, Inc. concurs with the Uniform Statewide Access Charge Tariff as ordered and authorized by
the Florida Public Service Commission in docket number 820537-TP, effective January 1, 1984.
2.7
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
The Company may offer special promotions of new or existing services or products for limited periods as approved by
the Public Service Commission. These promotions are a temporary waiver of certain recurring and/or non-recurring
charges as stated in paragraph 2.7.2. These promotions will be offered where available on a completely
non-discriminating basis with each subscriber in the classification of service and area for which the promotion is
offered having an equal opportunity for participation.
Upon initial availability in a particular exchange of ALLTEL custom calling feature(s), service(s),
or combinations thereof, the Company may elect to waive the nonrecurring charges and up to the
first two month’s recurring charges for customers subscribing to such service(s) or feature(s) for a
period of up to sixty days following the date on which such service(s), feature(s), or combinations
thereof, become available in that exchange. If a promotion or a waiver for such feature(s),
service(s) or combinations thereof is in effect for all customers in the customer’s class of service at
the time the customer orders the feature(s) or service(s), the general promotion or waiver will apply
instead of this waiver. A subscriber may not participate in both this waiver and a concurrent general
promotion or waiver for the feature(s) ordered.
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
(D)
(D)
2.7.2
The following promotions are approved by the Commission:
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
09-01-86Order No.
09-30-8611546
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
09-01-86Order No.
09-30-8612559
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
10-01-86Order No.
10-31-8611546
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
10-01-86Order No.
10-31-8612559
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
11-01-86Order No.
11-30-8611546
(D)
Section 2
Original Page 35
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS (continued)
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
(M)
(M)
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
11-01-86
11-30-86
Order No.
12559
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
12-01-86
12-31-86
Order No.
11546
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
12-01-86
12-31-86
Order No.
12559
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
05-01-87
05-30-87
Docket No.
830007
Order No. 11546
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
05-01-87
05-30-87
Docket No.
830411
Order No. 12559
Company's
service
territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
06-01-87
06-30-87
Docket No.
830007
Order No. 11546
Company's
service
territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
plus first month
recurring
06-01-87
06-30-87
Docket No.
830411
Order No. 12559
(M)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
McIntosh
exchange
(591) central
office)
Toll-Pac
Secondary service
Order charge
12-12-87/
01-11-88
and
03-07-88/
04-06-88
Docket No.
830064
Order No.
17778
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
08-21-88/
10-20-88
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
12-01-88
01-31-89
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
10-02-89
12-01-89
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Alachua,
Melrose,
Hilliard
Districts
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
1-1-90
3-1-90
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
(T)
Section 2
ISSUED: June 13, 1990
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Live Oak,
Hastings
Directory
Territory
No Sales
Solicitation
calls
Secondary service
Order charge
02-26-90
04-27-90
Alachua
Melrose,
Hilliard
Districts
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
03-02-90Docket No.
04-30-90830411
Order No.
12559
Alachua
Melrose,
Hilliard
Districts
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
05-01-90Docket No.
06-29-90830411
Order No.
12559
Live Oak
District
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
05-01-90Docket No.
06-29-90830411
Order No.
12559
Alachua
Melrose,
Hilliard
Districts
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
06-30-90Docket No.
08-28-90830411
Order No.
12559
Live Oak
District
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
06-30-90Docket No.
08-28-90830411
Order No.
12559
Alachua,
Melrose
Exchanges
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
07-01-90Docket No.
08-29-90830007
Order No.
11546
Alachua,
Melrose
Exchanges
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
08-30-90Docket No.
10-28-90830007
Order No.
11546
(N)
(N)
Section 2
ISSUED: December 24, 1990
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: February 22, 1991
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Company's
Service
Territory
Service
Touch
Calling
Charges Waived
Non-recurring
Period
09-01-90
10-30-90
Authority
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
10-31-90
12-29-90
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
01-15-91
03-16-91
Docket No.
891308-TP
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
03-17-91
05-16-91
Docket No.
891308-TP
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
Warm
Line
Non-recurring
02-22-91
04-23-91
-
Company's
Service
Territory
Warm
Line
Non-recurring
04-24-91
06-23-91
-
(N)
(N)
Section 2
Original Page 39
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(N)
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
03-01-91
04-29-91
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
04-30-91
06-28-91
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
(N)
Section 2
Original Page 40
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Raiford,
White
Springs &
Interlachen
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
04-06-91
06-05-91
Docket No.
830411-TP
Order No.
12599
Raiford,
White
Springs &
Interlachen
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
06-06-91
08-04-91
Docket No.
830411-TP
Order No.
12599
White
Springs &
Interlachen
RING+
Non-recurring
04-06-91
06-05-91
Docket No.
891308-TP
Order No.
22499
White
Springs &
Interlachen
RING+
Non-recurring
06-06-91
08-04-91
Docket No.
891308-TP
Order No.
22499
White
Springs
Warm Line
Non-recurring
04-06-91
06-05-91
Docket No.
910096-TL
White
Springs
Warm Line
Non-recurring
06-06-91
08-04-91
Docket No.
910096-TL
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
05-15-91
07-14-91
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Non-recurring
07-15-91
09-13-91
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Raiford and
Lake Butler
Exchanges
RING+
Non-recurring
08-25-91
10-24-91
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Raiford and
Lake Butler
Exchanges
Warm Line
Non-recurring
08-25-91
10-24-91
Docket No.
910096-TL
Order No.
Raiford and
Lake Butler
Exchanges
RING+
Non-recurring
10-25-91
12-24-91
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Raiford and
Lake Butler
Exchanges
Warm Line
Non-recurring
10-25-91
12-24-91
Docket No.
910096-TL
Order No.
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
09-19-91
11-18-91
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
11-19-91
01-18-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
02-08-92
04-08-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
04-08-92
06-08-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Single Party
Residence
and Business
Customers
Additional
Access
Lines
Non-recurring
04-01-92
06-30-92
Docket No.
911072
Order No.
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
03-01-92
04-29-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
04-30-92
06-28-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
(N)
(N)
Section 2
Original Page 43
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: June 1, 1992
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(N)
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
06-01-92
07-30-92
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
09-01-92
10-30-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
10-31-92
12-29-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
09-01-92
10-30-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
06-06-92
08-04-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
06-06-92
08-04-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
RING+
Non-recurring
06-06-92
08-04-92
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
(N)
Section 2
Original Page 44
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(N)
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Warm
Line
Non-recurring
06-06-92
08-04-92
Docket No.
910096
Order No.
24220
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
08-05-92
10-03-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
08-05-92
10-03-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
RING+
Non-recurring
08-05-92
10-03-92
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Mayo and
Branford
Exchanges
Warm
Line
Non-recurring
08-05-92
10-03-92
Docket No.
910096
Order No.
24220
Brooker
Exchange
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
09-12-92
11-10-92
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Brooker
Exchange
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
09-12-92
11-10-92
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 2
October 30, 1992
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Brooker
Exchange
RING+
Non-recurring
09-12-92
11-10-92
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Brooker
Exchange
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
11-11-92
01-09-93
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Brooker
Exchange
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
11-11-92
01-09-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Brooker
Exchange
RING+
Non-recurring
11-11-92
01-09-93
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
09-15-92
11-13-92
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Single Party
Residence
and Business
Customers
Additional
Access
Lines
Non-recurring
10-02-92
12-31-92
Docket No.
911072
Order No.
25781
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
11-15-92
01-13-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
(N)
(N)
Section 2
Original Page 46
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(N)
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Authority
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
02-01-93
04-01-93
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
02-01-93
04-01-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Luraville
Exchange
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
03-20-93
05-18-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Luraville
Exchange
RING+
Non-recurring
03-20-93
05-18-93
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Luraville
Exchange
Touch
Calling
Non-recurring
03-20-93
05-18-93
Docket No.
830007
Order No.
11546
Luraville
Exchange
Warm
Line
Non-recurring
03-20-93
05-18-93
Docket No.
910096
Order No.
24220
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
04-02-93
05-31-93
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
04-02-93
05-31-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
07-01-93
08-29-93
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
RING+
Non-recurring
07-01-93
08-29-93
Docket No.
891308
Order No.
22499
(N)
Section 2
Cancels Third Page 47
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Company's
Service Line
Territory
Service
Warm
Charges Waived
Non-recurring
Period
07-01-93
08-29-93
Authority
Docket No.
910096
Order No.
22499
Single Party
Residence
and Business
Customers
Additional
Access
Lines
Non-recurring
09-01-93
11-29-93
Docket No.
911072
Order No.
25781
Company's
Service
Territory
ALLST*R®
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
02-22-94
05-23-94
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
06-03-94
07-31-94
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
09-01-94
11-30-94
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Alachua,
Branford,
Callahan,
Dowling Park,
Hilliard,
Jasper,
Jennings,
Live Oak,
Luraville,
Mayo,
Boys Ranch,
White Springs
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
07-01-94
09-30-94
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company's
Service
Territory
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
10-01-94
12-31-94
Docket No.
910982
Order No.
24832
Company's
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
12-01-94
12-31-94
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Company’s
Service
Territory
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
03-11-95
05-31-95
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company’s
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
03-11-95
05-31-95
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company’s
Service
Territory
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
09-27-95
10-13-95
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company’s
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
09-27-95
10-13-95
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company’s
Service
Territory
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
10-15-95
12-15-95
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company’s
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
10-15-95
12-15-95
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Company’s
Service
Territory
ALLST*R
CLASS
Services
Non-recurring
4-01-96
7-01-96
Docket No.
910682
Order No.
24832
Company’s
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features
Non-recurring
4-01-96
7-01-96
Docket No.
830411
Order No.
12559
Single Party
Residence
and Business
Customers
Additional
Access
Lines
Non-recurring
5-01-96
5-31-96
Docket No.
911072
Order No.
25781
Period
Authority
(N)
(N)
Section 2
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Single Party
Residence
Customers
Service
Charges Waived
Caller ID
Package &
Complete
Package
Service Order Fee
Period
06-15-00
09-13-00
Authority
(N) (D)
(N)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
SECTION 2
Replaces Ninth Revised Page 50
May 16, 2002
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Company’s
Service
Territory
Custom
Calling
Features:
call forwarding,
call waiting,
3 way calling,
speed 8 calling
reduction of
monthly recurring
charges to $6.95
for business customers
03-04-00
06-02-00
Company’s
Service
Territory
Caller ID Basic:
caller ID deluxe,
call waiting,
caller ID on call
waiting
reduction of
monthly recurring06-02-00
charges to $9.95
03-04-00
Company’s
Service
Territory
Caller ID Premium:
caller ID deluxe,
3 way calling,
call waiting,
caller ID on call waiting,
selective call acceptance,
call selector, call forwarding
reduction of
monthly recurring
charges to $16.95
03-04-00
06-02-00
Company’s
Service
Territory
reduction of
Caller ID Ultimate Package
caller ID deluxe,
monthly recurring
caller ID on call waiting,
charges to $24.95
repeat dial, call return, for business customers
preferred call forward,
call selector, selective call
acceptance, selective call
rejection, call waiting,
3 way calling, call forward
speed 8 calling
03-04-00
06-02-00
Company’s
Service
Territory
Free Installation
Complete Package
Caller ID Deluxe,
& First Month of
Caller ID on Call Waiting,
Service Free *
Repeat Dial, Call Return,
Preferred Call Forward,
Call Selector, Selective Call
Acceptance, Selective Call
Rejection, Call Waiting,
3-Way Calling, Call Forwarding
Cancel Call Waiting, and Speed 30.
06-01-02
08-30-02
Company’s
Service
Territory
Voice Mail Package
Call Forward Busy,
Call Forward No Answer,
Stutter Dial Tone
(existing customers only )
First Two Months
of Voice Mail Service
Free*
10-01-01
12-31-01
* In order to be eligible for Free Service, subscribers must retain service for longer than the free service period.
Authority
(C)
(C)
SECTION 2
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Company’s
Service
Territory
Complete Package
30 Day Money
Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting Back Guarantee
If Dissatisfied
Cancel Call Waiting, and Speed 30.
04-01-03
06-30-03
Company’s
Service
Territory
Caller ID Package
Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting,
Call Return
09-22-03
11-21-03
Complete Package
Caller ID Deluxe, Call
Waiting, Caller ID on
Call Waiting, Cancel Call
Waiting, 3-Way Calling,
Selective Call Acceptance,
Call Selector, Call
Forwarding, Repeat
Dial, Call Return, Preferred
Call Forward, Selective
Call Rejection, Speed 30
Authority
(N)
Waiver of
Non-Recurring
Service
Connection
Charges
(N)
SECTION 2
Replaces Original Page 52
BY:
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Company’s
Service
Territory
Service
Custom Calling Features
Call Forwarding,
Call Waiting,
3 Way Calling,
Caller ID,
Voice Mail*
Charges Waived
Free Installation
& First Month of
Service Free
Period
Authority
02-01-04
03-31-04
*A customer who subscribes to Voice Mail will receive free installation and the first month of service free for Call
Forwarding Busy Line, Call Forwarding Don’t Answer, and Stutter Dial Tone.
Company’s
Service
Territory
Complete Package
Free Installation
Caller ID Deluxe,
& First Month of
Service Free
Cancel Call Waiting, and Speed 30
02-01-04
03-31-04
Company’s
Service
Territory
Voice Mail*
04-01-04
04-30-04
Free Installation
& First Two
Months of
Service Free
(N)
*A customer who subscribes to Voice Mail will receive free installation and the first two months of service free for Call
Forwarding Busy Line, Call Forwarding Don’t Answer, and Stutter Dial Tone.
Company’s
Service
Territory
Complete Package
Free Installation
Caller ID Deluxe,
& First Month of
Service Free
Cancel Call Waiting, and Speed 30
04-01-04
06-30-04
(N)
SECTION 2
Replaces Third Revised Page 53
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Company’s
Service
Territory
Service
Wireline Number Portability*
Charges Waived
Service Order
Charge & Central
Office Work Charge
Period
Authority
10-01-04
12-31-04
*The nonrecurring Service Order Charge and the Central Office Work Charge will be waived when a customer,
while in the process of porting an ALLTEL wireline number to a wireless carrier, orders a second line or a number
change from ALLTEL in order to maintain a wireline connection so that services such as DSL, Dial-up Internet or
an Alarm System are not disrupted.
Area of
Promotion
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Company’s
Service
Territory
Caller ID
Nonrecurring
Service Connection
Charges & First Month
Recurring Charges
07-17-06
09-15-06
Company’s
Service
Territory
One-Party Access Line **
New or Second,
Residential
Primary & Secondary
Service Order
Charges (Note 1)
11-01-06
12-31-06
Authority
(N)
** This promotion is for residential customers who purchase a new or add a second one-party access line. Customers
must keep the new or additional access line for three months in order to qualify for waiver of the service connection
charges.
Company’s
Service
Territory
Voice Mail Link or
Caller ID Deluxe ***
Business
Enhanced Central
Office Charge
(Note 1)
11-01-06
12-31-06
*** This promotion is for business customers who have one to three one-party access lines.
Company’s
Service
Territory
Additional
Business One-Party
Access Line ****
Primary & Secondary
Service Order
Charges (Note 1)
11-01-06
12-31-06
**** This promotion is for business customers who have one to three one-party access lines and add an additional line.
Note 1: The Central Office Charge and the Premise Visit Charge will also be waived if applicable for adding these services.
Primary or Secondary Service Order Charge will not apply for any of the additions shown above during these promotions.
(N)
SECTION 2
ISSUED:
BY:
October 28, 2008
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
Alachua, Brooker,
Fort White,
High Springs, &
Lake Butler
Service
Charges Waived
Period
Bundled Service
Offering, S25.2.a *
Service Order
Charge, Central
Office Work Charge,
& Premise Visit Charge
4-11-07
07-10-07
*The nonrecurring Service Order Charge, Central Office Work Charge, and Premise Visit Charge will be waived when a
customer in one of the exchanges shown above subscribes to the Bundled Service Offering shown in Section 25.2.a and
also subscribes to Windstream’s DSL and/or Digital TV Service and agrees to keep the services for one year.
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
Service
Residential or
Business Service
Charges Waived
$5.00 Monthly Credit
Period
5-29-08
8-29-08
This promotion will be used as a “Save” tool and will provide a monthly credit of $5.00 to customers who call to
disconnect their service. Customers who indicate that they have been offered service by a competitor for more than
$5.00 less than Windstream’s price will be offered an additional $5.00 Monthly Credit.
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
Service
Residential or
Business Service
Charges Waived
Period
8-29-08
11-29-08
This promotion will be used as a “Save” tool and will provide a monthly credit of $5.00 to customers who call to
disconnect their service. Customers who indicate that they have been offered service by a competitor for more than
$5.00 less than Windstream’s price will be offered an additional $5.00 Monthly Credit.
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
(N)
Service
Residential
Service
Charges Waived
Period
11-14-08
2-24-09
This promotion will be used as a “Winback” tool and will provide a monthly credit of $10.00 to residential customers
who have had their service disconnected within the last 6 months (does not include disconnects for nonpayment,
etc.). In order to be eligible for the credit, customers must subscribe to one of the Connect Bundles with Broadband.
(N)
SECTION 2
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
Service
Residential or
Business Service
Charges Waived
Monthly Credit
up to $10.00
Period
3-5-09
6-3-09
This promotion will be used as a “Save” or “Winback” tool and will provide a monthly credit of $5.00 to customers who
call to disconnect their service or have had their service disconnected within the last 6 months (does not include
disconnects for nonpayment, etc.). Customers who indicate that they have been offered service by a competitor for
more than $5.00 less than Windstream’s price will be offered an additional $5.00 Monthly Credit. In order to be
eligible for the credit, customers must subscribe to one of the Connect Bundles with Broadband.
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
Service
Residential or
Business Service
Charges Waived
Monthly Credit
up to $10.00
Period
2-24-11 to
5-25-11
This promotion will be used as a “Save” or “Winback” tool and will provide a monthly credit of $5.00 to customers who
call to disconnect their service or have had their service disconnected within the last 6 months (does not include
disconnects for nonpayment, etc.). Customers who indicate that they have been offered service by a competitor for
more than $5.00 less than Windstream’s price will be offered an additional $5.00 Monthly Credit. In order to be
eligible for the credit as a Winback, customers must subscribe to one of the Connect Bundles with Broadband.
Area of
Promotion
All Exchanges
Service
*Additional Business
One-Party Line
Charges Waived
Service Order Charge,
Central Office Work
Charge, & Premise
Visit Charge
Period
9-1-09 to
11-30-09
* Current Business one party customers that add an additional business one party line for a twelve month commitment will
receive one free jack at the time of installation and service connection charges will be waived. To qualify for this promotion,
the customer must also choose Windstream Communications, Inc. as their interlata and intralata carrier on the new line.
(C)
(C)
SECTION 2
BY:
Vice President
GENERAL REGULATIONS
2.7
2.7.2
(continued)
Promotion to Provide Discounts for the Business Connect SB Bundle III, February 24, 2011
through May 25, 2011
Windstream will provide the following discounts each month to customers in the Callahan,
Crescent City, Dowling Park, Hastings, Hilliard, Interlachen, Jasper, Jennings, Lake Butler, Live
Oak, Luraville, Mayo, Melrose, and Waldo exchanges who subscribe to the Windstream Business
Connect SB Bundle III during the promotional period and who also subscribe to Windstream
Communications, Inc.’s Unlimited Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s Broadband and Internet
Service. (When these discounts apply, discounts shown in Section 25, Sheet 7 will not apply.)
One-Year Term Commitment:
Three-Year Commitment
$22.50
$30.00
(C)
(C)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
Fourteenth Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Thirteenth Revised Contents Page 1
August 17, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
Page No.
1
3.1
GENERAL
3.2
STATEWIDE RATE SCHEDULES
1
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
1
1
2
3.3
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
Residence and Business Exchange Access Line Rates
Reclassification of Exchanges
Rate Groups
MONTHLY EXCHANGE RATES
3
3.3.1
3
Rates
LOCAL CALLING AREAS
5
3.4.1
3.4.2
5
5
General
Local Service Areas
LOCAL EXCHANGE EXCEPTIONS
8
3.6.1
3.6.2
8
9
Exception
Exception
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICES
9.1
3.7.1
3.7.2
9.1
9.1
General
Rates
VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE
10
3.8.1
3.8.2
10
11
General
Application of Rates and Charges
LOCAL EXCEPTIONS
12
3.9.1
3.9.2
12
12
Wellborn to Lake City
Branford and Fort White and Lake City
LIFELINE ASSISTANCE
13
3.10.1
3.10.2
13
13
General
Applications and Regulations
NETWORK ACCESS REGISTER (NAR)
13.3
3.11.1
3.11.2
13.3
13.3
General
Rates and Charges
3.12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS SYSTEM ACT OF 1991
3.13
$.25 CALLING PLAN
14
3.14
Extended Calling Service
16
3.15
Transitional Lifeline Assistance Program
17
(N)
3.15.1
3.15.2
17
17
(N)
General
Regulations
13.4
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
December 29, 2007
Vice President
CONTENTS
Page No.
3.16
3.17
18
Florida Optional Calling Plan
3.16.1 General
3.16.2 Available Calling Arrangements and Rates
18
19
Limited Local Measured Service (LLMS)
3.17.1 General
3.17.2 Availability
3.17.3 Rates
20
20
20
20
(N)
(N)
SECTION 3
Sixteenth Revised Page 1
Cancels Fifteenth Revised Page 1
BY:
Vice President
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
The rates specified herein for access line service entitle subscribers to an unlimited number of messages
to stations as specified in this section for each exchange.
B.
The rates for service and equipment not specifically shown in this section are presented in other sections
of this tariff.
STATEWIDE RATE SCHEDULES
3.2.1
The following statewide schedule of rates is applicable to each access line in the indicated rate
group.
Group and Calling Scope
1.
0 - 5,000
2.
5,001 - 10,000
3. 10,001 - 20,000
4. 20,001 - 40,000
5. 40,001 - 200,000
6. 200,001 - 320,000
7. 320,001 & Up
3.2.2
MONTHLY RATE
1-Party Residence
1-Party Business
$25.75
26.42
27.15
27.47
27.79
29.15
30.72
(I)
(I)
$ 9.49
9.75
10.01
10.17
10.37
10.86
11.49
Reclassification of Exchanges
A.
Whenever the calling scope in any given exchange shall experience a growth which could
cause that exchange to fall within the limits of another group, that exchange shall be
reclassified and rates adjusted accordingly.
B.
The effective date of the rate change shall be the effective date of the next directory for the
affected exchanged or sixty (60) days after the tariff filing date, whichever is later.
C.
The rate group in which an exchange falls shall be determined by the peak number of access
lines in the exchange's local calling area since the effective date of the preceding directory.
Section 3
Twenty-fifth Revised Page 2
Cancels Twenty-fourth Revised Page 2
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
3.2
STATEWIDE RATE SCHEDULES (continued)
3.2.3
Rate Groups
GROUP
Group 1
0
-
5,000
Group 2
5,001 - 10,000
Hilliard, Jasper, Jennings
Group 3
10,001 - 20,000
Crescent City, Raiford
(D)
(D)
Group 4
20,001 - 40,000
Florahome(659), Florahome(661),
DowlingPark, Interlachen, White
Springs, Live Oak, Mayo, Luraville,
Florida Sheriff’s Boys Ranch
Group 5
40,001 - 200,000
Alachua, Branford, Brooker, Citra,
Hastings, High Springs, Fort White
Lake Butler, McIntosh, Melrose, Orange
Springs, Waldo, Wellborn
Group 6
200,001 - 320,000
None
Group 7
320,001 - & Up
Callahan
(T)
(T)
SECTION 3
Thirty-third Revised Page 3
Cancels Thirty-second Revised Page 3
BY:
Vice President
3.3
MONTHLY EXCHANGE RATES
3.3.1
Rates
A.
The rates shown herein entitle the subscriber to an unlimited number of local messages to all
telephones bearing the designation of any central office of the exchanges included in the
associated local service area.
EXCHANGE
Alachua
** Branford
Brooker
Callahan
Citra
Crescent City
Dowling Park
Florahome (659)
Florahome (661)
Florida Sheriff's
Boy's Ranch
** Fort White
Hastings
High Springs
Hilliard
Interlachen
Jasper
Jennings
Lake Butler
Live Oak
Luraville
Mayo
Melrose
McIntosh
Orange Springs
Raiford
Waldo
** Wellborn
White Springs
** See Section 3.9 for local exceptions previously approved
BUSINESS
1-Party
$27.79
RESIDENCE
1-Party
(I)
$10.37
33.95
12.82
27.79
30.72
27.79
27.15
27.47
27.47
27.47
10.37
11.49
10.37
10.01
10.17
10.17
10.17
27.47
10.17
34.15
12.71
27.79
27.79
26.42
27.47
26.42
26.42
27.79
27.47
27.47
27.47
27.79
27.79
27.79
27.15
27.79
10.37
10.37
9.75
10.17
9.75
9.75
10.37
10.17
10.17
10.17
10.37
10.37
10.37
10.01
10.37
33.95
27.47
12.82
(I)
10.17
Section 3
Twenty-Second Revised Page 4
Cancels Twenty-First Revised Page 4
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
(M)
(M)
(M)
Material previously shown on this page is now found on Page 3 of this section.
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
3.4
LOCAL CALLING AREAS
3.4.1
General
The rates specified in Section 3.3 entitle subscribers to local messages to all telephones bearing
the central office designations of additional exchanges as shown below.
3.4.2
Local Service Areas
EXCHANGE
Alachua
ADDITIONAL EXCHANGES INCLUDED
IN LOCAL CALLING AREA
Brooker, Fort White, Gainesville,
High Springs, Lake Butler, Newberry
Branford
Dowling Park, Florida Sheriff's Boys
Ranch, Fort White, Lake City, Live
Oak, Luraville, Mayo, Wellborn
Brooker
Alachua, Gainesville, Lake Butler,
Waldo
Callahan
Hilliard, Jacksonville
Citra
Belleview, Forest, McIntosh, Ocala,
Oklawaha, Orange Springs, Salt
Springs, Silver Springs Shores
Crescent City
Pomona Park, Pierson, Welaka
Dowling Park
Branford, Florida Sheriff's Boys
Ranch, Live Oak, Luraville, Mayo,
Wellborn
Florahome (659)
Interlachen, Palatka
Florahome (661)
Interlachen, Palatka, Keystone Heights
(N)
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
February 29, 2008
Vice President
3.4
LOCAL CALLING AREAS (continued)
3.4.2
Local Service Areas (continued)
EXCHANGE
Florida Sheriffs'
Boys Ranch
Branford, Dowling Park, Live Oak,
Luraville, Mayo, Wellborn
Fort White
Alachua, Branford, Gainesville, High Springs,
Lake City
Hastings
Palatka, St. Johns
High Springs
Alachua, Fort White, Gainesville,
Newberry
Hilliard
Callahan
Interlachen
Florahome, Palatka
Jasper
Jennings, White Springs
Jennings
Jasper, White Springs
Lake Butler
Alachua, Brooker, Gainesville, Raiford
Live Oak
Branford, Dowling Park, Florida
Sheriff's Boys Ranch, Luraville, Mayo,
Wellborn
Luraville
Sheriff's Boys Ranch, Live Oak, Mayo,
Wellborn
(C)
Note 1) Hastings received EAS to BellSouth’s entire St. John’s exchange in 2006 when BellSouth consolidated the St. Augustine
and Julington exchanges into the St. John’s exchange.
Section 3
ISSUED:
BY:
President, George W. Lee
Live Oak, Florida
3.4
LOCAL CALLING CARES (continued)
3.4.2
Local Service Areas (continued)
EXCHANGE
Mayo
Branford, Dowling Park, Florida Sheriffs
Boys Ranch, Live Oak, Luraville, Wellborn
McIntosh
Belleview, Citra, Forest, Ocala, Oklawaha,
Orange Springs, Salt Springs, Silver Springs
Shores
Melrose
Gainesville, Hawthorne, Keystone Heights,
Waldo
Orange Springs
Belleview, Citra, Forest, McIntosh, Ocala,
Oklawaha, Salt Springs, Silver
Springs Shores
Raiford
Kingsley Lake, Lake Butler, Lawtey,
Starke
Waldo
Brooker, Gainesville, Melrose
Wellborn
Sheriffs' Boys Ranch, Lake City, Live Oak,
Luraville, Mayo
White Springs
Jasper, Jennings, Lake City
(N)
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: January 14, 1994
(D)
(D)
3.6
LOCAL EXCEPTIONS
3.6.1
Exception
ALLTEL Florida, Inc., has provided a grandfathering condition for the following subscribers:
Joe E. Rountree
Rt. 1 Box 81
Bryceville, Florida 32009
R-1 Service
Alton L. Parker
Bryceville, Florida 32009
B-1 Service
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
3.6
LOCAL EXCEPTIONS (continued)
3.6.1
Exception
These subscribers are actually located within the Southern Bell Telephone Company boundary,
Baldwin Exchange (226), but were originally served by ALLTEL Florida, Inc., Callahan Exchange
(879). These subscribers will be grandfathered at this time as (1) through rate case activity we
require this customer to subscribe to service in the appropriate exchange, or (2) whenever we are
no longer able to maintain the facilities presently providing his service in a cross-boundary manner,
or (3) should service become inactive.
3.6.2
Exception
(N)
ALLTEL Florida, Inc. has provided a grandfathering condition for the following subscribers:
Sleepy Suwannee Motel
P.O. Box 219
Lake City, FL 32056
B-1 Service
William G. Cason
P.O. Box 433
White Springs, FL 32096
R-1 Service
Sleepy Suwannee Motel
P.O. Box 219
Lake City, FL 32056
B-1 Service (Non-Pub)
Suwannee Gifts, Inc.
P.O. Box 3803
Lake City, FL 32056
B-1 Service
These subscribers are actually located within the ALLTEL Florida, Inc. boundary, Wellborn
Exchange (963), but were originally served by ALLTEL Florida, Inc., White Springs Exchange(397).
These subscribers will be grandfathered at this location with the existing class of service until such
time as (1) through rate case activity we require this customer to subscribe to service in the
appropriate exchange, or (2) whenever we are no longer able to maintain the facilities presently
providing his service in a cross-boundary manner, or (3) should service become inactive.
SECTION 3
Eighth Revised Page 9.1
Cancels Seventh Revised Page 9.1
BY:
Vice President
3.7
3.7.1
General
B.
Directory assistance service is desirable to assist all local exchange subscribers to obtain
the telephone numbers of other local exchange subscribers from an operator when the
numbers cannot be obtained from the published directory.
(D)
(D)
3.7.2
Rates
A.
call).
There is a charge of $1.25 to each subscriber for each call requesting intralata directory
assistance, except as noted below. (maximum of two requested telephone numbers per
(I)
Section 3
BY:
Vice President
3.7
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE (continued)
3.7.2
3.8
Rates (continued)
c.
Charges for Directory Assistance Service are not applicable to calls received from hotel or
motel guest rooms, or handicapped persons who are unable to use the telephone
directory.
d.
Charges for Directory Assistance Services are not applicable for local directory assistance
calls dialed 1411 from a Public Telephone Access Service lines. Calls dialed 1-555-1212
will be charged $.50 when placed from a Public Telephone Access Service line.
VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE
3.8.1
General
Verification and Emergency Interrupt Service is furnished where and to the extent that facilities
permit. The customer shall indemnify and save the Company harmless against all claims that may
arise from either party to the interrupted call or any person.
a.
Verification
1.
The Company furnishes Verification Service for the purpose of aiding subscribers
with legitimate call completion problems. Upon request the operator will verify
and provide the line status condition of a local subscriber line.
2.
A subscriber originated request for verification of a local number is a chargeable
verification request if a Company operator determines that the line is in use. No
charge applies if the line is out of order.
(I)
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
3.8
VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE (continued)
3.8.1
General (continued)
b.
3.8.2
(M)
(M)
Emergency Interrupt Service
1.
The Company furnishes Emergency Interrupt Service when a subscriber who
has originated a verification request to a line which has been found in a busy
talking state informs the operator that an urgent or emergency situation exists
and requests that the operator have the busy line cleared.
2.
A subscriber originated request for emergency interrupt to a local number is a
chargeable Emergency Interrupt Request.
a.
No charge will apply if the requesting customer identifies that the call is to or from an
official public emergency agency. An official public emergency agency is defined as a
government agency which is operated by the Federal, State, or local government and has
the capability and legal authority to provide prompt and direct aid to the public in
emergency situations.
Such agencies include the local police, state police, fire
department, etc.
b.
Charges may not be billed on a collect basis or on a third number basis to the number
being verified or interrupted.
c.
If the number verified is not in use, or as a result of interrupt the line is cleared, and, at the
calling party's request, the operator completed the call, the charges for Operator Assisted
Local Calls as defined in this tariff apply in addition to the applicable verification and
emergency interrupt charges.
(M)
SECTION 3
Seventeenth Revised Page 12
Cancels Sixteenth Revised Page 12
BY:
Vice President
3.8
VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE (continued)
3.8.2
Application of Rates and Charges (continued)
D.
3.9
Windstream Florida, Inc. concurs in the rates, charges and regulations governing
verification and emergency interrupt service as filed by BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc. in
its General Subscriber Services Tariff and amendments authorized by the Florida
Public Service Commission or applicable law.
LOCAL EXCEPTIONS
3.9.1
Wellborn to Lake City
Effective April 30, 1993, customers in the Wellborn exchange will be provided non-optional extended
local calling to the Lake City exchange. The following monthly rates apply for the service shown:
RESIDENCE
BUSINESS
1-Party
1-Party
Group 5
Lake City
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
3.9.2
27.79 (I)
$10.37
2.45
6.16
$33.95 (I)
$12.82
Branford to Fort White and Lake City
Effective May 1, 1995 customers in the Branford exchange will be provided non-optional extended local
calling to the Fort White and Lake City exchanges. The following monthly rates apply for the service
shown:
RESIDENCE
BUSINESS
1-Party
1-Party
Group 5
Fort White and Lake City
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
3.9.3
$27.79 (I)
$10.37
2.45
6.16
$33.95
(I)
$12.82
Fort White to Gainesville
Effective August 1, 2000 customers in the Fort White exchange will be provided non-optional extended
area service to the Gainesville exchange. The following monthly rates apply for the service shown:
Group 5
Fort White to Gainesville
EAS Additive
Total Monthly Rate
BUSINESS
1-Party
RESIDENCE
1-Party
$27.79
$10.37
(I)
2.34
6.36
$34.15
(I)
$12.71
Section 3
Fifteenth Revised Page 13
Cancels Fourteenth Revised Page 13
BY:
Vice President
3.10
Lifeline Assistance
3.10.1. General
a)
The Interstate Subscriber Line Charge Waiver and Matching Program adopted
by the Florida Public Service Commission is a Lifeline Assistance Program for
low-income qualified subscribers who participate in at least one of the following
programs:
Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program
Federal Public Housing Assistance
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)
Medicaid
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
(T)
b)
The applicant/subscriber must not be a dependent for federal income tax
purposes, unless the subscriber is more than 60 years of age.
c)
The following discounts will apply for customers deemed eligible for Lifeline
assistance.
Monthly
Federal Subscriber Line Charge Credit
Credit
(1)
Initial Federal Credit to Residential Access Line
$1.75
State Credit to Residential Access Line
$3.50
Additional Federal Credit to Residential Access Line
$1.75
3.10.2. Applications and Regulations
Guidelines for implementation of this program are as follows.
a)
Certification Procedures
All applications for this service are subject to verification with the state agency
responsible for administration of the qualifying program.
b)
Processing Procedures
The Company will process all applications and apply the appropriate credit on the
subscriber’s monthly bill. A secondary service charge is not applicable for
existing customers subscribing to Lifeline Assistance.
(1)
(M)
The Federal Subscriber Line Charge Credit is the currently authorized rate as approved by the FCC.
Text moved to Section 3 page 13.1.
Section 3
Twelfth Revised Page 13.1
Cancels Eleventh Revised Page 13.1
BY:
EFFECTIVE: June ,22 2005
3.10
Lifeline Assistance (Continued)
3.10.2.
Applications and Regulations (continued)
c)
Verification Procedures
The Company will use the FCC default procedure of sampling to verify continued eligibility
for Lifeline service. Based on FCC guidelines, an initial letter with application will be sent
to a sampling of Lifeline customers. Those customers have 14 days to respond to the
letter verifying their continued eligibility. Second letters will be mailed to those customers
who do not respond to the first letter within the 14 day period. Customers will be given
60 days to respond to the second letter. On the 61st day, customers who have not
responded will be moved to Transitional Lifeline service for 1 year before Lifeline benefits
are completely terminated, unless that customer subsequently recertifies
with the company.
d)
The Company shall offer Toll Blocking to all qualifying Lifeline customers at no charge at
the time such customers subscribe to Lifeline Service. If the customer voluntarily elects to
receive Toll Blocking, the service shall become part of the customers Lifeline service.
e)
A service order deposit is not applicable to customers who voluntarily elect to receive Toll
Blocking service when initiating Lifeline Service.
f)
Lifeline Service may not be disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.
g)
The Company will not deny re-establishment of local service to customers who are eligible for
Lifeline Assistance and have previously been disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.
h)
Partial payments that are received from Lifeline customers will first be applied to local service
charges and then to any outstanding toll charges.
i)
Vacation service is not applicable to lines with Lifeline Assistance.
j)
Lifeline Assistance is available for one telephone line per residence at the customer’s
principle place of residence.
(M) Text Moved from Section 3 page 13.
(M)
(C)
(M)
(C)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
Fifth Revised Page 13.2
Cancels Forth Revised Page 13.2
March 25, 1994
President,
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE:
May 1, 1994
(D)
(D)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
Material previously shown on this page is now found on Page 13.3 of this section.
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
Seventeenth Revised Page 13.3
Cancels Sixteenth Revised Page 13.3
August 15, 2011
Vice President
3.11
NETWORK ACCESS REGISTER (NAR)
3.11.1
General
Network Access Registers (NARS) Package provide for exchange and long distance message network
calling to and from main stations and attendant positions of a ADC system.
3.11.2
Rates and Charges
a.
Network Access Registers (NARS), per NARS
Exchange
Alachua
*Branford
Brooker
Callahan
Citra
Crescent City
Dowling Park
Florahome (659)
Florahome (661)
Sheriff's Boys Ranch
*Fort White
Hastings
High Springs
Hilliard
Interlachen
Jasper
Jennings
Lake Butler
Live Oak
Luraville
Mayo
McIntosh
Melrose
Orange Springs
Raiford
Waldo
*Wellborn
White Springs
* EAS surcharge included
Monthly Rate
$27.22
33.38
27.22
30.08
27.22
26.61
26.92
26.92
26.92
26.92
33.59
27.22
27.22
25.90
26.92
25.90
25.90
27.22
26.92
26.92
26.92
27.22
27.22
27.22
26.61
27.22
33.38
26.92
ASOC
NARS
(I)
(I)
Section
3
First Revised Page 13.4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
3.12
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS SYSTEM ACT OF 1991
(T)
Pursuant to passage of the Telecommunications Access System Act of 1991 by the Florida Legislature
during the 1991 session, a monthly surcharge shall be imposed on an local exchange telecommunications
company subscribers on all individual access line basis, except that such surcharge shall not be imposed
upon more than 25 basic telecommunications access lines per account bill rendered. The Commission shall
determine the amount of the surcharge; however, in no case shall the amount exceed 25 cents per line per
month. The surcharge shall appear on the initial bill to the subscriber and be itemized at least once annually
(D)
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-1113
3.13
$.25 Calling Plan
The $.25 Calling Plan is a measured non-optional calling plan that allows subscribers to make calls between
designated exchanges on a local dialed basis and to be charged only $.25 per call regardless of
its duration.
This plan is available to all subscribers including company owned paystations and customer owned
paystations.
3.13.1
Hilliard to Jacksonville
a.
3.13.2
Effective August 6, 1992 Hilliard subscribers will be able to call Jacksonville at the rate of
$.25 per call.
Gilchrist County
a.
Effective August 1, 1992 calls for the following routes will be rated at $.25 per call.
1)
2)
3.13.3
Branford to High Springs
High Springs to Branford
Branford County
a.
Effective September 12, 1992 calls for the following routes will be rated at $.25 per call.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
b.
Brooker to Lawtey
Brooker to Starke
Lake Butler to Lake City
Lake Butler to Starke
Waldo to Keystone Heights
Effective November 26, 1992 calls for the following routes will be rated at $.25 per call.
1)
2)
Waldo to Starke
Waldo to Lawtey
(T)
Section 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
3.13
$ .25 Calling Plan (Continued)
(T)
3.13.4
(T)
Putnam County
a.
Effective September 12, 1992 calls for the following route will be rated at $ .25 per call.
1)
b.
Crescent City to Palatka
Effective December 1, 1992 calls for the following routes will be rated at $ .25 per call.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Interlachen to Melrose
Melrose to Interlachen
Interlachen to Orange Springs
Orange Springs to Interlachen
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
February 4, 2005
3.14
Extended Calling Service
A.
The Extended Calling Service, Plan A, is a measured non-optional calling plan that allows subscribers to
make calls between designated exchanges to be charged as follows:
Residential:
$.25 per call regardless of its duration
Business:
$.10 for the 1st minute and
$.06 for each additional minute
This plan is available to all subscribers including company-owned paystations and customer-owned
paystations for the following routes:
Effective Date
October 1, 1996
May 9, 1996
May 9, 1996
May 9, 1996
May 9, 1996
October 31, 1997
May 1, 1998
May 1, 1998
High Springs to Lake City
McIntosh to Gainesville
McIntosh to Micanopy
McIntosh to Williston
Live Oak to Lake City
Callahan to Baldwin
Luraville to Lake City
Boys Ranch to Lake City
Calls from pay stations will be rated at the local coin rate ($.35) per call regardless of duration.
B.
The Extended Calling Service, Plan B, is a measured non-optional calling plan that subscribers to make
calls between designated exchanges to be charged as follows:
Residential
$ .10 for the 1st minute and
$ .06 for each additional minute.
Business $ .10 for the 1st minute and
$ .06 for each additional minute.
This plan is available to all subscribers including company-owned pay stations and customer-owned
paystations. Only direct dialed calls are included in this plan. Operator handled and third party calls are
excluded from this plan. The following routes are included in Plan B:
Branford to Trenton
High Springs to Trenton
Branford to Newberry
Raiford to Gainesville
Interlachen to Hawthorne
Interlachen to Keystone Heights
Florahome (386/659) to Keystone Heights
Melrose to Palatka
Orange Springs to Palatka
Effective Date
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
April 13, 2000
Calls from pay stations will be rated at the local coin rate ($.35) per call regardless of duration.
(T)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 3
Original Page 17
August 17, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
3.15
Transitional Lifeline Assistance Program
3.15.1
General
Transitional Lifeline Assistance is a state program which provides a 30% reduction of the applicable
monthly exchange flat rate for residential basic local service for subscribers who no longer qualify
for the Lifeline Assistance Program.
3.15.2
Regulations
A Lifeline Assistance subscriber who requests this service will receive the discounted rate for a
period of one (1) year from the date the subscriber ceases to be qualified for the Lifeline Assistance
Program.
Section 3
Original Page 18
BY:
3.16
(N)
3.16.1 General Regulations
A.
The Florida Optional Calling Plan is an optional service which enlarges a
customer’s local calling scope to include specified exchange(s). Florida Optional
Calling Plan is a one-way local-dialed service and is available in the specific
calling arrangements as listed in 3.16.2 below.
B.
With the Florida Optional Calling Plan, customers will pay a flat monthly rate for
up to thirty (30) hours of calling per month to the specified exchanges. Calling
above thirty (30 hours will be charged a per minute charge as shown below.
C.
The rates and charges quoted are for a period of one month and are payable in
advance. The minimum contract period is one month.
D.
In cases where a single working telephone number is used for multiple lines, if
the Florida Optional Calling Plan is purchased for one line in the arrangement, it
must be purchased for all of the lines.
E.
Calls may be placed only from the customers station bearing the telephone
number for which the customer is billed for a Florida Optional Calling Plan. Such
calls shall be customer dialed, station-to-station calls. If a call is operator
handled, the applicable message toll rate will apply.
F.
Within a multiline hunting arrangement, if one line has the Florida Optional
Calling Plan, all lines must have the plan.
G.
Limitations of Service
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
This service shall not be shared, jointly used, or resold.
This service will not be furnished with Foreign Exchange Service
This service is not offered in connection with Customer-Owned Pay
Telephone Service or with public telephone service.
This service is not provided in conjunction with Feature Group A Service.
H.
The applicable Service Charges found in Section 4 of this tariff will pertain to the
provision of this service. The Service Charge will be waived the first sixty (60)
days the optional calling plan is available.
I.
The Florida Optional Calling Plan is a local service offering. Therefore, any
stimulation to calling volumes between exchanges that occur after its
implementation may not be used as a basis for any flat rate alternative besides
the flat rate additives as listed in this section.
(N)
Section 3
Original Page 19
BY:
3.16
(N)
3.16.2 Available Calling Arrangements and Rates
A.
B.
The following exchanges will be offered the Florida Optional Calling Plan.
Customers who subscribe to the Florida Optional Calling Plan will be able to call
the exchanges as specified below on a local basis without incurring toll charges.
Exchanges With Florida
Optional Calling Plan
Available
Exchanges Customers Can
Call under the Florida
Optional CallingPlan
Callahan
Fernandina Beach & Yulee
Hilliard
Baldwin, Fernandina Beach, &
Yulee
Rates for the Florida Optional Calling Plan:
Monthly Recurring
Flat Rate
(For up to 30 Hours)
Residential
Business
$15.50
$31.00
Per Minute Charge
for all calling above
30 Hours
$0.05
$0.05
(N)
Section 4
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
CONTENTS
Page No.
4.1
4.2
DEFINITIONS
1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
1
2
2
2
2
2
Service Charge
Change
Terminal Equipment
Simple Business
Simple Residence
Installation Expedite
APPLICATION
2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
2
4
5
5
6
General
Premises Visit Charge
Services Change Charge
4.3
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES
6
4.4
MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES
7
4.4.1
4.4.2
7
7
Restoration of Service
4.5
TERMINATION CHARGES
8
4.6
TROUBLE LOCATION CHARGE
9
4.7
LINK-UP FLORIDA
9
4.8
CUSTOMIZED NUMBER SERVICE
10
4.8.1
4.8.2
10
11
4.9
General
Charges
WAIVER OF NONRECURRING CHARGES FOR MILITARY PERSONNEL
12
(N)
Section 4
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
4.1
DEFINITIONS
4.1.1
Service Charge
A service charge consists of one or more of the following non-recurring charges for work required
due to subscriber request. The charges below are separately established in order to provide a
reasonable basis for an equitable recovery of the costs incurred in the required operations.
a.
Service Order Charge - Applicable for receiving information and taking action in connection
with a subscriber’s or applicant’s request. Service order charges are classified as either
primary or secondary.
b.
Premises Visit Charge - Applicable for a required visit to subscriber’s premises to perform
work other than disconnect work except where the removal of inside wiring is requested.
c.
Central Office Work Charge - Charge for performing all or part of the operations associated
with the connection of the central office line
d.
Restorations Charge - Applicable for restoral of service following a temporary suspension
of such service.
e.
Termination Charge - Applicable for a subscriber’s request for discontinuance of an item of
service or equipment prior to the expiration of the initial service period designated for such
item.
f.
Trouble Location Charge - See Section 4.7.
(N)
g.
(M)
Services Change Charge – Applies each time a change to a current customer’s service is
made at the request of the customer.
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 4
July 25, 2003
SERVICE CHARGES
4.1
DEFINITIONS (continued)
4.1.2
Change
Substitution of a different style, color, or type of equipment, or a wiring or equipment rearrangement
which does not involve a change in the location of the instrument.
4.1.3
Terminal Equipment
Equipment at the subscriber’s or user’s end of a communication circuit.
4.1.4
Simple Business
The term Simple Business as specified herein is defined as business individual service which does
not terminate in a communications system. The term business non-key is synonymous with the
term simple business.
4.1.5
Simple Residence
The term Simple Residence as specified herein is defined as non-complex residence individual
service which does not terminate in a communications system.
4.1.6
Installation Expedite
Applicable for specific customer requests to have a complex service installed sooner than within the
normal interval. Complex service is defined in this instance as any service request that installs or
relocates 5 or more single party lines, Centrex lines or NARS, and PBX or DID Trunks. Complex
services also include any intra or interexchange private line, digital data, 1.544 Mbps or higher
circuits, ISDN services and FX services.
4.2
APPLICATION
4.2.1
General
Service Charges are applicable for all equipment and services furnished to the subscriber as herein
provided.
(N)
(N)
Section 4
Ninth Revised Page 3
Cancels Eighth Revised Page 3
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
SERVICE CHARGES
4.2
APPLICATION (continued)
4.2.1
General (continued)
b.
No service charges are applicable for:
(1)
Normal maintenance and repair of the Company's equipment and service.
(2)
Change or correction in name or billing address when there is no change in
responsibility and no connection, disconnection, move or change in the service.
(3)
The pick-up of complex wire when removed by the customer.
(4)
Providing estimate for cost of removal of complex inside wire.
(5)
(D)
(D)
(6)
Converting existing customers to Lifeline Assistance.
c.
No service charges other than termination charges apply for the disconnection,
discontinuance, or removal of equipment or service. Termination charges apply only as
specified in other sections of this tariff.
d.
Changes in the locations of existing stations or terminations to points outside the
subscriber's premises are considered new installations at the new location.
e.
The nonrecurring charge applicable for the establishment of foreign exchange service is
the total of those nonrecurring charges applicable within the local and the foreign
exchanges.
f.
Payment of service charges may be required before the work is begun.
g.
When the total of service charges applicable for the establishment of basic residence main
station service exceeds $15.00, the applicant will be offered the option of paying these
service charges in four monthly payments over the first four billing periods after service
work is completed. The Company may require up to $15.00 plus any charges applicable
for other than main station service as the first monthly payment.
Payment plan, 4 month
Section 4
BY:
Vice President
EFFECTIVE: December 4, 2006
SERVICE CHARGES
4.2
4.2.2
a.
A service order charge will be applicable in addition to the appropriate premises
visit, central office work and premises work charges, plus the cost of materials
used on the customer’s premises.
b.
Only one service order charge is applicable for all requests made at one time for
service on one premise.
c.
The primary service order charge is applicable for requests for initial connection
of service and connection of additional local exchange lines, private lines, onpremises or off-premises extension lines or tie lines to an established service,
and transfer of service involving change in name and responsibility whether or
not there is a lapse in service.
d.
The secondary service order charge is applicable for requests for connection of
an extension station or any miscellaneous equipment, inside move or change,
number change, restoration of service after voluntary suspension, change from
business to residence service or residence to business service, or additional,
dual name, miscellaneous, non-published and non-listed directory listings, and
prewires.
e.
The primary service order charge and the secondary service order charge cannot
be applied on the same order. When an order requires work for which both the
primary and secondary order charge would otherwise be applied, only the primary
service order charge is applicable.
(T)
Section 4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
SERVICE CHARGES
4.2
4.2.3
(M)
The premises visit charge is applicable if a premises visit is required to complete any requested
work on the subscriber's premises with the following exceptions. The premises visit charge does
not apply for:
a.
Removal of equipment or service.
b.
Restoration of service.
4.2.4
a.
b.
(M)
The central office work charge is applicable for work in the central office required in:
(1)
Connection or reconnection of local exchange lines, local private lines,
on-premises or off-premises extension lines, and tie lines.
(2)
Number changes on local exchange lines and Centrex CO main stations and
trunks.
(3)
Any other activity which requires connections, changes, or reprogramming in the
Central Office or associated records. May also include connection of outside
facilities.
One central office work charge applies for each line connected and for each telephone
number changed.
(M)
Section 4
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
4.2
4.2.4
Central Office Work Charges (continued)
b.
(continued)
When two or more segments of a local private line, tie line or off-premises extension line
are bridged in the central office, only one central office work charge will apply for each line.
c.
4.2.5
The central office work charge does not apply for transfer of service when there is no
lapse of service.
The services change charge applies each time a change to a current customers service is made at
the request of the customer. A Secondary Service Order Charge will not apply when a Services
Change Charge applies.
4.3
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
b.
Service Order
(1)
Primary (for initial connection of service and connection of additional local exchange lines,
private lines, tie lines, and on-premises or off-premises extensions to an established
service).
(a)
Business, per service order
$22.46
(b)
Residence, per service order
19.40
(2)
Secondary (Modification to an existing service; applicable to each order for a move, change
or addition).
(a)
Business, per service order
$15.00
(b)
Residence, per service order
5.00
(a)
Business, each
(b)
Residence, each
$14.81
14.81
(R)
Section 4
Sixteenth Revised Page 7
Cancels Fifteenth Revised Page 7
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
4.3
SCHEDULE OF CHARGES (continued)
Nonrecurring
Charge
c.
d.
4.4
Central Office Work, each
(a)
Business, each
(b)
Residence, each
Enhanced Central Office based services
(e.g., Custom Calling Features, Ring+,
ALLST*R Service Features, Warm Line
and Voice Messaging Integration).
$20.42
20.42
See Services Change Charge
e.
Installation Expedite, each
$800.00
f.
(a)
Residence, each
(b)
Business, each
$5.00
15.00
MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES
4.4.1
4.4.2
a.
For changes in telephone number of local exchange lines, one secondary service order
charge plus a central office work charge for each number change will apply.
b.
For Changes in telephone number of PBX or key system stations where a premises visit is
required, one secondary service order charge and one premises visit charge will apply
plus the rate listed below per number changed.
Rate
Telephone Number Change Charge
$2.00
c.
The above charges do not apply when, in the judgment of the Company, changes in
telephone number are necessary for continuation of satisfactory service.
Restoration of Service
a.
In the event service is temporarily suspended for non-payment of charges, such service
will be restored upon payment of:
(1)
All charges due or, at the discretion of the Company, a substantial portion thereof
and
(2)
A restoration charge
Restoral Charge, Business
Restoral Charge, Residence
Rate
$44.99
25.99
Note: If action is taken to remove the telephone company provided equipment,
the Service Charges shown in Section 4.3 for a new installation will apply.
(T)
(T)
(N)(I)
Section 4
ISSUED: May 2, 2007
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
4.4
MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES (continued)
4.4.2
Restoration of Service (continued)
b.
4.5
When at the request of the customer, service is temporarily suspended as outlined in
Section 2.3.14, the secondary service order charge and a central office work charge as
specified in Section 4.3 will not apply for the subsequent restoral of that service.
TERMINATION CHARGES
4.5.1
A termination charge is determined by applying to the basic termination liability the percentage
which the unexpired portion of the initial service period bears to the full initial service period.
4.5.2
The basic termination liability and the initial service period are indicated in the section of this tariff
covering the service items to which they apply. The initial service period is shown in brackets
following the amount of basic termination liability.
4.5.3
When a subscriber discontinues one or more units of a group of the same item, the equipment
latest installed shall be considered as the equipment first discontinued.
4.5.4
When a subscriber cancels an order for service carrying a basic termination liability prior to the
establishment of that service, a termination charge applies equal to the cost incurred by the
Company in engineering, ordering and providing the equipment and disposing of it, less credit
obtained through disposal; the termination charge in this event will not exceed the basic termination
liability.
(C)
(C)
Section 4
BY:
Vice President
SERVICE CHARGES
4.6
If trouble detected by or reported to the Telephone Company results in the Telephone Company dispatching
one of its employees to the customer's premises and the trouble is determined not to be caused by
Telephone Company equipment or facilities, the customer will so be notified and a charge shall apply.
Charge
Customer Equipment-Premise Visit Charge
$22.00
4.7
LINK-UP FLORIDA
4.7.1
General
Link-Up Florida (hereinafter LUF) is a connection fee subsidy program offered in all exchanges to
qualifying applicants. It is intended to promote subscribership among low-income households by
providing a credit to the connection charges applicable to providing residential service.
4.7.2
4.7.3
Discounts
a)
A credit of 50% or $30.00 (whichever is less) will be applied to the nonrecurring charges
for the establishment of service for a single telephone line per household at the principal
place of residence of eligible applicants.
b)
A deferred schedule for payment of the charges assessed for commencing service, for
which the local exchange company does not charge interest to a subscriber. The interest
charges not assessed to the customer shall be for connection charges of up to $200 that
are deferred for a period not to exceed one year.
Regulation
a)
To be eligible for LUF, a subscriber must participate in at least one of the following
programs:
Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program
Federal Public Housing Assistance
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)
Medicaid
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
b)
The applicant/subscriber must not be a dependent for federal income tax purposes, unless
the subscriber is more than 60 years of age.
c)
A LUF customer shall receive the benefit of the LUF program for a second or
subsequent time only for a principal place of residence with an address different from the
residence address at which the Link-Up assistance was provided previously.
(T)
Section 4
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
SERVICE CHARGES
4.8
CUSTOMIZED NUMBER SERVICE
4.8.1
(N)
General
a.
Customized Number Service provides for the assignment of a customer requested
telephone number (last four digits) other than that which would normally be assigned.
b.
Customized Number Service is provided to Business or Residence customers and is
furnished subject to the availability of facilities and requested telephone numbers.
c.
When requesting a specific number, the customer will be allowed to make three specific
number inquiries. When requesting an “easy” number, the customer will be provided three
sets of numbers from which to choose.
d.
The “Search Only” charge listed in 4.8.2.a applies when the customer chooses not to have
the number assigned. The “Search and Assign” charge listed in 4.8.2.b applies when the
customer does choose to have the customized number assigned.
e.
The Customized Number Charge shall not apply to a request by a customer for the
reassignment of his previous telephone number, if reconnection occurs within 12 months.
f.
When a new customer assumes an existing service which includes Customized Number
Service, the customer may keep the customized number at the tariffed rate only with the
written consent of the former subscriber.
g.
The Company reserves and retains the right:
(1)
(2)
(3)
To discontinue, change or reassign telephone numbers in any exchange area
when it is deemed necessary or appropriate in the conduct of its business, or in
accordance with the rules and procedures of the Company. Should this occur,
the Company will attempt to assign another customized number of the customer’s
choice without applying service charges.
To reject any request for customized telephone numbers and to refuse requests
for customized numbers for any reasons, including, but not limited to, numbers
that may, in the Company’s judgment, be offensive, limited central office capacity,
or relocation of a central office.
Of ownership of all telephone numbers and prohibits the assignment of the use of
a telephone number by or from any customer to another, except as otherwise
provided for in this tariff.
h.
The Company will not be responsible for the manner in which customized numbers are
used for marketing purposes by the customer.
I.
The Company shall not be liable to any customer for direct, indirect or consequential
damages caused by a failure of service, change of number, or assignment of a requested
number to another customer whether prior to or after establishment of service. In any
case, the Company shall not be liable to any person, firm or corporation for an amount
greater than such person, firm or corporation has actually paid to the Company for the
Customized Number Service.
(N)
Section 4
Original Page 11
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
SERVICE CHARGES
4.8
CUSTOMIZED NUMBER SERVICE (Cont’d)
4.8.2
(N)
Charges
Nonrecurring Charges, per request
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
Search Only
(a)
(b)
b.
Residence
Business
$ 5.00
10.00
Search and Assign
(a)
(b)
Residence
Business
25.00
75.00
(N)
Section 4
Original Page 12
BY:
SERVICE CHARGES
4.9
WAIVER OF NONRECURRING CHARGES FOR MILITARY PERSONNEL
4.9.1
(N)
This waiver applies to Military Reservists, National Guard and Full Time Military Personnel who
disconnect and/or those requesting reconnection of their service due to military deployment
associated with Operation Enduring Freedom, Operation Iraqi Freedom or Operation Noble
Eagle (Homeland Defense) or any yet to be named military campaigns.
All residence nonrecurring charges are to be waived at the time the access line is
installed. The nonrecurring charges include the service charge for the access line, and
additional access lines as found in Section 4 of the tariff, and any optional feature or
features installed at the same time as found in Section 13 of the tariff.
Verification of military service will be required for this waiver. Military Personnel will be
required to provide the name and telephone number of their Commanding Officer and
date of orders. In order to qualify for this waiver, military personnel must meet one or
more of the following qualifications:
a.
Personnel who were relocated to other countries, states or cities because of Operation
Enduring Freedom, Operation Iraqi Freedom, or Operation Noble Eagle or other military
campaigns and have returned to ALLTEL territory.
b.
Personnel who were moved from military bases in other telephone company areas
because of Operation Enduring Freedom, Operation Iraqi Freedom, or Operation Noble
Eagle, or other military campaigns and have relocated to ALLTEL territory.
c.
Only Personnel who were moved as a direct result of Operation Enduring Freedom,
Operation Iraqi Freedom, or Operation Noble Eagle or other military campaigns are eligible
for this waiver. Military personnel being relocated as a result of normal military operation
are not eligible.
This waiver is not available to personnel whose telephone service was disconnected
for nonpayment, or disconnected prior to military service.
(N)
Section 5
Eleventh Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Tenth Revised Contents Page 1
BY:
CONTENTS
Page No.
5.1
5.2
5.3
CONSTRUCTION CHARGES
1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
1
2
2
3
3
3
General
Underground Service Entrances
Drop Relocation Service
Special Types of Construction
Rearrangements of Existing Plant
Construction Required for Temporary Service
CHARGES FOR UNUSUAL INSTALLATIONS
3
5.2.1
5.2.2
3
3
Special Types of Installation
Temporary Installation
SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
5.3.1
5.3.2
RCC Interconnection Service
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
4
4
4.1
(N)
(T)
(T)
Section 5
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
5.1
CONSTRUCTION CHARGES
5.1.1
General
a.
Construction charges are applicable under certain conditions as hereinafter set forth and
are in addition to other charges specified in this tariff.
b.
Construction charges are payable upon application for service or when billing is rendered
as the Company, at its option, may require.
c.
The word "cost" when used in this section, means the inplant cost consisting of labor,
materials, supervision, and other overhead expenses associated with the construction.
Estimated cost will be used; however, where the subscriber requests, actual cost will be
used where practicable.
d.
Except as otherwise provided herein, the regulations in this tariff contemplate that the type
of construction required to provide the quantity and class of service involved will be
determined by the Company. The applicant may be required to pay the additional cost
involved where a different type of construction than that proposed by the Company is
desired.
e.
When attachments are made to poles of other companies in lieu of providing new pole line
construction for which construction charges would be applicable under the provisions of
this section, the attachment rental charges to the Company for such attachments may be
assessed to the applicant in whole or in part as the particular circumstances may warrant.
f.
When an applicant is so located that it is necessary to use private right-of-way to furnish
service and the Company is unable to obtain the required right-of-way without cost, the
applicant may be required to pay the costs incurred in securing, clearing, and retaining
such right-of-way.
g.
No customer shall be charged special construction rates “for the minimum grade of line
offered where the new plant parallels and reinforces existing plant or is constructed on or
along any public road or highway and is to be used to serve subscribers in general except
in those instances where the applicant (s) requests that facilities be constructed by other
than the normal serving method”, as per Rule 25 - 4.067 paragraph 3.
(N)
(N)
Section 5
BY:
5.1
CONSTRUCTION CHARGES (continued)
5.1.2
Underground Service Entrances
a.
b.
c.
5.1.3.
Underground service entrances may be provided at the subscriber's request as special
construction in connection with new service, in lieu of the usual aerial drop wire.
Where the following conditions exist, buried service entrance facilities will be furnished
without construction charge:
(1)
The location of the service is in an area where buried distribution facilities are
used by the Company, and
(2)
Buried service wire or buried cable would normally be provided by the Company
for service entrance.
Where the conditions in b. above do not exist, buried service entrance will be provided at
the applicant's request and he shall be required to pay the additional cost incurred by the
Company, or the buried service entrance will be furnished without construction charge
where the applicant provides conduit or opens and backfills a trench to the specifications
of the Company.
Drop Relocation Service
a.
(D)
(N)
For relocation of a drop (aerial or buried), when requested by the customer, the following
charges are applicable in addition to appropriate Service Order Charges, Premises Visit,
and Equipment Charges:
(1)
Aerial Drop Relocation – Requiring New Material
(A)
(B)
(2)
$ 125.00
$1.25
0 - 100 Feet
Cost Per Foot over 100 Feet
$200.00
$2.00
Buried Drop Placement – Customer Provided Trench
(A)
(B)
(5)
0 - 100 Feet
Buried Drop Placement – Plowed In
(A)
(B)
(4)
$175.00
$1.75
Aerial Drop Relocation – Movement of Existing Wire
(A)
(B)
(3)
0 – 100 Feet
0 – 100 Feet
$150.00
$1.50
Buried Drop Placement – Driveway Bore (each bore)
(A)
(B)
0 – 20 Feet
$400.00
$20.00
b.
Pole costs are not included and are priced separately.
c.
Under special circumstances, Time, Material and Contract Service Charges may be
applied in lieu of, or in additional to the above-tariffed rates.
(N)
Section 5
BY:
5.1
CONSTRUCTION CHARGES (continued)
5.1.4
Special Types of Construction
When a special type of construction other than those covered preceding is desired by a
subscriber or where the individual requirements of a particular situation make the construction unusually
expensive, the subscriber is required to bear the excess cost of such construction. Any special maintenance
expense that may from time to time occur will be borne by the subscriber, except that maintenance of
existing buried service wire, including associated trenching where required, will be at the expense of the
Company.
5.1.5
Rearrangements of Existing Plant
(T)
(T)
(T)
When the Company is requested to move or change existing plant for which no specific charge is
quoted in this tariff, the person at whose request such move or change is made may be required to
bear the cost incurred.
5.1.6
Construction Required for Temporary Service
When construction is required for temporary service and there is no immediate prospect of reusing
the plant provided, the subscriber may be required to bear all or a portion of the cost of such
construction.
5.2
CHARGES FOR UNUSUAL INSTALLATIONS
5.2.1
Special Types of Installation
Where a special type of installation is desired by a subscriber or where the individual requirements
of a particular situation make the installation unusually expensive, the subscriber is required to bear
the excess cost of such installation.
5.2.2
Temporary Installation
When an installation is required for temporary service and there is no immediate prospect of
reusing the plant provided, the
.
(T)
Section 5
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
5.2
CHARGES FOR UNUSUAL INSTALLATIONS (continued)
5.2.2
Temporary Installation (continued)
subscriber may be required to bear all or a portion of the cost of such installation, over and above
all the other regular charges for service and equipment.
5.3
SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
5.3.1
RCC Interconnection Service
Services furnished to the above duly authorized Radio Common Carrier.
a.
One Way Trunk
(Mobile to Land)
Non-Recurring
Charge
Monthly
Charge
$40.00
$47.00
(D)
b.
Connecting Channel
40.00
24.57
(T)
c.
Terminating Numbers
(Block of 100 or any
portion thereof)
40.00
77.88
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 5
Original Page 4.1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
5.3
SPECIAL SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS (continued)
5.3.2
(N)
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
This special arrangement provides a NEC 560 Fiber Optic Terminal at the FAA ARTCC in Hilliard,
Florida. The terminal will provide the FAA access to its circuits. Rates are stabilized for 60 months.
a.
b.
Fiber Optic Terminal
DS3 line addition
Non-recurring
Charge
$15,780.00
$10,069.00
Monthly
Charge
$1,365.08
-
(N)
Section 5
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 6
Third Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Second Revised Contents Page 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
CONTENTS
Page No.
6.1
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORY LISTINGS
1
6.2
BUSINESS LISTINGS
2
6.2.1
6.2.2
3
4
6.3
6.4
6.5
Business Designations
Trade Names
RESIDENCE LISTINGS
5
6.3.1
6.3.2
5
5
Special Residence Designations
Dual Name Listings
NON PUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE
7
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.3
7
8
8
General
Rates and Charges
Exceptions
NON LISTED NUMBER SERVICE
9
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.5.3
9
9
9
General
Rates and Charges
Exceptions
6.6
ADDITIONAL LISTING CHARGES
10
6.7
MISCELLANEOUS LISTINGS
11
6.7.1
11
Reference Listings
Section 6
Original Contents Page 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
CONTENTS
Page No.
6.7
MISCELLANEOUS LISTINGS (continued)
11
6.7.2
6.7.3
6.7.4
6.7.5
11
11
12
6.7.6
6.7.7
6.8
Foreign Listings
Indented Listings
Caption Listings
Additional Listings for Names Spelled
More than One Way
Temporary Listings
13
13
15
TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES
15
6.8.1
6.8.2
6.8.3
15
16
16
Telephone Directory Rates
Telephone Directory Furnishing
Telephone Listing Preceding Publication
(M)
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.1
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORY LISTINGS
a.
The rates and regulations specified herein for directory listings apply only to the alphabetical section
of the directory. Listings are intended solely for the purpose of identifying subscribers' telephone
numbers and as an aid to the use of telephone service.
b.
The listing of subscribers either without charge or at the rate specified herein for additional listings
in the alphabetical section of the directory does not contemplate special prominence of
arrangement. In accepting listings as requested by subscribers or prospective subscribers, the
Company will not be a party to controversies between subscribers as a result of the publication of
such listings in its directories.
c.
Listings must conform to the Company's specifications with respect to its directories. The Company
reserves the right to reject listings when in its judgment such listing would tend to delay or impede
the use of the service.
d.
The Company reserves the right to limit the length of any listing to one line in the directory by use of
abbreviations when in its judgment the clearness of the listing and the identification of the
subscriber is not impaired thereby.
e.
Except as hereinafter provided, only one listing is furnished without extra charge for each main
service or switching system; where a number of main services are provided on a rotary basis they
are considered as one service. If additional listings are required to properly identify the subscriber,
such additional listings may be provided without charge to the extent that the number of listings
allowed does not exceed the number of central office trunks associated with that service.
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.1
6.2
REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORY LISTINGS (continued)
f.
Street numbers, followed by the names of streets, will be used in identifying the location of the
subscriber, except when in the judgment of the Company, names of buildings, apartment houses or
communities serve as a better means of identification. Corner addresses are undesirable and will
be used only where the street number is not available. The use of floor, room or suite numbers of
buildings or apartment houses, or other such designations is not permitted.
g.
Listings are not provided in connection with public telephone service except when the listing will
facilitate the operations of the Company. No additional listings are permitted. Listings in
connection with semipublic telephone service are furnished under the same rates and regulations
as other business service.
h.
When in the judgment of the Company the use of reference or other listings, in excess of the
number of listings permitted without extra charge, as previously outlined, are needed for better
identification of the subscriber or governmental offices, or to facilitate the Company's operations,
such listings may be provided without charge.
BUSINESS LISTINGS
a.
(M)
Generally, business listings consist of a name, a designation descriptive of the subscriber's
business, if not self-explanatory, the address at which service is rendered, and the business
telephone number. The primary listing is ordinarily the name of the individual, firm or corporation
which contracts for the service or the name under which the business is regularly conducted, but
may be that of a second
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.2
BUSINESS LISTINGS (continued)
a.
(continued)
party designated by the subscriber. Additional listings may be furnished in the names of partners,
or members of the firm, if the subscriber is a partnership or firm; the names of officers of the
corporation where the subscriber is a corporation, and for any business establishment, the names
of associates or employees of the subscriber. Business additional listings may also be the bona
fide names of individuals, firms or corporations which the subscriber owns or controls, or is duly
authorized to, and actually does represent.
b.
All listings of a subscriber's services which are located on the same premises must bear the same
address. In the case of off-premise extensions, the address of the off-premise location may be
shown.
6.2.1
a.
(M)
(M)
The designation in a business listing consists of a word or phrase, abbreviated where
necessary, that describes the general character of the subscriber's business.
Designations will not be used where the name under which the subscriber is doing
business is sufficient to indicate the character of the business. The listing of an individual,
together with his title and the name of the business with which he is associated or
represents, in lieu of a designation of the general character of the business, is not
permitted. Likewise, the listing of the name of a firm or corporation, followed by the name
or name and title of an individual connected therewith, in lieu of a business designation, is
not permitted.
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.2
BUSINESS LISTINGS (continued)
6.2.1
(M)
a.
(continued)
Example of listings not permitted:
Getz, J. G., Mgr., Lewis Grocery Co., 14 Madison 234-6488
Lewis Grocery Co., Getz, J. G., Mgr., 14 Madison 234-6488
b.
6.2.2
Listings of clergymen, physicians, surgeons, dentists, veterinary surgeons,
professors, government officials, etc., may for purposes of identification include
abbreviated designation of titles. Also the title of "Mrs." or "Miss" is permitted.
Degrees are permitted when they serve as a means of better identification;
however, titles and designations will be omitted when a degree is used which
conveys adequate information.
Trade Names
A trade name created by adding a term such as Company, Agency, Shop, Works, etc. to the name
of a commodity or service will be accepted as a listing only if the subscriber shows satisfactory
evidence that he is authorized to do business under the trade name. The Company reserves the
right to reject listings which appear to be designed primarily to give publicity to the commodity or
service, or which in its judgment are otherwise objectionable or unnecessary for identification
purposes.
(M)
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.3
RESIDENCE LISTINGS
(M)
Residence listings consist of a name, the address of the premises at which service is rendered, and the
telephone number. The primary listing is ordinarily the name of the individual who subscribes for the service,
but the listing may be in the name of a second party so designated by the subscriber. Additional listings may
be furnished in the names of relatives, including those by marriage, domestic employees of the subscriber,
or other persons residing in the subscriber's home who are recognized as a part of the subscriber's domestic
establishment.
6.3.1
Special Residence Designations
Listings of clergymen, physicians, surgeons, dentists, veterinary surgeons, professors, government
officials, etc. may, for the purpose of identification, include abbreviated designations of titles. Also,
the title "Mrs." or "Miss" is permitted.
6.3.2
Dual Name Listings
a.
b.
Dual-name listings are defined as a combination of names and/or initials of two persons
who share the same surname and reside at the same address or of one person known by
two sets of first and/or middle names and/or initials.
The following examples illustrate the format options for dual-name listings:
(1)
Primary Listings
Jones, John & Mary
or
Jones, Mary & John
(M)
123 Main Street 123-4567
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.3
RESIDENCE LISTINGS (continued)
6.3.2
Dual Name Listings (continued)
b.
(1)
(2)
(M)
(M)
Primary Listings (continued)
Jones, John T. & Mary F.
or
Jones, Mary F. & John T.
Jones, Mary F. (Mrs. John T.)
Jones, John T. (Tex)
Primary with Additional Listing
Jones, John & Mary
Jones, Mary & John
Jones, John T.
Jones, Mary F. & John T.
Jones, John T. (Tex)
Jones, Tex (John T.)
c.
Dual-name listings are available only for residence subscribers.
d.
Dual-name listings may be provided as the primary listing at no recurring charge
for the addition of the second name to the listing.
e.
Dual-name listings may be provided as an additional listing at the customer's
option at the regular additional listing rate.
(M)
Section 6
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.3
RESIDENCE LISTINGS (continued)
6.3.2
Dual Name Listings (continued)
f.
g.
6.4
The secondary service order charge applies for:
(1)
Changing a primary single-name listing to a primary dual-name directory listing.
(2)
Changing the primary or additional dual-name directory listing once established.
No nonrecurring charge applies when the dual-name listing is established with the initial
establishment of service or when a change in an existing listing is requested on an order
for which service charges are otherwise applicable.
NON-PUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE
6.4.1
General
a.
Some subscribers request their telephone numbers be omitted from the directory and the
Company's information records. Such requests when presented in writing may be fulfilled
through the assignment of a non-published telephone number subject to the regulations
outlined below.
b.
Incoming calls to non-published telephone numbers will be completed by the Company
only when the calling party places the call by number. The Company will adhere to this
practice notwithstanding any claim of emergency the calling party may present. The
acceptance by the Company of the subscriber's request to furnish non-published number
service does not create any relationship or obligation, direct or indirect, to any person
other than the subscriber. However, when a call is placed from a telephone number
associated with a non-published listing, the number may be disclosed if the called party
has the necessary equipment for receiving and/or disclosing incoming telephone numbers.
The calling number will not be disclosed if the calling party blocks delivery via per-call
blocking or if the calling line is equipped with Per-Line blocking.
(N)
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 6
April 1, 2004
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.4
NON-PUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE (continued)
6.4.1
General (continued)
c.
6.4.2
In the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, no liability for damages arising from
publishing a non-published telephone in the directory or disclosing said number to any person
shall attach to the Company. The subscriber indemnifies and saves the Company harmless
against any and all claims for damages caused or claimed to have been caused, directly or
indirectly, by the publication of a non-published telephone number or the disclosing of said
number to any person.
Rates and Charges
A monthly rate applies for each non-published telephone number as follows:
Rate
Non-Published, Business
$1.90
Non-Published, Residence
1.90
6.4.3
Exceptions
a.
Non-published service will not be furnished in connection with certain automatic announcement,
automatic answering and recording, or recorder coupler service.
b.
The foregoing rate does not apply:
Non-Published Number no charge
(1)
To additional service furnished to the same subscriber at the same address.
(2)
To business subscribers who have their primary telephone number published in the
Company's directories for the territory in which the subscriber is located, as they may
have other telephone numbers associated with the same business, deleted from the
Company's directories at no additional charge.
(I)
(I)
Section 6
BY:
Vice President
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.4
NON-PUBLISHED NUMBER SERVICE (continued)
6.4.3
Exceptions (continued)
b.
6.5
(3)
Where a subscriber living in a hotel, apartment house, boarding house, or a club
is listed under the number of the service furnished the hotel, apartment house,
boarding house, or club.
(4)
To service used primarily by a deaf person for communication by means of
teletypewriter equipment.
NON-LISTED NUMBER SERVICE
6.5.1
A non-listed telephone is one for which no listing appears in the alphabetical section of the
directory. The number is listed in the information records and is given out upon request.
Further, when a call is placed from a telephone number associated with a Non-Listed Number, the
number may be disclosed, subject to technical limitations, if the called party has the necessary
equipment for receiving and/or disclosing incoming telephone numbers. The calling will not be
disclosed if the calling party blocks delivery via per-call blocking or if the calling line is equipped with
Per-Line blocking.
6.5.2
Rates and Charges
A monthly rate applies for each non-listed telephone number as follows:
Rate
Non-listed, Business
$1.85
Non-listed, Residence
1.85
6.5.3
Exceptions:
The foregoing rate does not apply:
Non-Listed Number no charge
(1)
To additional service furnished to the same subscriber at the same address.
(2)
Where the subscriber has other listed service in the alphabetical directory for the territory
in which the subscriber is located, provided the service is of the same class and in the
same name.
(I)
(I)
Section 6
BY:
Vice President
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.5
NON-LISTED NUMBER SERVICE (continued)
6.5.3
Exceptions: (continued)
(3)
6.6
To service used primarily by a deaf person for communication by means of teletypewriter
equipment.
ADDITIONAL LISTING CHARGES
a.
Additional name listings in excess of those permitted without extra charge are furnished at a
monthly rate. Additional line matter and directional calling information, where permitted, is
furnished at the additional listing rate.
Additional listing, Business
Additional listing, Residence
Additional line of information, Business
Additional line of information, Residence
Rate
$2.10
1.30
1.30
1.30
b.
The subscriber to the service assumes responsibility for all charges for additional listings associated with
his service. Additional (paid) directory listings are accepted for a minimum chargeable period of the life
of the directory issue in which the listing first appears, not to exceed one year from the effective date of
the listing. In case the additional listing does not appear in the directory, the minimum chargeable period
is for one month. Listing charges date from the date the information records are posted. Information
records are posted at the time the application for the listing is made, or at any time up to and including
the closing date of the directory, as desired by the customer.
c.
Listing charges are automatically discontinued upon termination of the main telephone service, with
which associated, and additional listing charges may be discontinued upon request after the
expiration of the minimum chargeable period. Charges for additional listings of those other than the
subscriber may be discontinued upon request of the subscriber in case the listed party becomes a
subscriber to exchange service similar in classification to that under which such party already is
listed, i.e., business or residence, or in case of the death of the listed party, or if such party moves
from the premises at which the exchange service listed is furnished.
(I)
(I)
Section 6
BY:
Vice President
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.7
MISCELLANEOUS LISTINGS
6.7.1
Reference Listings
Reference listings may be furnished to subscribers who change their names, absorb other business or
subdivide their business and have the authority to continue the use of the old name, and in other
cases when in the judgment of the Company they are considered necessary and are not intended
for advertising purposes.
Such listings are furnished at the regular rate for additional listings. Following is an example of such a
listing:
Long Lumber Company...............See South Lumber Co.
6.7.2
Foreign Listings
a.
Listings in the alphabetical section of the directory of an exchange other than the local
exchange may be furnished to anyone listed at the local exchange, at the regular rate for
additional listings in the foreign exchange. An example of a chargeable foreign listing is as
follows:
Rate
Foreign listing, Business
Foreign listing, Residence
Monthly
$2.10
$1.30
Annual
$25.20
$15.60
(To appear in Live Oak, Florida alphabetical section)
Jones J W 651 Alden Tallahassee, FL
(Long Distance)...........786-1234
6.7.3
Indented Listings
Indented listings are employed where a subscriber has more than one listing for service under the same
name at one or more locations.
(I)
(I)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.7
6.7.3
(M)
Indented Listings (continued)
Jones A B Atty 179 Madison Ave................ 523-4879
Res 122 Linwood..................................... 875-1345
Jones, A B Contrs 220 Madison Ave........... 523-4141
Branch 83 S Pryor......................... 525-3882
Garage 80 S Pryor........................ 525-3970
6.7.4
Caption Listings
Listings may be indented under a caption or sub-caption at no additional charge for the caption
arrangement when in the judgment of the Company the captions will facilitate the use of the service.
The captions must be an essential part of the indented listings which follow and may include names
of departments, branches of the business or titles of officials. For example:
Standard Oil Co
Main Ofc Fultn Nat Bk Bl .............................
City Mgr 1080 Bankhd Ave NW...................
Service Stations
1060 Bankhd NW.......................................
1558 Pchtree NW.......................................
523-5011
876-2651
872-9233
874-5124
Listings that are variations of the same general line of business or which in the judgment of the
Company appear to advertise the extent of the subscribers business, are not permitted in listings to
be indented under captions.
(M)
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.7
6.7.5
Additional Listings for Names Spelled More than One Way
Subscribers whose names may commonly be spelled in more than one way, may arrange for
additional listings of their names as alternately spelled at the regular rate for an additional listing.
For example:
Smithe AB 291 White................................... 872-2377
and as listed under “Smith”
Smith AB 291 White...................................... 872-2377
Listings of alternate spelling are not allowed when in the judgment of the Company they are desired
for the purpose of securing a preferential position in the directory or for advertising purposes.
6.7.6
Subscribers may obtain listings which refer calling parties to certain other telephone numbers.
Alternate listings are of two general types as described below:
a.
Nights, Sundays and Holidays
(1)
This type of alternate listing refers calling parties to an alternate telephone
number to be used after business hours and on Sundays and holidays or on
special calling instructions. The monthly rate for such listing is the same as the
additional listing rate for the first line, and the additional line rate for each line
thereafter.
(D)
(D)
Section 6
Original Page 14
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.7
6.7.6
(M)
Alternate (Directive) Listings (continued)
a.
Nights, Sundays and Holidays (continued)
(2)
Names of individuals are not permitted in listings of this type; however, telephone
numbers may be shown of those entitled to use the service, in connection with
which the alternate listing is to be provided, and who are agreeable to the use of
their numbers in such alternate listing.
Example:
Doe Mfg. Co Furn 202 Main..................... 378-5126
From 5 PM to 8 AM on weekdays
From 5 PM Saturdays until 8 AM
Mondays and Holidays call as follows:
City Sales................................... 378-7931
Manager..................................... 237-8077
b.
If no answer call
Alternate listings which refer calling parties to other telephone numbers in case no answer
is received at the preceding listed telephone may indicate the telephone numbers of
subscribers who are agreeable to the use of their numbers in such listings. This type of
alternate listing is charged for at the additional listing rate and appears in the directory as
follows:
Phillips John E Atty 1224 Center Cir NE....... 389-8719
If no answer call..................................... 237-4211
(M)
(M)
Section 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.7
6.7.7
6.8
Temporary Listings
a.
Residence subscribers who lease their premises for periods of nine months or less and
who request the Company to render service to their tenants without a change in the
subscriber billing, may arrange for listing of such tenants on "Information" records only.
b.
A Charge for an additional listing applies with a minimum charge for any listing period of
six months. All charges including such additional listing charges will continue to be
rendered in the name of the subscriber, who shall continue to remain responsible for all
such charges.
TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES
6.8.1
Telephone Directory Rates
The following rates will apply for all telephone directories except for provisions shown in 6.8.2.
Rate
$4.40
(N)
(N)
Alachua/Brooker/Fort White/High Springs/
Lake Butler/Melrose/Raiford/Waldo
5.50
(N)
Citra/McIntosh/Orange Springs
5.15
(N)
Crescent City/Florahome/Hastings/Interlachen
4.70
(N)
Branford/Florida Sheriffs Boys Ranch/Jasper/
Jennings/Live Oak/Luraville/Mayo/Wellborn/
White Springs
4.35
(N)
Callahan/Hilliard
Section 6
Original Page 16
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
6.8
TELEPHONE DIRECTORIES (continued)
6.8.2
(M)
Telephone Directory Furnishing
Each subscriber served by a directory shall be furnished one copy of that directory for each access
line. If available, additional directories shall be provided by the exchange company at rates shown
in Section 6.8.1.
6.8.3
Telephone Listing Preceding Publication
A residence or business being established shortly after the closing of subscriber listing records but
preceding publication may request Company to establish and list service at the new address and
immediately place the service on suspension. Appropriate service connection and local service
charges shall apply regardless of whether service is later restored.
(M)
(M)
Section 7
ISSUED: January 26 2006
BY:
Vice President
CONTENTS
Page No.
7.1
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
7.2
7.3
PUBLIC TELEPHONE ACCESS SERVICE FOR CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (CPE)
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
General
Responsibility of the Subscriber
Violations of regulations
Rates and Charges
7.4
(deleted)
7.5
5.1
6
8
10
17
(D)
(D)
7.6
COIN LINE SERVICE
7.6.1
7.6.2
General
Rates and Charges
21
23
(T)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.1
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.1
(T)
(D)
(D)
7.2
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.2
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 7
Twentieth Revised Page 4
Cancels Nineteenth Revised Page 4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.2
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.2
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 7
Fourth Revised Page 5.1
Cancels Third Revised Page 5.1
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
(D)
(D)
(M)
(M)
(M)
Section 7
Cancels Original Revised Page 5.2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
PUBLIC TELEPHONE ACCESS SERVICE FOR CUSTOMER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (CPE)
7.3.1
General
a.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE is an exchange line service provided at the
request of the subscriber for telecommunications use.
b.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE is provided for use with customer provided
telephones.
c.
The carriage and completion of local and intraLATA toll messages are provided by the
Company.
d.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE is provided where facilities are available.
(C)
(C)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
PUBLIC TELEPHONE ACCESS SERVICE FOR CUSTOMER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (CPE) (continued)
7.3.17.3.1
7.3.2
General (continued)
E.
Customer-provided public telephones may not be attached to other types of access lines.
A subscriber must order a separate Public Telephone Access line for each CPE telephone
installed and will be billed the Tariffed rate for each line.
F.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE is provided subject to the terms and conditions
set forth by the Florida Public Service Commission..
G.
Suspension of service, offered in 2.3.14, is not available to PATS access lines unless all
factors indicate that the PATS instrument is located within an establishment which is
temporarily closed and that the instrument is totally inaccessible to the general public. In
all cases, the decision to permit temporary suspension of service for PATS service rests
with the Company.
H.
Answer Supervision is the line side functionality that provides an electrical signal to the
calling end of a switched telephone connection when the called line goes off-hook. PTAS
Answer Supervision will be provided for use with Public Telephone Access Service as
specified in Section 7.3.4.A.4 to assist n determining when billing for a specific call
should commence.
Responsibility of the Subscriber
A.
The subscriber shall be responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of any
customer-provided telephones used in connection with this service. All restoration of
service must be made within twenty-four hours from the time a report is made.
B.
The subscriber shall be responsible for payment of a trouble location charge as covered in
Section 15 of this Tariff for each visit by the Company to the premises of the subscriber,
where the service difficulty or trouble reports result from the use of equipment or facilities
provided by the subscriber.
(C)
(C)
(D)
(D)
(C)
(C)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
7.3.2
Responsibility of the Subscriber (continued)
C.
Customer-provided telephones must be connected to the Company network in compliance
with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations and have the following operational
characteristics:
1.
Must be able to access the local Directory Assistance (411) at no charge to the
calling party.
2.
Must be able to access 911 Emergency Service, where available, at no charge.
Where not available, must be able to access Operator (“0”) at no charge.
(D)
(D)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
7.3.2
Responsibility of the Subscriber (continued)
C.
(continued)
7.
Must be capable of providing access to all local available long distance
companies certified to do business in Florida.
8.
All telephones that can complete interexchange calls must be capable of
completing local and toll calls.
9.
(D)
(D)
Certification by the Florida Public Service Commission is required for Public
Telephone Access Service providers.
D.
The subscriber is responsible for meeting all federal, state and local statutes with respect
to provision of customer-provided telephones in accordance with all hearing impaired and
handicapped person requirements.
E.
The subscriber is responsible for insuring that customer-provided telephones are installed
in compliance with all Public Service Commission accepted telecommunications industry
standards, and the current National Electric Code and National Electric Safety Code.
F.
The owner of a customer-provided coin telephone must apply for and receive an
operating certificate from the Public Service Commission before the Company connects a
Public Telephone Access Line.
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
(D)
(D)
7.3.3
7.3.4
Violations of Regulations
A.
Where any customer-provided telephone is used and/or connected in violation of this
Tariff, the Company will promptly notify the customer in writing of the violation.
B.
Violations of the Tariff Commission rules pertaining to public telephone service or
certification requirements will subject subscribers of Public Telephone Access Service for
CPE to disconnection of service if the deficiency is not corrected within 10 days from the
date of notification to the subscriber.
Rates and Charges
A.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE
Public Telephone Access service is provided as follows:
1.
This option is available where usage measurement can be provided.
A flat rate element equal to 80 percent of the applicable single line business (B1)
rate.
Measured rate, for all local calls and calls to long distance companies that can be
reached by dialing a local number, first minute or fraction thereof
On Peak
$.03
Off Peak
$.02
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
7.3.3
Rates and Charges (continued)
A.
(T)
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE (continued)
1.
(continued)
Each additional minute, or fraction thereof.
On Peak
$.015
Off Peak
$.01
The off peak rates will apply for local calls placed between 12:00 noon and 2:00
p.m. weekdays; between 9:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m. Saturdays and Sunday.
Minimum monthly billing, per month
$30.00
Maximum monthly billing per month for local service shall consist of a flat rate
element equal to 60 percent of the applicable single line business (B1) rate plus a
maximum average per call charge of $.12 a message per line per month.
(Maximum monthly billing shall be in effect until July 12, 1988 unless extended,
changes or discontinued by the Florida Public Service Commission.)
2.
The Flat Rate Option for a Smart Payphone access line is the applicable B-1
rate as stated in Section 3 of this tariff.
3.
Optional services available with PTAS:
a.
Billed number screening as described and at rates as listed in Section
13.6 of this Tariff.
b.
Paystation Line Identifier is an optional service that provides signaling
which identifies the line as a paystation line to the operator. The
monthly rate for this service is $1.00.
(C)
(C)
Section 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
PUBLIC TELEPHONE ACCESS SERVICE FOR CUSTOMER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (CPE)
(continued)
7.3.3
A.
Public Telephone Access Service for CPE (continued)
4.
Answer Supervision
Per Line
5.
Rate
$5.00
No charge will be billed to either the subscriber or to the calling party for 411
calls.
6.
(D)
(D)
7.
At the request of the subscriber, Tel-Touch Calling Service may be provided as
covered in Section 13 of this Tariff for business individual line service.
8.
Where facilities are not available in the serving central office, Public Telephone
Access Service for CPE may be provided from another office with applicable
rates and charges as provided in Section 9 of this Tariff for Foreign Exchange (if
in a local calling area) or Foreign Central Office Service.
9.
A charge equivalent to that charged on business individual line service is
applicable for Directory Assistance Service for calls outside the local calling area.
10.
Service Charges as covered in Section 4 of this Tariff for business individual
line service are applicable. Changes in service from an existing exchange
service to Public Telephone Access Service for CPE will be considered as new
service.
11.
Listings in connection with Public Telephone Access Service for CPE are
furnished under the same rates and regulations as other business service.
Section 7
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.3
7.3.4
B.
Rates and Charges Applied by the Subscriber
1.
(D)
(D)
2.
The rates charged for operator service shall be no higher than the Company’s
Operator Assistance rates as approved by the Public Service Commission.
3.
The rates charged the caller for intrastate long distance service shall be no
higher than rates charged by AT&T Communications for an equivalent daytime
direct-distance-dialed call plus $1.00. This rate may be charged at any time of
the day.
4.
No charges will be billed to the calling party for 411 (Local Directory Assistance)
calls.
Local Directory Assistance Exempt
7.4
(Deleted)
ASOC
LDAE
Section 7
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.4
Deleted
Section 7
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.4
Deleted
Section 7
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.4
Deleted
Section 7
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.4
Deleted
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 7
January 26, 2006
Vice President
7.5
(T)(D)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 7
January 26, 2006
Vice President
7.5
(T)(D)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 7
January 26, 2006
Vice President
7.5
(T)(D)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 7
January 26, 2006
Vice President
7.5
(T)(D)
(D)
Section 7
Original Page 21
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.6
Coin Line Service
7.6.1
General
(N)
A.
Coin Line Service (CLS) is a standard dial tone first coin line for customer provided pay
telephones. This service will be provided from central offices where facilities are available.
B.
This service is provided subject to the requirements set forth in Section 7.3 and Section 2
of this tariff.
C.
Features of the service are as follows:
(1)
Service will be provided on a two way basis except lines placed in correctional
institutions, schools, hospitals and other locations for which a specific exemption
has been granted by the Public Service Commission. There will be no charge
imposed for incoming calls.
(2)
Service will be provided on a dial tone first basis to enable end users to dial
certain calls without requiring coin deposits, i.e. 911 Emergency Calls, local
directory assistance, and non-sent paid calls.
(3)
Central Office blocking of 900 and 976 calls will be provided.
(4)
Operator Call Screening will be provided to alert operator and carrier systems
that the call is originating from a CLS line and may require special handling and
billing treatment.
(5)
Billed Number Screening will be provided to indicate in validation data bases that
incoming collect and bill to third number calls are not to be billed to the line.
(N)
Section 7
Original Page 22
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.6
Coin Line Service (Cont’d)
7.6.1
General (cont’d)
(N)
(6)
Coin signaling (coin collect and coin return) will be provided by the network. Coin
collect is used when a call has been completed and coin return is used if a no
answer or busy condition is encountered.
(7)
Standard recorded announcements currently used with the Company’s Public
Telephone service will be utilized with CLS.
(8)
The Company’s operator system will handle 0-, 0+, and 1+ intraLATA toll calls
and 0+ local calls from CLS lines. All 10XXX 0+ dialed intraLATA toll calls will be
routed to the dialed carrier.
(9)
Currently, sent paid interLATA, interstate and international calls originating from
Coin Line Service lines, including but not limited to 1+, 10XXX 1+, 011+,
10XXX011+, 950 1+ and 800 1+ access code calls, will be forwarded to AT&T for
coin rating and completion. When other interexchange carriers provide sent paid
service, 1+ subscription interLATA calls will be permitted. Special billing/coin
sharing arrangements between the CLS subscriber and their respective carriers
will be the responsibility of the CLS subscriber.
(10)
All 0+ interLATA calls will be routed to the CLS subscriber’s presubscribed
carrier.
(11)
The Company shall not be liable for shortages of coins collected and deposited at
the subscriber’s equipment. The limit of the Company’s liability for end user fraud
of whatever nature occurring at or in association with the subscriber’s equipment
shall be governed by provisions of this tariff and rule or regulations of the FPSC.
In case of a conflict, the ruler or regulation will prevail.
(N)
Section 7
Original Page 23
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.6
7.6.2
Rates and Charges
(N)
A.
The Coin Line Service will be provided on a flat rate basis until usage rate service is
available. Flat rate service will be converted to measured service as it becomes available
at no cost to the subscriber.
1.
Flat Rate Service - Charges per line
Monthly
Rate
(a)
(b)
Two Way, per line
One Way, per line
$50.00
$50.00
B.
Sent paid local calls will be rated by the CLS subscriber’s set.
C.
Operator handled sent paid local calls will be rated to the end user at the rate set forth in
Section 7 plus the appropriate operator surcharge in Section 3 of this tariff.
D.
Non-sent paid local calls will be rated to the end user at the rate set forth in Section 7 plus
the use fee as provided in Section 7 of this tariff.
E.
Sent paid intraLATA long distance calls will be rated to the end user at the long distance
rate and the appropriate operator surcharge set forth in Section 18 of this tariff. The CLS
subscriber will be charged the applicable MTS long distance rate and appropriate operator
surcharge set forth in Section 18 of this tariff.
F.
Non-sent paid intraLATA toll calls will be rated to the end user at the long distance rate
and the appropriate operator surcharge set forth in Section 18 of this tariff plus the set use
fee as provided in Section 7 of this tariff.
G.
Touch-Tone Calling Service will be provided at no charge.
(N)
Section 7
Original Page 24
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
7.6
7.6.2
Rates and Charges (cont’d)
(N)
H.
The CLS subscriber will be charged for long distance Directory Assistance Service at the
rate specified in Section 18 of this tariff for business individual line service. The network
will require a deposit be made by the end user unless charged to an alternate billing
method.
I.
Service charges as covered in Section 4 of this tariff are applicable.
J.
Listings in connection with CLS are furnished under the regulations specified in Section 6
of this tariff for Company and Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service.
K.
Suspension of service, as covered in Section 2, is not available unless the instrument is
totally inaccessible to the general public on a temporary basis. In all cases, the decision to
permit temporary suspension of service rests with the Company.
L.
When service is temporarily suspended at the subscriber’s request, a Secondary Service
Charge and a restoration charge, as specified in Section 4, will be charged for each
telephone number restored.
M.
Rates for Verification and Emergency Interrupt Service as provided in Section 3 and 18 of
this tariff are applicable. The network will require a deposit be made by the end user
unless charged to an alternate billing method.
(N)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
8.1
General
1
8.2
Service Requirements and Conditions
2
8.3
Application of Rates
4
(C)
8.4
Charges Applicable to N11 Subscribers
5
(N)
(C)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
8.1.
General
(C)
A.
Abbreviated Dialing Service is a three-digit (N11, where N can be 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 or 8) local
dialing arrangement available in Windstream Florida, Inc. (“Company”) areas for delivery
of non-emergency information via voice grade facilities, pursuant to FCC Docket No.
92-105.
B.
Abbreviated Dialing Service is available from Company in Company territory only.
Governmental and other legally authorized entities ("Subscribers") wishing to provide
access to Abbreviated Dialing Service to end users in another company's territory or to a
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier’s ("CLEC") end users within Company's Local Calling
Area must make appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that
area.
C.
Company shall have no responsibility with respect to the information, service,
communications, announcements, advertising, promotion, performance, behavior, action,
or inaction of the Subscriber providing access to Abbreviated Dialing Service or to end
users calling via Abbreviated Dialing Service.
D.
For the Subscriber's purpose in providing access to Abbreviated Dialing Service,
Company's Local Calling Area is the Basic Local Calling Area as defined in this Tariff, as
facilities permit. Additionally, pre-recorded announcements provided by Subscribers will be
allowed as Company facilities permit and will be at Subscribers' expense.
E.
Abbreviated Dialing Service can be delivered via regular exchange access lines (by
individual business lines, PBX trunks, etc.)
F.
Limitations and use of service as stated in this Tariff apply to Abbreviated Dialing Service.
G.
Company may provide Directory Listings for Abbreviated Dialing Service at rates and
pursuant to the regulations found in Section 6 of this Tariff.
H.
Access to Abbreviated Dialing Service is not available to the following types of service:
Hotel/Motel/Hospital Service
1+
0+, 0- (Credit Card, Third-Party Billing, Collect Calls)
Inmate Service
101XXXX
Wireless - Type 2A
I.
Subscribers will not receive calling number information through Abbreviated Dialing
Service. To receive calling number information, the Subscriber must subscribe to one of
Company's Caller ID services set forth in Section 13 of this Tariff.
J.
When a N11 number is disconnected, Company will route the calls to an intercept
announcement for a maximum of 60 days, provided that the Subscriber is also a end user
customer of Company. The announcement provided may refer the caller to another
telephone number.
(C)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
8.2.
Service Requirements and Conditions
A.
When Abbreviated Dialing Service is provisioned by Company, Company will bill the Subscriber the
nonrecurring service charge. Company will not refund or waive the nonrecurring charge if the
Subscriber cancels or withdraws its request for service after Company has programmed the central
office per the Subscriber’s request.
B.
Upon six-months written notice Company may terminate this Agreement and the services provided
herein in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in CC Docket 92-105 and any
subsequent rules which may be identified by the FCC in CC Docket 92-105 regarding the use and
return of such N11 codes. In the event of such termination, Company will at Subscriber’s request,
transfer the service arrangements to a 7- or 10-digit dialing arrangement within the six-month notice
period. Subscribers will be required to migrate to any standard access arrangement subsequently
agreed to by the industry and approved by the FCC, and Company will charge Subscribers the
appropriate tariff rates for the establishment of new access arrangements.
C.
Only one 7- or 10-digit local number or one 10-digit toll-free number may be used as the lead
number per Basic Local Calling Area. All central offices within a Basic Local Calling Area must be
pointed to the same 7- or 10-digit local number or one 10-digit toll-free number. Appropriate rates
from Sections 3 and 4 of this Tariff will apply.
D.
Abbreviated Dialing Service is provided where Company facilities permit.
E.
To ascertain whether Type 1 wireless customers will be able to reach Subscriber by dialing N11,
Subscriber must contact separately the applicable wireless companies.
F.
To ascertain whether a Subscriber's callers who are end users of a CLEC will be able to reach
Subscriber by dialing N11, Subscriber must contact separately the applicable CLEC(s).
G.
Company will provide Abbreviated Dialing Service under the following conditions:
1.
For network sizing and protection, Subscriber will provide to Company an estimate of
annual call volumes and the expected busy hour and holding time for each call to N11.
2.
Subscriber will purchase or otherwise provide adequate telephone facilities initially and
subsequently as may be required to handle adequately calls to Subscriber, in Company's
judgment, without impairing Company's general telephone service or telephone plant.
3.
Subscriber will obtain all necessary permission, licenses, written consents, waivers and
releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements or performances are
used in connection with the service, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and
patents used in connection with Abbreviated Dialing Service.
(C)
(C)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
8.2.
Service Requirements and Conditions (Continued)
G.
H.
Company will provide Abbreviated Dialing Service under the following conditions: (Continued)
4.
Company shall not under any circumstances be responsible or liable for incidental,
consequential or special damages, notwithstanding the foreseeability or disclosure of said
damages, including but not limited to damages associated with delay, loss of data, profits
or goodwill.
5.
Company provides no warranties, express or implied, including but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Without limiting
the foregoing, Company makes no warranty with respect to the performance of any
telecommunications and non-telecommunications system, operating system or any
application software.
6.
Suspension of Business and Residence Service as covered in Section 2 of this Tariff is
not applicable for N11 Abbreviated Dialing Service.
7.
If requested by Company, Subscriber shall assist Company in responding to complaints
made to Company or any regulatory authority concerning the Subscriber’s N11 service.
8.
Company will notify Subscriber when Subscriber’s service unreasonably interferes with or
impairs other services provided by Company to other end users. If, after receipt of notice,
Subscriber makes no modification in method of operation, or in the service arrangements
that are deemed service-protective by Company, or if Subscriber is unwilling to accept the
modifications, or if Subscriber continues to cause service impairment, Company reserves
the right, at any time without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and
including termination of service. In an emergency situation as defined by Company,
Company reserves the right, at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures
up to and including termination of service.
In no event shall Company be liable for any losses or damages of any kind resulting from the
unavailability of its equipment or facilities or for any act, omission or failure of performance by
Company, or its employees, or agents, in connection with Abbreviated Dialing Service. Company
shall not be responsible for calls that cannot be completed as a result of repair or maintenance
difficulties on Company facilities and equipment nor on equipment owned or leased by Subscriber.
(C)
(C)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
8.3.
Application of Rates
A.
Basic local exchange service is required, in addition to N11 Service and in order for N11 Service to
function properly. N11 Service is supplemental to and is not a replacement for local exchange
service.
B.
N11 Subscriber shall pay a nonrecurring Central Office Charge for each Company host central
office out of which N11 is established:
C.
1.
Some Company local exchanges are served by more than one host central office. In order
to establish N11 in such an exchange, a N11 Subscriber shall pay a Central Office Charge
for each Company host central office in the N11 Subscriber’s service area.
2.
Some host central offices serve more than one Company local exchange. If a N11
Subscriber applies to establish N11 Service in multiple Company local exchanges served
by the same host central office, then only one Central Office Charge shall apply.
However, the N11 Subscriber shall pay the full Central Office Charge whether or not it
requests N11 in all Company local exchanges served by the host central office.
(C)
Where applicable, a N11 Subscriber shall pay a nonrecurring Exclusion Charge:
1.
When a N11 Subscriber does not make contemporaneous applications to establish N11 in
every Company local exchange served by a host central office, the N11 Subscriber shall
pay an Exclusion Charge for each Company local exchange served by the host central
office where N11 Service is not established.
2.
When a Company local exchange is once excluded, but the N11 Subscriber subsequently
applies to establish N11 Service in the Company local exchange, then an Exclusion
Charge shall again apply.
D.
N11 Subscribers will pay the normal tariffed charges for the local exchange access arrangements
(e.g., PBX trunks, Centrex Type Services lines, etc.) used for transporting and terminating
messages at the N11 Subscriber's designated premises.
E.
N11 Subscribers shall pay a nonrecurring Number Change Charge when they apply to change the
telephone number to which the N11 abbreviated dialing code is translated. Company will apply the
Number Change Charge on a per telephone number, per host central office basis.
F.
Applicable service order charges as specified in Section 4 of this Tariff will apply, in addition
to the following rates.
(C)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
8.4.
Charges applicable to N11 Subscribers*:
A.
(C)
Establishment of N11 Service
Nonrecurring Charge
(1)
Central Office Charge
$330.00
(2)
Exclusion Charge
$250.00
(3)
Number change Charge
*Note: No charges are applicable for 711 Service.
$75.00
(C)
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 8
BY:
Vice President
ABBREVIATED DIALING
(D)
(D)
Section 9
Fourth Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Third Revised Contents Page 1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE AND FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE
CONTENTS
Page No.
9.1
1
9.1.1.
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
1
1
2
3
9.1.6
9.2
General Description
Definitions
Regulations
Rate Categories
Billing of Foreign Exchange Service Provided by
Multiple Companies
Rates and Charges
12
13
FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE
15
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
15
15
16
17
General Description
Regulations
Rate Categories
Rates and Charges
(T)
(T)
Section 9
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
(D)
9.1
Foreign Exchange Service
9.1.1
General Description
a.
9.1.2
Foreign Exchange service is exchange service furnished to a subscriber from an
exchange other than the one from which the subscriber would normally be served,
allowing subscribers to have local presence and two-way communications in an exchange
different from their own.
b.
The service is provisioned via dedicated facilities from the subscriber’s premises to the
foreign office with outward minutes of use (originated by the subscriber) usage charges.
c.
Foreign Exchange service is provided as a voice grade service and is not represented as
suitable for satisfactory transmission of data. Transmission characteristics may vary
depending on the distance and routing required to originate or complete the switched
portion of the call at the open (dial-tone) end.
(D)
Definitions
Certain terms used generally throughout this Tariff are defined as follows:
CLOSED END
The term “Closed End” denotes the dedicated portion, from the subscriber’s premises to the dialtone office, of the Foreign Exchange service.
HOME WIRE CENTER
The term “Home Wire Center” denotes the wire center from which a customer or authorized user
would normally be served for local exchange service.
OPEN END
The term “Open End” denotes the dial end of the Foreign Exchange service which is located in the
foreign exchange and where network switching of calls occurs.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
Foreign Exchange Service (Cont’d)
9.1.3
®
Regulations
a.
Foreign Exchange service may only be provided where all facilities and serving points are
located in the same LATA.
b.
This service may be furnished on a link (partial channel) basis when connected to
FlexServ® service, MegaLink® channel service, LightGate® service and/or similar
services; exchange access and usage charges as set forth in 9.1.6 following will apply
regardless of any substitutions with respect to the local channel and/or interoffice channel.
c.
Other services, equipment or facilities used in connection with Foreign Exchange service,
except as otherwise indicated in this Tariff, are furnished subject to the rates and
regulations applying in the exchange in which the foreign office is located.
d.
Foreign Exchange service is furnished subject to the same restrictions, as to the use of
the service by other than the subscriber and his representatives, as apply in connection
with other classes of service.
e.
Subscribers to Foreign Exchange service are not required to subscribe to other service in
the exchange from which they would normally be served.
Registered Service Mark of Bell South Corporation.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.3
9.1.4
Regulations (Cont’d)
f.
When service is interrupted due to causes other than the negligence of the customer, or to
the failure of facilities furnished by the customer, a credit allowance will be made upon
request as set forth in b2.4 of the Private Line Service Tariff, as appropriate.
g.
This service is not offered in conjunction with optional extended area local calling plans.
h.
Resale of this service is not permitted.
Rate Categories
a.
Service Configurations
There are two types of service configurations which can be provided. These are described
as follows:
1.
Single-Point Service
(a)
2.
A single-point service connects a subscriber’s premises to a central
office other than the one from which the subscriber would normally be
served.
Multipoint Service
(a)
Multipoint (extension) service provides foreign office dial-tone for more
than one customer premises.
(b)
Multipoint bridging can be provided out of the foreign office or the
subscriber’s home wire center.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
Rate Categories (Cont’d)
b.
Types of Rates and Charges
1.
Monthly Rates
Monthly rates are recurring charges that apply each month or fraction thereof that
a service is provided. For billing purposes, each month is considered to have 30
days.
2.
Nonrecurring Charges
Nonrecurring Charges are one-time charges that apply for a specific work activity.
(a)
Installation of Service
The charges for the installation of services are set forth in 9.1.6
following as nonrecurring charges for the Local Channel and Interoffice
Channel rate elements.
Nonrecurring charges apply for each service terminated at the
subscriber’s premises. When more than one of the same type of
service, between the same locations and for the same customer, is
ordered and installed at the same time, one local channel at each
location is billed at the First Service Installed rate and the others are
billed at the Additional Service Installed rate.
A central office work charge as described in 4.1 of this Tariff is also
applicable, and is set forth in 9.1.6 following as a nonrecurring charge
for the Exchange Access rate element.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 5
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
b.
Types of Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
2.
Nonrecurring Charges (Cont’d)
(b)
Service Rearrangements (Cont’d)
(1)
Service rearrangements are changes to existing (installed)
services which do not result in a change in the physical location
of the point of termination at a customer premises. Changes in
the physical location of the point of termination are treated as
moves and are described and charged for as set forth in c
following.
The charge to the customer for the service rearrangement is
dependent on whether the change is administrative only in
nature or involves actual physical change to the service.
Administrative changes will be made without charge(s) to the
customer. Such changes require the continued provision and
billing of the Foreign Exchange service to the same entity (i.e.,
customer remains responsible for all outstanding indebtedness
for the service). Administrative changes are as follows:
-
Change of customer name (i.e., the customer of record
does not change but rather the customer of record
changes name),
-
Change of customer or customer’s premises address is
not a result of a physical relocation of equipment.
-
Change in billing data (name, address or contact name or
telephone number)
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
b.
Types of Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
2.
Nonrecurring Charges (Cont’d)
(b)
Service Rearrangements (Cont’d)
(2)
(3)
3.
All other service arrangements will be charged for as follows:
-
If the change involves the addition of other customer
designated premises to an existing multipoint service,
the nonrecurring charge for the local channel rate
element will apply. The charges will apply only for the
location(s) that is being added.
-
For all other changes a charge equal to a Local
Channel rate element nonrecurring charge will apply.
Only one such charge will apply per service, per
change.
A Telephone Number Change Charge, as set forth in Section
4.4.1 of this Tariff, applies to any subscriber requested change
of telephone number.
Usage Charges
a.
Usage charges will apply on a customer sent-paid basis for all calls
originated by the subscriber and terminating within the local calling area
of the foreign exchange.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
c.
Moves
1.
2.
A move involves a change in the physical location within the subscriber’s serving
wire center, of one of the following:
a.
The point of interface at the subscriber’s premises.
b.
The subscriber’s premises.
The charges for the move are dependent on whether the move is to a new
location within the same building or to a different building.
a.
Moves Within the Same Building
When the move is to a new location within the same building, the charge
for the move will be an amount equal to one-half the nonrecurring
charge for the local channel.
b.
To a Different Building
The nonrecurring charge for the local channel for moves to a different
building.
d.
Basic Rate Elements
Following are the basic rate elements which apply to Foreign Exchange service:
1.
Local Channel
a.
The primary local channel provides for a communications path between
a subscriber’s premises and the home wire center of that premises.
One local channel applies per channel termination.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 8
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
d.
Basic Rate Elements (Cont’d)
(b)
2.
Where multipoint service1 is provided, the secondary local channel
provides a communications path between an additional subscriber’s
premises and the home wire center of that premises.
Interoffice Channel
(a)
This rate element provides for the transmission facilities between the
subscriber’s home wire center and the foreign office.
Interoffice mileage is portrayed in mileage bands. A fixed rate and a
rate per mile applies to each band.
(b)
The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for this rate
element is calculated on airline distance as follows, regardless of how
the service is physically routed:
(1)
For the primary leg - between the subscriber’s serving wire
center and the foreign office.
Note 1: Foreign Exchange service is normally provided on a single point basis; however, where facilities permit,
multipoint service may be provided within the same LATA. Locations connected may be two or more
customer designated premises.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 9
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
d.
2.
Interoffice Channel (Cont’d)
(c)
The V & H coordinates method is used to determine mileage in
accordance with the following:
(1)
Obtain the “V” and “H” coordinates for each wire center, as
listed in the National Exchange Carrier Association Tariff
F.C.C. No. 4.
(2)
Obtain the difference between the “V” coordinates of the two
wire centers.
Obtain the difference between the “H”
coordinates. (the difference is always obtained by subtracting
the smaller coordinate from the larger coordinate.)
(3)
Square each difference obtained in (2) preceding.
(4)
Add the squares of the “V” difference and the “H” difference
obtained in (3) preceding.
(5)
Divide the sum of the squares obtained in (4) preceding by 10.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 10
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
d.
2.
Interoffice Channel (Cont’d)
(c)
(Cont’d)
(6)
Obtain the square root of the result obtained in (5) preceding.
This is the rate distance in miles. (Fractional miles being
considered as full miles.)
Example: The rate distance between City One and City Two.
City One
V
7260
H
2083
City Two
7364
1865
104
218
Difference
Squared
10,816 + 47,524 = 58,340
58,340 divided by 10 = 5834
Square root of 5834 = 76.38 = 77 Airline miles
3.
Bridging Equipment Charge
(a)
This rate element provides for multipoint bridging for each bridged local
channel. Bridging will be provided for each bridged local channel at one
of the following locations as appropriate:
(1)
The serving wire center of the primary local channel, or
(2)
The foreign office of the service
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.4
d.
4.
Exchange Access
(a)
5.
e.
This rate element provides dial tone at the foreign office.
charges also apply as described in 5. following.
Usage
Foreign Exchange Usage Charges
(a)
This rate element provides traffic sensitive switching for all calls
originated by the subscriber and terminating within the local calling area
of the foreign exchange.
(b)
This rate element is priced on a per minute of use basis.
Method of Applying Rates
1.
The charges for Foreign Exchange service are as follows:
(a)
Rates and charges for the open end of the service include exchange
access and usage as set forth in 9.1.5 following.
(b)
Rates and charges for the closed end of the service include local
channel(s), interoffice mileage and, where appropriate, bridging charges
as set forth in 9.1.6 following.
(N)
Section 9
Original Page 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(N)
9.1
9.1.5
Billing of Foreign Exchange Service Provided by Multiple Companies
a.
Each company will bill for the portion of the service provided by their respective tariff
based on their regulations, rates and charges as appropriate.
b.
The charges billed by each company for the interoffice channel between exchange
telephone company central offices are determined as follows:
1.
The total mileage for the service is computed using the V&H coordinates set forth
in the National Exchange Carrier Association, Inc., Tariff F.C.C. No. 4 (NECA
No.4)
2.
A billing factor is determined from the NECA No. 4 tariff. This factor represents
the percentage of the distance between exchange telephone company central
office that will be billed by each company. The billing factor is multiplied by the
total charge for all of the miles to determine the amount to be billed by the
Company.
3.
For the fixed recurring rate element and the nonrecurring charge associated with
the interoffice channel between exchange telephone company central offices. 50
percent of each company’s rate will apply for each end of the interoffice channel
provided. If the company does not bill for either end of the for either end of the
interoffice channel, then the fixed recurring charge and nonrecurring charge shall
not apply.
(N)
Section 9
BY:
Vice President
9.1
9.1.6
Rates and Charges
a.
Basic Rate Elements
1.
Local Channel
MonthlyNonrecurring Charge
Rate
First
(a)
(b)
2.
9 thru 25 miles
(c)
(1)
$26.00
30.00
26.00
26.00
Secondary
-Residence
-Business
-PBX
-Key
$26.00
30.00
26.00
26.00
(I)
(I)
Addtn’l
$435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
$149.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
$435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
$149.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
Interoffice Channel
(a)
Fixed Monthly Charge-Windstream only bills the half rate, unless they
own both the open and closed end.
Half
Full
Rate
Rate
(1) 1 thru 8 miles
$18.00
$36.00
(2) 9 thru 25 miles
18.00
36.00
(3) Over 25 miles
18.00
36.00
(b)
(2)
Primary
-Residence
-Business
-PBX
-Key
1 thru 8 miles
Monthly Charge Per Mile
(1)
2.00
(3)
1 thru 8 miles
Rate
$2.00
Over 25 miles
2.00
Nonrecurring Charge Per Channel
Rate
$85.00
(2)
9 thru 25 miles
38.00
(3)
Over 25 miles
35.88
Section 9
BY:
9.1
9.1.6
Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
a.
3.
Bridging Equipment Charge
Monthly
Rate
$8.00
8.00
-Residence
-Business
4.
Nonrecurring
Charge
$30.00
30.00
Usage Charges1
(a)
For the open end, or dial tone end, which is located in the foreign
exchange where network switching of calls occurs, the rates for Foreign
Exchange Service are the usage charges below and the Service
Connection charges for flat-rate individual access line service, rotary line
service, or flat-rate PBX trunk service applicable within the serving
Foreign Exchange.
(b)
The outward usage charge below will apply on a customer dialed sentpaid basis for all calls originated by the customer over the Foreign
Exchange Service line and terminated within the local calling area of the
foreign exchange. The inward flat rate charge below will apply for all
Foreign Exchange Service lines.
Rate
Inward flat rate charge
$70.00
2
Per outward minute of use
(c)
.0559
The combined outward usage and inward flat rate charges will not
exceed $97.50 per line per month. Effective February 6, 1994, this
maximum charge will be discontinued.
Note 1: Not applicable to ADC stations terminating at a foreign exchange.
Note 2: Where usage measurement is not technically available assumed minutes of use (938 minutes per month) will
be applied.
(I)
Section 9
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
9.2
Foreign Central Office Service
9.2.1
General Description
a.
9.2.2
(M)
Foreign Central Office service is an exchange service furnished to a subscriber in a multioffice exchange from a central office other than the one from which the subscriber would
normally be served.
Regulations
a.
Foreign Central Office service is offered in connection with Individual Line Main Station
service, PBX service and ADC service.
b.
Other services, equipment or facilities used in connection with Foreign Central Office
service, except as otherwise indicated in this Tariff, are furnished subject to the rates and
regulations applying in the foreign office from which the subscriber is served.
c.
The rules and regulations for interruption of service as shown in the Private Line Service
Tariff will apply.
d.
Alternate routing of this service may be provided on a direct serve basis to the subscriber’s
premises from the requested foreign office on an individual case basis as specified in
Section 5 of this Tariff, subject to the following conditions:
1.
The subscriber must maintain a minimum of fifty percent of the trunks/lines from
the central office from which service would normally be furnished.
2.
The monthly rate for the class of service desired will be based on the rates
applicable for the foreign office, but will be no less then the rates for that service
out of the subscriber’s normal home wire center. Additionally, rates and charges
as specified in Section 5 of this Tariff will apply on an individual case basis.
Section 9
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
9.2
Foreign Central Office Service (Cont’d)
9.2.3
Rate Categories
a.
The two types of rates and charges are monthly rates and nonrecurring charges and are
described as follows:
1.
Monthly Rates
Monthly rates are recurring charges that apply each month or fraction thereof that
a service is provided. For billing purposes, each month is considered to have 30
days.
2.
(a)
The nonrecurring charges for the installation of service are set forth in
9.2.4 following as nonrecurring charges for the interoffice channel rate
element.
Service Connection charges as specified in Section A4. for the
exchange service desired, are also applicable.
(b)
Rearrangements, Moves and Changes
Service charges for rearrangement, move or change of service, as
specified in Section 4, for the exchange service desired, are also
applicable.
The rate for Foreign Central Office service is the monthly rate for the class of service
desired, plus interoffice channel mileage charges as shown in 9.2.4 following, for the
airline distance between the central office from which the subscriber would normally be
served and the foreign central office.
(M)
Section 9
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
9.2
Foreign Central Office Service (Cont’d)
9.2.3
b.
Rate Elements
1.
9.2.4
Interoffice Channel
(a)
This rate element provides for the transmission facilities between the
subscriber’s home wire center and the foreign office.
(b)
Interoffice channel mileage is portrayed in mileage bands. A fixed rate
and rate per mile applies to each band.
(c)
The mileage to be used to determine the monthly rate for the interoffice
channel is calculated on airline distance as described in 9.1.4.d.
preceding, regardless of how the service is physically routed.
Rates and Charges
a.
Interoffice Channel
(a)
Fixed Monthly Charge-per channel
(1)
(2)
(3)
(b)
1 thru 8 miles
9 thru 25 miles
Over 25 miles
Rate
$1.65
1.65
1.65
Nonrecurring Charge Per Channel
(1)
(2)
(3)
(M)
Rate
$28.50
28.50
28.50
Monthly Charge Per Miles
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c)
1 thru 8 miles
9 thru 25 miles
Over 25 miles
1 thru 8 miles
9 thru 25 miles
Over 25 miles
Rate
$85.00
85.00
85.00
Section 10
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
10.1
TRUNK LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.1
10.1.2
Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Exceptions . . . . . . . . .
Wellborn to Lake City . . . . . . .
Branford to Fort White and Lake City
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page No.
1
1
3
3
3
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 10
Twenty-seventh Revised Page 1
Cancels Twenty-sixth Revised Page 1
August 15, 2011
Vice President
10.1
TRUNK LINES
10.1.1
Rates
a.
Central Office Lines
BUSINESS
TERMINATING IN
TERMINATING IN
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
Alachua
*Branford
Brooker
Callahan
Citra
Crescent City
Dowling Park
Florahome (659)
Florahome (661)
Florida Sheriff’s Boys Ranch
*Fort White
Hastings
High Springs
Hilliard
Interlachen
Jasper
Jennings
Lake Butler
Live Oak
Luraville
Mayo
McIntosh
Melrose
Orange Springs
Raiford
Waldo
*Wellborn
White Springs
* See Section 10.1.2 for local exceptions, previously approved.
$38.16
44.95
38.16
42.24
38.16
37.19
37.69
37.69
37.69
37.69
45.20
38.16
38.16
36.11
37.69
36.11
36.11
38.16
37.69
37.69
37.69
38.16
38.16
38.16
37.19
38.16
44.95
37.69
$28.79
33.95
27.79
30.72
27.79
27.15
27.47
27.47
27.47
27.47
34.15
27.79
27.79
26.42
27.47
26.42
26.42
27.79
27.47
27.47
27.47
27.79
27.79
27.79
27.15
27.79
33.95
27.47
(I)
(I)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 10
Thirty-first Revised Page 2
Cancels Thirtieth Revised Page 2
October 1, 2008
Vice President
10.1
TRUNK LINES (Continued)
10.1.1
Rates (Continued)
a.
Central Office Lines (Continued)
Alachua
*Branford
Brooker
Callahan
Citra
Crescent City
Dowling Park
Florahome (659)
Florahome (661)
Fla. Sheriff’s Boys Ranch
*Fort White
Hastings
High Springs
Hilliard
Interlachen
Jasper
Jennings
Lake Butler
Live Oak
Luraville
Mayo
McIntosh
Melrose
Orange Springs
Raiford
Waldo
*Wellborn
White Springs
RESIDENCE
TERMINATING IN
TERMINATING IN
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
(D)
$10.51
13.05
10.51
11.62
10.51
10.16
10.31
10.31
10.31
10.31
13.15
10.51
10.51
9.90
10.31
9.90
9.90
10.51
10.31
10.31
10.31
10.51
10.51
10.51
10.16
10.51
13.05
10.31
(I)
(I)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 10
Twenty-fifth Revised Page 3
Cancels Twenty-fourth Revised Page 3
October 1, 2008
Vice President
10.1.2
Local Exception
a.
Effective April 30, 1993, customers in the Wellborn exchanges will be provided non-optional
extended local calling to the Lake City exchange. The following monthly rates apply for the
service shown:
BUSINESS
TERMINATING IN TERMINATING IN
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
Group 5
Lake City
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
$36.16
$25.79
8.79
6.16
$44.95
$31.95
RESIDENCE
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
Group 5
$10.51
Lake City
EAS Differential
(I)
(I)
(D)
(I)
2.54
Total Monthly Rate
b.
(D)
$13.05
(I)
Effective May 1, 1995, customers in the Branford exchanges will be provided non-optional
extended local calling to the Fort White and Lake City exchanges. The following monthly rates
apply for the service shown:
BUSINESS
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
Group 5
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
$36.16
$25.79
8.79
6.16
$44.95
$31.95
RESIDENCE
KEY SYSTEMS
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
Group 5
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
$10.51
(D)
(I)
(I)
(D)
(I)
2.54
$13.05
(I)
(D)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 10
October 1, 2008
Vice President
10.1
10.1.2
Local Exception (Continued)
c.
Effective August 1, 2000, customers in the Fort White exchange will be provided extended
area service to the Gainesville exchange. The following monthly rates apply for the
services shown.
BUSINESS
TERMINATING IN
KEY SYSTEMS
Group 5
Fort White
EAS Additive
Total Monthly Rate
(D)
TERMINATING IN
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
$36.16
$25.79
9.04
6.36
$45.20
$32.15
RESIDENCE
TERMINATING IN
KEY SYSTEMS
Group 5
Fort White
EAS Additive
Total Monthly Rate
(I)
(I)
(D)
TERMINATING IN
MULTI-LINE SYSTEMS
$10.51
(I)
2.64
$13.15
(I)
(D)
Section 10
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
(D)
(D)
(M)
(M)
(M)
Section 10
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
(D)
(D)
Section 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CONTENTS
Page No.
11.1
11.2
TRUNK LINES
1
11.1.3
2
Local Exception
DIRECT-IN-DIALING (DID) TO CUSTOMER PREMISES
LOCATED SWITCHING SYSTEMS
3
11.2.1
11.2.2
3
4
General
Rates
(T)
Section 11
Twenty-fourth Revised Page 1
Cancels Twenty-third Revised Page 1
BY:
Vice President
11.1
TRUNK LINES
EXCHANGE
Alachua
*Branford
Brooker
Callahan
Citra
Crescent City
Dowling Park
Florahome (659)
Florahome (661)
Florida Sheriff's Boys Ranch
*Fort White
Hastings
High Springs
Hilliard
Interlachen
Jasper
Jennings
Lake Butler
Live Oak
Luraville
Mayo
McIntosh
Melrose
Orange Springs
Raiford
Waldo
*Wellborn
White Springs
TRUNK LINES, EACH
$48.20
59.91
48.20
53.37
48.20
46.83
47.50
47.50
47.50
47.50
59.02
48.20
48.20
45.50
47.50
45.50
45.50
48.20
47.50
47.50
47.50
48.20
48.20
48.20
46.83
48.20
59.91
47.50
(D)
(I)
(I)
(D)
Section 11
Nineteenth Revised Page 2
Cancels Eighteenth Revised Page 2
BY:
Vice President
11.1
11.1.1
Exchange services (i.e. PBX or B1 lines) that are associated with devices capable and for the
intention of interconnecting intrastate interlata interexchange private lines, special access lines or
private bypass facilities to the local exchange network will carry a charge as follows in addition to
charges shown in 11.1 above:
a.
Measured Rate $.03/min. in offices with measurement capability
b.
Message Rate
$.12/msg.
11.1.2
The additional charge will not apply when a customer certifies that toll calls are not completed over
these private lines. Refer to the Florida Access Tariff, E7.4.2 and the Florida Private Line Tariff,
B2.14.(b). Where facilities are not available for measured rate, the message rate will apply at the
company's discretion.
11.1.3
Local Exception
a.
Effective April 30, 1993, customers in the Wellborn exchange will be provided non-optional
extended local calling to the Lake City exchange. The following monthly rates apply for
the services shown.
TRUNK LINES, EACH
Group 5
Lake City
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
b.
$48.20
(I)
11.71
$59.91
(I)
Effective May 1, 1995, customers in the Branford exchange will be provided non-optional
extended local calling to the Fort White and Lake City exchanges. The following monthly
rates apply for the services shown.
TRUNK LINES, EACH
Group 5
EAS Differential
Total Monthly Rate
c.
$48.20
(I)
11.71
$59.91
(I)
Effective August 1, 2000, customers in the Fort White exchange will be provided extended
area service to the Gainesville exchange. The following monthly rates apply for the
services shown.
TRUNK LINES, EACH
Group 5
Fort White
EAS Additive
Total Monthly Rate
$48.20
(I)
10.82
$59.02
(I)
Section 11
Fourth Revised Page 2.1
Cancels Third Revised Page 2.1
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
(D)
(D)
(M)
(M) Material previously shown on this page is now found on Page 2 of this section.
(M)
Section 11
Third Revised Page 2.2
Cancels Second Page 2.2
ISSUED:
BY:
March 25, 1994
President
Live Oak, Florida
(D)
(D)
Section 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
11.2
DIRECT-IN-DIALING (DID) TO CUSTOMER-PREMISES LOCATED SWITCHING SYSTEMS
11.2.1
(M)
General
a.
Direct-In-Dialing Service is furnished subject to the availability of facilities and telephone
numbers.
b.
The service includes the central office switching equipment necessary for in-dialing from
the exchange and toll network directly to the stations associated with switching equipment
located at the customer's premises.
c.
The service must be provided on all lines in a trunk group arranged for inward service.
d.
The customer must subscribe to trunks in sufficient number, as determined by the
Company, to prevent degradation of service.
e.
The rates shown below are based on the use of standard Company equipment and
serving arrangements. When equipment or service arrangement of a special type is
requested and provided, rates and charges are based on the costs incurred to meet the
individual requirements of each case.
f.
The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or authorized user if changes in
protection criteria or in any of the facilities, operations, or procedures of the Company
render any of the facilities provided by a customer, or authorized user, obsolete or require
modification or alteration of such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use or
performance.
g.
Customer-provided switching systems must provide for the intercepting of assigned
numbers.
h.
The operational characteristics of interface signals between any connecting
arrangements which may be required and the customer-provided switching equipment
must conform to the rules and regulations the Company considers necessary to maintain
proper standards of service.
(M)
(M)
Section 11
BY:
11.2
DIRECT-IN-DIALING (DID) TO CUSTOMER-PREMISES LOCATED SWITCHING SYSTEMS (Continued)
11.2.1
11.2.2
General (Continued)
i.
Directory listings will be provided in accordance with the regulations found in Section 6 of
this tariff for PBX trunks. DID numbers furnished herein are not entitled to free directory
listings.
j.
The minimum contract period for the service is three years. Where service is discontinued
or reduced within the contract period, the basic termination charge as specified in b (1)
following, reduced by 1/36 for each full month of service provided, shall be applied.
Rates
A.
DID TRUNKS
The following rate applies per trunk per month for each central office trunk arranged for
DID Service in addition to the applicable tariff rate for PBX trunks and DID number
charges below:
Rate
Per DID Trunk Termination
$20.00
B.
(I)
DID STATION NUMBERS
Non-Recurring
Charge
-First 100 DID Station Numbers
-Second 100 DID Station Numbers
-Each Additional 100 DID Station
Numbers over 200
Monthly
Rates
3-Year
Termination
Charge*
$450.00
$370.00
$8,000.00
(I)
350.00
180.00
6,000.00
(I)
45.00
50.00
750.00
(I)
NOTE: The above rates and charges are in addition to the rates and charges for other services or facilities
with which this service is associated.
*Reducible by 1/36 for each month in service.
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
PAGE NO.
12.1
ALLTEL Digital Centrex (ADC)
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
12.1.4
12.1.5
12.1.6
12.1.7
12.1.8
12.2
12.3
General
Basic Feature Package
Feature Package I
Feature Package II
Optional Features
Business Set Feature Package
Rates and Charges
Term Payment Plan
1
1
5
8
21
26
27
27
30
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II)
32
12.2.1
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
32
35
40
40
General
Basic Feature Package
Rates and Charges
Term Payment Plan
42
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3
42
42
43
General
Regulations
Rates and Charges
(T)
(T)
Section 12
ISSUED: MARCH 18, 1998
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: APRIL 17, 1998
CENTRAL OFFICE NON-TRANSPORT SERVICE OFFERINGS
12.1
ALLTEL DIGITAL CENTREX (ADC)
12.1.1
GENERAL
ALLTEL Digital Centrex (ADC) Service is furnished subject to the availability of
facilities, features and central office equipment.
a.
The service is furnished from digital central office equipment located on
Company premises and associated facilities so arranged as to provide
the following service features:
(1)
Direct-Inward-Dialing (DID) and Direct-Outward-Dialing (DOD)
of exchange and long distance message network calls to and
from stations and attendant positions of an ADC system.
(2)
Intercommunication calls between stations of the same ADC
system.
(3)
Identified-Outward-Dialing (IOD) by station number of outgoing
long distance message calls dialed by a station. Only calls
billed to the subscriber by this Company will be provided this
identification.
(4)
Common recorded announcement interception of calls to
unassigned station numbers.
(5)
Station Line Hunting.
(6)
Tel-Touch Service.
b.
Network Access Registers (NARS) provide access to local exchange
and long distance networks and will be at the rates and charges as
specified in Section 3.10.2 of this Tariff.
c.
The number of simultaneous exchange and toll network calls to and
from ADC station lines and attendant positions of a ADC system is
limited by the number of Network Access Registers subscribed to by the
subscriber. Each Network Access Register may be arranged for
two-way, one-way incoming or one-way outgoing operation depending
upon the option chosen by the customer at the time the Network Access
Register is installed. When a change in the operation is requested by
the customer, the appropriate service charges as specified in Section 4
of this Tariff apply per Network Access Register affected.
(D)
(D)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
ALLTEL DIGITAL CENTREX (ADC) (Continued)
12.1.1
GENERAL (Continued)
d.
ADC station lines will consist of the intercom, basic features and optional services.
e.
An ADC system may be comprised of the following components:
Network Access Registers (NARS) (1)
ADC Station Lines (1)
Features
Telephones
Attendant Console Support Equipment
Attendant Console(s) (2)
f.
ADC Service is not provided in association with Public Telephone Service. ADC service
may be provided in association with PBX or Key System trunks. A surcharge per NARS
will apply equal to the difference between the PBX or key trunk rate and the NARS rate.
g.
Certain auxiliary services may be available on an individual ADC station line and are
subject to the capabilities of the serving central office.
h.
Customer premises equipment associated with this service is provided by the customer or
as specified in Section 2 of this Tariff.
i.
Service charges as specified in Section 4 as well as charges specified in 12.1.7e of this
Tariff apply to all ADC station line installations, customer requested moves, changes and
rearrangements performed by the Company.
Note 1: Every system will include NARS and ADC Station Lines.
Note 2: Requires ADC station lines between the serving central office and the attendant console(s) location.
(T)
WINDSTREAM FLORIDA, INC.
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
12.1.1
GENERAL (Continued)
j.
Where ADC stations are in a foreign exchange (FX) or a foreign central office (FCO) area,
the wire center mileage will be calculated from the FX or the FCO to the Network Interface
location serving those ADC station lines.
k.
In a different central office serving area of multi-office exchange:
(1)
The rate for ADC Service in a FX or FCO area is monthly rate for the ADC
Service desired, plus a FX or FCO mileage charge as specified in Section 9 of
this Tariff.
(2)
When ADC station lines are connected by facilities which are routed between two
or more central offices in the same exchange, the foreign central office mileage
charge is calculated separately on an airline basis between the ADC central
office from which exchange service normally would be rendered.
l.
Extension line mileage charges as specified in Section 13 of this Tariff apply as
appropriate.
m.
The lines for direct connections between an ADC system and other systems are provided
primarily for communications between stations of the two systems. In such cases, rates
and charges for the tie line service will apply. In addition, these tie line connections may
be arranged to provide completion of incoming or outgoing local and long distance calls
through the ADC system to or from other
(T)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
12.1.1
GENERAL (Continued)
m.
systems (ADC or Non-ADC) provided such connections to the exchange or long distance
network are only made at one system at a time.
n.
Rates and charges for Tel-Touch Service as specified in Section 13 of this Tariff do not
apply for the provision of Tel-Touch Service to ADC Service. Regulations as specified in
Section 13 of this Tariff apply.
o.
The applicable end user charges will apply to each ADC station.
p.
A system may not be provided for intercommunication (stand alone) service only. Access
to the exchange network must be provided.
q.
With the exception of Network Access Registers, suspension of ADC Service is not
permitted.
r.
Directory Listing will be furnished subject to the rates and regulations specified in Section
6 of this Tariff.
s.
The minimum service periods applicable to ADC Service are as follows:
(1)
Month to Month - Normal service period as specified in Section 2 of this Tariff.
(2)
Term Payment Plan - 36 Month and 60 Month.
(3)
Except where the month to month option is selected, and except in the case of
the NARS rate, customers subscribing to ADC Service are guaranteed rate
stability for the service period selected.
(T)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
12.1.1
12.1.2
GENERAL (Continued)
t.
All ADC features are available only to lines utilizing Tel-Touch signaling.
u.
All exchange lines in an ADC system must be served by the same central office and have
the same billing arrangement.
v.
At the option of the Company and subject to the availability of facilities and central office
equipment, a Remote Line Unit or Subscriber Line Carrier may be provided on a special
assembly basis.
w.
There will be two rates for the Basic Feature Package, one for 1 to 20 lines and one for
over 20 lines.
x.
Primary residential service is required for those locations where ADC lines are requested.
BASIC FEATURE PACKAGE
The Basic Feature Package will include but not be limited to the following features:
a.
Attendant Features
Attendant features are offered in conjunction with customer-provided attendant consoles. Features
are dependent upon type console(s) provided by the customer. Attendant console(s) provided by
the customer must be compatible with ADC Service. Attendant console support equipment as
specified in 12.1.7.c(3)(a) is required.
b.
Station Features
(1)
Automatic Line-Direct Connect Number
A station programmed to a dial specific internal station number or "O" for the attendant
when a station user goes off-hook.
(2)
Call Forwarding - Variable
When activated by a ADC station line user, automatically routes calls intended for his
station line to any other station line selected within the same system or optionally outside
the ADC system. The ADC station line selected may also be the attendant.
(N)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
12.1.2
BASIC FEATURE PACKAGE (Continued)
b.
Station Features (Continued)
(3)
Call Forwarding - Busy Line
Automatically routes calls to the attendant or preselected ADC station line when
the called ADC station line is busy.
(4)
Call Forwarding - Do Not Answer
Automatically routes calls to the attendant or preselected ADC station line when
the called ADC station line does not answer within the preset ringing cycle.
(5)
Call Waiting
With this feature, an incoming call encountering a busy station receives audible
ringing. The called busy station receives a call waiting tone. The called busy
station may then acknowledge the incoming caller on hold, then alternate
between callers, or abandon one of the calls.
(6)
Consultation Hold - All Calls
Allows a ADC station user to place a call on hold by depressing the switchhook,
at which time dial tone is returned. the station user may then proceed to
establish connection with another internal station or outside party, and after
speaking with the "consulted" party, the station user may (1) return to the call
initially held; (2) depress the switchhook thereby effecting Add-On Conference or
(3) hang up and effect transfer of the initial call to the consulted party.
(7)
Speed Calling
Lets the ADC station line user place calls to a list of frequently called telephone
numbers by dialing fewer digits than the complete directory number.
(8)
Three-Way Calling
Allows a station user to add a third party to an existing two-party conversation.
(T)
Section 12
Original Page 7
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
Docket No. 890427-TL
12.1
ALLTEL DIGITAL CENTREX (ADC) (Cont'd)
12.1.2
(N)
BASIC FEATURE PACKAGE (Cont'd)
c.
System Features
(1)
Direct Inward Dialing (DID)
The service allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a
specific station without attendant assistance.
(2)
Direct Outward Dialing (DOD)
Outward calls may be dialed directly from any unrestricted ADC station line
served by the ADC main switching equipment without the help of an attendant.
(3)
Hunting
Hunting is a call completion feature that increases the likelihood of an incoming
call being completed within a customer defined group of lines. When the caller
accesses the group, ADC attempts to complete the call on a sequence of lines.
Three types of hunt groups may be allowed and are as follows:
(a)
Directory Number Hunting (DNH)
Each line in the hunt group has its own unique directory number. The
hunt group can be accessed by dialing any number in the hunt group,
but the number of lines hunted depends on the hunting option (circular
or sequential) assigned to the DNH group. Circular hunts all the lines in
the hunt group regardless of the starting point. Sequential hunting starts
at the number dialed and ends at the last number of the group.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 8
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.2
(N)
c.
System Features (Cont'd)
(3)
Hunting (Cont'd)
(b)
Distributed Line Hunting (DLH)
Distributed Line Hunting starts after the first idle line found by the
previous hunt and continues until the hunting starting point is reached.
DLH provides equal distribution of calls.
(c)
Multi-Line Hunt Group (Basic)
When a call is originated to a busy station line in a basic multi-line
hunting group, the call hunts once in a prearranged order for an idle
station through all remaining station lines in that group.
(4)
Station-To-Station Calling
Calls may be dialed to completion between any two station lines of a digital ADC
system.
12.1.3
FEATURE PACKAGE I
a.
Station Features
(1)
Call Pickup
Allows an ADC station line user to answer calls directed to another ADC station
line within the same preset call pick-up group.
(N)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
12.1
12.1.3
FEATURE PACKAGE I (Continued)
a.
Station Features (Continued)
(2)
Speed Call - Long List
(T)
Individual - The long list can be dedicated to an individual line, in which case it
can only be updated, deleted from, and used by this line.
Group - This list has one line designated as controller. Only the controller can
add to, change, or delete numbers from the list. Other lines with access to this
list are restricted.
(3)
Ring Again
(T)
This feature allows a station user encountering a busy station to be notified when
the busy station becomes idle and to be placed automatically in a ring again
mode.
(4)
Station Controlled Conference (Six Ports Max.)
(T)
This feature allows a ADC station user to establish a conference call consisting of
more than three conferees (maximum six) with the assistance of the attendant.
The conferees can include lines in the same customer group, lines belonging to
another customer group, and stations reached through trunks.
(5)
Meet-Me Conference
This feature provides a six-party conference bridge and directory number for
conferees to dial at a specified time to a hold a conference.
b.
System Features
(1)
Distinctive Ringing
Distinctive Ringing is furnished to indicate the source of calls to idle station lines.
(T)
Section 12
Original Page 10
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
FEATURE PACKAGE I (Cont'd)
b.
(2)
Last Number Redial
The last number redial feature enables a subscriber to redial the last called
number by depressing a single key rather than the entire number.
(3)
Attendant Service
Local, Remote Consoles - The DMS-100 data structure permits maximum
quantities of consoles, subgroups, and customer groups as follows:
- Maximum of 255 attendant consoles to be served
- Maximum of eight attendant subgroups per customer group
- Maximum of 4,095 customer groups per switch
Centralized, Limited to Host & Remote Line Equipment - This service allows a
customer who has a number of locations within a city (all served by the same
ADC switch) to centralize attendant service on a part-time basis.
(4)
Class-Of-Service Restrictions
This service provides the capability to allow or deny individual station features.
The restrictions can be arranged to control all calls originating or terminating on
stations and tie trunks.
a.
Fully Restricted Service
Two types of fully restricted service are applied to stations as described
in the following:
(1)
Attendant restricted stations are denied access to the
exchange network, and
(2)
Fully restricted stations are denied access to the exchange
network and to the attendant.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
b.
(4)
Class-of-Service Restrictions (Cont'd)
b.
Semi-Restricted Service
Semi-Restricted stations are allowed access to the exchange network
only through the attendant.
c.
Toll Restricted Service
Toll restricted stations are either toll denied or assigned toll diversion to
the attendant.
d.
Unrestricted Service
Unrestricted stations are allowed to access the exchange network, the
toll network or any service accessible by dialing.
(5)
Code Restriction Arrangements
A Code Restriction Arrangement automatically denies a portion of all ADC station
lines of a ADC system direct outward dial access to one or more three-digit codes
within the local calling area in which the system is located. Code restriction
provides a distinctive tone to indicate that access is not permitted on call
attempts.
(6)
Data Call Protection
Data Call Protection prevents calls from being interrupted by call waiting tones,
testing or busy verification attempts. Data call protection is not customer
changeable and lines assigned this feature may not utilize call transfer or
conference capabilities.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
b.
(7)
Dial Pulse Conversion
Allows the acceptance of signaling from lines or incoming trunks in either dial
pulse (DP) or DTMF and outpulses the digits necessary to complete the call in
either DP or DTMF (which ever is required by the equipment being installed).
(8)
Executive Busy Override (EBO)
Allows a station user to gain access to a busy station by flashing the hookswitch
during the busy tone then dialing a feature code. An EBO warning tone is
transmitted to the called station and then a three-way is established.
(9)
Dictation Access and Control (DTMF only)
Provides station access to customer-provided dictation recording equipment by
dialing an access code - Tel-Touch required.
(10)
Loudspeaker and Radio Paging Access
This service allows stations and attendants to access customer provided
loudspeaker paging equipment to summon a particular person, using speakers
located on the customer's premises.
(11)
Intergroup Calling
Allows customers in different customer groups to call each other using
abbreviated dialing, in the same manner that callers in the same customer group
may call each other by dialing two through five digits.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 13
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
b.
(12)
Uniform Call Distribution (UCD)
Uniform Call Distribution provides an even distribution of incoming network and
intercom calls among the individual station lines of a hunt group and includes
Circular Hunt.
(a)
(13)
Call Queuing is an option that may be added to the UCD arrangement.
Queuing permits calls, in excess of ADC station lines in a UCD group, to
be held in the central office and distributed in their order of arrival to
ADC station lines in the UCD group as the ADC station line becomes
available.
Uniform Numbering Plan Capability
This feature enables a multi-location customer to have a uniform numbering plan
among the ADC stations located at the various customer locations (perhaps
connected by the tie lines). Each location is assigned a code (sequence of digits)
as a unique identifier. The customer group members then call each other by
dialing the location code followed by an extension number. No routing digits
(typical of a tandem tie trunk network) are required to be dialed by the caller.
c.
Attendant Console Features
(1)
Attendant Access to Paging
This feature allows an attendant to gain access to customer-provided
loudspeaker paging equipment to summon a particular person over speakers
located throughout the customer's premises. The feature also provides a
preempt capability allowing an attendant to force-release a calling party from a
loudspeaker access.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 14
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
Attendant Console Features (Cont'd)
(2)
Attendant Autodial
The attendant autodial feature permits an attendant to dial frequently called
numbers by depressing the autodial feature key, which is programmed with the
number. Depressing this key has the same results as dialing the digits manually.
(3)
Attendant Call Park Recall Timer
This feature provides a separate timer for calls parked by the attendant. The
timer defines the maximum time period that a call can spend in the parking lot. If
the call is not retrieved or abandoned within the defined time, the call is unparked
and the attendant is recalled.
(4)
Attendant Call Selection
This feature enables an attendant to answer incoming calls in the order they are
received, regardless of the incoming call type, or by manually selecting a specific
incoming call type.
(5)
Attendant Camp-On
This feature allows the attendant to extend an incoming call to a busy station.
When the busy station becomes idle, it automatically rings and is connected to
the waiting call.
(6)
Attendant Conference (Max. Six Conferees)
With this feature, an attendant can establish a six-port conference call (not
including the attendant).
(7)
Attendant Console Display
The console display assists attendants in handling calls efficiently. The display
unit is built into the attendant console.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(8)
Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access
This feature allows the attendant to control the access of all stations and
incoming trunks to various trunk groups by operating corresponding keys.
(9)
Attendant Locked Loop Operation
This feature allows an attendant to hold a call on loop. Attendant locked loop
operation consists of two hold types, manual and automatic. Both types are
attendant console features.
(10)
Attendant Release Upon Completion of Dialing
The attendant release feature allows an attendant to extend a call to a ADC trunk
or a Plain Ordinary Telephone Service (POTS) trunk, then release the call after
the dialing is completed and before outpulsing to the trunk is completed.
(11)
Attendant Speed Calling
This feature allows an attendant to dial frequently dialed numbers by depressing
a speed call key and dialing one or two digits instead of all digits in the number.
The frequently dialed number may be a directory number, authorization code,
account code, or access code.
(12)
Attendant to Recorded Announcement
This feature permits the routing of attendant calls, originated or extended, to an
announcement.
(13)
Attendant Transfer
With this feature, a call that is transferred by a station to the attendant by either
flashing or by flashing and dialing zero is queued on a first in, first out basis.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 16
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(14)
Automatic Recall
This feature is used for attendant-extended calls to stations served by the
DMS-100.
(15)
Busy Verification - Stations, Trunks
This feature allows an attendant to determine whether stations or trunks are busy
or idle.
(16)
Call Hold
This feature allows an attendant to hold a call manually on the loop by pressing
the hold/release key, or to hold a call automatically on the loop by pressing
another loop key.
(17)
Call Park
This feature allows the attendant to park calls against any directory number in the
attendant customer group.
(18)
Code Calling Line Termination
This feature allows an attendant to access customer-provided code calling
equipment by dialing an access code and a called party code.
(19)
Console Test
This feature allows an attendant or maintenance personnel to test the functional
operations of a console. Before conducting the tests, headsets must be
unplugged.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(20)
Delayed Operation
With this feature, the attendant may place a call for a calling station while the
calling station waits on-hook. When the called station answers, the attendant can
recall the calling station by depressing the signal source key. On answering, the
calling station and the called station are connected.
(21)
Interposition Calls and Transfers
This feature allows an attendant to call and speak to another attendant and to
transfer a call to another attendant.
(22)
Lockout
With this feature, an attendant cannot reenter a call on a held loop unless
recalled by a station user or by automatic recall.
(23)
Attendant Operational Measurements - Enhanced
This service provides attendant operational measurements for a customer group
or subgroup.
(24)
Multiple Console Operation
DMS-100 allows for the assignment of a maximum of 255 consoles. These
consoles can be assigned to one large customer group or to several customer
groups. DMS-100 allows for the assignment of 4,095 customer groups.
(25)
Multiple Listed Directory Numbers
A customer may have many listed directory numbers. To handle this efficiently,
each number has a unique ICI lamp so that the attendant can answer
appropriately.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(26)
Position Busy
This feature allows the attendant to make the console unavailable to additional
queued calls. The attendant can still originate calls and use or program the
features available while the console is in the position busy state. However, to do
this, one headset or handset must remain plugged into the console.
(27)
Secrecy
This feature allows the attendant to talk to a called party (destination) without the
calling party (source) hearing the conversation. When the attendant releases
from the call, the source and the destination are connected.
(28)
Serial Call
This feature allows an attendant to extend a call to more than one station.
(29)
Straightforward Outward Completion
This feature allows a station user in a ADC customer group to have the attendant
extend a call outside the customer group. The station user may remain off-hook
while the attendant extends the call.
(30)
Supervisory Console (Basic)
This feature allows an attendant to call a supervisor for assistance and to extend
a call to a supervisor for subsequent call handling. It also allows the supervisor
to monitor the progress of an attendant and to give assistance while the attendant
is handling a call.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(31)
Switched Loop Operation
With the Switched Loop Operation (Virtual Loop Concept), trunks and lines do not
have direct termination on the consoles.
(32)
Trunk Group Busy/Trunk Group Access Control Through Special Keys
This feature provides special keys to serve as a common interface for trunk
group busy and trunk group access control for all trunk groups allocated to the
customer group.
(33)
Through Dialing
This feature allows the attendant to select the trunk facility for a ADC station in
the same customer group and send dial tone to the station user. The station user
then dials the called number.
(34)
Timed Recall Set to Zero
This feature allows a customer to cancel the automatic recall feature for a
specific customer group by inputting a zero (infinite) value for the appropriate
attendant recall timers.
(35)
Trouble Key on ADC Console
This feature allows an attendant to indicate a problem in the handling of a
particular call.
(36)
Trunk Group Busy - Indication
This feature allows for the displaying of trunk group status on the attendant
console. The lamp state associated with a trunk group shows the following:
Off-when one or more trunks in the group is idle; On-when all trunks in the group
are busy.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 20
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
12.1.3
(N)
c.
(37)
Two-Way Splitting
This feature allows the attendant to talk privately to either the calling party or the
called party. The attendant can alternate between the source and destination as
required. Either the source or the destination can be excluded; both cannot be
excluded simultaneously.
(38)
Uniform Call Distribution from Queue
This feature provides for a uniform distribution of calls from the attendant queue
to a group of attendant consoles. As the consoles become idle, incoming calls
are distributed on a first in, first out basis.
(39)
Wild Card Key
An attendant may use the Wild Card Key to invoke special features not directly
available through a feature key on the console. Any special feature normally
available through the use of a feature key may be invoked through the Wild Card
Key with the exception of ICI.
(40)
Night Service - Fixed/Flexible
This service provides for the handling of calls when the attendant is absent. It is
usually activated after regular hours and on weekends.
(41)
Night Service - TAFAS
This service allows any station in the customer group to answer an incoming call
by dialing a code. The code is dialed when the TAFAS alerting device sounds.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
(N)
12.1
12.1.3
c.
(42)
Station Call Park
Call Park allows the attendant to park calls against any directory number in the
station or customer group. The parked call may be retrieved from any station by
dialing the feature access code for retrieval plus the directory number.
12.1.4
FEATURE PACKAGE II
a.
Business Set Features
(1)
Business Set Automatic Dial
The Automatic Dial (AUD) feature allows a Business Set station user to call a
frequently dialed number by depressing the assigned feature key. The user is
permitted to change the assigned number stored against the feature key. The
feature is assigned to the feature key through the service order system.
(2)
Business Set Automatic Line
Business Set Automatic Line (AUL) is a directory number feature that may be
assigned to individual DN appearances on a Business Set station, including the
primary DN. When an off-hook is reported from a DN appearance to which AUL
has been assigned, a connection is automatically established to a predetermined
location.
(3)
Business Set Executive Busy Override
Executive busy override (EBO) allows a Business Set station to gain access to a
busy station by depressing the EBO key. EBO is a set feature and, therefore,
applies to all DNs on the business set. EBO can be active on one or more DNs
on a business set at any instant. Each EBO key depression is always associated
with the particular DN that is currently active.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
(N)
12.1
12.1.4
FEATURE PACKAGE II (Cont'd)
a.
Business Set Features (Cont'd)
(4)
Business Set Call-Back Queuing
With this feature, a Business Set user encountering an all-trunks-busy condition
has the option of being notified when a trunk becomes idle. The user is then
automatically connected to the called number.
(5)
Business Set Call Forwarding
Business Set Call Forwarding (CFX) is functionally identical to ADC call
forwarding. Business Set call forwarding will be a subset feature, that is, it will
not necessarily apply to all DNs on the set. When the set is datafilled for call
forwarding, the user can specify at datafill time what DN keys call forwarding will
affect. All types of DN keys, including Multiple Appearance Directory number
(MADN) DNs and hunt group DNs, will be able to have the call forward feature.
MADN DNs will be restricted, in that only the set that has the primary MADN
member will be able to have call forwarding.
(6)
Business Set Call Park
The call park feature provides a Business Set user with the capability of parking a
call against his/her directory number. The parked call may be retrieved from any
station by first requesting call park retrieve and then dialing the directory number
of the station against which the call was parked. Once a call has been parked
against a DN appearance in the system, the user is free to originate and receive
calls on that DN.
(7)
Business Set Call Pickup
Call pickup allows a station to answer call incoming to another station within a
predetermined call pickup group. A call pickup group is a group of stations with
call pickup features linked together using one of its stations as the primary
member.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
(N)
12.1
12.1.4
a.
(8)
Business Set Call Waiting
An incoming call encountering a busy Business Set station receives audible ring,
while the called station user receives call waiting notification. The called station
user can choose to acknowledge the new caller and place the existing party on
hold, to alternate between the callers, or to abandon one of the calls.
(9)
Business Set Feature Code Access
Feature code access provides an alternate method of accessing business set
features, other than through the use of feature keys. The situation would arise
when a customer whose business set has all of its keys assigned wants one
more feature but not the added expense of an add on unit.
(10)
Business Set Individual Business Line
The Private Business Line (PBL) allows the business set subscriber the
appearance of a POTS line as one of the Directory Number (DN) keys on the set.
The PBL will have a POTS dialing plan.
(11)
Business Set Intercom
The Intercom (ICM) feature allows a customer to directly terminate on a
predesignated set by depressing the intercom key on the business set.
(12)
Business Set Listen On Hold
This feature allows a business set user to place a called party on hold and listen
through the speaker. The intended use of this feature is to enable the business
set user who has been put on hold to listen through the speaker to determine
when the call has been reestablished.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 24
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
12.1
(N)
12.1.4
a.
(13)
Business Set Multiple Appearance Directory Numbers
A Directory Number (DN) that is assigned to more than one business set is called
a Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN). The business sets that are
assigned this DN are known as a MADN group. MADN groups can be comprised
of up to 32 stations and configured in either Single Call Arrangement (SCA) or
Multiple Call Arrangement (MCA). The Single Call Arrangement allows only one
set to be active (either originating or terminating) on the MADN at any given time.
With the multiple call arrangement, more than one set in the MADN group can
be active on the MADN simultaneously. The number of simultaneous calls is
restricted only by the number of members in the MADN group.
(14)
Business Set On-Hook Dialing
On-hook dialing allows the user to originate calls without lifting the handset by
pressing a DN key and dialing the desired number. Call progression tones and
ringback are heard through the business set speaker and the user may lift the
handset at any time. Feature keys such as speed calling, ring again, and
automatic dialing may be used with on-hook dialing. The call may be terminated
at any time by pressing the release key. On-hook dialing is not optional; it is an
intrinsic feature of the business set.
(15)
Business Set Six-Port Conference
A Business Set with a conference key assigned can establish a conference call of
up to six parties. Any of the other parties may be external to the switch.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 25
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-157
(N)
12.1
12.1.4
a.
(16)
Business Set Speed Calling
Each business set user can access up to three different speed call lists by
pressing speed call keys or dialing access codes. Upon accessing a speed call
list, the user dials a one-,two-, or three-digit code to have the number stored
against that code dialed. The stored number may be up to 24 digits in length.
(17)
Business Set Three-Way Calling/Call Transfer
Three-way calling/Call Transfer allows a caller to include a third party in the call
and then optionally transfer the call to the third party. This feature basically
works the same as 500/2500 Three-way calling
(18)
Business Set Display Called Number
The display called number feature provides the user of a Business Set equipped
with the optional 32-character alphanumeric LCD with visual feedback concerning
the called number during the origination, termination, programming, and feature
activation operations.
(19)
Business Set Display Calling Number
This feature provides the business set user receiving an incoming call with visual
feedback concerning the calling number.
(20)
Business Set Feature Display
This feature provides the user of a business set equipped with a 32-character
LCD with visual feedback on user-entered data and incoming call information
during the use of other ADC features.
(N)
Section 12
Cancels First Page 26
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-96-047
D.N. 960232-TL
12.1
a.
Business Set Features (Cont’d)
(21)
Business Set Query Time Key
This feature provides the current time and date on a business set display. Time is
displayed using the 24-hour clock format, and date is displayed by year, month, and day.
12.1.5
Optional Features
a.
System Features
(1)
Automatic Route Selection
Automatic Route Selection is available where facilities permit, that allows station users, by
dialing a preselected code to automatically select the preferred route subscribed for a
customer for network calls. Alternate routing to other facilities, subscribed to by the
customer, is also provided. This arrangement is available for use with Foreign Exchange
(FX), WATS, CCSA off-net, tie lines and Interexchange Carrier (IC) access lines which are
compatible with ARS and toll network facilities.
(2)
Call Back Queuing
With this feature, a station user encountering an all-trunk busy condition has the option of
being notified when a trunk becomes idle, then being automatically connected to the called
number using the CBQ feature.
(3)
Music On Hold
Allows the Digital Centrex service to provide music and/or announcement to a calling line
that has been placed on certain types of hold or has entered a queue for certain Digital
Centrex service features1.
b.
Enhanced Custom Calling Services (ALLST*R) (N)
(1)
Enhanced Custom Calling Services, as described in S13.11.2 of this tariff, are optional
features offered individually and in a feature package in association with ADC, at the rates
shown in S12.1.7.
1 This service is only offered in provisioned central offices. This service
requires the customer to lease an analog line and to supply an approved
audio source.
(N)
SECTION 12
BY:
Vice President
12.1
ALLTEL DIGITAL CENTREX (ADC) (continued)
12.1.6 BUSINESS SET FEATURE PACKAGE (FEATURE PACKAGE II)
The Business Set Feature Package may be offered subject to local loop limitations only in exchanges served
by a Northern Telecom central office. The package provides for the additional central office equipment and
features necessary for the North Telecom Business Set. A Business Set line card is required for each line
which is equipped with Feature Package II.
12.1.7 RATES AND CHARGES
A. ADC Exchange Access is provided by the appropriate Network Access Register(s) (NARS) as specified
in Section 3 of this Tariff.
B. ADC Station Lines which include the intercom and basic features, are provided on a per line basis.
C. ADC
(1)
Rates
Effective Through June 23, 2001
ADC Station Lines
Month to
36
60
Each *
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
(a) 1 -20 lines
$5.50
$5.25
$5.00
(b) over 20 lines
$7.00
$6.75
$6.50
(a) 1 -20 lines
(b) over 20 lines
Month to
36
60
Month
Rate
$5.57
$7.09
Month
Rate
$5.32
$6.84
Month
Rate
$5.07
$6.59
(a) 1 -20 lines
(b) over 20 lines
Month to
36
60
Month
Rate
$5.60
$7.13
Month
Rate
$5.35
$6.88
Month
Rate
$5.10
$6.63
Effective through July 6, 2004
Month to
(a) 1 -20 lines
(b) over 20 lines
36
60
Month
Rate
$5.62
Month
Rate
$5.37
Month
Rate
$5.12
$7.15
$6.90
$6.65
(a) 1 – 20 lines
(b) over 20 lines
Month to
36
60
Month
Rate
$5.67
$7.21
Month
Rate
$5.41
$6.96
Month
Rate
$5.16
$6.71
Current Rate
Month to
Month
(a) 1 – 20 lines
(b) over 20 lines
*
Rate
$6.24 (I)
$7.79 (I)
To the monthly rate shown, add the appropriate Network Access Register Charge.
(C)
36
Month
60
Month
Rate
$5.47
$7.04
Rate
$5.22
$6.79
Section 12
BY:
Vice President
12.1
12.1.7
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
c.
ADC (Continued)
2)
Optional Services
Current Rates
Month
to
Month
Rate
a)
Attendant Console
Support Equipment,
each (Requires ADC
Station lines for
connections between
the central office
and customer
provided console(s).
(b)
Enhanced Feature Package,
(Feature Package I)
per station line
(Required for each
station line in a ADC
System).
(c)
(d)
$2.25
36
Month
Rate
60
Month
Rate
$ 2.00(1)
$1.75(1)
(I)
$2.00(2)
$1.75(2)
(I)
(I)
Business Feature
Package, (Feature
Package II) per
station line.
(incl. line card)
$3.25
$3.00
$2.75
Automatic Route
Selection per NARS
$3.50
$3.50
$3.50
(1) These rates are effective only for contracts entered into prior to 4/1/02.
(2) These rates are effective only for contracts entered into after 4/1/02.
(C)
(C)
Section 12
Thirteenth Revised Page 29
Cancels Twelfth Revised Page 29
BY:
Vice President
12.1
WINDSTREAM DIGITAL CENTREX (WDC) (Continued)
12.1.7
c.
WDC (Continued)
(2)
Optional Services (Continued)
Current Rates
Month
to
Month
Rate
36
Month
Rate
60
Month
Rate
Call Back Queuing
per NARS
$2.50
$2.50
$2.50
Business Set Line
Card, per line
equipped with
Feature Package II
$ 1.50
$ 1.50
$ 1.50
(g)
Music On Hold
$25.00
$25.00
$25.00
(h)
Enhanced Custom Calling Services (CLASS Service)
(e)
(f)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Caller ID, per line
Class Feature Package *, per line
Call Tracing, per line
$6.99
$8.00
$6.99
d.
Service charges as specified in Section 4 of this Tariff apply to WDC installations, customer
requested moves, changes and rearrangements performed by the Company.
e.
A Secondary Service Order charge per request, and a Central Office Work charge per line apply, as
specified in Section 4, when WDC is added to existing exchange service lines, or when features
are changed or added on existing exchange lines equipped with WDC.
f.
A surcharge that is equivalent to the multi-line business Subscriber Line Charge (SLC) will apply to
each WDC line. For each WDC line a credit will be applied which, when combined with the
preceding surcharge, will provide a monthly net SLC billing equal to the SLC multiplied by the
number of network access registers.
*Class Feature Package I = Call Return, Repeat Dialing, Preferred Call Forwarding, Selective Call Accept and
Call Selector.
(C)
(I)
(C)
(I)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-92-458
12.1
12.1.8
TERM PAYMENT PLAN
(M)
(a)
The Term Payment Plan includes specific contract periods of 36 or 60 months in duration
and is offered to all ADC customers.
(b)
The monthly rate for ADC service under the term payment plan for the periods of 36 or 60
months is not subject to Company initiated rate increases. This plan does not apply to the
NARS rate in Section 3.
(c)
ADC station line additions under the term payment plan may be made at contracted rates
for the duration of the contract period.
(d)
Upon expiration of the term payment plan, the customer must select a new contract period
as offered in the current tariff or revert to current tariff rates for the month to month
payment option.
(e)
Termination Liability
(M)
(1)
If service is terminated in whole or in part, except as otherwise provided herein,
prior to the expiration of the agreed to term payment plan, the customer shall be
required to pay a termination charge determined by the application of the
following formula for ADC lines:
Number of Disconnected
ADC Stations Lines
Below the Level
Under Contract
X
Monthly ADC
Station Line
And Wire
Center
Mileage Rates
X
Number of Months
Remaining
In The Contract
Period
In the preceding calculation consideration will be given for the time value of
money at a discount rate of ten (10) percent.
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Page 29 of this section.
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-92-458
12.1
(M)
12.1.8
TERM PAYMENT PLAN (Cont'd)
(e)
Termination Liability (Cont'd)
(2)
A customer who reduces ADC station lines under contract has the following
options for the duration of the contract period.
(a)
Continue to pay an amount equal to the monthly rate for the number of
ADC station lines disconnected that are under contract, or
(b)
Pay termination charges as covered in (1) preceding on the number of
ADC station line(s) disconnected.
(M)
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Page 30 of this section.
Section 12
Original Page 32
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-266
CENTREX SERVICE
(N)
12.2
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II)
12.2.1
GENERAL
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II) Service is furnished subject to the availability of facilities,
features and central office equipment as determined by the Company.
a.
The service is furnished from digital central office equipment located on Company
premises and associated facilities so arranged as to provide the following service features:
(1)
Direct-Inward-Dialing (DID) and Direct-Outward-Dialing (DOD) of exchange and
long distance message network calls to and from stations and attendant positions
of an ADC-II system.
(2)
Intercommunication calls between stations of the same ADC-II system.
(3)
Identified-Outward-Dialing (IOD) by station number of outgoing long distance
message calls dialed by a station. Only calls billed to the subscriber by this
Company will be provided this identification.
(4)
Common recorded announcement interception of calls to unassigned station
numbers.
(5)
Station Line Hunting.
(6)
Tel-Touch Service.
b.
Network Access Registers (NARS) provide access to local exchange and long distance
networks and will be at the rates and charges as specified in Section 3.9.2 of this Tariff.
c.
The number of simultaneous exchange and toll network calls to and from ADC-II station
lines and attendant positions of a ADC-II system is limited by the number of Network
Access Registers subscribed to by the subscriber. Each Network Access Register may be
arranged for two-way, one-way incoming or one-way outgoing
(N)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II) (Continued)
12.2.1
GENERAL (Continued)
c.
(Continued)
operation depending upon the option chosen by the customer at the time the Network
Access Register is installed. When a change in the operation is requested by the
customer, the appropriate service charges as specified in Section 4 of this Tariff apply per
Network Access Register affected.
d.
ADC-II station lines will consist of the intercom and basic features. Optional services will
be available in DMS-100 central offices only.
e.
ADC-II Service is not provided in association with Public Telephone Service. ADC-II
service may be provided in association with PBX or Key System trunks. A surcharge per
NARS will apply equal to the difference between the PBX or key trunk rate and the NARS
rate.
f.
Certain auxiliary services may be available on an individual ADC-II station line and are
subject to the capabilities of the serving central office.
g.
Customer premises equipment associated with this service is provided by the customer or
h.
Service charges as specified in Section 4 as well as charges specified in 12.2.3e of this
Tariff apply to all ADC-II station line installations, customer requested moves, changes and
rearrangements performed by the Company.
i.
Where ADC-II stations are in a foreign exchange (FX) or a foreign central office (FCO)
area, the mileage charge per Section 9 will be calculated from the FX or the FCO to the
Network Interface location serving those ADC-II station lines.
(T)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
12.2.1
GENERAL (Continued)
j.
In a different central office serving area of multi-office exchange:
(1)
The rate for ADC-II Service in a FX or FCO area is monthly rate for the ADC-II
Service desired, plus a FX or FCO mileage charge as specified in Section 9 of
this Tariff.
(2)
When ADC-II station lines are connected by facilities which are routed between
two or more central offices in the same exchange, the foreign central office
mileage charge is calculated separately on an airline basis between the ADC-II
central office from which exchange service normally would be rendered.
k.
Extension line mileage charges as specified in Section 13 of this Tariff apply as
appropriate.
l.
The lines for direct connections between an ADC-II system and other systems are
provided primarily for communications between stations of the two systems. In such
cases, rates and charges for the tie line service will apply. In addition, these tie line
connections may be arranged to provide completion of incoming or outgoing local and long
distance calls through the ADC-II system to or from other systems (ADC-II or Non-ADC-II)
provided such connections to the exchange or long distance network are only made at one
system at a time.
m.
Rates and charges for Tel-Touch Service as specified in Section 13 of this Tariff do not
apply for the provision of Tel-Touch Service to ADC-II Service. Regulations as specified in
Section 13 of this Tariff apply.
n.
The applicable end user charges will apply to each ADC-II station.
o.
A system may not be provided for intercommunication (stand alone) service only. Access
to the exchange network must be provided.
(T)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.2
GENERAL (Continued)
p.
With the exception of Network Access Registers, suspension of ADC-II Service is not
permitted.
q.
Directory Listing will be furnished subject to the rates and regulations specified in Section
6 of this Tariff.
r.
The minimum service periods applicable to ADC-II Service are as follows:
(1)
Month to Month - Normal service period as specified in Section 2 of this Tariff.
(2)
Term Payment Plan - 36 Month and 60 Month.
(3)
Except where the month to month option is selected, and except in the case of
the NARS rate, customers subscribing to ADC-II Service are guaranteed rate
stability for the service period selected.
s.
All ADC-II features are available only to lines utilizing Tel-Touch signaling.
t.
All exchange lines in an ADC-II system must be served by the same central office and
have the same billing arrangement.
u.
Primary residential service is required for those locations where ADC-11 lines are
requested.
BASIC FEATURE PACKAGE
The Basic Feature Package will include but not be limited to the following features:
(N)
(N)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
12.2.2
(1)
Automatic Line-Direct Connect Number
A station programmed to a dial specific internal station number or "O" for the attendant
when a station user goes off-hook.
(2)
Call Forwarding - Variable
When activated by a ADC-II station line user, automatically routes calls intended for his
station line to any other station line selected within the same system or optionally outside
the ADC-II system. The ADC-II station line selected may also be the attendant.
(3)
Call Forwarding - Busy Line
Automatically routes calls to the attendant or preselected ADC-II station line when the
called ADC-II station line is busy.
(4)
Call Forwarding - Do Not Answer
Automatically routes calls to the attendant or preselected ADC-II station line when the
called ADC-II station line does not answer within the preset ringing cycle.
(5)
Call Waiting
With this feature, an incoming call encountering a busy station receives audible ringing.
The called busy station receives a call waiting tone. The called busy station may then
acknowledge the incoming caller on hold, then alternate between callers, or abandon one
of the calls.
(T)
Section 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
12.2.2
(6)
Consultation Hold - All Calls
Allows a ADC-II station user to place a call on hold by depressing the switchhook, at which
time dial tone is returned. the station user may then proceed to establish connection with
another internal station or outside party, and after speaking with the "consulted" party, the
station user may (1) return to the call initially held; (2) depress the switchhook thereby
effecting Add-On Conference or (3) hang up and effect transfer of the initial call to the
consulted party.
(7)
Speed Calling
Lets the ADC-II station line user place calls to a list of frequently called telephone numbers
by dialing fewer digits than the complete directory number.
(8)
Three-Way Calling
Allows a station user to add a third party to an existing two-party conversation.
(9)
Direct Inward Dialing (DID)
The service allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a specific
station without attendant assistance.
(10)
Direct Outward Dialing (DOD)
Outward calls may be dialed directly from any unrestricted ADC-II station line served by
the ADC-II main switching equipment without the help of an attendant.
(T)
Section 12
Original Page 38
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-266
CENTREX SERVICE
(N)
12.2
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II) (Cont'd)
12.2.2
(11)
Hunting
Hunting is a call completion feature that increases the likelihood of an incoming call being
completed within a customer defined group of lines. When the caller accesses the group,
ADC-II attempts to complete the call on a sequence of lines. Three types of hunt groups
may be allowed and are as follows:
(a)
Directory Number Hunting (DNH)
Each line in the hunt group has its own unique directory number. The hunt group
can be accessed by dialing any number in the hunt group, but the number of lines
hunted depends on the hunting option (circular or sequential) assigned to the
DNH group. Circular hunts all the lines in the hunt group regardless of the
starting point. Sequential hunting starts at the number dialed and ends at the last
number of the group.
(b)
Distributed Line Hunting (DLH)
Distributed Line Hunting starts after the first idle line found by the previous hunt
and continues until the hunting starting point is reached. DLH provides equal
distribution of calls.
(c)
Multi-Line Hunt Group (Basic)
When a call is originated to a busy station line in a basic multi-line hunting group,
the call hunts once in a prearranged order for an idle station through all remaining
station lines in that group.
(12)
Station-To-Station Calling
Calls may be dialed to completion between any two station lines of the same digital ADC-II
group.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 39
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-266
CENTREX SERVICE
(N)
12.2
12.2.2
(14)
Call Pickup
Allows an ADC-II station line user to answer calls directed to another ADC-II station line
within the same preset call pick-up group.
(15)
Distinctive Ringing
Distinctive Ringing is furnished to indicate the source of calls to idle station lines.
(16)
Class-Of-Service Restrictions
This service provides the capability to allow or deny individual station features. The
restrictions can be arranged to control all calls originating or terminating on stations and tie
trunks.
a.
Toll Restricted Service
Toll restricted stations are toll denied.
b.
Unrestricted Service
Unrestricted stations are allowed to access the exchange network, the toll
network or any service accessible by dialing.
(17)
Call Transfer
The Call Transfer feature allows the subscriber to transfer an established call to another
line within or outside the communications group. This is similar to Conferencing, except
that the user transfers the held call by hanging up after ringing the third party.
(N)
SECTION 12
BY:
Vice President
CENTREX SERVICE
12.2
ALLTEL Digital Centrex II (ADC-II) (continued)
12.2.3
RATES AND CHARGES
A.
ADC-II Exchange Access is provided by the appropriate Network Access Register(s) (NARS)
B.
ADC-II Station Lines which include the intercom and basic features, are provided on a per line
basis.
C.
ADC-II
(1)
Rates
ADC Station Lines
Month to
36
60
Each *
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
$5.50
$5.25
$5.00
Month to
36
60
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
$5.57
$5.32
$5.07
Effective Through July 3, 2003
Month to
36
60
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
$5.60
$5.35
$5.10
Month to
36
60
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
$5.62
$5.37
$5.12
Effective through November 1, 2008
Month to
36
60
Month
Month
Month
Rate
Rate
Rate
$5.67
$5.41
$5.16
Month to
Month
Rate
$6.24 (I)
12.2.4
(C)
60
Month
Rate
$5.22
D.
Service charges as specified in Section 4 of this Tariff apply to ADC-II installations, customer
requested moves, changes and rearrangements performed by the Company.
E.
A Secondary Service Order charge per request, and a Central Office Work charge per line
apply, as specified in Section 4, when ADC-II is added to existing exchange service lines, or
when features are changed or added on existing exchange lines equipped with ADC-II.
TERM PAYMENT PLAN
A.
*
Current Rate
36
Month
Rate
$5.47
The Term Payment Plan includes specific contract periods of 36 or 60 months in duration and is
offered to all ADC-II customers.
To the monthly rate shown, add the appropriate Network Access Register charge.
Section 12
Original Page 41
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-266
CENTREX SERVICE
(N)
12.2
12.2.4
TERM PAYMENT PLAN (Cont'd)
(b)
The monthly rate for ADC-II service under the term payment plan for the periods of 36 or
60 months is not subject to Company initiated rate increases. This plan does not apply to
the NARS rate in Section 3.
(c)
ADC-II station line additions under the term payment plan may be made at contracted
rates for the duration of the contract period.
(d)
payment option.
(e)
(1)
following formula for ADC-II lines:
ADC-II Stations Lines
Below the Level
X
Under Contract
Monthly ADC-II
Station Line
Rates
X
Number of Months
Remaining
In The Contract
Period
In the preceding calculation consideration will be given for the time value of money at a
discount rate of ten (10) percent.
(2)
A customer who reduces ADC-II station lines under contract has the following
options for the duration of the contract period.
(a)
ADC-II station lines disconnected that are under contract, or
(b)
ADC-II station line(s) disconnected.
(N)
Section 12
Original Page 42
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
T-95-685
D.N. 951293-TL
CENTREX SERVICE
12.3
12.3.1
General
(N)
Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) is a Centrex optional arrangement which provides a record of
calls originated by Centrex lines. The SMDR data is stored in the central office in a buffer device and is
downloaded to a customer provided computer during a polling session. This service is available for dial-up
polling and can be configured for dedicated/real time access to the data. Message details include the
following information:
(1)
The Centrex line number or incoming tie line group which originated the call.
(2)
The called telephone number.
(3)
The date, time and duration of the call.
(4)
The type of facility used for routing the call, i.e., the Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS),
Common Control Switching Arrangement (CCSA), normal exchange trunk (for directly dialed toll
calls only), Foreign Exchange (FX), tie line or Other Common Carrier (OCC) access line facility.
Where WATS facilities are used for routing the call, the specific WATS band is identified.
Where FX, tie line or OCC access line facilities are used for routing the call, the record details are
recorded as the same facility type.
(5)
12.3.2
Charges for toll calls completed over the normal exchange trunks (directly dialed toll calls only).
Regulations
(1)
SMDR may be offered to Centrex customers where the Company’s Central Office is equipped to
provide this optional feature.
(2)
SMDR is not represented to be a provision of billing detail.
(3)
A customer provided computer is required to poll the data from the Company’s Central Office. The
customer is responsible for ensuring that the computer they use to access the recorded data is
compatible with the Company’s Central Office. The recorded data can be accessed one of two
ways as follows:
(4)
(A)
Dial-up Polling - The customer periodically polls the data by dialing an access number and
loading the recorded data at the Company’s Central Office into their customer provided
computer. The data can be accessed at 2400 baud or 9600 baud.
(B)
Dedicated / Real Time Polling - The customer, through a dedicated private line, that is
provisioned and billed separately as stated in Section 20 of this tariff, polls recorded data
to their computer at the same time the data is recorded at the Company’s Central Office.
The data can be accessed at 2400 baud or 9600 baud.
Services charges as prescribed in Section 4 of this Tariff will be charged in addition to the nonrecurring charges listed in Section 12.3.3.(2).
(N)
Section 12
BY:
Vice President
CENTREX SERVICE
12.3
12.3.3
Rates and Charges
(1)
Monthly Recurring Charge per Centrex Line:
1 - 50 lines
51 - 100 lines
101 - 150 lines
151 + lines
(2)
2.99
2.99
2.99
2.99
Non-Recurring Charge per Centrex Group:
1 - 50 lines
51 - 100 lines
101 - 150 lines
151 + lines
$175.00
$275.00
$375.00
$450.00
These charges are in addition to the appropriate service charges prescribed in Section 4 of this
Tariff.
(I)
(I)
(I)
(I)
GENERAL CUSTOMER SERVICES TARIFF
Section 13
Fourteenth Revised Page 1
Cancels Thirteenth Revised Page 1
BY:
CONTENTS
Page No.
13.1
13.2
13.3
EXTENSION LINE MILEAGE
1
13.1.1
13.1.2
1
1
General
Rates
2
13.2.1
13.2.2
2
3
General
Rates and Charges
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES
3
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
3
4
5
General
Provision of Service
Rates
13.4
13.5
13.6
BILLED NUMBER SCREENING
9
13.6.1
13.6.2
9
9
13.7
13.8
13.9
RING SERVICE
10
13.7.1
13.7.2
13.7.3
10
10
11
13.11
General
Regulations
Rates
TOLL BLOCKING
14
13.8.1
13.8.2
13.8.3
14
15
17
General
Toll Blocking
Rates and Charges
EXTENSION STATIONS
13.9.1
13.10
General
Rates
6
General
18
OPERATOR ASSISTED LOCAL CALLS
20
13.10.1
13.10.2
13.10.3
20
20
20
General
Regulations
Rates and Charges
ALLST*R SERVICE
20
13.11.1
13.11.2
13.11.3
13.11.4
21
21
25
26
Applications
Definitions
Regulations
Rates and Charges
(T)
Section 13
Fourth Revised Contents Page 2
Cancels Third Revised Contents Page 2
BY:
CONTENTS
Page No.
13.12
13.13
13.14
13.15
13.16
30
13.12.1 General
13.12.2 Regulations
13.12.3 Rates and Charges
30
30
31
Remote Call Forwarding Service
32
13.13.1 General
13.13.2 Regulations
32
32
33
34
13.14.1 General
13.14.2 Rates
34
34
35
13.15.1 General
13.15.2 Rates
35
35
Paper Bill Charge
35
(N)
13.16.1 General
13.16.2 Rates
35
35
(N)
Section 13
ISSUED: OCTOBER 26, 2001
BY:
EFFECTIVE: NOVEMBER 9, 2001
13.1
EXTENSION LINE MILEAGE
13.1.1
13.1.2
General
a.
The basic rates for extension and PBX stations are for such stations which are
located on the same premise and within the same building as the main station of
PBX/PABX equipment. Where extension or PBX stations are provided at other
locations and for other circuit extensions of similar character, such as, for jacks, bells,
or gongs, extension line mileage charges are applicable as set forth below, in addition
to the basic rates.
b.
Extension line mileage charges are also applicable for extension lines furnished by
the Company for the connection of customer provided terminal equipment and
communications systems which are located on different premises subject to the
provisions of Section 15.
c.
Mileage charges are computed in airline miles and are measured separately where
more than one is required.
d.
With regard to unusual installations, regulations, rates, and charges as detailed in
Section 5 will apply.
Rates
(M)
(M)
(M) Moved to Section 100.4 - Obsolete Services
Section 13
BY:
13.1
EXTENSION LINE MILEAGE (continued)
13.1.2
Rates (continued)
b.
Between buildings on different premises
MONTHLY
RATE
(1)
c.
for each 1/10 airline mile or
fraction thereof
-Residence
-Business
$1.25
1.25
In different exchanges:
Interexchange private line mileage charges apply.
See Section 20.
13.2
13.2.1
General
a.
Touch calling provides for the origination of telephone calls through the use of pushbuttons
in lieu of rotary dial. The service is available with certain combined non-key and key types
of instrumentalities and certain PABX systems. At a key telephone locations equipped for
touch calling, all dial type lines picked up by such telephones shall be arranged for touch
calling.
b.
The service is furnished for use with individual central office lines, dial selective
inter-communicating systems and PABX trunks.
(I)
(I)
Section 13
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-93-163
13.2
TOUCH CALLING SERVICE (continued)
13.2.1
13.2.2
General (continued)
c.
Touch calling service requires special central office equipment for lines and trunks and will
be provided only from central offices where facilities are available. In addition to special
central office equipment for PABX trunks, additional equipment within the PABX itself is
required for touch calling service.
d.
Touch calling service is furnished for use with all classes of access line service.
(N)
Rates and Charges
a.
The following charges apply and are in addition to the monthly rates applicable to the
service with which they are associated. The regular service connection, move and change
charges apply. On party lines, rate is applicable per subscriber.
Monthly
Rate
Touch calling service, per line equipped
-Residence
-Business
-PBX
-Key
13.3
$0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES
13.3.1
General
a.
Call Forwarding - This provides an arrangement for transferring incoming calls to another
telephone number in the local calling area by dialing a code and the number of the service
to which calls are to be transferred.
(R)
(R)
Section 13
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-90-481
13.3
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (continued)
13.3.1
General (continued)
b.
Three-Way Calling - This permits an existing call to be held, and, by dialing, a second
telephone call can be established and added to the connection. This service contemplates
that normal transmission performance quality cannot be guaranteed on all calls.
c.
Call Waiting - By means of a tone signal a customer who is using this telephone is alerted
when another caller is trying to reach that station. Permits putting first call on hold so that
second call can be answered.
In Central Offices where the capability exists and has been implemented, subscribers to
Call Waiting may dial activate a Cancel Call Waiting feature. Before a call is initiated, the
subscriber may activate the Cancel Call Waiting feature and Call Waiting is then made
inoperative on the first call initiated by the subscriber immediately following activation of
the Cancel feature. Call Waiting is restored automatically on termination of such a call.
During the time the Cancel Call Waiting feature is activated, incoming callers receive a
busy tone.
d.
e.
Speed Calling - This provides for the calling of a 7- or 10- digit telephone number by
dialing an abbreviated code. The two arrangements available are an eight-number
capacity (8-code) and a thirty-number capacity (30-code).
(T)
(T)
Warm Line - When the telephone is placed in an offhook condition and after a set time
interval, the call is automatically routed to a predetermined number. During the time
interval, the telephone can be used to make regular dialed calls if desired.
(T) This section of the tariff was left out of the word processing tariff, effective on 9/20/88. This tariff was approved in
1988 with a T number of T-88-229.
(T)
Section 13
Third Revised Page 4.1
Cancels Second Revised Page 4.1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
13.3
13.3.1
General (continued)
f.
Call Forwarding Busy Line - This feature provides for calls terminating to a subscriber's
busy directory number to be forwarded to either a different subscriber's telephone number
or a different telephone number for the same subscriber located on a different premises
from the Call Forwarding Busy Line provisioned premises. The customer selected
forward-to telephone number is preprogrammed at the time service is established and can
only be changed via service order. Call Forwarding Busy Line shall not be used to extend
calls on a planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment of Rotary Line
Service.
g.
Call Forwarding Don't Answer - This feature provides for calls terminating to a subscriber's
idle directory number to be forwarded, after a customer preselected interval, to another
telephone number. The customer selected forward-to telephone number and specified
interval are preprogrammed at the time service is established and can only be changed via
service order.
h.
Customer Control of Call Forwarding Busy Line - This feature provides a customer the Call
Forwarding Busy Line feature and the capability to control from his base station line the
activation and deactivation of the service by using dialing codes.
(D)
(D)
i.
Customer Control of Call Forwarding Don't Answer - This feature provides a customer the
Call Forwarding Don't Answer feature and the capability to control from his base station
line the activation and deactivation of the service by using dialing codes.
(D)
(D)
Section 13
Second Revised Page 4.2
Cancels First Revised Page 4.2
BY:
Vice President - State Government Affairs
13.3
13.3.1
General (continued)
j.
Remote Access - Call Forwarding Variable - This feature provides a customer the Call
Forwarding Variable feature and the capability to activate and deactivate the service
remotely from any line/equipment capable of Touch-Tone signaling rather than only from
the base station line. This feature does not require that a courtesy call be completed to
the forward-to telephone number.
k.
Ring Again - This feature allows a customer encountering a busy station within the central
office serving area to be notified when the busy station becomes idle and to be placed
automatically in a ring-again mode. The customer is free to place or receive calls normally
while this feature is activated.
l.
13.3.2
Disaster Assistance Plan
(N)
In the event that a natural disaster occurs in one of the Company’s exchanges and
destroys or partially destroys customers’ premises, the Company may, at its sole
discretion, elect to implement a Disaster Assistance Plan. Under the Plan, the
Company may, for example, waive the installation fee and up to three months’
recurring service charges for Call Forwarding, Call Forwarding Busy Line, Call
Forwarding Don’t Answer, Preferred Call Forwarding, Ring +, and/or other features the
Company may deem appropriate. This plan will only be available to residential and
business customers whose premises are damaged to the point they are considered
unsafe, unsuitable, or uninhabitable. Charges will only be waived with respect to
existing local exchange service accounts which are not partially or fully suspended at
the time of the offer. Charges will not be waived on service established at a new
location.
(N)
Provision of Services
a.
Custom Calling Services are furnished only from central offices which have been arranged
to provide these services. The services are provided subject to the availability of the
facilities.
b.
Custom Calling Services are furnished only in connection with individual line residence
and business main service.
Section 13
Twenty-Third Revised Page 5
Cancels Twenty-Second Revised Page 5
BY:
Vice President
13.3
13.3.3
Rates
The following rates are in addition to the applicable service charge for Custom Calling Features
found in Section 4.
a.
Individual features - Monthly rate per central office line equipped
Call Forwarding
Three-Way Calling
Call Waiting
Speed Calling (8-Code)
Warm Line***
Call Forwarding Busy Line
Call Forwarding Don't Answer
Customer Control Call Forwarding Busy Line
Customer Control Call Forwarding Don't Answer
Remote Access Call Forwarding Variable
Ring Again
b.
Residence
Rate
Business
Rate
$5.99
6.00
6.99
5.99
6.99
3.99
3.49
3.49
$7.99
6.99
7.99
5.99
5.99
5.00
4.99
4.99
3.50
6.99
3.99
6.99
6.99
3.00
10.00
4.50
(I)
(I)
(I)
Packages - Monthly rate per central office line equipped.
Residence
Rate
(1)
(2)
(3)
Business
Rate
Call Forwarding with Call
Waiting
* $5.99
* $9.99
(I)
Speed Calling (8-Code) with
Call Waiting
* 5.99
* 7.99
(I)
Call Forwarding and Speed
Calling (8-Code) with
Call Waiting
* 5.99
* 9.99
(I)
(4)
Windstream Easy Call PackageCall Forwarding, Three Way Calling,
Call Waiting,
Speed Calling (8 code)
* 8.00
* 11.99
(5)
Call Forwarding, Three Way Calling,
Call Waiting,
* 9.00
*12.99
*This service is only available to existing customers at present locations.
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 13
February 14, 2008
Vice President
13.3
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
13.3.3
Rates (Continued)
b.
Packages - Monthly rate per central office line equipped. (Continued)
(6)
Basic Caller ID Package – Business
Includes all Anchored Features and two of five Non-Anchored
Optional Features.
Anchored Features
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Waiting
Enhanced Call Waiting
$16.99
Non-Anchored Optional Features
Anonymous Call Rejection
Call Forwarding
3-Way Calling
Call Return
Speed Dial 30
Repeat Dial
Caller ID on Call Waiting
(8) Caller ID Ultimate Package – Business
Includes the Following Features:
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Waiting
Basic Voice Mail *
Repeat Dial
Selective Call Acceptance
Call Selector
Preferred Call Forwarding
$12.99
Call Forwarding
3-Way Calling
Call Return
Speed Dial 8
Repeat Dial
(7) Caller ID Premium Package – Business
Includes all Anchored Features and four of seven Non-Anchored
Optional Features.
Anchored Features
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Waiting
Monthly Rates
$20.99
Call Forwarding
3-Way Calling
Call Return
Speed Dial 30
Stutter Dial Tone
Call Forward Busy
Call Forward No Answer
Selective Call Rejection
(9) Voice Mail Link Package – Business and Residential
Includes Call Forwarding Busy Line, Call Forwarding Don’t Answer,
and Stutter Dial Tone
$3.50
(10) Voice Mail Link Package (DID) – Business and Residential
Includes Call Forwarding Busy Line and Call Forwarding Don’t Answer
$3.00
* Voice Mail is a non-regulated service.
(I)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 13
March 21, 2008
Vice President/State Regulatory Affairs
13.3
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
13.3.4
Rates (Continued)
b. Packages - Monthly rate per central office line equipped. (Continued)
(11)
* ALLTEL Feature Select Package - Residential
Includes all Anchored Features and five of
the Non-Anchored Optional Features.
Anchored Features
Caller ID Deluxe
(12)
13.4
(N)
Call Forwarding
3-Way Calling
Call Return
Speed Dial 30
Repeat Dial
Call Selector
Voice Mail Link and
Basic Voicemail(1) with up
to 4 Sub-mail boxes
Essentials Package
Caller ID Deluxe
Monthly Rate
$15.95
$15.95
Call Forwarding
Call Return
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Calling 30
Call Selector
(1) Voicemail and sub-mailboxes are non-regulated services and are offered, where available.
* This service is only available to existing customers and existing locations.
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 13
February 14, 1997
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0135
(D)
(D)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.6
Billed Number Screening
13.6.1
13.6.2
General
a.
Billed Number Screening is a service which, through operator screening, prevents third
number and collect calls from being billed to a telephone line.
b.
Billed Number Screening is available to all classes of residence and business services
which utilize the public switched network for long distance calling.
c.
Operator screening of collect, third number, and international collect calls cannot be
guaranteed; therefore, charges for any such calls will be the responsibility of the customer.
Rates
a.
The following monthly rates are applicable for Billed Number Screening, plus the service
order charge, if applicable, as specified in Section 4 of this Tariff.
Monthly Rate
1.
Option 1 - No collect or third number billing
a)
2.
Per billing line screened
$3.00
Option 4 - Bulk Billed Number Screening
a)
For accounts that have screening on
11 or more lines
$29.99
(I)
Section 13
Original Page 10
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-89-064
13.7
RING+
13.7.1
13.7.2
(N)
General
a.
RING+ service will enable a subscriber to have up to four telephone numbers associated
with a single line. Customers subscribing to this service will be able to receive calls dialed
to two, three or four separate telephone numbers without having additional lines. A
distinctive ringing pattern will be provided for each of the additional telephone numbers to
facilitate identification of incoming calls. A distinctive Call Waiting tone for each additional
telephone number will be provided, where facilities permit, to customer subscribing to Call
Waiting service.
b.
RING+ service is offered in the following format. RING+ I consists of one additional
telephone number associated with a single line. RING+ II consists of two additional
telephone numbers associated with a single line. RING+ III consists of three additional
telephone numbers associated with a single line.
Regulations
a.
This service is available to individual line residence and business customers.
b.
The service is not compatible with ALLTEL Digital Centrex (ADC) service, PBX trunk
service, foreign exchange service, or with access lines terminating in customer premises
switching or key equipment. RING+ service may not be compatible with all types of
customer provided telephone equipment.
c.
RING+ service is provided subject to the availability of facilities. Additionally, RING+ II and
RING+ III may not be available in all central offices equipped to provide RING+ I service.
d.
Customers receive one listing for each additional number they take. Other listings will also
be provided under the terms and conditions described in Section 6 of this tariff.
(N)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.7
RING+ (Continued)
13.7.2
13.7.3
Regulations (Continued)
e.
All telephone numbers associated with a line equipped with RING+ service must originate
from the same central office switching machine.
f.
When establishing RING+ service, Call Forwarding service subscribers must choose one
of the following options. When Call Forwarding service is activated:
1.
All telephone numbers associated with one line will be forwarded to a single
number when Call Forwarding service is activated.
2.
The main telephone number only will be forwarded when Call Forwarding is
activated. The additional RING+ service numbers will continue to ring and may
be answered at the subscriber's premises.
g.
A service charge for RING+ applies as found in Section 4.
h.
This tariff sets forth the minimum, maximum and current rates for RING+ Service as
described in 13.7.3. The minimum and maximum levels provide the range within which
rates for this service may be established, upon Commission approval and notice to
existing subscribers.
Rates
Monthly Rate
(C)
a.
Residence
1.
RING+
(a)
One additional telephone
number with distinctive
ringing, per line
$5.00
(C)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.7
RING+ (Continued)
13.7.3
Rates (Continued)
a.
Residence (Continued)
2.
RING+ II
Monthly Rate
(a) First additional telephone
ringing, per line
(b) Second additional telephone
ringing per line1
3.
b.
RING+ III
ringing, per line
ringing per line1
(c) Third additional telephone
ringing per line1
$7.00
8.25
Business
1.
2.
RING+ I
(a) One additional telephone
ringing, per line
9.99
RING+ II
ringing, per line
10.99
Note 1: Must be ordered with first additional telephone number
(I)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.7
RING+ (Continued)
13.7.3
Rates (Continued)
Monthly Rate
(C)
b.
Business (Continued)
2.
3.
RING+ II (Continued)
ringing per line1
RING+ III
ringing, per line
ringing per line1
(c) Third additional telephone
ringing per line1
-
$11.99
-
-
Note 1: Must be ordered with first additional telephone number
(C) (I)
Section 13
BY:
13.8
TOLL BLOCKING
13.8.1
(T)
General
a.
Toll Blocking will provide a choice of code restriction options for selected outgoing calls.
Each option will permit local calls except 976 calls which are restricted in Options #1 and
#2 and #3. Also permitted in each option are non-chargeable calls to Company numbers
such as repair service, emergency numbers (911) and 1+8XX calling.
(T)
b.
Toll Blocking, except as otherwise noted in this paragraph, will be available to basic
exchange customers with Individual Line Residence Service, Business Service, Key
System Trunks or PBX Trunks in either Flat Rate, Message Rate or Measured Rate
environment, where available. Option 2(A) is not available to hotel/motel, hospitals, pay
telephone service providers or any others who provide service to the transient public.
(T)
c.
Subscribers dialing restricted codes in the Toll Blocking Dialing Plan will be sent to an
appropriate recorded announcement.
(T)
d.
Toll Blocking is furnished only from central offices which have been arranged to provide
these services. The services are provided subject to the availability of facilities.
(T)
e.
In addition, it shall be the responsibility of the subscriber to notify all authorized users of
this service that it is impossible to reach the operator using the restricted telephone.
(T)
(T)
Section 13
BY:
13.8
TOLL BLOCKING (continued)
13.8.1
General (continued)
e.
g.
13.8.2
(T)
The Company shall not be liable to any person for damages of any nature or kind arising
out of, resulting from, or in connection with the provision of Toll Blocking offered herein,
including, without limitation the inability of the station user to access the operator for any
purpose and any of the other restricted codes specified in the dialing plan options listed
hereunder.
In exchanges where the local message rate (.25) plan is in effect, subscribers who also
subscribe to Toll Blocking Option #2 may, at the customer’s option, restrict calls to the
message rate local calling area.
(T)
(T)
Toll Blocking Options1
(T)
a.
(T)
Toll Blocking Dialing Plan
1.
Option #1
Blocks 900, NPA + 976, and 1 + NPA 976
Note 1: The codes shown for Toll Blocking options are not to be considered all inclusive. Codes may be changed
and new or different codes may be added as deemed appropriate by the Company, 1 + 976 restrictions are
applicable only to calls within the subscriber's area code.
(T)
(T)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 13
April 1, 2004
13.8
13.8.2
Toll Blocking Options1 (continued)
a.
Toll Blocking Dialing Plan (continued)
2.
Option #22
Blocks all billable calls. Local and nonchargeable calls, such as repair service and
public emergency numbers (911) will be permitted.
3.
Option 2(A)3 Blocks all billable calls. Local, local message rate (.25) and extended
calling service areas and nonchargeable calls, such as repair serviceand public
emergency numbers (911) will be permitted.
(D)
(D)
Note 1:
The codes shown for Toll Blocking options are not to be considered all inclusive. Codes may be changed and new
or different codes may be added as deemed appropriate by the Company. 1 + 976 restrictions are applicable only
to calls within the subscriber's area code.
Note 2: This option includes blocking of all 10XXX and 101XXX dialed calls to these dialing patterns. Calls to 1 +
8XX numbers are allowed. Customers located in exchanges where the local message rate (.25) plan and
extended calling service is provided may choose to have Option #2(A) as specified in Section 13.8.3 which
blocks local calls outside the basic local calling area to exchanges specified in Section 3.12 of this Tariff.
Note 3: This option includes blocking of all 10XXX and 101XXX dialed calls to these dialing patterns. Calls to 1+
8XX numbers and seven or ten-digits-dialed calls to Expanded Local Calling Area Exchanges are not
blocked.
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.8
13.8.3
Rates and Charges
a.
The following rates and charges are for Toll Blocking only and are in addition to the applicable
service charges, monthly rates, and nonrecurring charges for exchange access lines and other
services or equipment with which they are associated.
1.
Option #11
Nonrecurring Monthly
Charge
Rate
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2.
Residence Line, each
Business Line, each
Key System Trunk, each
PBX Trunk, each
-
Option #2
Nonrecurring
Charge
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3.
-
Business Line, each
PBX Trunk, each
Option #2(A)
$10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
$4.99
6.99
6.99
6.99
(I)
(I)
(I)
(I)
2
Nonrecurring
Charge
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Monthly
Rate
Business Line, each
PBX Trunk, each
$10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
Monthly
Rate
$4.99
6.99
6.99
6.99
Note 1: There will be no charge to block Option 1, however, if the Toll Blocking subscriber would like to remove the block
later then the normal service connection charges for residential customers and business customers will apply.
Note 2: There will be no service connection charges to activate Option 2(A) for ninety (90) days following the
effective date of this tariff for those subscribers currently subscribing to Option 2 and for ninety (90) days
subsequent to the effective date of any similar type local message rate calling plan (e.g. $.25 plan).
However, if the subscriber would like to remove the block later, then the normal service order charges will
apply.
(I)
(I)
(I)
(I)
Section 13
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
13.9
EXTENSION STATIONS
13.9.1
General
a.
Extension service provides the capability of originating or receiving calls from locations
equipped with instruments in addition to the location of the main station.
b.
Extension stations will be provided in connection with all classes of main station service.
c.
Extension stations must be located on the same premise of the subscriber as the main
station is located, and are restricted to the use of the subscriber, his representatives and
associates, or to members of the subscriber's immediate family or domestic establishment,
except that in the case of an individual line subscriber's service, extensions may be
located on other premises under the following conditions, provided facilities are available
and technical equipment limitations in each specific case permit, and provided that
extensions from residence service are not located on business premises.
(D)
(D)
(1)
Where two or more premises of the same subscriber are used in the conduct of
one establishment or business, or
(2)
Where the extension is located on other than the subscriber's premise for the
purpose of answering calls at such time as the subscriber is not available at the
main station, provided that separate exchange service is also provided on these
other premises. Such extensions are furnished without a dial, or when
terminated in a pushbutton telephone instrument, the extension line will be
restricted from outgoing call use.
(D)
(D)
Section 13
Original Page 19
ISSUED:
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
T-90-481
13.9
EXTENSION STATIONS (Cont'd)
13.9.1
(T)
General (Cont'd)
d.
The provision of circuits required to connect main and extension stations is subject to
additional regulations and charges as shown in Section 13.1.
e.
The number of extension stations which may be permitted with any main station is limited
to such number as in the judgment of the company will not interfere with the efficient
operation of the service.
This section was left out of the word processing tariff, effective on 9/20/88. This tariff was approved on
October 1, 1986 with a T-number of T-86-410.
(T)
(T)
(T)
(T)
Section 13
Original Page 20
BY:
13.10
13.10.1 General
a.
All types of local exchange service have local calling areas as specified in 3.4 of this Tariff
which are the area that can be called on a flat rate basis (no charge for individual calls) on
a local coin call rate basis on a Message rate basis (calls charged for as Message units) or
on a measured service basis (charges based on a combination of one or more rating
elements where Measured Service local exception tariffs are in effect).
13.10.2 Regulations
a.
Local dial call: The call must be dialed and completed without the assistance of a
Company operator and must be billed to the originating telephone when a charge is
applicable.
a.
The following service charges for operator assisted local calls apply in addition to the local
dial rate applicable:
1.
Station-to-Station customer-dialed calling card (credit card) local call
Nonrecurring
Charge
(a)
2.
Each
1.00
Person to person operator assisted local call
(a)
4.
$0.75
Station-to-Station operator assisted sent-paid, collect, third number, and noncustomer-dialed credit card calls
(a)
3.
Each
Each
2.50
Zero Minus Charge
(N)
Provision of Area Code, Place Name (in what Area Code is a city or exchange),
Ring Back (caller wants call back to test whether equipment connected to his line
“rings” when outside caller dials his number), Operator Dialing of 800, 877, 866
and 855 numbers on the caller’s behalf; each request (one request per call).
(a)
Each
$0.95
(N)
Section 13
Original Page 20.1
BY:
13.10
13.10.3
Rates and Charges (Continued)
b.
In addition to the service charge, all local coin calls utilizing operator handling services will
(M)
be at the $.25 local coin rate.
c.
The following Operator Assisted Local Calls are exempted from the service charge:
1.
Calls to designated Company numbers for official telephone business.
2.
Emergency calls to recognizable authorized civil agencies.
3.
Those cases where a Company operator provides assistance to:
a.
Reestablish a call which has been interrupted after the called number
has been reached.
b.
Reach the called telephone number where facility problems prevent
customer dial completion.
c.
Place a non-coin sent-paid call for a calling party who identifies himself
as being handicapped and unable to dial the call because of his
handicap.
(M) Indicates Text Previously Located on Page 20.
(M)
GENERAL SUBSCRIBER SERVICE TARIFF
Section 13
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
T-94-422
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
13.11
ALLST*R SERVICE
13.11.1 Applications
ALLST*R Service is a group of central office call management features offered in addition to basic
telephone service. ALLST*R Service consists of the following features:
13.11.2 Definitions of Feature Offerings
a.
Call Return
This feature enables a customer to place a call to the telephone number associated with the
most recent call received, whether or not the call was answered or the number is known.
When the customer dials a code, the number of the last caller is announced. The
customers presses ONE to request that the network place the call.
If the called line is not busy, the call is placed. If the called line is busy, a confirmation
announcement is heard, the customer hangs up, and a queuing process begins. For the
next 30 minutes, both the calling and the called lines are checked periodically for
availability to complete the call. If during this queuing process the called line becomes
idle, the customer is notified, via a distinctive ring, that the network is ready to place the
call. When the customer picks up the telephone, the call will automatically be placed.
b.
Repeat Dialing
Repeat Dialing, when activated, automatically redials the last number the customer
attempted to call. If the called line is not busy, the call will be placed.
If the called line is busy, a confirmation announcement is heard, the customer hangs up
and a queuing process begins. For the next 30 minutes, both the calling and called lines
are checked periodically for availability to complete the call. If during the queuing process
the called line becomes idle, the customer is notified, via a distinctive ring, that the network
is ready to place the call. When the customer picks up the telephone the call will
automatically be placed.
c.
Call Tracing
Call Tracing enables the customer to initiate an automatic trace of the last call received.
Upon activation by the customer, the network automatically sends a message to the
Company indicating the calling number, the time the call was received, and the time the
trace was activated. The customer using this feature would be required to contact the
appropriate local law enforcement agency for further action. The customer is not provided
the traced number. The results of a trace will be furnished only to legally constituted
authorities upon proper request by them.
Only calls from within the same ALLST*R Service capable area are traceable using Call
Tracing.
This feature will not work if the incoming call is from a telephone number in a multi-line
hunt group, unless the telephone number is the main telephone number in the hunt group,
or is Telephone Number identified.
If the customer makes or receives another call after hanging up from the annoying call,
prior to activating the trace, Call Tracing will not record the correct number.
(N)
(N)
Section 13
BY:
13.11
ALLST*R SERVICE (cont'd)
13.11.2 Definitions of Feature Offerings (cont'd)
d.
Call Selector
Call Selector provides a distinctive ringing pattern to the subscribing customer for calls
received from specific telephone numbers.
The customer creates a screening list of telephone numbers through an interactive dialing
sequence. When a call is received from one of the predetermined telephone numbers, the
customer is alerted with a distinctive ringing pattern (short, long, short). Calls from
telephone numbers not included on the screening list will produce a normal ring.
(D)
If the customer subscribers to Call Waiting in Section 13.3.1 of this Tariff and a call is
received from a telephone number on the Call Selector screening list while the line is in
use, the Call Waiting tone will also be distinctive.
When a telephone number on the Call Selector screening list also appears on the
Preferred Call Forwarding list, the Preferred Call Forwarding will take precedence.
Likewise, when the same number is shown on the Selective Call Rejection list, the call will
be blocked.
A customer's line will not produce a distinctive alert if the calling line is not referenced to
and originated by the main telephone number or a Telephone Number identified number
that represents all the lines in a collection of lines, such as multi-line hunt groups.
e.
Preferred Call Forwarding allows the customer to transfer selected calls to another telephone
number. A screening list of telephone numbers is created by the customer and
placed in the network memory via an interactive dialing sequence. Subsequently, calls are
forwarded to the Call Forwarding telephone number only if the calling number can be
obtained and is found to match a number on the screening list.
If the customer also subscribes to Selective Call Rejection and same telephone number is
entered on both screening lists, the Selective Call Rejection feature must be deactivated to
allow the call to forward.
(D)
Section 13
BY:
EFFECTIVE: January 9 2003
13.11
f.
This feature provides the customer the ability to prevent incoming calls from a list of
different telephone numbers.
(D) (T)
A screening list is created by the customer either by adding the last number associated
with the line (incoming or outgoing), or by pre-selecting the telephone numbers to be
blocked. When a call is placed to the customer's number from a number on the screening
list, the caller receives an announcement indicating that the party he is attempting to call
does not wish to receive calls at this time.
blocked. When a call is placed to the customer's number from a number on the screening
list, the caller receives an announcement indicating that the party he is attempting to call
does not wish to receive calls at this time.
If the customer also subscribes to Preferred Call Forwarding and/or Call Selector and the
same telephone numbers appear on those screening lists, Selective Call Rejection will
take precedence.
hunt group, unless the telephone number is the main telephone number for the hunt
group, or is Telephone Number identified.
g.
Selective Call Accept
This feature provides the customer the ability to screen incoming calls against a list of
subscriber-specified directory numbers and then accepts any calls only from those
specified directory numbers.
accepted. When a call is placed to the customer's number from a number not on the
screening list, the caller receives an announcement indicating that the party he is
attempting to call does not wish to receive calls at this time.
hunt group, unless the telephone number is the main telephone number for the hunt
group, or is Telephone Number identified.
(D)
Section 13
BY:
13.11
h.
Caller ID
This feature enables the customer to view on a display unit the Directory Number (DN) on
incoming telephone calls.
When Caller ID is activated on a customer's line, the Directory Numbers of incoming calls
are displayed on the called CPE during the first long silent interval of the ringing cycle.
Any customer subscribing to Caller ID will be responsible for the provision of a display device
which will be located on the customer's premises. The installation, repair, and technical
capability of that equipment to function in conjunction with the feature specified herein will be
the responsibility of the customer. The Company assumes no liability or responsibility with
respect to the compatibility of customer’s equipment, its performance, or
Its ability to provide the service.
(T)
(T)
If the incoming call is from a caller served by a PBX, only the main number of the PBX is
transmitted and available for display.
If the incoming call originates from a multi-line hunt group, the telephone number transmitted
will always be the main number of the hunt group.
Caller ID is not available on operator handled calls.
Caller ID should be used for incoming call management purposes only and should not be
relied upon for any other purposes such as determining the originating location of a call or
determining the definitive identity of a caller. ALLTEL Florida, Inc. shall not be responsible
for and makes no representation with respect to the content of the information received or
transmitted for any purpose other than call management.
i.
Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent
This feature enables customers to prevent the transmission of their Directory Number and
Directory Name on all outgoing calls placed from the customer's line. Calling
Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent is in operation on a continuous basis. A
service order is required to establish or remove this feature.
If the preassigned access code for Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Per Call is
dialed on a line that is provisioned with Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking Permanent, the Directory Number and Name may be delivered.
Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent is available to certain customers as
described in Section 13.11.3 at no charge.
Call Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent is operational on a continuous basis
but can be deactivated by the customer on a per call basis by dialing an access code
immediately prior to placing a call.
(N)
(N)
Section 13
Second Revised Page 24.1
Cancels First Revised Page 24.1
BY:
13.11
j.
Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Per Call
(M)
This feature allows a customer to temporarily prevent the transmission of that customer's
directory number (DN) and directory name and thus control it's availability to the called
party.
The transmission of the Directory Number and Name can be temporarily prevented on an
as needed basis by dialing a preassigned access code prior to making a call. This action
must be repeated each time a call is made to prevent the transmission of the Directory
Number and Name.
k.
(M)
Caller ID - Deluxe
This feature enables the terminating customer to view on a display unit the Directory
Name of the calling party in addition to the Directory Number.
When Caller ID - Deluxe is activated on a customer’s line, the Directory Name and
Number of incoming calls are displayed on the terminating CPE during the first long silent
interval of the ringing cycle.
Any customer subscribing to Caller ID - Deluxe will be responsible for the provision of a
display device which will be located on the customer’s premises. The installation, repair
and technical capability of that equipment to function in conjunction with the feature
specified herein will be the responsibility of the customer. The Company assumes no
liability or responsibility with respect to the compatibility of customer’s equipment, its
performance, or its ability to provide the service.
(T)
(T)
The Calling Name/Number will not be displayed if the caller is served by a PBX.
The Calling Name/Number will not be displayed if the called party is off-hook.
The Calling Name/Number will be displayed for calls made from another central office only
if it is linked by appropriate facilities.
If the incoming call originates from a multi-line hunt group, the Directory Name/Number
transmitted will always be the main number’s Directory Name/Number.
Calls originating from a customer-owned pay telephone will always transmit the name
information as “Pay-Phone”.
Caller ID Deluxe should be used for incoming call management purposes only and
should not be relied upon for any other purposes such as determining the originating
location of a call or determining the definitive identity of a caller. ALLTEL Florida, Inc. shall
not be responsible for and makes no representation with respect to the content of
information received or transmitted for any purpose other than call management.
(M) Indicates text previously located on page 24.
(N)
(N)
Section 13
BY:
13.11
l.
(M)
Anonymous Call Rejection allows customers to automatically reject calls from callers who
have blocked delivery of their telephone number to the called party, using either Per Line
or Per Call Caller ID blocking. When Anonymous Call Rejection is active, the called party
receives no alerting (ringing) for a call that has been rejected. The call is routed to a
denial announcement which states that the subscriber is not accepting calls from callers
who choose to prevent the display of their telephone number. The announcement will
instruct the caller to hang up and place the call again without blocking delivery of the
calling number.
Calling parties with Per Line Blocking may dial *82 before dialing the number to enable
delivery of their number to the called party who has activated Anonymous Call Rejection.
Customers subscribing to Anonymous Call Rejection may activate or deactivate this
arrangement by dialing a preassigned code.
m.
This feature enables the customer to view on a display unit the calling party Directory
Number or Directory Name and Number on incoming telephone calls when the
subscriber’s line is in use. The date and time of the call is also transmitted to the
customer. A maximum of 15 characters is allowed for the transmission of the calling party
Directory Name.
When the Caller ID on Call Waiting customer’s line is in use, the Directory Number or
Directory Name and Number of the line that originated the incoming call and the date and
time of the call will be displayed on the called CPE following the waiting call alerting tone.
The called party has the following options for disposition of the incoming call:
•
•
•
Answer the waiting call while placing the original call on hold,
Alternate between the waiting call and the original call, and
Ignore the call
Customers subscribing to Caller ID on Call Waiting must also subscribe to Call Waiting
Service, and either Caller ID or Caller ID Deluxe. When subscribing to Caller ID on Call
Waiting along with Caller ID, customers will be able to view the calling party Directory
Number on incoming calls when the subscriber’s line is in use. When subscribing to Caller
ID on Call Waiting along with Caller ID Deluxe, customers will be able to view the calling
party Directory Name and Number on incoming calls when the subscriber’s line is in use.
Any customer subscribing to Caller ID on Call Waiting will be responsible for the provision
of a display device which will be located on the customer’s premises. The installation,
repair, and technical capability of that equipment to function in conjunction with the feature
specified herein will be the responsibility of the customer. The Company assumes no
liability and will be held harmless for any incompatibility of this equipment to perform
satisfactorily with the network features described herein.
(M) Indicates text previously located on page 24.1
(M)
Section 13
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
13.11
13.11.3 Regulations and Limitations of Service
The following limitations apply:
1.
ALLST*R Service is provided subject to the availability of facilities. Additionally, the features
described will only operate on calls originating and terminating within ALLST*R service
equipped offices, or similarly equipped offices of interconnecting Local Exchange Companies.
Also, feature screening lists can only contain telephone numbers of subscribers served out of
ALLST*R Service capable offices.
2.
The service is available to all customers who have rotary dial or Tel-Touch service.
3.
The service will not work on an originating basis with party-line service, Toll Terminals or some
Remote Switching Locations.
4.
A Service Charge for ALLST*R service applies as found in Section 4.
5.
This Tariff sets forth minimum and maximum rates for ALLST*R service as described in this
section. The minimum and maximum levels provide the range within which rates for this
service may be established upon Commission approval and notice to existing subscribers.
6.
The Company will deliver all numbers and names, subject to technical limitations, including
telephone numbers associated with Non-Published Listing Service as described in Section 6.4
of this tariff.
7.
Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent is available at no charge to law
enforcement and crisis intervention agencies as follows:
a.
The agency should establish that its business is law enforcement or one which the
divulgence of identities over the telephone could cause serious personal or physical harm
to its employees or clients, such as a domestic violence intervention agency and;
b.
The agency should establish that the forwarding of numbers and names through Caller ID
and Caller ID - Deluxe would seriously impair or prevent it from performing its business
and;
c.
The agency should establish that no reasonable offering by the Company, other than
blocking, will protect its desired anonymity.
The head of the agency must submit written certification on official letterhead to local
Company management citing the need for blocking when the aforementioned conditions
are met. The Company's limits of liability are described in Section 2.5 of this Tariff.
8.
Telephone numbers and names transmitted via Caller ID and Caller ID - Deluxe are intended
solely for the use of the Caller ID and Caller ID - Deluxe subscriber. Resale of this
information is prohibited.
9.
Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe and Call Tracing are not available on operator handled calls.
10. Anonymous Call Rejection will not work when Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, or Call Selector
are active on the line. In a hunt group arrangement, when a customer requires all calls labeled
anonymous to be rejected, each line in the hunt group must be equipped with Anonymous Call
Rejection.
(T)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.11
CLASS SERVICE (cont'd)
The following monthly rates apply to Class Services and are in addition to the
applicable service charge found in Section 4.
a.
Residence - Single or First Service Features per line
Call Return
b.
Note:
MONTHLY RATE
6.99
Repeat Dialing
5.99
Call Tracing
5.99
Call Selector
5.99
Preferred Call Forward
5.99
5.99
5.99
Caller ID
8.49
Caller ID - Deluxe
8.99
4.99
2.49
* Enhanced Caller ID Package
(Caller ID Deluxe, Caller ID on
Call Waiting, Anonymous
Call Rejection)
8.50
A Customer who subscribes to any Custom Calling Feature (CCF) will be charged the additional service
feature rate for the first Class feature they subscribe to rather than the single or first service feature rate. This
does not apply to Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, Caller Number Delivery Blocking - Permanent, and
Anonymous Call Rejection service. A Customer who subscribes to any Custom Calling Feature (CCF) and
who also subscribes to Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, or Anonymous Call Rejection will be charged the single
or first service feature rate for Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, and Anonymous Call Rejection.
* Service available only to existing customers at existing locations.
(I)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.11
13.11.4 Rates and Charges (cont'd)
c.
Residence-Additional Service Features (Second and Subsequent Features) per line
MONTHLY RATE
Current
* Call Return
5.99
* Repeat Dialing
d.
4.99
(I)
(I)
* Call Tracing
4.99
* Call Selector
4.99
(I)
* Preferred Call Forward
4.99
(I)
* Selective Call Rejection
4.99
(I)
* Selective Call Accept
4.99
(I)
* Caller ID
6.00
* Caller ID - Deluxe
7.50
Residence Packages
Monthly Rate
Note:
* 1. CCF PackageCall Forwarding, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting,
3-way Calling and Speed 8
$8.00
(I)
* 2. Caller ID BasicCaller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting,
and Caller ID on Call Waiting
$10.99
(I)
* 3. Caller ID PremiumCaller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting,
Caller ID on Call Waiting, 3-way Calling,
Selective Call Acceptance, Call Selector and Call Forwarding
$13.95
* 4. Caller ID UltimateCaller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Caller ID on Call Waiting,
Cancel Call Waiting, 3-way Calling, Selective Call Acceptance,
Call Selector, Call Forwarding, Repeat Dial, Call Return,
Preferred Call Forward, Selective Call Rejection and Speed 8
$19.95
5. ALLTEL Caller ID PackageCaller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting,
Caller ID on Call Waiting and Call Return
$12.49
*6. ALLTEL Complete PackageCaller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Caller ID on Call Waiting,
Cancel Call Waiting, 3-way Calling, Selective Call Acceptance,
Call Selector, Call Forwarding, Repeat Dial, Call Return,
Preferred Call Forward, Selective Call Rejection, and Speed 30
$14.95
7. Voice Mail Link Package
Call Forwarding Busy Line, Call Forwarding Don’t
Answer, and Stutter Dial Tone
$2.50
8. Voice Mail Link Package (DID)
Call Forwarding Busy Line and Call Forwarding Don’t
Answer
$2.00
feature rate for the first ALLST*R feature they subscribe to rather than the single or first service feature rate.
This does not apply to Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, Caller Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent,
and Anonymous Call Rejection service. A Customer who subscribes to any Custom Calling Feature (CCF)
and who also subscribes to Caller ID. Caller ID - Deluxe, or Anonymous Call Rejection will be charged the
single or first service feature rate for Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, and Anonymous Call Rejection.
(I)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.11
CLASS SERVICE (cont'd)
13.11.4
Rates and Charges (cont'd)
e.
Business - Single or First Service Features per line
Call Return
MONTHLY RATE
$6.99
Repeat Dialing
6.99
(I)
Call Tracing
6.99
(I)
Call Selector
6.99
(I)
5.99
6.99
(I)
5.99
(I)
Caller ID
11.00
Caller ID - Deluxe
11.00
4.99
(I)
2.99
(I)
*Enhanced Caller ID Package
(Caller ID Deluxe, Caller ID on
Call Waiting, Anonymous
Call Rejection)
11.50
Note:
(I)
Additional service feature rates for Second and Subsequent features do not apply to Caller ID, Caller ID Deluxe, Calling Number/Name Delivery Blocking - Permanent, and Anonymous Call Rejection services. All
customers will be charged the single or first feature rate for Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, and Anonymous Call
Rejection.
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.11
13.11.4 Rates and Charges (cont'd)
f.
Business - Additional Service Features (Second and Subsequent Features) per line.
MONTHLY RATE
Current
Call Return
Note:
$6.99
(I)
Repeat Dialing
6.99
(I)
Call Tracing
6.99
(I)
Call Selector
6.99
(I)
5.99
6.99
(I)
5.99
(I)
feature rate for the first ALLST*R feature they subscribe to rather than the single or first service feature rate.
This does not apply to Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, and Anonymous Call Rejection service. All customers will
be charged the single or first feature rate for Caller ID, Caller ID - Deluxe, and Anonymous Call Rejection.
Section 13
Original Page 30
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
T-94-528
D.N. 941058-TL
13.12
Voice Messaging Integration
13.12.1 General
a.
Voice Messaging Integration (VMI)is a feature that provides an integrated automated interface
to voice messaging providers for use by their subscribers (end users). A voice messaging
subscriber (end user) may forward calls to the voice mail provider when that person's line is
busy or when he or she is not available to answer the call. By subscribing to the appropriate
call forwarding feature, call related information is passed to the voice messaging provider (e.g.,
called-station number, calling station number, type of forwarding situation, etc.) over a data
link. This information enables the message system to properly receive and store a message
presented to it over the associated voice line, without requiring the calling party to enter
additional digits.
b.
VMI provides the voice messaging provider's end users with the optional capability of receiving
a message waiting indication. Message waiting indication can be provided by either stuttered
dial tone or by a message waiting light on telephone equipped with a light feature. Upon
receipt of a message waiting light indication, the end-user may either retrieve the message or
ignore the signal and place a call in the usual manner. Message waiting indication will
continue until the message has been retrieved and a signal has been received from the voice
messaging equipment.
13.12.2 Regulations
a.
The telephone numbers transmitted via VMI are intended solely for the use of the voice
messaging provider. Resale of this information to any party is prohibited.
b
The Company will not deliver numbers subject to blocking activation by the calling party where
the Company has deployed per line blocking. Such numbers could include telephone numbers
associated with non-published and non-listed service as described in Section 6 of this tariff.
Information will be delivered within the SS7 serving area unless the delivery is blocked by the
calling party through per line blocking in a central office within the SS7 serving area. Should a
customer request interswitch delivery of calling information, private line facilities may be
required at the rates and charges specified in the Company's private line tariff.
c.
Access lines, arranged in a Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) group, are used to carry the voice
transmission between each central office and the voice messaging provider's equipment. The
provider of the voice messaging equipment will determine the quantity of access lines
necessary to meet his call completion specifications. The Company accepts no responsibility
for uncompleted calls should an insufficient number of access lines be ordered.
d.
All customer provided equipment must be compatible with the Company's central office, and
voice and data lines.
e.
VMI is furnished subject to the availability of facilities, features ,and central office equipment in
locations as determined by the company.
Section 13
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
13.12
Voice Messaging Integration (cont'd)
a.
b.
Rates applicable to voice messaging providers (i.e., owners of voice messaging equipment)
are as follows:
(1)
Access lines, arranged in a UCD group, to connect voice messaging equipment to
the Company's central office will be charged at the applicable business rates in
addition to Service Connection Charges as indicated in the Company's tariff.
(2)
Charges for each VMI link includes an I/O port at the Company central office.
Appropriate Private Line Charges apply for the associated channel. This service
requires customer-provided terminal equipment including but not limited to a modem
to interface with the Company's central office.
(3)
(a)
Monthly recurring rate
Monthly
$ 250.00
Nonrecurring
$850.00
Rates applicable to end users are as follows:
(1)
Call forwarding will be provided at the applicable rate as specified in the Company's
tariff.
(2)
Message waiting indicators will be provided to residence or business access lines at
the following rates:
Monthly
(a)
Stutter Dial Tone
$0.50 per line
(b)
Lamp Indicator
1.50 per line
(3)
Service charge applies as found in Section 4.
(N)
Section 13
Original Page 32
ISSUED: AUGUST 23, 1996
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: OCTOBER 22, 1996
13.13
REMOTE CALL FORWARDING SERVICE
(N)
13.13.1. General
Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) is a local exchange service that utilizes a telephone number and
central office facilities by which all incoming calls to the RCF telephone number are forwarded
automatically to the subscriber's central office line in a different exchange.
13.13.2 Regulations
a.
Remote Call Forwarding service is offered in Central Offices, where facilities permit.
b.
RCF paths may be used singly, in groups, or as overflow paths for foreign exchange trunk
groups. Only one forwarding number is permitted per group.
c.
Remote Call Forwarding is not offered where the terminating number is a coin telephone.
d.
Identification of the originating telephone number is not provided to the Remote Call
Forwarding customer.
e.
Transmission may not be satisfactory on all calls.
f.
Remote Call Forwarding is not represented as suitable for the transmission of data.
g.
The central office line on which the remote call terminates can not be equipped with call
forwarding or Remote Call Forwarding.
h.
Remote Call Forwarding is provided on condition that the customer subscribe to sufficient
RCF paths and terminating facilities to adequately handle calls to the RCF customer
without interfering with or impairing any other services offered by the Telephone Company.
i.
The minimum charge for the RCF service is the monthly rate for one month plus the
Service Connection Charges.
j.
Charges for the call to the Remote Call Forwarding directory number shall be paid by the
calling party.
k.
Remote Call Forwarding will not be provided when the terminating station is within the
same Local Calling Area of the Call Forwarding Central Office.
l.
The RCF subscribing customer is responsible for any toll charges that are incurred for the
portion of the calls between the forwarding number and the terminating number.
m.
RCF subscribing customers cannot subscribe to any optional flat rate calling plans for the
RCF directory (forwarding) number.
(N)
Section 13
Original Page 33
ISSUED: AUGUST 23, 1996
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: OCTOBER 22, 1996
13.13.2
13.13.3
Regulations (Cont'd)
(N)
n.
Each RCF group is entitled to one alphabetical and one classified listing at no additional
charge in the directory which serves the associated RCF central offices. (Overflow paths
associated with foreign exchange trunk groups are not listed.) All other listing regulations
for business individual lines apply, except that no charge applies for non-published service
in connection with RCF.
o.
Installation, changes, and reprogramming of the Central Office forwarding phone numbers
will be performed by the Telephone Company per customer service order request.
Rates and Charges
Note (1)
Monthly
Rate
a.
b.
Notes:
Remote Call Forwarding,
each path
Note (2)
Service
Connection
Charges
Initial Service Ordering and
Central Office Work charge
(See Section 4)
Rearrangement and Changes
1.
Change of telephone
number to which calls are
forwarded, per occasion
2.
Change of directory listing,
per occasion
Secondary Service Order and
Central Office Work charge
(See Section 4)
Secondary Service Order
charge
(See Section 4)
(1) In addition, the subscriber to Remote Call Forwarding is responsible for dial type (DDD)
station-to-station local and toll charges applicable to calls transferred from the forwarding
location to the terminating location. The charge applies for each call answered, including
person-to-person and collect calls which are refused at the terminating location.
(2) The monthly recurring rate is the applicable business individual access line rate for the
forwarding exchange (See Section 3).
(N)
Section 13
BY:
Vice President
13.14
13.14.1 General
a.
The services listed below are offered on a per usage basis to residence and business
customers in exchanges with properly equipped central offices and are subject to the
limitations listed in this section of the tariff for these services. If customers subscribe to
these services on a monthly basis as described and rated in other subsections of this
section, unlimited access is provided with no additional charge for each activation. If
facilities permit, the features listed below may be utilized on a non-subscription basis with
a per use charge for each activation.
b.
Custom Calling Local Area Signaling Service - Per Use will be offered free of charge for up
to thirty days after facilities which allow these services to be offered are added.
c.
Blocking of Per Use Custom Calling Services is offered to customers at no charge. This
blocking option, once activated, does not allow Per Use Custom Calling Services to be
activated on a line.
d.
These services are being offered with a cap on the total charge for any one Per Use
Custom Calling Service per line for one billing month.
13.14.2 Rates
Per Use
Features
Call Return
Repeat Dialing
Three Way Calling
Call Forwarding
Per Use
Rate
Maximum
Monthly
Per Use Charge
$1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
$10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
(I)
(I)
(I)
(I)
Section 13
BY:
13.15
13.15.1. General
a.
Automatic Intercept Service provides a service to subscribers who have had their phone
number disconnected because they have either moved to a new location or requested a
change in phone number. Dialing the subscriber’s former number results in a prerecorded
message which announces the new number.
b.
The rates apply to a 90-day increment of service and can be continued for additional
ninety day time periods at the customer’s discretion.
c.
Limited to those exchanges in which facilities are available to provide the service.
d.
The charges below do not apply to the following:
1.
when provided as a result of a number change initiated by action of the Company.
2.
when the subscriber’s telephone number has been omitted from the telephone
directory or is incorrect.
3.
when provided as a result of Company-initiated actions.
13.15.2 Rates
a.
b.
Nonrecurring charge per phone number –
Initial 90 days of service:
$15.00
Nonrecurring charge per phone number –
Additional 90 days of service:
$12.50
c.
13.16
Secondary Service Order Charge – Per the rates contained elsewhere in this tariff.
Paper Bill Charge
(N)
13.16.1 General
When a business customer chooses to continue to receive a monthly paper bill from Windstream,
that business customer is subject to a monthly Paper Bill Charge. In lieu of this charge, the
business customer may elect to receive his monthly bill via Windstream’s electronic billing system.
There is no recurring charge for choosing to receive electronic monthly bills or for changing from
paper to electronic bills. A business customer may request an exemption from the Paper Bill
Charge for good cause shown, to be granted in Windstream’s reasonable discretion.
13.16.2 Rates
Monthly
Charge
Paper Bill Charge - per bill
$2.99
(N)
Section 14
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
CONTENTS
Page No.
14.1
(T)
EQUIPMENT FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED
1
14.1.1 General
1
14.1.2 Volume Control Telephone
3
14.1.3 Visual Ring Signalers
3
14.1.4 TDD (Telecommunications Device for the Deaf)
4
14.1.5 Audible Ring Signalers
4
This section of the tariff was left out of the word processing tariff, effective on 9/20/88. This tariff was
approved on 8/15/88 with a T-number of T-88-256.
(T)
(T)
(T)
(T)
Section 14
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-88-129
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
14.1
EQUIPMENT FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED
14.1.1
General
a.
Equipment especially designed to meet the needs of hearing impaired customers as
described below, will be furnished by the Company at the rates, charges, and payment
options presented with each type of equipment.
b.
Equipment offered in this subsection will be provided under the terms of this tariff to
hearing impaired customers only.
c.
Monthly lease rates will be billed in the normal manner on the customer's bill. Purchase
prices may be billed when the item is obtained, or may be handled under a time payment
plan of 36 months. The purchase price will simply be divided into equal installments,
based on the number of months.
d.
Initial contract periods for equipment in this subsection are as follows:
Plan
Monthly Lease
Purchase
Time Payment Plan Purchase
Initial Contract Period
60 Months
Payment Period
36 Months
Section 14
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-88-129
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
14.1
EQUIPMENT FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED (continued)
14.1.1
General (continued)
e.
New Equipment Warranty
The sole warranties, if any, applicable to the product are those of the manufacturer
thereof, unless an ALLTEL Company is referred to in a written product warranty. Neither
the ALLTEL System nor any of its affiliated corporations (except the ALLTEL Company, if
any, referred to in a written product warranty) make any warranty or representation
whatsoever, express or implied, of or with respect to the product, including implied
warranties of merchantability and fitness, all of which are hereby expressly excluded.
Neither the ALLTEL System nor any of its affiliated corporations will be liable for special,
incidental, or consequential damages.
f.
Service
(1)
Maintenance and repair of equipment furnished under Monthly Lease and Tier
Pricing plans is provided according to the appropriate sections of this tariff.
(2)
In repairing purchased equipment, the Company may use reconditioned
replacement parts or materials. If the Company chooses to replace the
equipment, it may be replaced with reconditioned equipment of an equivalent
type.
(3)
Upon expiration of the warranty, the Company bears no liability for the repair or
replacement of the terminal equipment. The customer bears all service
responsibility including repair and replacement, in accordance with the provision
specified in other sections of this tariff.
Section 14
BY:
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
14.1
14.1.1
General (continued)
f.
(continued)
(4)
14.1.2
The Company may provide repair service to out-of-warranty equipment on a time
and materials basis, but with the provision that the Company's responsibility to
maintain Company-owned equipment takes priority.
Volume Control Telephone
a.
General
Volume control for impaired hearing is normally provided by means of a wheel type
adjustment located in the handset of certain telephones, or by means of an externally
mounted control.
b.
Rates and Charges
Rate
1.
2.
3.
14.1.3
One Time Payment (Sale Option)
-single payment of
36 Month Installment (Sale Option)
-monthly payment of
Month to Month Lease
-monthly payment of
$59.41
2.02
2.00
Visual Ring Signalers
a.
General
Visual indicators may be connected to the telephone line through a ring signaler to signal
an incoming call by a flashing lamp or other means provided by the subscriber. This will
allow a hearing impaired person to be made aware of incoming calls.
(I)
Section 14
BY:
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
14.1
14.1.3
Visual Ring Signalers (continued)
b.
Rates and Charges
Rate
1.
2.
3.
14.1.4
-single payment of
-monthly payment of
-monthly payment of
$60.65
2.06
1.24
TDD (Telecommunications Device for the Deaf)
a.
General
A TDD contains both a keyboard and an acoustical coupler, which allows transmission of
communication entered via the keyboard. The receiving station must also be equipped
with a TDD.
b.
Rates and Charges
Rate
1.
2.
3.
14.1.5
-single payment of
-monthly payment of
-monthly payment of
$375.83
13.50
(I)
8.50
(I)
Audible Ring Signalers
a.
General
Audible indicators may be connected to the telephone line through a ring signaler to signal
an incoming call by an extension bell or other means provided by the subscriber. This will
allow a hearing impaired person to be made aware of incoming calls.
Section 14
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-90-481
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
14.1
14.1.5
Audible Ring Signalers (continued)
b.
Rates and Charges
1.
$60.65
2.
36 Month Installation (Sale Option)
Monthly
$ 2.06
3.
(T)
(T)
Monthly
$ 1.24
This section of the tariff was left out of word processing tariff, effective on 9/20/88. This tariff was approved
on 8/15/88 with a T-number of T-88-256.
(T)
(T)
(T)
Section 15
ISSUED: November, 24, 1993
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
Effective: January 31, 1994
CONNECTIONS WITH CERTAIN FACILITIES AND/OR EQUIPMENT OF OTHERS
CONTENTS
Page No.
15.1
15.2
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1
15.1.1
15.1.2
15.1.3
15.1.4
15.1.5
15.1.6
15.1.7
15.1.8
1
1
2
3
6
6
7
9
CONNECTIONS OF REGISTERED EQUIPMENT
15.2.1
15.2.2
15.3
General
Responsibility of the Customer
Responsibility of the Company
Recording of Telephone Conversations
Recording of Incoming Messages Only
Violations of Regulations
Definitions
Additional Provisions for Connections of Certain
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and Communications
Systems
Customer-Provided Registered Terminal Equipment, Registered
Protective Circuitry and Registered Communications Systems
Premises Wiring Associated with Registered Communications
Systems
12
14
CONNECTIONS OF GRANDFATHERED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT AND
GRANDFATHERED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
15.3.1
15.3.2
15.3.3
15.3.4
15.3.5
Direct Connections
Connections Through Connecting Arrangements Provided
by the Company
Minimum Protection Criteria for Electrical Connections
Attested Equipment Connected Prior to July 1, 1980
Conforming Answering Devices Connected Prior to July 1, 1979
16
20
25
27
29
(T)
Section 15
Second Revised Contents Page 2
Cancels First Revised Contents Page 2
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
Page No.
15.4
ACOUSTIC OR INDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS
15.4.1
15.4.2
General
Minimum Protection Criteria
(M)
30
31
15.5
15.6
ACCESSORIES
33
CONNECTIONS OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS NOT
SUBJECT TO PART 68 OF THE FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION’S
RULES AND REGULATIONS
33
15.6.1
General
33
15.7
CONNECTIONS OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT TO
SERVICES SPECIFICALLY FROM THE FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION'S REGISTRATION PROGRAM
34
CONNECTIONS OF SERVICE STATION LINES AND FACILITIES
FURNISHED BY THE CUSTOMER WHICH INVOLVE HAZARDOUS OR
INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS
34
15.8.1
15.8.2
34
34
15.8
15.9
(M)
Rules Governing Hazardous Locations
FCC Ruling Part 68
CONNECTIONS OF OTHER COMMON CARRIER PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
34
15.9.1
15.9.2
15.9.3
34
35
35
General Provision
Network Control Signaling
Material on this page was previously found on Contents Page 1 of this Section.
(M)
Section 15
Original Contents Page 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
Page No.
15.9
CONNECTIONS OF OTHER COMMON CARRIER PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (continued)
15.9.4
15.9.5
15.9.6
15.9.7
15.9.8
Conditions for Connection of Other Common
Carrier-Provided Communications Systems at a
Premises of the Customer
Conditions for Connections of Other Common
Carrier-Provided Communications Systems at the
Premises of the Company
OCC Service
Violation of Regulations
15.10
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Contents Page 2 of this Section.
(M)
34
36
37
40
40
42
43
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
15.1.1
15.1.2
General
a.
Terminal equipment and communications systems provided by the customer may be
connected at the customer's premises to telecommunications services furnished by the
Company where such connections are made in accordance with the provisions of this
Section. Telecommunications services as used herein includes exchange service, Long
Distance Message Telecommunications Service (LDMTS) and Wide Area
Telecommunications Service (WATS).
b.
No customer owned terminal equipment or wiring other than registered or grandfathered
data and ancillary equipment and related connecting arrangements will be connected
behind a company-provided key or PBX system.
c.
The Company will not be responsible for any loss or damage, nor for any impairment or
failure of the service, arising from or in connection with the use of facilities of customers
and not caused solely by the negligence of the Company.
a.
The customer shall be responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of any
customer-provided terminal equipment or communications system. No combinations of
customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems shall require change in
or alteration of the equipment or services of the Company, cause electrical hazards to
Company personnel, damage to Company equipment, malfunction to Company billing
equipment, or degradation of service to persons other than the user of the subject terminal
equipment or communications systems, his calling or called party. Upon
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
GENERAL PROVISIONS (continued)
15.1.2
Responsibility of the Customer (continued)
a.
(continued)
notice from the Company that a customer-provided terminal equipment or communications
system is causing such hazard, damage, malfunction or degradation of service, the
customer shall make such changes as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such
hazard, damage, malfunction or degradation of service.
b.
15.1.3
The customer shall be responsible for the payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge
for visits by a Company employee to the customer's premises when a service difficulty or
trouble report results from the use of customer-provided terminal equipment or
communications system.
a.
(M)
(M)
Telecommunications services are not represented as adapted to the use of
customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems.
Where
customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems are used with
telecommunications services, the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the
furnishing of service components suitable for telecommunications services and to the
maintenance and operation of service components in a manner proper for such services.
Subject to this responsibility the Company shall not be responsible for (i) the through
transmission of signals generated by the customer- provided terminal equipment or
communications systems or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or (ii) the
(M)
Section 15
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.3
Responsibility of the Company (continued)
a.
(continued)
reception of signals by customer-provided terminal equipment or communication systems,
or (iii) address signaling where such signaling is performed by customer-provided signaling
equipment.
15.1.4
b.
The Company will, at the customer's request, provide information concerning interface
parameters, including the number of ringers which may be connected to a particular
telephone line, needed to permit customer-provided terminal equipment to operate in a
manner compatible with telecommunications services.
c.
The Company may make changes in its telecommunications services, equipment
operations or procedures, where such action is not inconsistent with Part 68 of the Federal
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations. If such changes can be
reasonably expected to render any customer's terminal equipment or communications
system incompatible with telecommunications services, or require modification or
alteration of such customer-provided terminal equipment or communications systems, or
otherwise materially affect its use or performance, the customer will be given adequate
notice, as determined by the Company, in writing, to allow the customer an opportunity to
maintain uninterrupted service.
Recording of Telephone Conversations
(T)
Telecommunications services furnished by the Company are not represented as adapted to the
recording of telephone conversations. However, when customer-provided voice recording
(T)
Section 15
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.4
Recording of Telephone Conversations (continued)
(T)
equipment is directly, acoustically or inductively connected with telecommunications services, the
customer-provided voice recording equipment shall be so arranged that at the will of the user it can
be activated or deactivated. In addition, one of the following conditions must apply.
a.
All parties to the telephone conversation must give their prior consent to the recording of
the conversation, and the prior consent must be obtained in writing or be part of, and
obtained at the start of the recording, or
b.
(D)
(D)
c.
Requirements for the conditions as specified in a. preceding are not required:
1.
2.
When used by a Federal Communications Commission licensed broadcast
station customer for recording of telephone conversations solely for broadcast
over the air.
When used by the United States Secret Service of the Department of Treasury
for recording of telephone conversations which concern the safety and security
of the person of the President of the United States, members of his immediate
family, or the White House and its grounds.
(T)
(T)
(T)
Section 15
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.4
Recording of Telephone Conversations (continued)
c.
(T)
(continued)
3.
When used by a broadcast network or by a cooperative programming effort
composed exclusively of Federal Communications Commission broadcast
licensees to record telephone conversations solely for broadcast over the air by
a licensed broadcast station.
4.
When used for recording at United States Department of Defense Command
Centers of emergency communications transmitted over the Department of
Defense's private line system when connected to telecommunications services.
5.
When used for incoming calls made to telephone numbers publicized for
emergencies (such as, but not limited to, fire, health care, and police) and
outgoing calls made in immediate response.
6.
When used by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission of the
Department of Energy with respect to the telephone systems located at its
Operations Center for recording of telephone conversations.
7.
When used by an automatic telephone answering service known by the general
public to record telephone messages for its subscribers.
8.
When used for the recording of calls made for patently unlawful purposes, such
as bomb threats, kidnap ransom requests, and obscene telephone calls and
outgoing calls made in immediate response.
(T)
(T)
Section 15
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.4
Recording of Two-Way Telephone Conversations (continued)
c.
(continued)
9.
15.1.5
When used by federal, state or local law enforcement authorities acting under
color of law.
Recording of Incoming Messages Only
Telecommunications services are not represented as adapted to the recording of incoming
messages.
Customer-provided voice recording equipment may be connected with the
telecommunications service in accordance with 15.2 or 15.3 following.
15.1.6
When any customer-provided terminal equipment or communications system is used with
telecommunications services in violation of any of the provisions in this section, the Company will
take such immediate action as necessary for the protection of the telecommunications network and
Company employees, and will promptly notify the customer of the violation. The customer shall
discontinue such use of the terminal equipment or communications system or correct the violation
and shall confirm in writing to the Company within ten days, following the receipt of written notice
from the Company, that such use has ceased or that the
(T)
(T)
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 15
15.1
15.1.6
(M)
Violation of Regulations (continued)
violation has been corrected. Failure of the customer to discontinue such use or to correct the
violation and to give the required written confirmation to the Company within the time stated above
shall result in suspension of the customer's service until such time as the customer complies with
the provisions of this tariff.
15.1.7
Definitions
Grandfathered Communications Systems
The term "Grandfathered Communications Systems" as used in this section, denotes
customer-provided communications systems (including their equipment, premises wiring, and
protective circuitry if any) connected at the customer's premises, in accordance with any telephone
company's tariff, and that are considered to be grandfathered under Part 68 of the Federal
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations because, such systems are connected to
the telecommunications network prior to January 1, 1980 and are of a type of system which was
directly connected (i.e., without telephone company-provided connecting arrangements) to the
telecommunications network as of June 1, 1980.
Grandfathered Connections of Communications Systems
The term "Grandfathered Connections of Communications Systems" as used in this section
denotes connections via telephone company-provided connecting arrangements of
customer-provided communications systems (including their equipment and premises wiring) at the
customer's premises, in accordance with any telephone company's tariff, and that are considered to
be grandfathered under Part 68 of the Federal Communications
(M)
(M)
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 15
15.1
15.1.7
(M)
Definitions (continued)
Grandfathered Connections of Communications Systems (continued)
Commission's Rules and Regulations because, such connections to the telecommunications
network are made via telephone company-provided connecting arrangements prior to January 1,
1980 and such connecting arrangements are of a type of connecting arrangement connected to the
telecommunications network as of June 1, 1978.
Grandfathered Terminal Equipment
The term "Grandfathered Terminal Equipment" as used in this section, denotes a
customer-provided terminal equipment (including protective circuitry if any) connected at the
customer's premises, in accordance with any telephone company's tariff, and that is considered to
be grandfathered under Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and
Regulations because, such terminal equipment was connected to the telecommunications network
prior to July 1, 1979 and is of a type of terminal equipment which was directly connected (i.e.,
without telephone company-provided connecting arrangements) to the telecommunications network
as of October 17, 1977.
Grandfathered Connections of Terminal Equipment
The term "Grandfathered Connections of Terminal Equipment" as used in this section, denotes
connections via telephone company-provided connecting arrangements of customer-provided
terminal equipment connected at the customer's premises, in accordance with any telephone
company's tariff, and that are considered to be grandfathered under Part 68 of the Federal
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations because, such
(M)
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.7
(M)
Definitions (continued)
Grandfathered Connections of Terminal Equipment (continued)
connections to the telecommunications network were made via telephone company-provided
connecting arrangements prior to July 1, 1979 and such connecting arrangements are the same
type of connecting arrangement connected to the telecommunications network as of October 17,
1977.
Registered Equipment
The term "Registered Equipment" as used in this section, denotes equipment which complies and
has been approved within the Registrations provisions of Part 68 of the Federal Communications
Commission's Rules and Regulations.
15.1.8
Additional Provisions for Connections of Certain Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and
Communications Systems
a.
Alarm Detection and Reporting Equipment
Customer-provided alarm detection and reporting equipment may be used in connection
with telephones associated with individual lines, except that such equipment shall not be
used to interconnect any line or channel of the Company with any other line or channel of
any other person.
b.
Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment
Customer-provided data transmitting and/or receiving terminal equipment (including
telephotograph equipment) which involves
(M)
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.8
(M)
Communications Systems (continued)
b.
Data Transmitting and/or Receiving Terminal Equipment (continued)
direct electrical connection to the facilities furnished by the Company may be used with
such facilities for telecommunications service through a data set provided by the
Company. Use of such service is on a two-way basis. When a data set is used, it shall
perform the functions of:
c.
(1)
Network control signaling
(2)
Conditioning the data signals generated by the customer-provided equipment to
signals suitable for transmission by means of Company facilities, and
(3)
Conditioning signals transmitted by means of Company facilities to data signals
suitable for reception by customer-provided equipment.
Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment
(1)
(M)
Customer-provided recording, reproducing and automatic answering and
recording equipment connected in accordance with 15.2 or 15.3 following may be
used with local, PBX, Centrex Service, Long Distance Message
Telecommunications Service and Wide Area Telecommunications Service lines
except that use for unattended operation is only available where full selective
ringing is employed.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.8
c.
(M)
(M)
Recording, Reproducing and Automatic Answering and Recording Equipment
(2)
recording equipment shall not be used to interconnect with any line or channel of
the Company with any other communications line or channel of the Company or
of any other person, except as expressly authorized in Section 2.
(3)
recording equipment may be connected with facilities of the Company only when
and for so long as the customer furnishes a sufficient number of such equipments
and subscribers to adequate telephone facilities to handle the volume of
telephone calls received without interfering with any of the services offered by the
Company. In the event that the use of customer-provided equipment causes
such interference, the Company shall have the right to discontinue service
without prior notification to the customer. Changes in announcement messages
will be made at such time as, in the judgment of the Company, will not interfere
with the Company's general telephone service.
(4)
Customer-provided reproducing and automatic answering and recording
equipment shall not be used with non-published telephone numbers.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.1
15.1.8
d.
15.2
(M)
Customer-provided facilities and associated terminal equipment and communications
systems may not be connected to the telecommunications network in such a way that they
cross exchange or other jurisdictional boundaries.
CONNECTIONS OF REGISTERED EQUIPMENT
15.2.1
Customer-Provided Registered Terminal Equipment, Registered Protective Circuitry and Registered
Communications Systems
Customer-provided registered terminal equipment, registered protective circuitry, and registered
communications systems may be directly connected at the customer's premises to the
telecommunications network, subject to Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's
Rules and Regulations, as provided in 15.1 preceding and the following:
(M)
a.
All combinations of registered equipment and associated non-registered terminal
equipment (including but not limited to wiring) shall be installed, operated and maintained
so that the requirement of Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules
and Regulations are continually satisfied. The Company may discontinue service or
impose other remedies as provided for in Part 68 of the Federal Communications
Commission's Rules and Regulations for failure to comply with these provisions.
b.
The customer shall notify the Company of each line to which registered equipment is to be
connected in advance of such
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.2
CONNECTIONS OF REGISTERED EQUIPMENT (continued)
15.2.1
(M)
b.
(continued)
connection and shall notify the Company when such registered equipment is permanently
disconnected. The customer shall provide the Company the Registration Number and
Ringer Equivalence Number for the registered equipment.
c.
(M)
The customer shall not connect registered equipment to a company line if:
(1)
The Ringer Equivalence of such equipment in combination with the total Ringer
Equivalence of other equipment connected to the same line exceeds the
allowable maximum as determined by the Company, or
(2)
The ringer is not of a type designated by the Company as suitable for that
particular line.
d.
Except as otherwise provided in e. following, all connections of registered equipment to
services furnished by the Company shall be made through Company-provided standard
jacks; or, in the case of registered communications systems, through standard jacks wired
in other than a standard number, when non-standard wiring is agreed to by the Company.
e.
Registered equipment which is in hazardous or inaccessible locations may, in lieu of d.
preceding, be connected in accordance with 15.14 following:
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.2
15.2.1
f.
15.2.2
Registered and/or grandfathered COTE may be connected to party line service. All other
provisions of this tariff must be maintained. If the Company must make modifications to
COTE, appropriate charges will apply.
Premises Wiring Associated with Registered Communications Systems
a.
Premises Wiring is wiring which connects separately housed equipment entities or system
components to one another, or wiring which connects an equipment entity or system
component with the telephone network interface, located at the customer's premises and
not within an equipment housing.
(1)
(M)
(M)
Fully-protected Premises Wiring is premises wiring which is:
(a)
No greater than 25 feet in length (measured linearly from the point
where it leaves equipment or connector housings) and registered as a
component of and supplied to the user with the registered terminal
equipment or protective circuitry with which it is to be used.
(b)
A cord which complies with (a) preceding and which is extended once by
a registered extension cord. Extension cords may not be used as a
substitute for wiring which for safety reasons should be affixed to or
embedded in a building's structure.
Material on this pages was previously found on Pages 9 and 10 of this Section.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.2
15.2.2
Premises Wiring Associated with Registered Communications Systems (continued)
a.
(1)
(continued)
(c)
Wiring located in an equipment room with restricted access, provided
that this wiring remains exposed for inspection and is not concealed or
embedded in the building's structure, and that it conforms to Part 68 of
the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations.
(d)
Electrically behind registered equipment, system components or
protective circuitry which assure that electrical contact between the
wiring and commercial power wiring or earth ground will not result in
hazardous voltages or excessive longitudinal imbalance at the
telephone network interface.
(2)
Protected Premises Wiring requiring acceptance testing for imbalance is
premises wiring which is electrically behind registered equipment, system
components or circuitry which assure that electrical contact between the wiring
and commercial power wiring will not result in hazardous voltages at the
telephone network interface.
(3)
Unprotected Premises Wiring is all other premises wiring.
b.
(M)
(M)
Customers who intend to connect premises wiring other than
Fully-Protected Premises Wiring to the telephone network shall give
advance notice to the Company in accordance with the procedures
specified in Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules
and Regulations or as otherwise authorized by the Federal
Communications Commission.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.2
15.2.2
(M)
Premises Wiring Associated with Registered Communications Systems (continued)
c.
The Company may invoke extraordinary procedures specified in Part 68 of the Federal
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations where one or more of the following
conditions are present:
(1)
Information provided in the supervisor's affidavit gives reason to believe that a
violation of Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and
Regulations is likely.
(2)
A failure has occurred during acceptance testing for imbalance.
(3)
Harm has occurred, and there is reason to believe that this harm was the result of
wiring operations performed under Part 68 of the Federal Communications
In addition, the Company may monitor or participate in acceptance testing for imbalance,
or may inspect other than fully-protected Premises Wiring installations as set forth in Part
68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations.
15.3
CONNECTIONS OF GRANDFATHERED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT AND GRANDFATHERED
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
15.3.1
Direct Connections
a.
Grandfathered Terminal Equipment
Grandfathered terminal equipment may remain directly connected and be moved and
reconnected to the telecommunications network
(M)
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (continued)
15.3.1
(M)
Direct Connections (continued)
a.
Grandfathered Terminal Equipment (continued)
for the life of the equipment without registration and may be modified only in accordance
with Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations, subject
to the following:
b.
(1)
The customer shall notify the Company when such grandfathered terminal
equipment is to be connected and shall notify the Company when such
grandfathered terminal equipment is to be permanently disconnected; such
notification shall include a description of the equipment including the
manufacturer's name, model number, and type of equipment;
(2)
All such connections are made through Company-provided standard jacks or are
otherwise connected by the Company; and
(3)
All such connections shall comply with the minimum protection criteria set forth in
15.3.3 following.
Grandfathered Communications Systems
(1)
(M)
Grandfathered communications systems, directly connected to the
telecommunications network on June 1, 1978, may remain connected for the life
of the equipment without registration, and may be modified only in accordance
with Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and
Regulations, subject to the following:
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.1
b.
Grandfathered Communications Systems (continued)
(1)
(2)
(M)
(M)
(continued)
(a)
All such connections shall comply with the minimum protection criteria
set forth in 15.3.3 following
(b)
No changes may be made to equipment so connected except by the
manufacturer thereof, or a duly authorized agent of the manufacturer.
Until January 1, 1980, new installations of communications systems of a type
which have been grandfathered may be connected to the telecommunications
network, subject to the following:
(a)
Premises wiring shall conform to Part 68 of the Federal Communications
(b)
The customer shall notify the Company when such communications
systems are to be connected and shall notify the Company when such
communications systems are to be permanently disconnected; such
notification shall include a description of the equipment including the
manufacturer's name, model number, and type of equipment;
(c)
All such connections are made through Company-provided standard
jacks or otherwise connected by the Company;
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.1
b.
Grandfathered Communications Systems (continued)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(M)
(M)
(continued)
(d)
All such connections shall comply with the minimum protection criteria
set forth in 15.3.3 following;
(e)
No changes may be made to equipment so connected except by the
manufacturer thereof, or a duly authorized agent of the manufacturer.
Additions to systems specified in (1) and (2) preceding may be made:
(a)
Until January 1, 1980 where the equipment being added is of a type
which has been grandfathered and
(b)
After January 1, 1980 where the equipment being added is
grandfathered. Such additions are subject to the provisions of (2) (a)
through (e) preceding. Additions of registered equipment are subject to
A15.2 preceding.
Systems connected pursuant to (1) through (3) preceding may remain connected
and be moved and reconnected to the telecommunications network, in
accordance with (2) (a) through (e) preceding, for the life of the equipment and
may be modified only in accordance with Part 68 of the Federal Communications
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.1
c.
15.3.2
Customer-provided terminal equipment and customer-provided communications systems
connected to the telecommunications network via customer-provided grandfathered
protective circuitry are subject to provisions of a. and b. preceding.
Connections Through Connecting Arrangements Provided by the Company
a.
General
(1)
(M)
(M)
Basis of Connection
(a)
Grandfathered connections of terminal equipment and grandfathered
connections of communications systems made in accordance with
15.3.2b. and c. respectively may remain connected and be moved and
reconnected for the life of the equipment and may be modified only in
accordance with Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's
Rules and Regulations. Connecting arrangements used for such moves
and reconnections will continue to be provided by the Company subject
to their availability.
(b)
Equipment-to-equipment connections made prior to January 1, 1980,
may remain connected and be moved and reconnected for the life of
such devices or system components (and may be modified only in
accordance with Part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's
Rules and Regulations) or for the life of the Company-provided terminal
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.2
Connections Through Connecting Arrangements Provided by the Company (continued)
(1)
(2)
Basis of Connection (continued)
(b)
equipment or communications system. Connecting arrangements used for
reconnection of such customer-provided devices or system components will
continue to be provided by the Company subject to their availability.
(c)
Customer-provided communications systems which are not subject to Part 68 of
the Federal Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations may be
connected in accordance with 15.6 following.
(d)
Separate, identifiable and discrete protective circuitry (i.e., connecting
arrangements) used for grandfathered connections of communications systems
to the telecommunications network may be removed or replaced with apparatus
of lesser protective function, provided that any equipment, and any premises
wiring whose classification is changed thereby, conforms to Part 68 of the
Federal Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations.
Network control signaling shall be performed by equipment furnished, installed and
maintained by the Company, except that:
(M)
(M)
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.2
(M)
(2)
b.
Network Control Signaling (continued)
(a)
Customer-provided tone-type address signaling is permissible through a
Company-provided connecting arrangement. When the customer has
the capability to originate calls by means of such instruments and
special central office facilities exist, the rates and charges for touch
calling services apply.
(b)
Signaling functions may be performed by customer-provided
Conforming Answering Devices specified in 15.3.5 following.
Grandfathered Connections of Terminal Equipment
(1)
Data Terminal Equipment
Subject to the provisions of a. (1) (a) preceding, customer-provided data terminal
equipment (including telephotograph equipment) may be connected at the
customer's premises to the telecommunications network through a network
control signaling unit and a data access arrangement provided by the Company
in accordance with the following:
(a)
(M)
The customer shall furnish the equipment which performs the functions
of:
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.2
b.
(1)
Data Terminal Equipment (continued)
(a)
(M)
(M)
(continued)
i.
conditioning
the
data
signals
generated
by
the
customer-provided terminal equipment to signals suitable for
transmission by means of Company services, and
ii.
conditioning signals transmitted by means of Company
services to data signals suitable for reception by
customer-provided equipment.
(b)
The customer-provided data terminal equipment must comply with the
minimum protection criteria specified in 15.3.3 following.
(c)
Where a data access arrangement is furnished in connection with
customer-provided terminal equipment and such terminal equipment is
used for both voice communication and data communication, the data
access arrangement may be used to connect the customer-provided
terminal equipment for voice communication.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.2
(M)
b.
(2)
Voice Terminal Equipment
Subject to the provisions of a (1) (a) preceding, customer-provided voice terminal
equipment may be connected at the customer's premises to the
telecommunications network in accordance with the following:
(M)
(a)
The connection shall be made through a network control signaling unit
and a connecting arrangement furnished by the Company.
In
accordance with 15.3.4 and 15.3.5 following, a connecting arrangement
is not required for the connection of Attested Equipment or Conforming
Answering Devices.
(b)
Where a data access arrangement is furnished in connection with
customer-provided terminal equipment and such terminal equipment is
used for both voice and data communication, the data access
arrangement may be used to connect the customer-provided terminal
equipment for voice communication.
(c)
The customer-provided voice terminal equipment must comply with the
minimum protection criteria specified in 15.3.3 following:
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.2
(M)
c.
Grandfathered Connections of Communications Systems
Subject to the provisions of a. (1) (a) and (b) preceding, customer-provided
communications systems may be connected at the customer's premises to
telecommunications services in accordance with the following:
15.3.3
The connection shall be through a network control signaling unit and connecting
arrangement furnished by the Company.
(2)
The provisions relating to minimum protection criteria set forth in 15.3.3 following
shall apply to the connection of customer-provided communications systems. As
related to minimum protection criteria and when applied to the connection of
customer-provided communications systems, the term "customer's premises"
shall include any premises on which the customer-provided communications
system is terminated.
a.
(M)
(1)
To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of
the signal at the central office not exceed 12 dB below one milliwatt when averaged over
any three second interval. To insure that this limit is not exceeded the power of the signal
which may be applied by the
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.3
(M)
a.
(continued)
customer-provided equipment to the Company interface located on the customer's
premises will be specified for each customer location but in no case shall it exceed one
milliwatt.
b.
c.
(M)
To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal which is applied by the
customer-provided equipment to the Company interface located on the customer's
premises meet the following limits:
(1)
The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall be at least 18db
below the power of the signal as specified in a. above.
(2)
The power in the band from 4,005 Hertz to 10,000 Hertz shall not exceed 16db
below one milliwatt.
(3)
(4)
The power in the band from 25,000 Hertz to 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 36 dB
(5)
The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 50db below one
milliwatt.
To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or interference with network control
signaling, it is necessary
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.3
(M)
Minimum Protection Criteria for Electrical Connections (continued)
c.
(continued)
that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to the Company interface
located on the customer's premises at no time have energy solely in the 2450 to 2750
band. If signal power is in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band, it must not exceed the power
present at the same time in the 800 to 2450 Hertz band.
15.3.4
Attested Equipment Connected Prior to July 1, 1980
a.
(M)
Until July 1, 1980 customer-provided headsets and nonpowered conferencing equipment
which meet the standards and procedures set forth by the Company in Technical
Reference for Attested Equipment may be connected at the customer's premises to the
telecommunications network in accordance with (1) through (5) following. Such equipment
may remain connected and be moved and reconnected in accordance therewith for the life
of the equipment unless subsequently modified.
(1)
The connection shall be made through an interface termination (e.g., headset
jack) provided by the Company.
(2)
The Identification Number issued by the Company to the manufacturer or supplier
must appear on each unit of Attested Equipment utilized.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.4
Attested Equipment Connected Prior to July 1, 1980 (continued)
a.
(continued)
(3)
Customers must notify the Company of their intention to connect Attested
Equipment. Such notification must include the Identification Number of the
equipment and the location at which that equipment is to be used.
(4)
Attested Equipment may not:
(5)
(M)
(M)
(a)
be connected to a source of electrical power which is external to the
telecommunications network;
(b)
be grounded;
(c)
perform any network control signaling functions prior to and including
the establishment of the intended transmission path;
(d)
have amplification in the transmission path (other than single ended
terminal devices with the maximum gain limited so that the output power
meets the minimum protection criteria set forth in 15.3.3 preceding); and
(e)
use wiring external to such equipment that is permanently affixed at the
site of the installation other than portable connections compatible with
the interface terminations provided by the Company.
Attested Equipment must comply with the minimum protection criteria set forth in
15.3.3 preceding.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.4
Attested Equipment Connected Prior to July 1, 1980 (continued)
b.
15.3.5
In the event Attested Equipment bearing an Identification Number does not meet the
requirements set forth by the Company in its Technical References, the customer using
such Attested Equipment shall either disconnect the equipment from the Company service
or arrange for connection of the equipment in accordance with 15.2 preceding.
a.
(M)
(M)
Customer-provided Conforming Answering Devices which meet the standards and
procedures set forth by the Company in Technical References for Conforming Answering
Devices and which were connected at the customer's premises to the telecommunications
network prior to July 1, 1979, in accordance with (1) through (5) following, may remain
connected and be moved and reconnected in accordance therewith for the life of the
equipment, unless subsequently modified.
(1)
Customers shall notify the Company of their intention to connect Conforming
Answering Devices. Such notification shall include the location at which the
Conforming Answering Device is to be used as well as its Conformance Number.
(2)
The Conforming Answering Device shall only be connected by means of a jack
outlet connecting arrangement provided by the Company.
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.3
15.3.5
a.
(continued)
(3)
The Conforming Answering Device shall be operated and maintained in
accordance with those instructions furnished with such Conforming Answering
Device as required by the Company's Technical Reference for Conforming
Answering Devices.
(4)
Conforming Answering Devices may not:
(5)
b.
15.4
(a)
be used to transmit or receive data signals;
(b)
be used to originate calls.
The Conforming Answering Device shall comply with the minimum protection
criteria set forth in 15.3.3 preceding.
In the event that an answering device bearing a Conformance Number does not meet the
requirements of the Company's Technical Reference for Conforming Answering Devices,
the customer using such answering device shall either disconnect the device from the
Company service or arrange for connection of the device in accordance with 15.2
preceding.
ACOUSTIC OR INDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS
15.4.1
General
a.
(M)
(M)
Customer-provided voice or data terminal equipment (including telephotograph equipment)
and customer-provided communication
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.4
ACOUSTIC OR INDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS (continued)
15.4.1
15.4.2
(M)
(M)
General (continued)
a.
systems may be acoustically or inductively connected at the customer's premises to the
telecommunications network provided the acoustic or inductive connection is made
externally to the network control signaling unit when such unit is provided by the Company.
b.
Customer-provided tone-type address signaling is permitted through such connections;
however, the services of the Company are not designed for such use and the Company
makes no representation as to the reliability of address signaling which is performed in
such manner.
Minimum Protection Criteria
a.
To prevent excessive noise and crosstalk in the network, it is necessary that the power of
the signal which is applied by the customer-provided equipment to the network control
signaling unit located on the customer's premises be limited so that the signal power at the
output of the network control signaling unit (i.e., at the input to the Company line) does not
exceed 9db below one milliwatt when averaged over any three second interval. However,
to permit each customer, independent of distance from the central office, to supply signal
power which at the central office approximates 12db below one milliwatt when averaged
over any three second interval, the Company, at the customer's request will specify, for
each location, the signal power at the output of the network control signaling unit, which
shall in no case exceed one milliwatt.
b.
To protect other services, it is necessary that the signal which is applied by the
customer-provided equipment to the
(M)
Section 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.4
ACOUSTIC OR INDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS (continued)
15.4.2
(M)
Minimum Protective Criteria (continued)
b.
(continued)
network control signaling unit located on the customer’s premises meet the following limits
at the output of the network control signaling unit.
c.
(1)
The power in the band from 3,995 Hertz to 4,005 Hertz shall be at least 18db
below the power of the signal as specified in a. preceding.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
The power in the band above 40,000 Hertz shall not exceed 50db below one
milliwatt.
To prevent the interruption or disconnection of a call, or interference with network control
signaling, it is necessary that the signal applied by the customer-provided equipment to
the network control signaling unit located on the customer’s premises be limited so that the
signal at the output of the network control signaling unit shall at no time have energy solely
in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band. If there is signal power at the output of the network control
signaling unit in the 2450 to 2750 Hertz band, it must not exceed the power present at the
same time in the 800 to 2450 Hertz band.
(M) Material on this page was previously found on Pages 23 and 24 of this Section.
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 33
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.5
ACCESSORIES
(M)
Customer-provided accessories may be used with telecommunications services provided that such
accessories comply with the provisions of 15.1.2 and 15.3.2a. (2) preceding.
15.6
CONNECTIONS OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS NOT SUBJECT TO
PART 68 OF THE FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION'S RULES AND REGULATIONS
15.6.1
(M)
Customer-provided communications systems not subject to Part 68 of the Federal Communications
Commission's Rules and Regulations may be connected with telecommunications services in
accordance with this 15.6. These communications systems (including channels derived from such
systems), not exceeding voice grade, may be connected at the customer's premises provided that:
a.
Such telecommunications service or customer-provided communications systems is
utilized for the origination or termination of communications at the customer's premises
where the connection is made.
b.
The connection shall be through a network control signaling unit and connecting
arrangement furnished by the Company.
c.
The connection shall be made through switching equipment provided either by the
customer or by the Company.
d.
The provisions relating to minimum protection criteria set forth in 15.3.3 preceding shall
apply to the connection of customer-provided communications systems. As related to
minimum protection criteria and when applied to the connection of customer-provided
communications systems, the term "customer's premises" shall include any premises on
which the customer-provided communications systems is terminated.
(M)
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 15
Original Page 34
15.7
CONNECTIONS OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED TERMINAL EQUIPMENT TO SERVICES SPECIFICALLY
EXEMPTED FROM THE FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION'S REGISTRATION PROGRAM
(M)
Customer-provided terminal equipment may not be connected to services specifically exempted from the
Federal Communications Commission's Registration Program.
15.8
15.9
CONNECTIONS OF SERVICE STATION LINES AND FACILITIES FURNISHED BY THE CUSTOMER
WHICH INVOLVE HAZARDOUS OR INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS
15.8.1
Except as otherwise provided in 15.8.2 following, service station lines, and facilities furnished by the
customer which involve hazardous or inaccessible locations, may be connected to the
telecommunications network.
15.8.2
Effective January 1, 1980, new installations of or additions to customer-provided terminal
equipment and communications systems subject to Part 68 of the Federal Communications
Commission's Rules and Regulations, connected to the telecommunications network in accordance
with 15.14.1 preceding must conform with part 68 of the Federal Communications Commission's
Rules and Regulations.
15.9.1
General Provision
Communications systems provided by Other Common Carrier hereafter referred to as the OCC,
may be connected with the facilities furnished by the Company for exchange, Long Distance
Message Telecommunications Service, and Wide Area Telecommunications Service as specified in
Paragraphs 15.9.2 through 15.9.8 following.
(M)
(M)
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 15
Original Page 35
15.9
15.9.2
(M)
Where exchange, long distance message telecommunications services, and Wide Area
Telecommunications Service are available under this tariff for use in connection with OCC-provided
communications systems, the operating characteristics of such systems shall be such as not to
interfere with any of the services offered by the Company. Such use is subject to the further
provisions that the OCC-provided systems do not endanger the safety of Company employees or
the public; damage, require change in, or alteration of, the equipment or other facilities; impair the
operation of the telecommunications system or otherwise injure the public in its use of the
Company's services. Upon notice from the Company that the OCC-provided system is causing or
is likely to cause such hazard or interference, the customer shall arrange with the OCC to make
such change as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.
The customer shall be responsible for payment of a non-recurring charge, as set forth in 4.
preceding for each repair visit by the Company to the premises of the customer where the service
difficulty results from the use of equipment, facilities, or services provided by an Other Common
Carrier.
15.9.3
Satisfactory performance of the telecommunications network requires continuing functional
capability of the network control signals and the switching equipment involved. To assure such
continuing capability, network control signaling (except customer-provided tone-type address
signaling through a Company-provided or OCC-provided connecting arrangement) in the furnishing
of telecommunications service shall be performed by equipment furnished, installed and maintained
by the Company or the OCC.
(M)
(M)
GENERAL SCRIBER SERVICES TARIFF
Section 15
Original Page 36
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.4
OF OTHER
(continued)
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
Conditions for Connection of Other Common Carrier-Provided Communications Systems at the
Premises of the Customer
Other Common Carrier-provided communications systems (including channels derived from such
systems) analog not exceeding voice grade, or digital may be connected with telecommunications
services at the premises of the customer, provided that:
(M)
a.
Such exchange, long distance message telecommunications service, Wide Area
Telecommunications Service, or OCC-provided communications system is utilized for the
origination or termination of communications at the customer's premises where the
connection is made.
b.
The connection is either through equipment which effects such connection externally to a
Company-provided network control signaling unit by means of an acoustic or inductive
connection for transmitting and/or receiving, or through direct electrical connection in
accordance with c. or d. below.
c.
Where the connection with the OCC-provided communications systems involves direct
electrical connection to the facilities furnished by the Company for exchange, long
distance message telecommunications service, or Wide Area Telecommunications
Service, such connection shall be made:
(1)
Through switching equipment provided by the customer, the Company, or by the
OCC; or,
(2)
Through a channel derivation device provided either by the customer, or the
OCC.
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 37
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.4
OF OTHER
(continued)
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
Premises of the Customer (continued)
Where such connection is made through a channel derivation device as specified in (2) preceding,
the provision of a. preceding is not applicable.
15.9.5
d.
Where the connection is made by means of switching equipment provided by the
customer, or by means of a channel derivation device provided by the customer, such
switching equipment or derivation device, and the facilities provided by the OCC shall be
treated as a customer-provided communications system and the regulations applicable to
the connection of customer-provided communications systems shall apply, as set forth in
15.2 and 15.3 preceding.
e.
Connection may be made only if the forms of electrical communication are the same and
consistent with those for which the Company-provided service is offered. Connections are
not represented as being suitable for satisfactory transmission.
f.
The rates and charges for connection with OCC-provided communications systems shall
be the same as those that would apply if the Company services were so connected. The
rates and charges to the customer are in addition to the rates and charges made by the
OCC for the services and channels which it provides.
Premises of the Company
a.
(M)
Communications Systems (utilizing central office connecting facilities), not exceeding
voice grade, provided by an OCC to
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 38
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.5
OF OTHER
(continued)
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
Premises of the Company (continued)
a.
(continued)
a customer may be directly connected at the premises of the Company with exchange
service or long distance message telecommunications service furnished by the Company
to the same customer, provided such connections are made through:
b.
(M)
(1)
Individual exchange lines or PBX trunk exchange lines to permit communications
via the OCC-provided communications system, to or from the customer's
premises located in an exchange foreign to the exchange in which the connection
is made.
(2)
Centrex switching equipment furnished in accordance with the provisions of this
tariff.
Communications Systems (utilizing central office connecting facilities), not exceeding
voice grade, provided by an OCC to a customer may be connected at the premises of the
Company with WATS furnished by the Company to the same customer, provided the
connection is made through:
(1)
Centrex control switching equipment furnished in accordance with provisions of
this tariff.
(2)
Common control switching arrangements or a switching center for enhanced
private switched communications services in accordance with Section 4 of Tariff
F.C.C. No. 260.
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 39
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.5
OF OTHER
(continued)
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
The connections specified above shall be made only if:
c.
(M)
(a)
The customer has a requirement to originate or terminate
communications over the WATS line to or from premises of that
customer located in the same state and state subdivision as that for
which the WATS initial period rate applies; and
(b)
The forms of electrical communications are the same and consistent
with those for which the Company-provided service is provided.
Channels (utilizing central office connecting facilities), not exceeding voice grade, provided
by an OCC, to a customer may be connected with WATS arranged for outward service
furnished by the Company to the same customer, at the WATS central office which
normally serves the customer's premises provided that:
(1)
The customer has a requirement to originate communications over the WATS
line from premises of that customer located in the same state and state
subdivision as that for which the WATS initial period rate applies;
(2)
Connection shall be made only if the forms of electrical communications are the
same and consistent with those for which the Company-provided service is
offered;
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 40
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.5
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
c.
15.9.6
OF OTHER
(continued)
(continued)
(3)
Such OCC channel is dedicated to the exclusive use of the WATS customer and
is terminated at the premises of the OCC in switching equipment provided by the
OCC to the WATS customer as part of its authorized domestic switched private
line service;
(4)
All communications over outward WATS will originate at the premises of the
WATS customer via an access channel to the OCC's switching arrangement.
That access channel will be dedicated to the private use of the WATS customer
and not used or usable for public communications service.
OCC Service
All arrangements for service provided by an OCC shall be made by the customer with that carrier.
The furnishing of exchange, Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service, and Wide Area
Telecommunications Service by the Company is not a part of a joint undertaking with the OCC.
15.9.7
a.
(M)
The Company shall not be responsible for the installation, operation or maintenance of any
OCC-provided communications equipment or system. Exchange, long distance message
telecommunications service, and Wide Area Telecommunications
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 41
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS
15.9.7
OF OTHER
(continued)
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
a.
(M)
(continued)
Service are not represented as adapted to the use of OCC-provided equipment or systems
and where such equipment or systems are connected to Company facilities, the
responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for
exchange, Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service and to the maintenance
and operation of such facilities in a manner proper for such telecommunications service;
subject to this responsibility, the Company shall not be responsible for (1) the through
transmission of signals generated by the OCC-provided equipment or system or for the
quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or (2) the reception of signals by the
OCC-provided equipment or system or (3) network control signaling where such signaling
is performed by OCC-provided network control signaling equipment.
b.
(M)
Where an OCC-provided communications system utilizes satellite facilities or is connected
to a communications system which utilizes satellite facilities, the connection of such
OCC-provided system to WATS may result in the utilization of two or more satellite circuits
on the combined connected facilities. The responsibility of the Company where such a
system is connected to WATS shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for
WATS and to the maintenance and operation of such facilities in a manner proper for such
telecommunications service. Subject to this responsibility the Company shall not be
responsible for the quality of the
(M)
Section 15
Original Page 42
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
15.9
CONNECTIONS OF
(continued)
15.9.7
OTHER
COMMON
CARRIER
PROVIDED
COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
(M)
b.
(continued)
through transmission of signals on such connection. Except for defects in the WATS, the
Company shall not apply any allowance for impaired transmission resulting from such
connection to the charges for WATS associated with such connection.
c.
15.9.8
The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or OCC if changes in minimum
network protection criteria or in any of the facilities, operation or procedures of the
Company render any facilities provided by an OCC thereof, obsolete or require
modification or alteration of such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use or
performance.
When any OCC-provided system is connected to the exchange, Long Distance Message
Telecommunications Service, or Wide Area Telecommunications Service, in violation of any of the
provisions in 15.9 through 15.9.8, the Company will take such immediate action as necessary for
the protection of the network, and will promptly notify the customer of the violation. The customer
shall discontinue such connection of the equipment or system or correct the violation and shall
confirm in writing to the Company within ten days, following the receipt of written notice from the
Company, that such connection has ceased or violation has been corrected. Failure of the
customer to discontinue such connection or to correct the violation and to give the required written
confirmation to the Company within the time stated above shall result in suspension of the
customer's service until such time as the customer complies with the provisions of this tariff.
(M)
(M)
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 15
15.10
If trouble detected by or reported to the Company results in the Company dispatching one of its employees
to the customer's premises and the trouble is determined not be caused by Company equipment or facilities,
the customer will be so notified and a maintenance charge based on cost shall apply.
Customer Owned Equipment-Trouble Location Charge
(N)
(N)
Section 16
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DATA SERVICE
CONTENTS
Page No.
16.1
DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING EQUIPMENT AND TELETYPEWRITER
EQUIPMENT
1
16.1.1
1
Regulations
Section 16
ISSUED:
BY:
President, Wallace S. Townsend
Live Oak, Florida
DATA SERVICE
16.1
DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING EQUIPMENT AND TELETYPEWRITER EQUIPMENT
16.1.1
Regulations
a.
b.
General
(1)
Customer-provided data transmitting and receiving equipment (includes telewriter
equipment) and customer-provided teletypewriter equipment may be connected
to lines of the Company for the transmission and reception of data signals.
(2)
The equipment type shown in parenthesis after certain of the offerings are
intended to aid in the identification of that offering. It in no way obligates the
Company to provide that specific item of equipment for a given offering, but
rather to provide that type of equipment or its equivalent in terms of operating
performance for a given offering.
Basis of Connection
(1)
Data transmitting and receiving equipment and teletypewriter equipment will be
connected to the lines of the Company either by means of a data set or a data
access arrangements. The data set is required to condition signals suitable for
transmission on Company facilities for delivery to data or teletypewriter
equipment.
(2)
The magnitude and the character of the voltages and currents delivered to the
data set from customer-provided equipment, and the operation and maintenance
of such equipment shall be such as to not interfere with any of the services
offered by the Company or interfere with
Section 16
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DATA SERVICE
16.1
DATA TRANSMITTING
(continued)
16.1.1
AND
RECEIVING
EQUIPMENT
AND
TELETYPEWRITER
EQUIPMENT
Regulations (continued)
b.
Basis of Connection (continued)
(2)
(continued)
others. Such equipment shall operate in such a manner as to avoid hazard or
damage to Company plant or of injury to Company employees or customers
because of the character or location of the customer-provided apparatus and of
sources of power to which it is connected. Upon notice from the Company that
the equipment of the customer is causing or is likely to cause hazard or
interference, the customer shall make such changes as may be necessary to
remove or prevent such hazard or interference.
c.
(M)
(M)
Use with Long Distance Message Telecommunications Service
(1)
Long distance message telecommunications service is available for use on a two
point service basis with data transmitting and receiving equipment and
teletypewriter equipment for the transmission and reception of data signals.
(2)
The regulations and rates for each call made for the purpose of transmitting data
signals are those applicable for long distance message telephone
station-to-station and person-to-person service according to the connection
established.
(M)
Section 16
Original Page 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
DATA SERVICE
16.1
DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING EQUIPMENT AND TELETYPEWRITER EQUIPMENT
(continued)
16.1.1
Regulations (continued)
d.
Use with Wide Area Telecommunications Services
(1)
(M)
(M)
Wide Area Telecommunications Services are available for use with data
transmitting and receiving equipment and teletypewriter equipment for the
transmission and reception of data signals.
(M)
Section 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
Page No.
17.1
GENERAL
1
17.2
REGULATION
1
17.3
RATES
2
17.4
ELIMINATION OF SERVICE
2
(N)
Section 17
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
17.1
GENERAL
a.
17.2
Mobile telephone service is a communication service through a land radio-telephone station
between a wire telephone and a mobile unit or between two mobile units.
REGULATION
a.
Mobile telephone service is available to mobile units equipped for this service when within range of
a land radiotelephone station through which such service is furnished and subject to transmission,
atmospheric and like limitations.
b.
The radio equipment of the mobile unit may be provided either by the telephone company or by the
customer, as desired. If provided by the customer, the equipment shall be suitable for the proper
operation of the service and shall be maintained in accordance with the telephone company
standards.
c.
The customer is required to furnish, install and maintain the storage battery, charging equipment
and noise suppressers on his mobile unit required for the proper operation of the service and is
required to furnish antenna space on his mobile unit at a location designated by the telephone
company for the proper operation of the service.
d.
The telephone company is not liable for damages for any accident or injury occasioned by the
mobile unit or by supplementary apparatus provided in connection therewith when such accident or
injury is not due to the negligence of the telephone company.
e.
The initial contract period for service and facilities is three months. Service or facilities may be
terminated by the customer at any time, subject to payment of full charges for the period service is
rendered, except that if termination occurs within the initial contract period, charges apply for the full
initial contract period.
Section 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
17.2
17.3
REGULATIONS (continued)
f.
An application for service becomes a contract upon the establishment of service.
contract nor any rights acquired thereunder may be assigned or in any manner
Requests for additional service, upon the establishment thereof, become a part of
contract except that each item of additional service is furnished subject to payment of
the period specified under paragraph e. above.
g.
Upon the use of the service for the purpose for performing any service in competition with the
service which the Company may now or hereafter furnish, the Company may, by notice in writing to
the customer without incurring any liability, forthwith discontinue the furnishing of said service and
terminate the contract.
h.
The mobile party (or customer) shall establish his identity in the course of any communication as
often as may be necessary and shall be solely responsible for establishing the identity of the person
or persons with whom connection is made.
i.
The Company reserves the right to limit the length of a conversation either local or toll to three
minutes.
RATES
a.
Where a mobile unit is within range of the land radiotelephone base station serving its area, mobile
telephone service is furnished between the mobile unit and any wire telephone within the service
area or between two such mobile units.
(1)
(2)
17.4
Neither the
transferred.
the original
charges for
Mobile Dial Service
Additional Mobile Channel
MONTHLY RATE
(N)
$37.00
5.80
(N)
(N)
ELIMINATION OF SERVICE
As of September 10, 1991 this service will not be available to new subscribers. As of December 9, 1991 this
service will no longer be available to current customers.
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
18.1
APPLICATION
1
18.2
GENERAL
1
18.3
TWO-POINT SERVICE
1
18.3.1
18.3.2
1
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
18.9
Service Between Land Wire Telephones
Service Through Mobile Telephone Service
Base Stations
10.1
CONFERENCE SERVICE
12
18.4.1
18.4.2
18.4.3
12
12
13
General
Rate and Charge Application
Rates and Charges
AIRLINE MILEAGE BETWEEN RATE CENTERS
13
18.5.1
18.5.2
18.5.3
13
14
15
General
Determination of Airline Mileages
List of Rate Centers
23
18.6.1
18.6.2
23
24
General
Rates
INTRALATA LONG DISTANCE VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY
INTERRUPT SERVICE
24
18.7.1
18.7.2
24
25
General
TOLL-PAC
26
Reserved For Future Use
26
TOLL DISCOUNT SERVICE
27
Reserved For Future Use
27
(T)
(D)
(D)
(D)
(D)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.1
APPLICATION
a.
18.2
18.3
(N)
This Tariff applies to long distance message telecommunications service furnished or made
available by the Company and its connecting companies between two or more points which are
located in the same Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) within the State of Florida where the
respective rate centers of such points also are located in said state.
GENERAL
a.
Long distance message telecommunications service is that of furnishing facilities for
communications between stations in different rate centers for either two-point or conference
service.
b.
Rates for service between two points are based on airline mileage between rate centers. In general,
each point is designated as a rate center except that certain small towns or communities are
assigned adjacent rate centers with which they are closely associated for communication purposes
or by community of interest. Airline mileages between rate centers are determined as provided in
Section 18.5 following.
c.
In case a shortage of facilities exists at any time, either for temporary or protracted periods, the
establishment of long distance message telecommunications service shall take precedence over all
others.
TWO-POINT SERVICE
18.3.1
Service Between Land Wire Telephones
a.
Classes of Service
Service is offered on a Station-to-Station or Person-to-Person basis. The Station-to-Station class of
service is furnished on a Customer Dialed Calling Card basis, an Operator Handled basis or on a
Direct Distance Dialing basis.
(N)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
TWO-POINT SERVICE (Cont'd)
18.3.1
Service Between Land Wire Telephones (Cont'd)
a.
Classes of Service (Cont'd)
1.
Dial Station to Station
a.
Dial Station-to-Station rates apply only to sent-paid, station-to-station
dial type telephone communications.
b.
Dial type telephone communication denotes a call dialed and completed
by the customer from a residence or business telephone without the
assistance of an operator and the call is not billed to a number other
than the originating number. The services of an operator will not be
used in connection with completing a call, or in furnishing any
information or assistance relating to billing or charges for such call,
except that an operator will:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
c.
Reestablish a call which has been interrupted after the called
number has been reached or,
Reach the called telephone number where facilities are not
available for customer dial completion.
Record the originating telephone number where no automatic
recording equipment is available.
Record a special identification number issued by the Company
for its billing purposes to students who reside at dormitories of
educational institutions served by a Dormitory Service, or a
PBX equipped with Direct Inward Dialing (DID) and Identified
Outward Dial (IOD) service for a call dialed form a dormitory
station.
Place a call for a calling party who identifies himself as being
handicapped and unable to dial the call because of his
handicap.
Dial Station-to-Station rates do not apply on calls placed from a Public
Telephone Access Service line.
(C)
Section 18
Original Page 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
(N)
a.
2.
Station-to-Station and Person-to-Person Operator Handled Calls
a.
Operator Station-to-Station is that Station-to-Station service where the
person originating the call gives to the operator the telephone number of
the desired telephone, Miscellaneous Common Carrier connection
circuit, branch exchange system, or branch exchange station which is
reached directly rather than through a branch exchange attendant, or
gives only the name and address under which the number of the desired
telephone, Miscellaneous Common Carrier connecting circuit, or branch
exchange system is listed, and does not specify a particular person to
be reached, nor a particular mobile station to be reached through a
Miscellaneous Common Carrier, nor a particular station, department or
office to be reached through a branch exchange attendant.
b.
Customer Dialed Calling Card is that Station-to-Station service where
the person originating the call dials and completes the call without the
assistance of an operator, except; that an operator will record the
Company Calling Card number; or where the operator reaches the
called telephone number where facilities are not available for dial
completion.
c.
Person-to-Person Service
1.
Person-to-Person service is that service where the person
originating the call specifies to the operator a particular person
to be reached, a particular mobile station to be reached
through a Miscellaneous Common Carrier operator or a
particular station, department or office to be reached through a
branch exchange attendant.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
(N)
a.
2.
Station-to-Station and Person-to-Person Operator Handled Calls (Cont'd)
c.
Person-to-Person Service (Cont'd)
2.
b.
When, after the telephone Miscellaneous Common Carrier
mobile radio system, or branch exchange system called has
been reached, the person originating the call requests or
agrees to talk to any other person, mobile unit, station,
department or office other than the one specified, the
classification of the call remains Person-to-Person.
Initial, Additional Minutes and Discounts
1.
Rates are quoted in terms of initial and additional periods.
a.
The initial period for telephone connections between all points is one
minute or fraction thereof for all classes of service.
b.
All additional minute rates given in the table in 18.3.1.h.1. following are
for each additional minute or any fraction thereof that the telephone
connection continues beyond the initial period, except as indicated.
c.
The basic rate for all classes of service is the Day Station-to-Station
rate. Additional amounts as shown under 18.3.1.h.2. following should
be added to the basic rate for all Operator Station and Person classes of
service.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 5
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
(N)
b.
Initial, Additional Minutes and Discounts (Cont'd)
1.
Rates are quoted in terms of initial and additional periods. (Cont'd)
d.
Discounts apply equally to the total charges as found in 18.3.1.h.1. for
all classes of service.
1.
2.
3.
c.
Total fractional amounts resulting from the application of the
discount will be rounded down to the lower cents.
The applicable discount level for each rate period is shown in
18.3.1.h.3. preceding.
Discounts do not apply to the additional charges shown in
18.3.1.h.2. following.
Timing of Messages
1.
The time when connection is established, as provided in 2. through 5. below,
determine in accordance with the time - standard or daylight saving - observed at
the location of the rate center of the calling station, determines what rate
schedule applies. This rule applies whether the call is originated as paid or
collect.
a.
2.
In cases where a message begins in one rate period and ends in
another, the charge for the portion of the message within each rate
period shall be the charge for whole minutes in effect for that rate
period.
On Station-to-Station calls, chargeable time begins when connection is
established between the calling station and the called telephone station,
Miscellaneous Common Carrier mobile radio system or branch exchange system.
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
c.
d.
e.
f.
Timing of Messages (Cont'd)
3.
On Person-to-Person calls, chargeable time begins when connection is
established between the calling person and the particular person or station
specified or an agreed alternate.
4.
Chargeable time ends when the calling station "hangs up" thereby releasing the
network connection. If the called station "hangs up" but the calling station does
not, chargeable time ends when the network connection is released either by
automatic timing equipment in the telephone network or by the operator.
5.
Chargeable time does not include time lost because of defects in the service.
Reversal of Charges (Collect Calls)
1.
Collect calls are permissible for all telephone calls except calls to which Dial
Station-to-Station rates apply.
2.
The regularly established Operator Station-to-Station and Person-to-Person rates
apply.
Charges at Public Telephone Access Service Phones
(C)
Charges for calls at coin box telephones will be the total charge as provided in h.
following computed and rounded to the nearest multiple of $.05.
(C)
Rates Applicable on Certain Holidays
On Christmas Day (December 25) and on New Year's Day (January 1), Independence
Day (July 4), Thanksgiving Day and Labor Day the rate applicable is the Evening rate
unless a lower rate would normally apply.
Section 18
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
g.
Rates for Hearing or Speech Impaired Persons or Users of the Florida Relay Service
Sensory Impaired Discount
1.
(T)
Rates for certain MTS calls are reduced for a customer who meets the following
requirements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
(C)
The customer is certified to the Company as having a hearing or speech
impairment that prevents telephone voice communication.
The customer uses a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or
other non-voice equipment for telecommunications.
The customer makes written application to the Company for the reduced
MTS rates.
The customer designates to the Company one and only one telephone
number associated with that customer's service and telecommunications
device. Reduced rates apply only to calls originated from this telephone
number.
The reduced rates specified in 4.a. and 4.b. following apply for all Dial
Station-to-Station Day and Evening calls originated from the designated
telephone number.
(T)
Rates for certain MTS calls are reduced for an agency or business that assists
hearing or speech impaired persons under the following conditions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
The agency or business provides non-voice telecommunications
equipment (TDD) solely for the use of hearing or speech impaired
persons or persons who communicate with hearing or speech impaired
persons.
The agency or business makes written application to the Company for
the reduced MTS rates.
The reduced rates are given as a credit on a subsequent bill.
The reduced rates specified in 4.a. and 4.b. following apply for all Dial
Station-to-Station Day and Evening calls placed between DDS.
(T)
Section 18
BY:
President
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
g.
Rates for Hearing or Speech Impaired Persons (Cont'd)
3.
Rates for certain MTS calls are reduced for individuals equipped with TDD's for
communicating with hearing, speech or dual sensory impaired persons under the
following conditions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
The customer uses a TDD or other non-voice equipment for
communication with other TDD's or non-voice equipment.
The customer makes written application to the Company for reduced
MTS rates.
The reduced rates are given as a credit on a subsequent bill.
The reduced rates specified in 4. following apply for all Dial
Station-to-Station Day and Evening calls placed between TDD's.
The customer uses the Florida Relay Service which permits hearing,
speech, or dual sensory impaired customers to use TDDs to exchange
telephone messages with voice customers and vice versa. The rates in
4.c. following apply.
(N)
(N)
4.
Applicable Discounts
a.
b.
c.
A qualified call made in the Day rate period is rated at the Evening rate
specified in 18.3.1.h. following.
A qualified call made in the Evening rate period is rated at the Night rate
specified in 18.3.1.h. following.
Calls through the Florida Relay Service will receive a fifty percent (50%)
discount from the otherwise applicable rate except where the calling or
called party is both hearing and visually impaired. the call shall be
discounted sixty percent (60%) off the otherwise applicable rate.
(N)
(N)
h.
Rate Table
Rates shown in the following tables are applicable to intraLATA intrastate business
between all points within the same LATA and within the State of Florida.
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.1
h.
Rate Tables (Cont'd)
1.
3.
Basic Rate Table for All Classes of Service.
Rate Mileage
Day
Initial 1 Minute
0- 10
11- 22
23- 55
56-124
$.15
.18
.19
.20
Each Additional Minute
$.08
.12
.19
.20
Additional Charges
a.
The following charges are in addition to the Basic Rate Table preceding
when
the call is placed using the following operator services:
1.
Station
a.
b.
Charge
Per Call
Customer Dialed Calling Card
All Other
$ .75
1.00
ALLTEL Florida, Inc.’s intraLATA calling card service is provided by
ALLTEL Long Distance.
*
For all calls originating from the Brooker exchange and requiring operator assistance, the effective date will
be February 1, 1992.
(N)
(N)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: January 1, 1992*
18.3
18.3.1
3.
Additional Charges (Cont'd)
2.
Person
a.
4.
All Calls
$2.50
Discounts and Applicable Rate Periods for ALLTEL
a.
b.
Discounts apply equally to the total charges for all messages with
fractional amounts rounded down to the lower cent. Discounts do not
apply to add on charges for customer dialed calling card, other station or
person charges shown in 18.3.1.h.3. preceding.
Mon.
Tues.
Wed.
Thur.
Fri.
8:00 AM
to 5:00 PM1
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
5:00 PM
to 11:00 PM1
20%
Disc
20%
Disc
20%
Disc
20%
Disc
20%
Disc
40%
Disc
20%
Disc
11:00 PM
to 8:00 AM1
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
40%
Disc
Sat.
Sun.
Day Rate Period = Full Rate
Evening Rate Period = 20% Discount
Night and Weekend Rate Period = 40% Discount
*
(M)
Section 18
Original Page 10.1
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
EFFECTIVE: January 1, 1992*
18.3
18.3.1
(N)
5.
Discounts and Applicable Rate Periods for Independent Companies concurring in
this tariff.
a.
b.
18.3.2
(M)
Mon.
Tues.
Wed.
Thur.
Fri.
Sat.
Sun.
8:00 AM
to 5:00 PM1
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
Full
Rate
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
5:00 PM
to 11:00 PM1
35%
Disc
35%
Disc
35%
Disc
35%
Disc
35%
Disc
60%
Disc
35%
Disc
11:00 PM
to 8:00 AM1
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
60%
Disc
(T)
Day Rate Period = Full Rate
Evening Rate Period = 35% Discount
Night and Weekend Rate Period = 60% Discount
Service Through Mobile Telephone Service Base Stations
a.
*
Discounts apply equally to the total charges for all messages with fractional
amounts rounded down to the lower cent. Discounts do not apply to add on
charges for customer dialed calling card, other station or person charges
shown in 18.3.1.h.3. preceding.
(N)
(M)
General
1.
The regulations and rates set forth below apply for long distance message mobile
telephone service furnished through the mobile telephone service base stations
specified in Section 18.3.2.b. of this tariff. Such service is in addition to that
offered in Section 17, Mobile Telephone Service.
2.
Long distance message mobile telephone service is a communication service
through a base station between a mobile unit and a land wire telephone located
outside the mobile service area associated with such base station, or between
two mobile units served through different base stations having different rate
centers.
(M)
(N)
(N)
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.3
18.3.2
(N)
Service Through Mobile Telephone Service Base Stations (Cont'd)
a.
b.
General (Cont'd)
3.
Long distance message mobile telephone service also includes service through a
mobile telephone service base station between a land wire telephone or mobile
unit, and another station which is authorized by the Federal Communications
Commission to communicate with the mobile telephone service base station, or
between two such other stations.
4.
In the application of regulations and rates, stations other than mobile units which
are authorized by the Federal Communications Commission to communicate with
a mobile telephone service base station are considered as mobile units.
5.
The party on the mobile unit placing or receiving a long distance call shall inform
the mobile service operator, upon request, as to the State in which the mobile
unit is located at the time of placing or receiving the call.
6.
Mobile telephone service is available to mobile units equipped for this service
when within range of a base station through which such service is furnished and
subject to transmission, atmospheric and like limitations.
Rates
1.
The rates between the applicable land wire telephone rate center and the rate
center of the serving base station, or between the rate centers of two base
stations are the schedules of rates as set forth in Section 18.3.1.h. preceding in
addition to applicable charges for General Mobile Service calls specified in
Section 17 of this Tariff. The rate center for the base station will be the same as
the rate center for a wire telephone located in the same exchange as the base
station unless otherwise noted.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 12
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.4
CONFERENCE SERVICE
18.4.1
18.4.2
(N)
General
a.
Long distance message telecommunications conference service is that of furnishing
connections between three or more land telephone numbers within the same LATA on one
connection at the same time.
b.
Service is furnished where and to the extent that facilities permit.
c.
All stations on a conference connection may be so interconnected that each may
communicate with all the others, or arrangements may be made whereby one station will
be the transmitting station and all others receiving stations.
d.
One class of service only is offered whether the call is to specified persons or specified
stations.
e.
The Company, upon request, will attempt to arrange for the establishment of a conference
call at a specified time.
Rate and Charge Application
a.
The initial period is one minute or any fraction thereof and the additional period is one
minute or any fraction thereof.
b.
Rate airline distances are determined as provided in Section 18.5
c.
Timing of Messages
1.
Timing of messages as specified in Section 18.3.1.c. preceding will apply for
conference service except:
a.
Chargeable time begins when connection is established between all the
persons or specified stations on the conference.
b.
Chargeable time ends on a given two-point connection of a conference
call when the connection is terminated by the originating station or the
called party.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 13
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.4
CONFERENCE SERVICE (Cont'd)
18.4.2
(N)
Rate and Charge Application (Cont'd)
d.
Charges for conference calls may, upon request, be reversed provided the total charge will
be billed against one called station and the charge is accepted at the designated station.
e.
Rates Applicable on Certain Holidays
On Christmas Day (December 25) and on New Year's Day (January 1), Independence
Day (July 4), Thanksgiving Day and Labor Day the rate applicable is the Evening rate
unless a lower rate would normally apply.
18.4.3
Rates and Charges
a.
18.5
The total charge for the conference connection is the sum of:
1.
The two-point initial minute and additional minute charges determined in
accordance with 18.3.1.h.1. preceding for a call between the originating station
and each called station on the conference.
2.
The Person Additional Charge as determined in 18.3.1.h.2 for each called
station.
AIRLINE MILEAGE BETWEEN RATE CENTERS
18.5.1
General
a.
For the purpose of determining airline mileages vertical, and horizontal grid lines have
been established across the State of Florida. The spacing between adjacent vertical grid
lines and between horizontal grid lines represents a distance of one coordinate unit. This
unit is the square root of 0.1, expressed in airline miles. A vertical (V) and horizontal (H)
coordinate is computed for each rate center from its latitude and longitude location by use
of appropriate map-projection equations. These rate centers and their V and H
coordinates are shown in Section 18.5.3. A pair of V-H coordinates locates a rate center,
for determining airline mileages, at a particular intersection of an established
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 14
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
AIRLINE MILEAGE BETWEEN RATE CENTERS (Cont'd)
18.5.1
18.5.2
(N)
General (Cont'd)
a.
(Cont'd)
vertical grid line with an established horizontal grid line. The distance between any two
rate centers is the airline mileage computed as explained in Section 18.5.2. following.
b.
The rate centers in this Tariff are listed alphabetically in Section 18.5.3. following, with
columns headed "V" and "H" which contain the vertical and horizontal coordinates for each
of these rate centers.
Determination of Airline Mileages
a.
To determine the rate distance between any two rate centers proceed as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Obtain the V and H coordinates for each rate center.
Obtain the difference between the V coordinates of the two rate centers. Obtain
the difference between the H coordinates.
Square each difference obtained in 2. preceding.
Add the squares of the "V" difference and "H" difference obtained in 3. preceding.
Divide the sum of the squares obtained in 4. preceding by 10.
Obtain the square root of the result obtained in 5. preceding. This is the rate
distance in miles. (Fractional miles being considered as full miles.)
EXAMPLE
The rate distance is required between City One and City Two
V
H
City One
7021
1281
City Two
6873
1894
Difference
148
613
Squared
21,904 + 375,769 = 397,673
397,673 - 10 = 39767.3 Square Rooted = 199.4 = 200 Airline
Miles
Note: The difference is always obtained by subtracting the smaller coordinate
from the larger coordinate.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
(N)
List of Rate Centers
Rate Center
Alachua
Alford
Alligator Point
Altha
Apalachicola
Apopka
Arcadia
Archer
Astor
Avon
Baker
Baldwin
Bartow
Belle Glade
Belleview
Beverly Hills
Big Pine
Blountstown
Boca Grande
Boca Raton
Bonifay
Bonita Springs
Boulogne
Bowling Green
Boynton Beach
Bradenton
Branford
Bristol
Bronson
Brooker
Brooksville
Bunnell
Bushnell
Callahan Jacksonville
Cantonment
Cape Coral
LATA
Jacksonville
Panama City
Panama City
Panama City
Panama City
Orlando
United
Gainesville
Gainesville
United
Pensacola
Jacksonville
General
Southeast
Gainesville
Gainesville
Southeast
Panama City
United
Southeast
Panama City
United
Savannah, GA
General
Southeast
General
Jacksonville
Panama City
Gainesville
Gainesville
Gainesville
Daytona Beach
Gainesville
7622
Pensacola
United
V
7829
7930
7985
7929
8080
7940
8251
7882
7856
8145
8027
7684
8122
8231
7924
7988
8678
7948
8381
8233
7939
8410
7587
8169
8197
8270
7838
7943
7907
7795
8051
7771
8003
1329
8120
8383
H
1352
1925
1675
1869
1757
1068
0967
1327
1127
0948
2150
1323
1036
0709
1202
1252
0604
1842
0983
0574
1983
0858
1388
1005
0588
1116
1442
1831
1338
1337
1200
1114
1166
2237
0908
(N)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
List of Rate Centers (Cont'd)
Rate Center
Cape Haze
Carrabelle
Cedar Keys
Century
Chattahoochee
Cherry Lake
Chiefland
Chipley
Citra
Clearwater
Clermont
Clewiston
Cocoa
Cocoa Beach
Coral Springs
Cottondale
Crawfordville
Crescent City
Crestview
Cross City
Crystal River
Dade City
Davisville
Daytona Beach
DeBary
Deerfield Beach
De Funiak Springs
De Land
De Leon Springs
Delray Beach
Destin
Dowling Park
Dunnellon
East Orange
East Point
Eau Gallie
LATA
United
Panama City
Gainesville
Mobile, AL
Panama City
Tallahassee
Gainesville
Panama City
Gainesville
General
Gainesville
United
Orlando
Orlando
Southeast
Panama City
Tallahassee
Jacksonville
Pensacola
Gainesville
Gainesville
Gainesville
Mobile, AL
Daytona Beach
Orlando
Southeast
Pensacola
Daytona Beach
Daytona Beach
Southeast
Pensacola
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Orlando
Panama City
Orlando
V
8362
8025
8006
8046
7881
7771
7922
7927
7863
8203
7990
8243
7925
7919
8267
7910
7936
7800
8025
7920
8006
8068
8083
7791
7884
8242
7992
7854
7845
8210
8085
7814
7966
7919
8068
7956
H
1001
1717
1370
2263
1834
1590
1378
1958
1250
1206
1098
0757
0903
0880
0591
1935
1703
1152
2128
1439
1271
1148
2295
1052
1056
0573
2047
1072
1092
0582
2080
1524
1266
0970
1741
0861
(T)
Section 18
Original Page 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
(N)
Rate Center
Eglin Air Force
Base
Englewood
Eustis
Everglades
Fernandina Beach
Flagler Beach
Florahome
Florida Sheriffs
Boys Ranch
Forest
Fort George
Fort Lauderdale
Fort Meade
Fort Myers
Fort Myers Beach
Fort Pierce
Fort Walton Beach
Fort White
FPL Substation
Freeport
Frostproof
Gainesville
Geneva
Glendale
Graceville
Grand Ridge
Green Cove Spgs
Greensboro
Greenville
Greenwood
Gretna
Groveland
Gulf Breeze
Haines City
LATA
V
H
Pensacola
General
Gainesville
United
Jacksonville
Daytona Beach
Jacksonville
8073
8350
7925
8458
7565
7754
7782
2086
1023
1116
0739
1280
1094
1246
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Southeast
United
United
United
Southeast
Pensacola
Jacksonville
Southeast
Pensacola
General
Gainesville
Orlando
Pensacola
Panama City
Panama City
Jacksonville
Panama City
Tallahassee
Panama City
Panama City
Gainesville
Pensacola
General
7760
7885
7609
8282
8144
8359
8405
8054
8097
7826
8370
8035
8120
7838
7891
7965
7892
7892
7713
7896
7810
7877
7879
7999
8153
8059
1506
1187
1251
0557
1014
0904
0899
0737
2097
1400
0572
2028
9070
1310
1009
2063
1973
1866
1242
1806
1611
1907
1796
1113
2183
1024
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 18
February 29, 2008
Vice President
18.5
18.5.3
Rate Center
Hastings
Havana
Hawthorne
High Springs
Hilliard
Hobe Sound
Holley-Navarre
Hollywood
Homestead
Homosassa Springs
Hosford
Howey-in-the-Hills
Hudson
Immokalee
Indian Lake
Indiantown
Interlachen
Inverness
Islamorada
Jacksonville
Jacksonville Beach
Jasper
Jay
Jennings
Jensen Beach
LATA
Jacksonville
Panama City
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Southeast
Pensacola
Southeast
Southeast
Gainesville
Panama City
Gainesville
General
United
General
Southeast
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Southeast
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Pensacola
Jacksonville
Southeast
V
7747
7856
7827
7831
7605
8105
8113
8303
8439
8025
7935
7963
8117
8357
8087
8148
7801
7995
8560
7649
7630
7736
8038
7736
8080
H
1183
1756
1263
1373
1357
0661
2151
0546
0543
1259
1795
1116
1230
0805
0944
0713
1234
1223
0510
1276
1227
1504
2243
1539
0697
Jupiter
Keaton Beach
Kenansville
Key Largo
Keystone Heights
Key West
Kingsley Lake
Kissimmee
La Belle
Southeast
Jacksonville
Orlando
Southeast
Gainesville
Southeast
Jacksonville
Orlando
United
8124
7927
8040
8484
7786
8745
7746
8002
8294
0642
1537
0894
0491
1276
0668
1293
1009
0848
(D)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
Rate Center
Lake Buena Vista
Lady Lake
Lake Butler
Lake City
Lakeland
Lake Placid
Lake Wales
Laurelhill
Lawtey
Lee
Leesburg
Lehigh Acres
Live Oak
Lynn Haven
Luraville
Macclenny
Madison
Malone
Marathone
Marco Island
Marianna
Maxville
Mayo
McIntosh
Melbourne
Melrose
Miami
Micanopy
Middleburg
Milton
Molino
Monticello
Montverde
Moore Haven
Mount Dora
LATA
Orlando
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
General
United
General
Pensacola
Jacksonville
Tallahassee
Gainesville
United
Jacksonville
Panama City
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Tallahassee
Panama City
Southeast
United
Panama City
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Orlando
Gainesville
Southeast
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Pensacola
Pensacola
Tallahassee
Orlando
United
Gainesville
V
7995
7937
7773
7768
8107
8187
8094
7976
7741
7789
7954
8344
7782
8039
7815
7701
7790
7859
8644
8476
7901
7706
7846
7874
7963
7800
8351
7862
7717
8091
8097
7819
7972
8246
7929
H
1052
1164
1352
1419
1071
0891
0996
2131
1314
1552
1143
0864
1489
1922
1499
1345
1575
1916
0562
0806
1907
1318
1492
1265
0854
1272
0527
1287
1280
2190
2248
1658
1087
0796
1102
(T)
Section 18
Original Page 20
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
(N)
Rate Center
Mulberry
Munson
Myakka
Naples
Newberry
New Port Richey
New Smyrna Beach
North Cape Coral
North Dade
North Fort Myers
North Key Largo
North Naples
North Port
Oak Hill
Ocala
Okeechobee
Oklawaha
Old Town
Orange City
Orange Park
Orange Springs
Orlando
Oviedo
Pace
Pahokee
Palatka
Palm Coast
Palmetto
Panacea
Panama City
Panama City Beach
Paxton
Penney Farms
Pensacola
Perrine
Perry
LATA
General
Pensacola
General
United
Gainesville
General
Daytona Beach
United
Southeast
United
Southeast
United
General
Daytona Beach
Gainesville
United
Gainesville
Gainesville
Daytona Beach
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Orlando
Orlando
Pensacola
Southeast
Jacksonville
Daytona Beach
General
Tallahassee
Panama City
Panama City
Pensacola
Jacksonville
Pensacola
Southeast
Jacksonville
V
8133
8034
8256
8447
7867
8142
7819
8369
8320
8357
8446
8425
8321
7844
7909
8142
7915
7912
7869
7682
7829
7954
7913
8106
8205
7774
7744
8266
7964
8057
8067
7959
7728
8147
8400
7872
H
1059
2187
1033
0840
1356
1220
1011
0918
0538
0911
0492
0855
1013
0979
1227
0796
1178
1411
1063
1264
1232
1031
1016
2207
0723
1197
1118
1119
1690
1914
1939
2108
1261
2200
0535
1565
(N)
Section 18
BY:
Vice President
18.5
18.5.3
Rate Center
Pierson
Pine Island
Plant City
Polk City
Pomona Park
Pompano Beach
Ponce de Leon
Ponte Vedra Beach
Port Charlotte
Port St. Joe
Port S. Lucie
Punta Gorda
Quincy
Raiford
Reedy Creek
Reynolds Hill
LATA
Daytona Beach
United
General
General
Jacksonville
Southeast
Pensacola
Jacksonville
United
Panama City
Southeast
United
Panama City
Jacksonville
Orlando
Panama City
V
7834
8389
8127
8067
7798
8258
7976
7638
8324
8091
8082
8324
7878
7753
8014
7935
H
1123
0944
1099
1067
1173
0566
2017
1219
0983
1818
0709
0968
1780
1340
1049
2033
St. Cloud
St. Marks
St. Petersburg
Salt Springs
San Antonio
Sanderson
Sanford
Sanibel-Captiva
Islands
Santa Rosa Beach
Sarasota
Seagrove Beach
Sebastian
Sebring
Shalimar
Silver Springs
Shores
Sneads
Orlando
Tallahassee
General
Gainesville
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Orlando
7999
7923
8224
7836
8080
7721
7892
0984
1672
1159
1181
1160
1366
1042
United
Panama City
General
Panama City
Southeast
United
Pensacola
8412
8067
8295
8069
7998
8155
8087
0912
2034
1094
2007
0801
0927
2098
Gainesville
Panama City
7913
7886
1196
1850
(D)
Section 18
Original Page 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
(N)
Rate Center
Sopchoppy
Spring Lake
Starke
Stuart
Sugarloaf Key
Sunny Hills
Tallahassee
Tampa Central1
Tampa East Area1
Tampa North Area1
Tampa South Area1
Tampa West Area1
Tarpon Springs
Tavares
The Beaches
Titusville
Trenton
Trillacoochee
Tyndall Air Force
Base
Umatilla
United
Valparaiso
Venice
Vernon
Vero Beach
Wakulla Spring
Waldo
LATA
Tallahassee
United
Jacksonville
Southeast
Southeast
Panama City
Tallahassee
General
General
General
General
General
General
Gainesville
Panama City
Orlando
Gainesville
Gainesville
V
7968
8159
7764
8092
8705
7976
7877
8173
8151
8108
8205
8156
8165
7939
8074
7883
7894
8049
H
1712
0905
1306
0695
0639
1942
1716
1147
1117
1176
1101
1188
1217
1119
1851
0946
1387
1157
Panama City
Gainesville
Southeast
Pensacola
General
Panama City
Southeast
Tallahassee
Gainesville
8068
7910
8154
8066
8331
7975
8024
7918
7798
1892
1123
0677
2088
1053
1971
0770
1690
1299
Note 1: Rate centers to be used to determine mileage to non-Tampa rate centers within 40 miles of airline distance.
Mileage measurement to rate enters that are 41 airline miles or more from a Tampa area will be computed
using the Central Tampa V and H designation.
(N)
Section 18
Original Page 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
18.5
18.5.3
Rate Center
Walnut Hill
Wauchula
Weekiwachee Springs
Welaka
Wellborn
West Kissimmee
West Palm Beach
Westville
Wewahitchka
White Springs
Wildwood
Williston
Windermere
Winter Garden
Winter Haven
Winter Park
Yankeetown
Youngstown-Fountain
Yulee
Zephyrhills
Zolfo Springs
18.6
(N)
LATA
Mobile, AL
United
Gainesville
Jacksonville
Jacksonville
Orlando
Southeast
Panama City
Panama City
Jacksonville
Gainesville
Gainesville
Orlando
Orlando
General
Orlando
Gainesville
Panama City
Jacksonville
General
United
V
8083
8183
8075
7807
7778
8002
8166
8955
8023
7753
7958
7900
7978
7970
8084
7941
7994
7998
7585
8092
8191
H
2294
0995
1231
1183
1453
1029
0607
2010
1834
1455
1176
1302
1053
1069
1034
1034
1307
1900
1300
1132
0987
18.6.1
General
The Company furnishes directory assistance for the purpose of aiding subscribers in obtaining
telephone numbers.
When ALLTEL customers in Florida request assistance in obtaining telephone numbers of
subscribers who are located outside their local calling area but with the same Number Plan Area,
the charges set forth following apply.
(N)
Section 18
BY:
Vice President
18.6
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE (Cont'd)
18.6.2
Rates
a.
A charge is applicable for each call to directory assistance except as noted following.
(Maximum of two requested telephone numbers per call)
1.
Directory Assistance Service
(a)
b.
18.7
Each
Rate
$0.67
Charges for Directory Assistance Service are not applicable to calls received from services
furnished for the primary use by handicapped persons, who are unable to use the
telephone directory.
INTRALATA LONG DISTANCE VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE
18.7.1
General
Verification and Emergency Interrupt Service is furnished where and to the extent that facilities
permit. The customer shall indemnify and save the Company harmless against all claims that may
arise from either party to the interrupted call or any person.
a.
Verification
1.
The Company furnishes Verification Service for the purpose of aiding subscribers
with legitimate call completion problems. Upon request the operator will verify
and provide the line status condition of a subscriber line within the intraLATA
calling area but outside the local calling area.
2.
A subscriber originated request for verification of an intraLATA long distance number
other than an emergency agency number is a chargeable verification request if a
Company operator determines that the line is in use. No charge applies if the line is
out of order.
(I)
Section 18
BY:
18.7
INTRALATA LONG DISTANCE VERIFICATION AND EMERGENCY INTERRUPT SERVICE (Cont'd)
18.7.1
General (Cont'd)
b.
18.7.2
Emergency Interrupt Service
1.
The Company furnishes Emergency Interrupt Service when a subscriber who has
originated a verification request to a line which has been found in a busy talking
state informs the operator that an urgent or emergency situation exists and
requests that the operator have the busy line cleared.
2.
A subscriber originated request for Emergency Interrupt to an intraLATA long
distance number other than an emergency agency number is a chargeable
Emergency Interrupt request.
a.
No charge will apply if the requesting customer identifies that the call is to or from an
official public emergency agency. An official public emergency agency is defined as a
government agency which is operated by the Federal, state or local government, and has
the capability and legal authority to provide prompt and direct aid to the public in
emergency situations.
Such agencies include the local police, state police, fire
department, licensed hospitals, etc.
b.
Charges may not be billed on a collect basis or on a third number basis to the number
being verified or interrupted.
c.
If the number verified is not in use, or as a result of interrupt the line is cleared, and, at the
calling party's request, the operator completes the call, the charges as specified in
18.3.1.h. of this tariff apply in addition to the applicable verification and emergency
interrupt charges.
d.
ALLTEL Florida, Inc. concurs in the rates, charges and regulations governing intraLATA
long distance verification and emergency interrupt service as filed by BellSouth
Telecommunications, Inc. in its General Subscriber Services Tariff and amendments
authorized by the Florida Public Service Commission or applicable law.
(C)
(C)
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
RESERVED FOR FUTURE FILINGS
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
Section 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
(T)
(D)
(D)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
WIDE AREA TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
19.1
GENERAL
1
19.2
USE OF SERVICE
3
19.3
LIMITATION OF SERVICE
4
19.4
RATES
6
19.4.1
19.4.2
19.4.3
19.4.4
19.4.5
19.4.6
19.4.7
19.4.8
19.4.9
19.4.10
19.4.11
19.4.12
19.4.13
Recurring Rate Structure
Rate Tables
Method of Determining Usage Charges
Fractional Periods
Installation Charges
Four-Wire Terminating Agreement
Access Line Terminations
Access Line Extensions
Minimum Average Time Requirement
Minimum Service Period
Timing Calls
Directory Listing (800 Service Only)
6
7
11
13
13
19
20
20
21
21
21
23
24
(D)
(N)
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
19.1
GENERAL
a.
Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS) is the furnishing of facilities by the Company and
the concurring Local Exchange Carriers and, when applicable, an interLATA carrier for dial type
telecommunications between a station associated with a WATS access line and stations using the
public switched network within the State of Florida in accordance with the regulations and schedule
of charges specified in this Tariff and, when applicable, the tariff of the interLATA carrier. The
WATS charges set forth in this Tariff are in payment for the service furnished between the calling
and called stations within Florida. The intraLATA and interLATA portions of 800 Service are only
offered in combination with each other and may not be subscribed to separately, or may be offered
in combination with an interLATA WATS.
1.
The rates and charges specified herein for WATS provide for a WATS access line. The
WATS access line consists of all Central Office line equipment and all outside plant
facilities up to and including the Company-provided standard network interface as defined
in Section 1 of this Tariff.
2.
WATS access line extensions associated with an intraLATA WATS access line must be
located within the same LATA as the WATS access line.1
WATS access line extensions associated with an intraEAEA WATS access line must be
located within the same EAEA2 as the WATS access line.
3.
b.
Jack charges for Company-provided jacks, other than the standard network interface,
used in association with WATS are specified in Section 14 of this Tariff.
Dial type telecommunications, as specified in a. preceding is a call dialed and completed from or to
a WATS access line without the assistance of a Company operator3, except that a Company
operator will:
1.
Reestablish a call which has been interrupted after the called number has been reached,
or
Note 1: Refer to the interLATA carrier's tariff for rates and charges applicable to WATS access line extensions
terminated in a LATA other than the WATS access line.
Note 2: Refer to Section 10.3.2. of the Florida Access Service Tariff for the definition of EAEA.
Note 3: Due to the technical limitations of certain interLATA carriers' services, operator assistance as specified in
19.1.b. preceding cannot be provided with the Combined Outward WATS offered in conjunction interLATA
carriers having these technical limitations.
(M)
Material previously found on Page 2 of this section.
(M)
(M)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
19.1
GENERAL (Continued)
c.
Each WATS access line will be arranged at the customer's option for either Outward WATS or 800
Service but not for both, subject to the provisions and regulations outlined herein and in Section 2
of this Tariff.
d.
WATS arranged for Statewide4 or combined outward service provides for the origination of calls
from a station associated with WATS for telecommunications with stations within this State by way
of the WATS access line and the public switched network. WATS arranged for intraLATA only
outward service provides for the origination of calls from a station associated with WATS for
telecommunications with stations within the same LATA and this same State by way of the WATS
access line and the public switched network. WATS arranged for telecommunications with stations
within the same EAEA and this same state by way of the WATS access line and the public switched
network. WATS arranged for interLATA only outward service provides for the origination of calls
from a station associated with WATS for telecommunications with stations in a different LATA and
the same state by way of the WATS access line and the public switched network.4
e.
WATS arranged for 800 Service provides for the termination of calls from stations within this State,
for telecommunications with a station associated with an 800 Service access line located within the
State.
(M)
(M)
Note 4: Refer to the interLATA carrier's tariff for rates applicable to Statewide usage.
(M)
Material previously on this page moved to Page 1 of this section.
(T)
Section 19
Original Page 3
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.1
GENERAL (Cont'd)
f.
19.2
(N)
Service Group
1.
The term "Service Group" as used in connection with Outward WATS denotes one or
more Outward WATS access lines for the same service area terminated in the same
multiline terminating system at the same premises.
2.
The term "Service Group" as used in connection with 800 Service denotes the access
lines arranged in Central Office equipment furnished by the Company as part of a given
hunting arrangement.
g.
WATS is furnished only if the necessary facilities are available in the offices technically capable of
providing the service.
h.
Combined Outward WATS is furnished only in offices where the interLATA carrier has purchased
appropriate Feature Group C or D access facilities.
i.
Directory Assistance Service for customers of ALLTEL requesting telephone number of subscribers
who are located outside their local calling area but within the same Number Plan Area is furnished
under the provisions of Section 18.7 of this Tariff. Such calls will be included in the determination of
WATS usage charges.
USE OF THE SERVICE
a.
WATS is provided for use by the subscriber and may be used by others, when so authorized by the
subscriber, providing that all such usage shall be subject to the provisions of this Tariff.
b.
Orders, including those which involve the start, rearrangements, release or discontinuance of
service, will be accepted by the company only from the subscriber.
c.
Resale or shared use of WATS is permitted. Exchange access to such resold or shared services
will be provided via business exchange service at rates and charges for Flat Rate PBX trunks as
specified in Section 3.4.2.c. preceding. Entities reselling intrastate WATS are required to obtain a
certificate of public convenience and necessity from the Florida Public Service Commission.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 4
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.2
USE OF THE SERVICE (Cont'd)
d.
19.3
(N)
The service is furnished subject to the condition that all applicable regulations stipulated in Section
2 of this Tariff will be adhered to and that there will be no abuse or fraudulent use of the service.
Abuse or fraudulent use of service includes:
1.
The placing or acceptance of a WATS call by a WATS subscriber, his agent, employee or
representative, in response to an uncompleted long distance call, which was not
completed in order to transmit or receive intelligence without payment of the applicable
long distance charge.
2.
The obtaining, or attempting to obtain, or assisting another to obtain, Wide Area
Telecommunications Service by arranging, tampering with, or making connection with any
facilities of the Company, or by any trick, scheme, false representation, or false credit
device, or by or through any other fraudulent means or device whatsoever, with intent to
avoid the payment, in whole or in part, of the regular charge for such service.
e.
WATS is available for use with data transmitting and receiving equipment (including telewriter
equipment) and teletypewriter equipment for the transmission and reception of data signals subject
to the regulations as specified in 16.1.1.d. preceding.
f.
800 Service facilities are available for use with Public Announcement Services and are subject to
the provisions and regulations outlined herein and in Sections 2 and 13 of this Tariff.
LIMITATION OF SERVICE
a.
Wide Area Telecommunications Service does not include person-to-person, collect, conference, or
other calls requiring operator handling except as provided in 19.1.b. preceding.
b.
WATS is not represented as adapted for connection to other services of the Company. This
service contemplates the provision of satisfactory transmission only between the access line and
the called or calling stations.
Extensions from WATS access lines are restricted to the use of the subscriber, his representatives
and associates and are furnished only
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 5
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.3
LIMITATION OF SERVICE (Cont'd)
b.
(N)
(Cont'd)
on the same or different premises of the same subscriber except that extensions from 800 Service
may be located on other than the subscriber's premises for the purposes of answering calls when
the subscriber is not available at the main station and except that WATS access line extensions
may be shared, provided those extensions lines are located on the customer's premises.
Connection of WATS to other services is permitted on a switched basis only. No permanent
connection between WATS and other service may be established. However, satisfactory
transmission cannot be assured when the WATS access line is connected to other Company
services or to customer-provided equipment or services.
WATS may be terminated at a premises where telecommunications management functions are
performed on behalf of the customer only if the customer has a requirement to communicate over
the WATS line to or from premises of that customer located in the State of Florida. In such cases
the premises where telecommunications management functions are performed will be considered a
customers premises. WATS access lines and extensions will be terminated only at premises
located within the State of Florida.
c.
800 Service is furnished upon condition that the customer accept and make use of the terminations
or connections provided in accordance with 19.1.e. preceding, and that the customer obtain a
sufficient number of access liens to prevent the percent of calls completed to calls attempted
(including busy and unanswered calls) from falling below 50% for two consecutive months.
Customers falling below the 50% level of completions will be required to subscribe to additional
access lines to handle the incoming calls with at least a 50% completion level. Should the
customer refuse to subscribe to these lines, the Company, without incurring any liability, may
terminate the 800 Service, provided at that, in case of termination of service, at least five days have
elapsed following written notification to the subscriber by mail or in person of the Company's
intention to terminate the service for such cause.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 6
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.3
LIMITATION OF SERVICE (Cont'd)
d.
19.4
(N)
Any arrangement permitting customer control of the number of calls completed to an 800 Service
access line is not permitted.
RATES
19.4.1
Recurring Rate Structure
a.
The separate recurring usage rate structures of the Local Exchange Carrier and the
interLATA carrier providing Combined IntraLATA/InterLATA Outward WATS or 800
Service are based on separate identification of intraLATA and interLATA usage as
directed by the Commission.
b.
For 800 Service, Combined Outward WATS, and IntraLATA Outward WATS, the
intraLATA usage is applied to the Schedule of Monthly Usage Charges in 19.5.4.c.
following, and the interLATA usage is applied to the approved tariff rates of the interLATA
carrier. For IntraEAEA Outward WATS, the IntraEAEA usage is applied to the Schedule
of Monthly Usage Charges in 19.5.4.c. following.
c.
The Schedule of Monthly Usage Charges in 19.5.4.c. requires a separate monthly charge
for each access line in a service group independent of usage on that line or service group.
d.
Monthly usage charges for a service group are computed on an average usage per line
basis according to the tapered schedule. Hourly rates for each additional hour of use
decrease at defined levels of use called taper points.
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.2
Rate Tables
a.
Access Line Charges1,2
1.
a.
Outward
c.
d.
e.
For Combined IntraLATA/InterLATA Service
with the assistance of a Company
operator3 each
For Combined IntraLATA/InterLATA Service
without the assistance of a Company
operator,3 each
For IntraLATA Service only, each
For IntraEAEA Service only, each4
For Statewide Carrier Service, each
2.
800 Service
a.
For Statewide Service (in conjunction with
an interLATA carrier), each
b.
Monthly
Rate
(N)
$37.45
(N)
37.45
37.45
37.45
37.45
(N)
(N)
37.45
(N)
Note 1: For Access Line Charges applicable to InterLATA Service, refer to Florida Access Tariff Section E6.8.3.
Note 2: The Dedicated Access Line Monthly Rates will be reduced by the amount of the gross receipts tax for
certified vendors of telecommunications services.
Note 3: See 19.1.b. preceding.
Note 4: The technical capability to provide this service is not available at this time. This service is included in this
Tariff per the Florida Public Service Commission Order No. 14621.
Section 19
Original Page 8
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.2
(N)
b.
Rate Periods
Rates applicable are based on the time of day, day of week as follows:
1.
Business Day Period
8AM to 5PM Monday through Friday, The Business Day Period for holidays (New
Year's Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Labor Day, Christmas Day) is
charged at Evening Period Rates.
2.
Evening Period
5PM to 11PM Sunday through Friday.
3.
Night/Weekend Period
11PM to 8AM all days
8AM to 11PM Saturday
8AM to 5PM Sunday
c.
Monthly Usage Charges
The hourly rates apply to the average usage of each access line for each rate period
within a service group rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour (See "Service Group"
definition in 19.1.f. preceding)
1.
Outward WATS - IntraLATA
portion, per hour of use
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
0-10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
Day
$ 9.28
8.43
7.60
7.00
7.00
Evening
$ 6.40
5.82
5.24
4.82
4.82
N/Wknd
$ 3.71
3.71
3.71
3.71
3.71
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.2
c.
Monthly Usage Charges (Cont'd)
2.
Outward WATS - Intra EAEA
portion, per hour of use.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
d.
0 -10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
3.
800 Service - Statewide
Service (IntraLATA portion),
per hour of use.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
0 - 10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
Day
$ 9.28
8.43
7.60
7.00
7.00
14.11
12.40
10.58
9.60
8.94
Evening
$ 6.40
5.82
5.24
4.82
4.82
9.99
8.71
7.40
6.84
6.33
N/Wknd
$ 3.71
3.71
3.71
3.71
3.71
5.78
5.78
5.78
5.78
5.78
Monthly Usage Charges for Independent Companies concurring in this Tariff.
1.
Outward WATS IntraLATA portion, per hour of use.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
0 - 10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
(N)
(N)
16.50
15.00
13.50
12.00
10.50
11.38
10.35
9.31
8.28
7.24
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
Note 1: Monthly Usage Charges will be reduced by the amount of the gross receipts tax for certified vendors of
telecommunications services.
Note 2: For Combined Outward WATS, the interLATA usage charge as contained in the interLATA carrier's tariff will
apply to the interLATA usage.
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.2
d.
Monthly Usage Charges for Independent Companies concurring in this Tariff. (Cont'd)
2.
Outward WATS - IntraEAEA
portion, per hour of use.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
3.
0 - 10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
Day
$16.50
15.00
13.50
12.00
10.50
Evening
$11.38
10.35
9.31
8.28
7.24
N/Wknd
$ 6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
800 Service - Statewide
Service (IntraLATA portion),
per hour of use.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
0 - 10 hours
10.1 - 25 hours
25.1 - 50 hours
50.1 - 80 hours
Over 80 hours
(N)
(N)
16.60
14.60
12.45
11.50
10.50
11.75
10.25
8.71
8.05
7.45
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
Note 2: For Combined Outward WATS, the interLATA usage charge as contained in the interLATA carrier's tariff will
apply to the interLATA usage.
(D)
(D)
Section 19
Original Page 11
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.3
(N)
Method of Determining Usage Charges
a.
For Combined IntraLATA/InterLATA Outward WATS or IntraLATA Outward WATS, apply
the following to the intraLATA calls and usage. For IntraEAEA WATS, apply the following
to the intraEAEA calls and usage. For statewide 800 Service provided in conjunction with
an interLATA carrier, carrier apply the following to only the intraLATA 800 calls and usage.
1.
Determine the total number of completed calls for the service group for each rate
period.
2.
Determine the equivalent hours used for each rate period by applying the
minimum average time requirement 30 seconds (1 call x 30 seconds).
3.
Determine the total actual hours used for each rate period for each service group,
rounded to the nearest tenth (one decimal place).
4.
Determine the total chargeable hours for each rate period for each service group.
This is the greater of 19.5.5.a.2. or 19.5.5.a.3. preceding, rounded to the nearest
tenth (one decimal place).
Note 3: To the preceding usage charge must be added the appropriate monthly 800 Service access line charge as
specified in 19.5.5.4.a. preceding to arrive at the total charge.
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
19.4
RATES (Continued)
19.4.3
Method of Determining Usage Charges (Continued)
a.
(Continued)
5.
Determine the number of access lines, within each service group, in service
during the month. Access lines in service for a fraction of a month are based on
the number of days in service divided by 30 days. The result is rounded to the
nearest hundredth (two decimal places). The same number of access lines is
used for each rate period.
6.
Determine the average usage for each rate period for each access line in each
service group by dividing the chargeable hours in 19.5.5.a.4. preceding by the
number of access lines in 19.5.5.a.5. preceding.
7.
Determine the usage charge per rate period for each access line by multiplying
the hourly rate in the appropriate taper(s) by the number of hours used in each
taper and totaling these charges.
(T)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
19.4
RATES (Continued)
19.4.3
Method of Determining Usage Charges (Continued)
a.
(Continued)
7.
19.4.4
19.4.5
(T)
(Continued)
Outward WATS
Effective Date
Cap
800 Service
Effective Date
Cap
October 1, 1985
April 1, 1986
October 1, 1986
April 1, 1987
October 1, 1986
April 1, 1987
October 1, 1987
$ 750
$1000
$1250
None
$ 900
$1250
None
8.
Determine the total usage charge for each rate period for each service group by
multiplying the usage charge per rate period in 19.5.5.a.7. preceding by the
number of access lines in 19.5.5.a.5. preceding.
9.
Determine the total usage charge in a service group for all rate periods by adding
the results from each rate period in 19.5.5.a.8. preceding.
Fractional Periods
a.
The charges for a fractional part of a month will be a proportionate part of the monthly
recurring charge based on the actual number of days the service is provided plus the
usage charges applicable for that month.
b.
For the purpose of administering this regulation with respect to the determination of
charges for a fractional part of a month, every month is considered to have 30 days.
a.
Definitions
Service Ordering Charge - The term Service Ordering Charge means the charge that
applies for work performed by the Company in connection with the receiving, recording
and processing of customer requests for service.
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5
Installation Charges (Cont'd)
a.
Definitions (Cont'd)
Central Office Work Charge and New Line Construction Charge - Covers work associated
with establishing or changing each WATS access line or access line extension connection.
Premises Visit Charge - The term Premises Visit Charge means the charge that applies
for a visit to the customer's premises to perform work, other than disconnect work,
requested by the customer.
Premises Work Charges - Simple Service.
Simple Premises Work Charges are nonrecurring charges based on the labor time and
miscellaneous materials required to complete the installation of customer requested
rearrangements on the customer's premises. Premises work is that work performed by a
Company representative on a customer premises which includes, but is not limited to ,
customer requests for rearrangements of a drop wire, protector, and/or Network Interface.
Premises work does not include the work required to establish network access...
b.
For installation of WATS access lines, extensions or four-wire terminating arrangements
1.
Access Lines and Extension Lines
a.
b.
Nonrecurring
Charge
Service Ordering - Primary, each order
-WATS Service
$35.00
-800 Service
35.00
Service Ordering - Secondary, each order
-WATS Service
12.50
-800 Service
12.50
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5
b.
(Cont'd)
1.
(M)
Access Lines and Extension Lines (Cont'd)
c.
d.
e.
2.
Central Office Work Charge,1 each
-WATS Service
-800 Service
New Line Connection Charge,2 each
-WATS Service
-800 Service
Premises Visit, each visit
-WATS Service
-800 Service
Nonrecurring
Charge
19.50
19.50
(N)
(N)
31.50
31.50
(N)
(N)
19.00
19.00
(N)
(N) (M)
Four-Wire Terminating Arrangements
This charge is in addition to the access line nonrecurring charges.
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
Each Arrangement
$17.00
c.
(N)
(N)
For moving a dedicated access line or extension line
1.
Move - Network Interface
a.
b.
Service Ordering, each order3 $12.50
Premises Visit, each visit
19.00
(N)
(N)
(M)
(M)
Note 1: Central Office Work Charge is applicable for all access lines connected.
Note 2: New Line Connection Charge is applicable for all new access lines or additional access lines over and above
the number previously installed at a premises.
Note 3: In addition to the Service Ordering charge, Time and Materials work charges apply as specified in 19.5.7.g.
Premise Work Charges.
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on page 14 of this section.
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5 Installation Charges (Cont'd)
(M)
c.
For moving a dedicated access line or extension line (Cont'd)
2.
Outside Move, Different Building
Moves to a different building will be treated as a disconnect of the existing access
line or extension and installation charges as specified in 19.5.7.b. preceding will
be applicable.
d.
Conversion Charges
1.
2.
3.
e.
(N)
Separating and existing 800 service into two or more hunting arrangements which
contain the same 800 Service access lines as the original hunting arrangement.
a.
Service Ordering, each order
12.50
b.
Central Office Work Charge, each1
19.50
(N)
(N)
Combining two or more 800 service hunting arrangements into a single hunting
arrangement containing the same 800 Service access lines.
a.
12.50
b.
19.50
(N)
(N)
(M)
Each arrangement
85.75
(N)
Change Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC)
1.
For InterLATA portion of Combined Outward WATS
a.
Initial Line
11.00
b.
Additional line each, same order
as initial line
3.00
Note 1: Central Office Work Charge is applicable for access lines connected.
(M)
(N)
Conversion to a Four-Wire Termination Arrangement
a.
F.
Changing the 800 Service telephone number to a different number at the request
of the customer.
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
$12.50
b.
19.50
Material on this page was previously found on page 15 of this section.
(N)
(N)
(D)
(D)
(D)
Section 19
Original Page 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5
(N)
g.
Premises Work Charges - Associated with Simple Service
1.
Time and Materials Charging
a.
b.
Description
1.
The Premises Work Charge applies to all customers requested
arrangement work done by the Company on the customer's
premises.
2.
The Premises Work Charge is bases on the installation labor
time and miscellaneous materials required to complete the
customer's request for rearrangement.
Definitions
1.
c.
Billable Premises Work - Premises work performed by a
Company representative on a customer's premises exclusive of
work required to establish network access. Examples of
premises work include rearrangement of a drop wire, protector,
and/or Network Interface.
Regulations
1.
The Premises Work Charges apply to all customers requested
installation, move and change work done by the Company on
the customer's premises exclusive of establishing or
re-establishing network access, or as otherwise specified in
19.5.7.g.1.c.5. following.
2.
The Premises Work Charges apply in addition to all other
applicable rates and charges for services.
3.
If, for Company reasons, more than one Company technician is
involved in performing billable premises work on the same
service order, only one Premises Visit Charge will apply.
Premises Work Charges will be calculated by totaling the
billable work time performed by all technicians.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5
(N)
g.
Premises Work Charges - Associated with Simple Service (Cont'd)
1.
Time and Materials Charging (Cont'd)
c.
4.
Residence customers with PBX, Centrex/ESSX, HORIZON, or
key equipment are subject to applicable Complex charges in
lieu of Simple Service Premises Work Charges.
5.
Premises Work Charges do not apply to the following work:
To rearrange a customer's telephone service if required or
initiated by the Company
To install or rearrange telephone equipment located on a
customer's premises but used exclusively by the Company for
maintenance or training activities,
The "from" portion of work involved in a transfer of service from
one premises to another.
Disconnection and/or removal of the following items of service
or equipment, providing no other work subject to service
charges is involved: 1) Main or extension station telephones,
2) Directory listings and directory services, 3) Access line
services.
For the complete cancellation of the service order before any
billable premises work is performed.
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.5
g.
Premises Work Charges - Associated with Simple Service (Cont'd)
2.
Rates and Charges
a.
Premises Work Charges apply as follows:
1.
Premises Work Charge - Each 15-minute increment of billable
premises work, rounded to the nearest 15-minute increment
a.
19.4.6
Simple Service1
Nonrecurring Charge
Schedule 1 Schedule 2 Schedule 3
$9.00
$10.25
$11.75
Four-Wire Terminating Arrangement
a.
The Four-Wire Terminating Arrangement charge is in addition to the monthly recurring
charges.
1.
Four-Wire Terminating Arrangement Charge
a.
Each arrangement
Monthly
Rate
$10.00
Note 1: Schedule 1 is applicable to work performed Monday through Friday, between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.
Schedule 2 is applicable to work performed Monday through Friday at hours other than Schedule 1 and all
day Saturday. Schedule 3 is applicable to work performed on Sundays and holidays, including New Year's
Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and
Christmas Day.
(N)
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
19.4.7
19.4.8
Access Line Terminations
a.
The terminating point of a WATS access line is the standard network interface. The first
termination is the WATS access line and all other terminations on the same line are
WATS access line extensions.
b.
The WATS access line may terminate in one of the following:
1.
To terminal equipment, multiline terminating systems or a communication system
on the customer's premises.
2.
To switching equipment in the Company Central Office.
3.
To an Other Common Carrier (OCC) or Central Office Connection Facility
(COCF) channel in the Company Central Office.
Access Line Extensions
a.
Located in the Same Exchange as Main Termination
1.
2.
3.
First extension termination on different premises from main termination
Monthly
Rate
a.
Each
$25.00
(N)
(N)
Additional termination in same building as main or other extension termination
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
Each
$
(N)
(N)
First Extension termination in different building, same premises as main or other
extension termination
Monthly
Rate
a.
Each
$ 9.25
(N)
(N)
Section 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
19.4
RATES (Continued)
19.4.8
Access Line Extensions (Continued)
b.
(T)
Located in Different Exchange from Main Termination
1.
Interexchange channel mileage charges and channel terminal charges apply as
specified for series 2000 channels in this Company's Private Line Service Tariff
plus:
MONTHLY RATE
a.
b.
c.
d.
19.4.9
First termination
Additional termination in same building
with first or other extension termination,
each1
Additional termination in different
building, same premises as first or other
extension termination, each
Additional termination on different
premises, same exchange as first
termination, each
$25.00
--
9.25
25.00
Minimum Average Time Requirement
a.
For Combined IntraLATA/InterLATA Outward WATS, IntraLATA Outward WATS, or 800
Service, usage is subject to an average of 30 seconds per completed call for each billing
period in each service group for each rate period.
b.
If the average duration of all such calls is less than 30 seconds, the total use for the
service group equals the number of calls multiplied by 30 seconds.
19.4.10 Minimum Service Period
a.
The minimum service period for WATS is one day.
19.4.11 Allowance for Interruptions
a.
Allowance for interruptions applies to each WATS access line as set forth in 1-6 following:
Note 1: Nonrecurring charge applies.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
(N)
19.4.11 Allowance for Interruptions (Cont'd)
a.
(Cont'd)
1.
When the WATS access line is interrupted for a period of less than two (2) hours,
no credit applies.
2.
When the WATS access line is interrupted for a period of two (2) hours to 24
hours, a per day credit applies as set forth in a. through c. following:
a.
An interruption allowance is determined by (a) first calculating the rate
for one full day (minimum monthly rate divided by 30), then (b)
multiplying the result of (a) by the number of days credited as specified
in (2) following.
b.
In determining the interruption allowance, the "proportionate part of day
credited" applies as set forth below.
1.
Interruptions of 24 Hours or less
Proportionate
Part of Day
Credited
Length of Interruption
-less than 2 hours
- 2 hours up to 24 hours
inclusive
2.
None
One Day
Interruption over 24 hours
Credit will be allowed in one day multiples for each 2 hour
period of interruption, not to exceed one full day's credit for any
period of 24 hours.
c.
For the purpose of determining the amount of the above credit
allowances, every month is considered to have 30 days.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
(N)
19.4.11 Allowance for Interruptions (Cont'd)
a.
(Cont'd)
3.
None of the above credit allowances will be made for:
-non-completion of WATS messages due to busy network conditions
-interruption of service due to customer-provided equipment or systems
-interruption of service due to negligence of the customer
-interruption of service during any period in which the Company is not afforded
access to the premises at which the WATS access line is terminated
-interruption of service during any period when the customer has released the
WATS access line to the Company for maintenance purposes, or implementation
of a customer order for a change in service arrangement.
4.
Long distance message telecommunications service furnished at a customer's
request, when his WATS is interrupted, is charged for at the long distance
telecommunications rates contained in Section 18 "Long Distance Message
Telecommunications Service" and amendments thereto and successive issues
thereof.
19.4.12 Timing of Calls
a.
Chargeable time begins when connection is established between a station associated with
the WATS access line and the calling or called station, and ends when the calling station
"hangs up" thereby releasing the network connection. If the called station "hangs up" but
the calling station does not, chargeable time ends when the network connection is
released by automatic timing equipment in the telephone network.
b.
When a connection is established in one rate period and ends in another, the rate in effect
for each rate period applies to the portion of the connection occurring within that rate
period.
(N)
Section 19
Original Page 24
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
19.4
RATES (Cont'd)
(N)
19.4.12 Timing of Calls (Cont'd)
c.
The rate charged is determined by the day and time (standard or daylight savings) at the
WATS access line location.
d.
When 800 Service is directly connected (i.e., not connected through a Multiline
Terminating System) at a Customer's premises to a communications system, chargeable
time begins when the 800 Service call terminates in or passes through the first multiline
terminating system or terminal equipment on that communications system. It is the
Customer's responsibility to furnish appropriate answer supervision to the point of
connection with the 800 Service so that chargeable time may begin.
19.4.13 Directory Listing (800 Service Only)
a.
Directory listings are provided at rates applicable for additional business listings as
covered in Section 6 of this Tariff.
1.
Directory Listing Charge (800 Service)
a.
Each Directory Listing
Monthly
Rate
$--
(N)
Section 20
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
Page No.
20.1
20.2
PRIVATE LINE SERVICE
1
20.1.1
20.1.2
1
2
General
Rates and Charges
INTEREXCHANGE PRIVATE LINE SERVICE
2
Section 20
BY:
20.1
LOCAL PRIVATE LINE SERVICE
20.1.1
General
a.
Scope of Service
(1)
Local private lines connect two or more points within the same exchange service
area for telephone communication, but are not connected to general telephone
facilities for either exchange or toll service. All channels for local private line
telephone service shall be provided by the Company.
(2)
Both two-point and multi-point services ordinarily contemplate communication
between two stations only at the same time.
In connection with multi-point service, arrangements may be made to permit
communication between three or more stations at the same time. Special
equipment and arrangements which may be required to furnish such service are
furnished at rates and charges based upon estimated costs.
(3)
The minimum contract period for local private line telephone service is one
month.
Local private line channels may be used to connect customer-provided terminal
equipment or communications systems subject to the provisions of Section 15 of
the General Subscriber Services Tariff.
(4)
Rates and charges for local private line service are also applicable for
intraexchange tie line service.
(5)
The services described and rated in this Section provide a two-wire metallic
circuit used only for alarm and metering type circuits. This type of circuit is also
known as a dry pair. The design and physical makeup of this two-wire metallic
service are neither available nor applicable for Analog or Data service.
(T)
It is expressly declared that fully metallic facilities are in continually decreasing
supply, and the Company is not obligated to continue to make such facilities
available nor to furnish to existing customers.
(6)
For Voice Grade, Program Audio, narrowband, wideband, Digital Data, High
Capacity Private Services, or any optional features, conditioning, bridging and
multiplexing, rates contained in the ALLTEL Florida, Inc. Intrastate Access
Services Tariff apply.
(T)
SECTION 20
ISSUED: JANUARY 25, 2012
BY:
Vice President
EFFECTIVE: FEBRUARY 9, 2012
20.1
LOCAL PRIVATE LINE SERVICE (continued)
20.1.1
General (continued)
b.
No allowance is made for interruptions of less than twenty-four hours. For interruptions of
twenty-four hours or more, credit is allowed for the proportionate part of the monthly
charge in multiples of one day for each twenty-four hours or major fraction thereof, for the
portion of the facilities rendered inoperative by reason of interruption.
20.1.2
Rates
Monthly Rate
a.
Ringdown Circuit
$20.00*
b.
Cable Pair
$20.00
c.
20.1.3
Leaky PBX Surcharge
a.
20.2
For all other Local Private Line Services, Windstream Florida, Inc. will utilize the
rates, charges as found in Section 23.3 below.
For unauthorized situations in which a dedicated line is attached to a PBX system, the
customer may be subject to a one time $25.00 surcharge.
INTEREXCHANGE PRIVATE LINE SERVICE
Except for the situations provided for in Section 20.1.3, Windstream Florida, Inc. will utilize the rates,
charges as found in Section 20.2 below. The rates listed in Section 20.2 below are effective for customers
that order services listed therein after February 8, 2012.
For all Intrastate Interlata private line services, the rates, charges and regulations can be found in the
Windstream Florida, Inc. Intrastate Access Tariff on file with this Commission.
*
Effective January 11, 1997, Ringdown Circuit Service will be available only to existing customers at their
existing location.
(C)
(C)
SECTION 20
Original Page 3
BY:
Vice President
20.3
Provision of Service
20.3.1. General
1.
Channel Services provided under the provisions of this Tariff are offered for IntraLATA
Services only. Services consisting of Local Channels, Interoffice Channels, and Optional
Features and Functions are classified by series. The various series are sub-divided into
different types and are described in terms of circuit characteristics and use. The Analog
Channel Services are – Sub Voice Grade (Series 1000), Voice Grade (Series 2000) and Wired
Music (Series 6000).
2.
Customers may order local channels which are designed to meet specific communications
requirements. The customer is responsible for determining that his terminal equipment is
compatible with the service provided by the Company.
3.
Where multi-point service is furnished, the local channels are bridged in the wire center.
4.
Dedicated circuits between the customer’s interLATA Electronic Tandem Switching (ETS)
function and the customer’s other locations(s) within the same LATA will be provided from this
Tariff.
20.3.2 Application
The rates and charges specified herein apply for all IntraLATA Private Line services provided by the
Company.
20.3.3 Rate Categories
A.
Following are the basic rate categories which apply to Private Line service.
1.
2.
Local Channels
a.
A local channel provides for a communications path between a designated
customer premises and the service wire center of that premises. One local channel
charge applies per channel termination.
b.
When service is provided by non-wire center connected channels, a non-wire center
connected channel charge applies in lieu of local channel charges.
Interoffice Channels
This rate category provides for the transmission facilities between serving wire centers
associated with two customer premises, between serving wire centers associated with a
customer premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Interoffice
mileage is portrayed in mileage bands. A flat rate and a rate per mile applies to each
band.
3.
Non-Wire Center Connected Channels
Served Direct channels are provided on a direct basis and are limited to one airline mile in
length. These channels will be provided only at the option of the Company.
SECTION 20
Original Page 4
BY:
Vice President
20.3
Provision of Service – Cont’d
20.3.3
Rate Categories – cont’d
A.
Following are the basic rate categories which apply to Private Line service. Cont’d
4.
Optional Features and Functions
This rate category provides for features and functions which may be added to a service to
improve its quality or utility to meet specific communications requirements. These are not
necessarily identifiable with specific equipment, but rather represent the end result in
terms of the performance characteristics which may be obtained. This category includes
a. and b. following:
a.
Hub Functions
A hub is a Company designated wire center where bridging or multiplexing functions
are performed i.e., connecting three or more customer premises in a multipoint
arrangement or channelizing analog or digital services requiring a lower capacity or
bandwidth.
b.
20.3.4
Provides for such things as signaling, conditioning, bridging, etc.
Service Configurations
A.
There are two types of service configurations which can be provided. These are described as
follows:
1.
Two-Point Service
A two-point service connects two customer premises either directly through a serving wire
center(s) or through a Company hub where additional functions are performed. A twopoint service may utilize non-wire center connected channels only at the option of the
Company.
2.
Multipoint Service
a.
Multipoint service connects three or more customer premises through a Company
hub.
b.
There is no limitation on the number of mid-links available with multipoint service.
However, when more than three mid-links are provided in tandem, the quality of the
service may be degraded. A mid-link is a channel between hubs (i.e. bridging
locations).
c.
Voice Grade (Series 2000) Multipoint Channel services for data use have a limit of 6
two-wire facility type local channels or 20 four-wire facility type local channels when
used with customer-provided station equipment.
d.
The types of service available for multipoint applications are designated in the service
descriptions set forth in S20.4.1 following.¹
SECTION 20
Original Page 5
BY:
Vice President
20.3
Provision of Service – Cont’d
20.3.5
Special routing of IntraLATA Channels
A.
The private line services furnished in this Tariff are provided over such routes as the Company
may elect.
B.
Special routing is involved where, in order to comply with requirements specified by the
customer, the Company furnishes the private line service in a manner which includes one or
both of the following conditions:
1.
Where two or more private lines must be furnished over different physical routes.
2.
Where a private line must be furnished on a route which avoids specified geographical
locations.
C. When special routing of services is furnished to a customer, the rates will be determined on an
individual case basis.
20.4
Service Descriptions
20.4.1 Voice Grade Service – Series 2000
A.
Series 2000 voice grade service provides for voice and/or data communications on a two point
or multipoint basis for service 7 days per week, 24 hours per day, for a minimum period of one
month. Channels which provide Tie Line Service will not be furnished to connect a flat rate
system with a message rate system. The transmission characteristics and various type of
services furnished within this Series are described in B. and C. following.
B.
Basic parameters and specifications for Series 2000 voice grade service are described for the
end to end operation as follows:
Net Loss
Local Channels used with terminal equipment: Limit as specified in the following Local
Channel descriptions. Losses or gains present in CPE have not been included.
DC Resistance
Local Channel limit as specified in the following Local Channel descriptions. Does not
imply or guarantee end to end DC continuity.
Frequency Error
Plus or Minus 5 Hz
Plus or Minus 5 Hz
Frequency Response
300-3000 Hz
500-2500 Hz
Envelope
Delay Distortion
800-2600 Hz
(Referenced to 1000 Hz Loss)
-3dB to + 12dB
-2dB to +8Db
-3dB to +12dB
-2dB to 8dB
Not Controlled
Less than 1750
Microseconds
C-Notched Noise (with
a -13dBm0
1000HzTest Signal)
Not Controlled
Noise level 24dB below
signal level
Impulse Noise
Not Controlled
15 Counts in 15 minutes at a threshold of
6dB below a -13dBm0 rms 1000 Hz signal
Phase Jitter
Not Controlled
10 degrees peak to peak
Non-Linear
2nd Order Distortion
Not Controlled
25dB below signal level
3rd Order Distortion
Not Controlled
30dB below signal level
SECTION 20
Original Page 6
BY:
Vice President
20.4
20.4.1
Voice Grade Service – Series 2000 – Cont’d
C. Transmission parameters for voice grade service are described following:
1.
Type 2230 (2001/2101) – A two-wire interface with effective two-wire facilities engineered
for a 1004 Hz net loss of 0 to 10dB. Generally furnished for voice transmission – Private
Line Telephone, Mobile Radio Telephone, or Supervisory Control Use. Multipoint service
may be provided at charges specified in section S20.6.3.A. following.
2.
Type 2231 (2012/2112) – A two-wire interface with two or four-wire facilities engineered for
a 1004 Hz net loss of 0dB to 4.5dB. This is generally used for PBX (or similar system)
main or extension station services. Signaling is required for this service.
3.
Type 2432 (2014/2114) – A two or four-wire interface with effective four-wire facilities
engineered for tie line service use between PBX’s or customer-provided communications
systems. Signaling is required for this service.
4.
Type 2434 (2015/2115) – A two or four-wire interface for connection to the serving wire
center where loop facilities are not required. This channel is suitable for tie line service
(with E&M signaling) between Centrex Type Services and may be connected with Type
2432 local channels.
5.
Type 2435 – A four-wire interface with effective four-wire facilities engineered for a 1004
Hz net loss of 0 to 16dB. Generally furnished for voice transmission. Multipoint service
may be provided at charges specified in S20.6.3.A. following.
Type 2260 (2021/2121) – A two-wire¹ interface with effective two-wire facilities engineered
for a 1004 Hz net loss of 16dB. Generally used in the provision of low speed (1200 baud
or less) half duplex data services.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Type 2261 (2040/2140) – A two-wire interface with effective two-wire facilities
Type 2462 (2041/2141) – A four-wire interface with effective four-wire facilities
Type 2463 (2020/2120) – A four-wire interface with four-wire facilities engineered for a
1004 Hz net loss of 16dB. Generally used in the provision of analog data services.
Multipoint service may be provided at charges specified in S20.6.3.A. following.
10.
Type 2464 (2022/2122) – A two-wire interface with four-wire facilities engineered for a
1004 Hz net loss of 16dB. Generally used in the provision of analog data services.
Multipoint service may be provided at charges specified in S20.6.3.A. following.
SECTION 20
Original Page 7
BY:
Vice President
20.4
20.4.1.1 Voice Grade Service – Series 2000 – Cont’d
C. Signaling Arrangements
1.
Off Premises Stations
a.
For use with PBX (or similar system) off-premises channels for terminal equipment.
Signaling arrangements are furnished for grandfathered and registered PBX (or
similar) systems in accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations or for
customer-provided communications systems not subject to Part 68 of the FCC Rules
and Regulations.
Type A – Furnished for use with Class A PBX (or similar) system station ports capable
of operations over loops with resistance in the range of 0-199 ohms.
Type B – Furnished for use with Class B PBX (or similar) system station ports capable
of operations over loops with resistance in the range of 200-899ohms.
Type C – Furnished for use with Class C PBX (or similar) system station ports
capable of operations over loops with resistance in the range of 900 ohms or
more.
b.
2.
For connections to registered or grandfathered PBX (or similar) system equipment,
the customer must specify the equipment capability for use with Type A, B, or C
Signaling Arrangements.
Tie Lines
a.
E&M signaling is provided for use with tie line channels with E&M signaling interfaces.
Signaling Arrangements arefurnished for grandfathered and registered PBX’s in
accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations or for customer-provided
communications systems not subject to Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.
-An E&M Signaling Arrangement is required for each tie line termination, operating in
a Dial Repeating mode, at a customer’s premises with a registered PBX.
-An E&M Signaling Arrangement is required for each tie line termination at a
customer’s premises with grandfathered PBX’s when the tie line is arranged with
an E&M signaling interface.
-An E&M Signaling Arrangement is not required with Types 2432 and 2434 channels
for additions to or for new installations of grandfathered PBX equipment when not
arranged with an E&M signaling interface.
-An E&M Signaling Arrangement is required for each Type 2432 or 2434 channel
termination at a customer’s premises with a customer-provided communications
system not subject to Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations when arranged
with an E&M signaling interface.
SECTION 20
Original Page 8
BY:
Vice President
20.4
20.4.2
Voice Grade Service – Series 2000 – Cont’d
E. Telemetry/Alarm Bridging Service (TABS)
1.
Regulations
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
This Tariff section contains the regulations applicable for Telemetry/Alarm Bridging
Service (TABS)
Except as otherwise specified following the regulations contained herein are in
addition to the regulations found in other sections of this Tariff.
TABS requires the use of equipment as specified herein and Type 2261 or 2462
voice grade local channels described in C. preceding.
Terminal equipment provided by the customer for use with TABS must meet
specifications for such customer-provided equipment found in other sections of this
Tariff.
No more than 128 remote stations may be connected to a master station over an
individual Split Band Active Bridge.
In Split Bank Active Bridging arrangements, secondary bridges must be directly
connected to the primary bridge via mid-link channels. Secondary bridges cannot be
connected through other secondary bridges to allow additional layers of tandeming.
Secondary bridges, utilized in Split Band Active Bridging arrangements, reduce the
two-wire remote station capacity of the primary bridge. The initial secondary bridge
reduces the primary bridge capacity by twelve two-wire remote station connections.
Each subsequent secondary bridge reduces the primary bridge capacity by four
additional two-wire remote station connections.
Standard multipoint bridging charges as provided in other sections of this Tariff are
not applicable to TABS.
Access over four-wire master station channels for Split Band Active Bridging is
provided using a Type 2462 local channel.
Access over remote station channels is provided through a Type 2261 local channel
and through the appropriate channel connection as contained in S20.6.3.A following.
Interconnection of remote stations located outside the serving wire center where the
bridge to which they are to be connected is located will require interoffice channels at
charges contained in S20.6.2 of this Tariff.
Access over each four-wire mid-link channel for Split Band Active Bridging is through
voice grade interoffice channels at charges contained in S20.6.2 of this Tariff.
Additionally, mid-link channel connections are required as described in S20.6.3A
.following.
Service Description
a.
b.
Telemetry/Alarm Bridging Service is a multi-station, voice frequency, private line
service designed to provide connections between a master station and a number of
remote stations simultaneously. Direct transmission between remote stations is not
intended. This service is intended for application in multipoint, voice frequency, data
or tone signaling arrangements with transmission at rates up to 400 baud.
TABS is provided in the following arrangement:
Split Band, Active Bridging – A bridging arrangement providing for a four-wire (master
station or mid-link channel) frequency split common port and multiple two-wire
(remote station) ports intended for application in multipoint, voice frequency, data
or tone signaling arrangements. Two-way (polling) communication between the
master station and each remote station is intended.
Note 1: Transmission data characteristics can only be met and guaranteed for the two-wire interface when the airline distance from
the serving wire center to the customer’s premises is one mile or less and the interoffice channel is not greater than 4
airline miles between service wire centers.
SECTION 20
Original Page 9
BY:
Vice President
20.5
Rate Regulations
20.5.1
A.
The two types of rates and charges are monthly rates and nonrecurring charges and are
1.
Monthly Rates
Monthly rates are recurring charges that apply each month or fraction thereof that a
service is provided.
For billing purposes, each month is considered to have 30 days.
Rates applicable to a month-to-month payment option are subject to Company initiated
changes.
2.
Nonrecurring Charges are one-time charges that apply for a specific work activity The
three types of nonrecurring charges that apply are installation of service, installation of
features and functions and service rearrangements.
a.
Nonrecurring charges apply for each service terminated at the customer’s premises.
For the installation of local channels when more than one of the same type of service,
between the same locations, for the same customer is ordered and installed at the
same time, one at each location is billed at the First Service Installed rate and the
others are billed at the Additional Service Installed rate. If additional services are
installed at a later date, then the First Service Installed rate and the Additional Service
rate would apply to those services regardless of what service already existed.The
nonrecurring charges for the Installation of Services are set forth in S20.6 following
as Nonrecurring Charges for the Local Channel and Interoffice Channel rate
elements. Nonrecurring charges apply for the installation of features and functions
available with the various services. For some features and functions there is a lower
charge if installed coincident with the service and a higher charge if installed
subsequent to the service. The “Initial” nonrecurring charge applies when the feature
or function is installed at the same time as the service is installed. If the feature or
function is installed after the service is established, then the “Subsequent”
nonrecurring charge applies.
b.
1.
Service Rearrangements
Service rearrangements are changes to existing (installed) services which do not result in
either a change in the minimum period requirements or a change in the physical location
of the point of termination at a customer premises. Changes which result in the
establishment of new minimum period obligations are treated as disconnects and starts.
Changes in the physical location of the point of termination are treated as moves and are
charged for as set forth in S20.5.2. The charge to the customer for the service
arrangement is dependent on whether the change is administrative only in nature or
involves actual physical change to the service. Administrative changes will be made
without charge(s) to the customer. Such changes require the continued provision and
billing of the Private Line Service to the same entity (i.e., customer remains responsible for
all outstanding indebtedness for the service). Administrative changes are as follows:
-Change of customer name (i.e., the customer of record does not change but rather the
customer of record changes name).
-Change of customer or customer’s premises address when the change of address is not
a result of a physical relocation of equipment.
-Change in billing data (name, address or contact name or telephone number).
SECTION 20
Original Page 10
BY:
Vice President
20.5
Rate Regulations
20.5.1
Types of Rates and Charges – Cont’d
A.2. Nonrecurring Charges – Cont’d
c.
2.
Service Rearrangements – Cont’d
All other service rearrangements will be charged for as follows:
-If the change involves the addition of an optional feature or function which has a separate
nonrecurring charge, that nonrecurring charge will apply.
-If the change involves changing the type of signaling on a voice grade service the subsequent,
nonrecurring charge will apply for the new type signaling. The charge will apply per
service termination affected.
-For all other changes, including a change of the customer of record involving no physical
changes to the service provided or the addition of optional features without separate
nonrecurring charges, a charge equal to a local channel rate element nonrecurring charge
will apply. Only one such charge will apply per service, per change.
20.5.2
Moves
A.
A move involves a change in the physical location of one of the following:
1.
2.
B.
The point of interface at the customer premises.
The customer’s premises.
The charges for the move are dependent on whether the move is to a new location within the
same building or to a different building.
1.
Moves Within the Same Building
When the move is to a new location within the same building, the charge for the move will
be an amount equal to one-half the nonrecurring (i.e., installation) charge for the affected
service termination at the customer’s premises. There will be no change in the minimum
period requirements. If a move is made at the same time a service rearrangement is
made, the total charge will never exceed a full nonrecurring charge for the basic service.
2. To a Different Building
Moves to a different building will be treated as a discontinuance and start of service and all associated
nonrecurring charges will apply. New minimum period requirements will be established at
the new location. The customer will also remain responsible for satisfying all outstanding
minimum period charges for the discontinued service.
SECTION 20
Original Page 11
BY:
Vice President
20.5
Rate Regulations
20.5.3
Mileage Measurements
A.
When station locations of a private line service are located in different wire center serving
areas, interoffice channel charges apply. Charges are based on the direct airline distance
measured between the serving wire centers. Mileage is determined in accordance with the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Obtain the “V” and “H” coordinates for each wire center, as listed in the National Exchange
Carrier Association Tariff FCC No. 4.
Obtain the difference between the “V” coordinates of the two wire centers. Obtain the
difference between the “H” coordinates. (The difference is always obtained by subtracting
the smaller coordinate from the larger coordinate.)
Square each difference obtained in 2. preceding.
Add the squares of the “V” difference and the “H” difference obtained in 3. preceding.
Divide the sum of the squares obtained in 4. preceding by 10.
Obtain the square root of the result obtained in 5. preceding. This is the rate distance in
miles. (Fractional miles being considered as full miles.)
EXAMPLE: The rate distance is required between City One and City Two.
V
H
City One
7260
2083
City Two
7364
1865
Difference
104
218
Squared
10,816 + 47,524 = 58,340
58,340 divided by 10 = 5834
Square root of 5834 = 76.38 = 77 Airline Miles
B.
When a private line is furnished over facilities which the Company elects to provide on a direct
basis and is not routed through a central office, one two-point channel charge will apply. The
arrangement is limited to channels not more than one airline mile in length.
C. On a multipoint circuit, each channel connecting a hubbing wire center with a serving wire
center or a hubbing wire center with another hubbing wire center or a serving wire center with
another serving wire center is considered a separate channel for which a mileage charge is
independently computed. The total charge for a multipoint channel is the combination of
individual legs that connect all points and results in the lowest charge. Bridging charges apply
when three or more channels connect at the same location.
D. For Series 1000 and 2000 channels the customer may specify the sequence in which the
service points are to be connected in which case the rate mileage is the shortest airline
mileage determined in accordance with paragraph C. preceding which will connect the wire
centers of the service points in the specified sequence.
SECTION 20
Original Page 12
BY:
Vice President
20.6
Rates and Charges
20.6.1
Local channels
A.
Voice Grade
Per point of termination
1.
Voice
Type 2230
Type 2231
Type 2432
Type 2434
Type 2435
Type 2261
Type 2462
2.
Nonrecurring Charge
First
Additional
$448.80
$145.20
448.80
145.20
521.40
184.80
204.60
99.00
481.80
165.00
745.80
303.60
732.60
290.40
Monthly Rate
$176.30
227.00
227.00
Nonrecurring Charge
First
Additional
$534.60
$198.00
534.60
198.00
534.60
198.00
Data
Type 2260
Type 2463
Type 2464
20.6.2
Monthly Rate
$151.20
151.20
227.00
35.00
227.00
176.30
209.90
Interoffice Channels¹´²
A.
Fixed and Mileage Charges applicable
1.
Voice Grade Service – Series 2000
(a) 1 thru 8 Miles
(b) 9 thru 25 Miles
(c) Over 25 Miles
B.
Fixed
Monthly
Charge
$ 60.30
60.30
60.30
Monthly
Charge
Per Mile
$ 1.95
1.95
1.95
Nonrecurring
Charge
Per Channel
$ 117.48
117.48
117.48
Conditioning (Voice Grade Services)
1.
Conditioning provides more specific transmission characteristics for data services. There
are two types of C-conditioning and one type of D-conditioning, each with different
technical specifications. C-Type conditioning controls attenuation distortion and envelope
delay distortion. D-Type conditioning controls the signal to C-notched noise ratio and
inter-modulation distortion Conditioning is charged for on a per Local Channel basis for
two-point and multi-point service. For two-point services the parameters apply to each
service. For multipoint services the parameters apply to any path between any two service
points.
2.
The types and description of the available conditioning options are as follows:
SECTION 20
Original Page 13
BY:
Vice President
20.6
Rates and Charges – cont’d
20.6.2
Interoffice Channels¹´² - cont’d
B.
Conditioning (Voice Grade Services) – Cont’d
Type Conditioning
C1(two-point or multipoint)
C2 (two-point or multipoint)
D1 (two-point)
3.
Frequency Response
Specifications
300-2700 Hz,
-2dB to +6dB.
1000-2400 Hz,
-1dB to +3dB.
300-3000 Hz,
-3dB to +12dB.
300-3000 Hz,
-2dB to +6dB.
500-2800 Hz,
-1dB to +3dB.
C-Notched Noise
Noise level 28dB below
below signal level
Envelope Delay Distortion
Specification
1000-2400 Hz, less
than 1000 microseconds
1000-2600 Hz, less
600-2600 Hz, less
500-2800 Hz, less
Non-Linear Distortion
2nd Order 3rd Order
Distortion Distortion
35dB below 40dB below
signal level signal level
When a channel is equipped with Type D1 conditioning and is utilized for voice
communications, the Company does not undertake to represent that the channel will be
suitable for such voice transmission.
Note 1: For use with Type 2230 and 2435 services.
Note 2: For use with Type 2432 and 2434 services.
Note 3: For use with Type 2231 service.
SECTION 20
Original Page 14
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.6.3
Optional Features and Functions1
A.
Bridging
Bridging charges are applicable where more than two Local Channels, or one or more Local
Channels and more than one Interoffice Channel, or more than one Local Channel and one
Interoffice Channel are bridged or hubbed at the same wire center.
1.
Voice Grade Service – Series 2000
a. Voice Bridging
1. Per Port
Monthly
Rate
$ 29.00
(a) Two-Wire (Type 2230)
(b) Four-Wire (Type 2435)
Nonrecurring
Charge
$ 40.92
29.00
40.92
b. Data Bridging
1. Per Port
(a) Four-Wire (Types 2463 and 2464)
41.50
c. Telemetry and Alarm Bridging – Split Band Active Bridging
1. Common Equipment, per central office
(a) First bridging shelf, capacity of 48
152.70
two-wire connections
(b) Additional bridging shelf, capacity
148.30
of 56 two-wire connections installed
subsequent to the first bridging shelf.
(c) Additional bridging shelf, capacity
50.90
44.88
375.00
340.00
210.00
of 56 two-wire connections installed
at the same time as the first bridging shelf.
2. Channel connections, per channel connected
(a) Remote station channel connection
2.90
(b)
Mid-link channel connection, first channel
(c)
Mid-link channel connection,
12.29
10.50
33.00
46.00
46.00
subsequent channels
B.
Signaling Arrangements
Signaling arrangements are provided at the customer’s option to arrange channels for suitable
signaling. Signaling is required on all off-premises extension channels and tie line channels
associated with PBX (or similar) systems.
1. Per Local Channel
(a) Ringdown-Manual¹
(b) Ringdown-Automatic¹
(c) E&M Type²
(d) Type A (0-199 ohms)³
(e) Type B (200-899 ohms)³
(f) Type C (900 or more ohms)³
Note 1:
Note 2:
Monthly
Rate
$ 34.30
33.50
9.50
15.40
15.40
2.60
Nonrecurring charges are described in S20.5.1.A.
For method of determining mileage, see S20.5.3.A.
Nonrecurring
Charge
Initial
Subsequent
$ 55.44
$ 277.20
21.12
91.80
60.72
250.80
58.08
184.80
56.76
184.80
14.52
184.80
SECTION 20
Original Page 15
BY:
Vice President
20.8
20.6.3
Optional Features and Functions1 (Cont’d)
C. 1. C-Type Conditioning
a. C-Type Conditioning is available for Types 2463 and 2464.
1. C-Types of Conditioning per Local Channel
(a) C1-Type
(b) C2-Type
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring Charge
Initial
Subsequent
$ 1.00
1.00
$ 13.20
29.04
$ 113.52
125.40
2. D-Type Conditioning
a. D-Type Conditioning is available for Types 2463 and 2464.
1. D-Type Conditioning per Local Channel
(a) D1-Type
$ .60
Note 1: Nonrecurring charges are described in S20.5.1.A
$ 21.12
$ 118.80
BY:
Vice President
20.7
Digital Data Circuit
20.7.1
20.7.2
SECTION 20
Original Page 16
General
A. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service is furnished for IntraLATA Communications by
the Company.
B. The service is provided for the transmission of digital signals only and is furnished only via
digital transmission facilities.
C. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service provides for the simultaneous two-way
transmission of synchronous digital signals at speeds of 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64 Kbps
between customer locations where appropriate digital facilities for this service are available as
determined by the Company.
D. Multipoint Service, Secondary Channel capability and/or Data Over Voice Channel may not be
available in all Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service locations.
E. To ensure satisfactory operation, the terminal equipment provided by the customer must
be compatible with the channel facility provided by the Company.
F. Unless specified following, the regulations for Digital Data Circuit service specified herein
applies in addition to the regulations set forth in Section 2 preceding.
G. The rates specified for Digital Data Circuit are in S20.7.3 following. The Company will provide
a digital facility over existing interoffice carrier equipment and/or transmission facilities
compatible with Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service. If new equipment and
facilities or changes to existing facilities are required to provide for Digital Data Circuit, a
special construction charge based on the cost incurred to make the changes may apply in
addition to these rates.
H. Digital Data Circuit service is available on a month-to-month basis or under contract plans.
Regulations
A. Description of Service
1. Service is furnished for the simultaneous two-way transmission of digital signals at
synchronous rates of 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 , 19.2, 56 and 64 Kbps between two or more points
located within a LATA.
2. Service is furnished for duplex operation only.
3. A minimum initial service period of 3 months is required.
4. The design, maintenance and operation of Digital Data Circuit service contemplates
communications originating or terminating at stations of the customer. While connections
to communications systems provided by others may be made on a permissive basis as
provided for in Section 2, the Company does not represent this service as adapted for
such connections, and shall not be responsible for the through transmission of signals, or
the quality of such transmission on such connections.
5. A Channel Service Unit provided by the customer is required at a customer's premises to
perform such functions as:
- proper termination of the service
- amplification
- signal shaping
- remote loop-back
BY:
Vice President
20.7
Digital Data Circuit – Cont’d
20.7.2
SECTION 20
Original Page 17
Regulations – Cont’d
B. Definitions
CHANNEL SERVICE UNIT
The term "Channel Service Unit" (CSU) denotes equipment provided by the customer to
terminate a digital facility on the customer's or Other Common Carrier's premises.
DATA OVER VOICE CHANNEL
The term "Data Over Voice Channel" denotes a digital data channel derived from a two-wire
local exchange facility that transmits voice and data signals simultaneously. A Data Over Voice
Channel is provided at the speed of 9.6 Kbps and is furnished between a wire center and
the demarcation point on the customer's premises over the customer's existing local
exchange facility. The Data Over Voice Channel option may be used in lieu of a Digital Local
Channel. Terminal equipment to support the Data Over Voice Channel must be provided by the
customer.
DIGITAL INTEROFFICE CHANNEL
The term "Digital Interoffice Channel" denotes a path (or paths) for digital transmission
between a Serving Wire Center and Node Central Office, or between Node Central Offices,
within a LATA. An interoffice channel may be furnished in such manner as the Company may
elect.
DIGITAL LOCAL CHANNEL
The term "Digital Local Channel" denotes a path for Digital Data Circuit furnished from the
Serving Wire Center to the customer's premises.
MULTIPOINT SERVICE
The term "Multipoint Service" denotes a service which provides communications capability
between more than two private line station locations by means of a bridging or hubbing
arrangement. For the provision of Digital Data Circuit, the bridging or hubbing arrangement
shall be located at the Node Central Office.
NODE CENTRAL OFFICE
The term "Node Central Office" denotes that physical location the Company has designated
as a test, maintenance and monitoring center to service one or more Serving Wire Centers.
There may be more than one Node Central Office within a LATA.
SECONDARY CHANNEL
The term "Secondary Channel" denotes the offering of a companion digital transmission
capability over the same physical facility as the primary channel at a lower bit rate. The
customer must provide terminal equipment required to support secondary channel capability.
SERVING WIRE CENTER
The term "Serving Wire Center" denotes the local telephone central office assigned to
subscribers in a well-defined area. The Company as a Node Central Office may further
designate a Serving Wire Center.
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.7.2
Note 1:
SECTION 20
Original Page 18
C. Method of Applying Rates
1. A Digital Local Channel is furnished between a Serving Wire Center and the customer's
premises.
2. Node Terminations are applied to each termination within the Node Central Office. A
charge is applicable for each Local Channel and/or Digital Interoffice channel connected
within a Node Central Office.
3. A Digital Interoffice Channel will be required when a Digital Local Channel originates from
a Serving Wire Center that is not a Node Central Office. The rate is based on airline
mileage, or fraction thereof, between the Serving Wire Center and the Node Central
Office.
4. A Digital Interoffice Channel will be required between Nodes when a customer has a
requirement to connect premises located in separate Nodal Service Areas. The rate
is based on airline mileage, or fraction thereof, between Node Central Offices.
5. Airline distance between Company central offices shall be developed using
methodology and Vertical (V) and Horizontal (H) coordinates contained in the
National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA) Tariff F.C.C. No. 4. Fractional
mileage shall be rounded up to the next full mile. Mileages are calculated as described in
S20.5.3.A. of this Tariff.
6. A Data Over Voice Channel at 9.6 Kbps is available as an optional feature and
may be used in lieu of a 9.6 Kbps Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service
Digital Local Channel. The customer must also subscribe to a compatible two-wire local
exchange line (e.g., business exchange line). This two-wire exchange line and its
associated rates and charges are in addition to the Data Over Voice Channel rates and
charges. Node Termination charges apply per Data Over Voice Channel. Interoffice
Channel mileage charges apply between the customer's serving wire center and the Node
Central Office if the customer's serving wire center is not a Node Office. A Data Over
Voice Channel may be used in a two-station arrangement and a multipoint arrangement.
When customer premises terminations are located in wire centers assigned to different primary
nodes, digital interoffice channel mileage will be calculated from each serving wire center to its assigned
primary node, and digital interoffice channel mileage will also be calculated for the distance between
the two primary nodes in the routing sequence.
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.7.2
SECTION 20
Original Page 19
D. Connections
1. Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation Equipment
and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to Digital Data
Circuit when such a connection is made in accordance with the provision specified in 2.
and 3. following.
2. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance of
service to a network interface on the customer's premises where provision is made for the
connection of local service. The customer is responsible for installing and testing his
premises equipment, facilities to insure that when they are connected with the Digital Data
Circuit such equipment, or facilities are operating properly.
3. The customer responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company as
may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or changes
may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant
facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his
premises equipment.
4. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Trouble Location Charge, as set forth
in Section 2 of this Tariff, for visits by the Company to the premises of the customer where
the service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of equipment or facilities
provided by the customer.
5. Connection of Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation
Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems.
a. The following provisions will apply:
(1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Communications
Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer, or user to Digital
Data Circuit.
(2) The customer or user, by use of its own derivation equipment, may create
digital bit streams from Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service.
Such equipment may be connected for transmission of such bit streams when
connected thru a customer-provided CSU.
b. Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to the Same Customer
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service as furnished by the Company
may be connected to another service or to other services furnished by the
Company as specified following:
(1) At the premises of the customer to Series 2000 analog data channels
furnished under the rates and regulations of this Company's Tariff.
c. Connections to other services furnished by the Company to different customers Digital
Data Circuit as furnished by the Company to a customer may be connected at the
premises of the customer or user to other services furnished by the Company to
different customers as specified in D.2. preceding.
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.7.2
SECTION 20
Original Page 20
D. Connections - Cont’d
d. Connection of Channel Service Units
The customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility must provide a Channel
Service Unit (CSU). In accordance with Part 68 of the FCC's Rules and
Regulations, new grandfathered CSUs may be connected, moved, and reconnected
until June 30, 1987. After this date only registered and previously connected
grandfathered CSUs may be connected to Company-provided digital facilities. Registered
technical requirements for CSUs are outlined in Part 68 of the FCC's Rules and
Regulations. A copy may be obtained from the Federal Communications Commission,
Room BB300, Washington, D. C. 20054.
e. Customer provided terminal equipment for the data over voice channel must be
compatible with the Company provided terminating equipment at the central office.
6. Responsibility of the Company
a. The Company shall not be responsible for installation operation or maintenance of any
terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or user. Digital
Data Circuit is not represented as adapted to the use of such equipment or system.
Where such equipment or system is connected to Company facilities the
responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing of facilities suitable for
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service and to the maintenance and operation
in a manner proper for such digital service. The Company shall not be responsible
for:
-the through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system, or for the
quality of, or defects in such transmission or
- the reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or damage to terminal equipment
or communications systems provided by a customer or authorized user due to testing.
b. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of the
facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of Digital Data
Circuit render any facilities or equipment provided by a customer or user obsolete, or
require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affects its use
or performance.
c. The Company undertakes to maintain and repair the facilities, which it furnishes. The
customer or user may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any
equipment installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.
d. The Company has set a design objective of 99.5% error free seconds of operations at all
speeds with Digital Data Circuit. This objective does not apply when the Data Over Voice
Channel option is used in a circuit design.
e. The Data Over Voice Channel is provided subject to the availability of appropriate network
facilities and equipment and subject to the transmission limitations of facilities and
equipment used by the Company.
f. The Company is authorized to provide Digital Data Circuit for use in application testing
subject to the regulations set forth in Section 2. Up to three each of Digital Data Circuit
local channels, node channel terminations, interoffice channels and bridging service
rate elements may be utilized in a typical applications test configuration. The
Company is authorized to deviate from this average in order to fully participate in an
application test with a customer, which cannot otherwise be performed to the customer's
satisfaction.
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.7.2
SECTION 20
Original Page 21
F. Payment Arrangements and Credit Allowance
1. The minimum period for which service is furnished and for which charges are applicable is
3 months.
2. Suspension of service is not allowed.
3. When service is interrupted due to causes other than the negligence of the customer or
user, or the failure of facilities furnished by the customer or user, a credit allowance will be
made upon request for the portion of the service which is affected. For the purpose of
determining the amount of allowance every month is considered to have 30 days and only
those stations on the interrupted portions of a service shall be considered in determining
the number of stations affected. All such credit allowances shall begin from the time
of notice by the customer or user to the Company that an unsatisfactory
performance level has occurred, provided that the customer or user promptly releases the
service as requested by the Company to perform testing and maintenance.
a. Interruptions of less than three hours - no credit is applied.
b. Interruptions of three hours or over are credited to the customer at the proportionate
monthly charge in half-hour multiples for each half-hour or major fraction thereof of
interruption.
c. Interruption for a period of twenty-four hours or more, credit is allowed for the
proportionate part of the monthly charge in multiples of one day for each twenty-four
hours or major fraction thereof of interruption for the portion of the service affected by
the interruption.
A. Service wholly within the same LATA.
premises. The Digital Local
Channel charges apply per local channel.
Nonrecurring
Month
24 to
43 to
Charges
To
42
60
First
Additional
Month
Months
Months
(a)
2.4 Kbps
$260.00
$76.00
$80.40
$47.00
$44.50
(b)
4.8 Kbps
260.00
76.00
80.40
47.00
44.50
(c)
9.6 Kbps
260.00
76.00
80.40
47.00
44.50
(d)
19.2 Kbps
260.00
76.00
80.40
47.00
44.50
(e)
56.0 Kbps
260.00
76.00
69.10
62.00
55.00
(f)
64.0 Kbps
260.00
76.00
109.60
62.00
55.00
Note 1:
Nonrecurring charges are described in S20.5.
BY:
Vice President
20.7
20.7.3
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
Rates and Charges
2.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
SECTION 20
Original Page 22
A Node Channel Termination is required at the Company's Node Central Office. Node Channel
Termination per local channel, each.
Nonrecurring
Month
24 to
43 to
Charges
To
42
60
First
Additional
Month
Months
Months
2.4 Kbps
$25.00
$19.00
$18.90
$9.00
$8.50
4.8 Kbps
25.00
19.00
18.90
9.00
8.50
9.6 Kbps
25.00
19.00
18.90
9.00
8.50
19.2 Kbps
25.00
19.00
18.90
9.00
8.50
56.0 Kbps
25.00
19.00
51.10
25.00
22.00
64.0 Kbps
25.00
19.00
51.10
25.00
22.00
3. A Digital Interoffice Channel is furnished between a serving wire center and the Node Central
Office or between Node Central Offices. Digital Interoffice mileage is portrayed in bands.
The appropriate mileage band for calculating interoffice mileage rates is determined by the
total length in miles of that interoffice channel. A flat rate and a rate per mile apply to each
band 3 for each Digital Interoffice Channel provided.
a. Interoffice channel, each channel 0 - 8 miles
(1) Fixed rates applicable
Month
24 to
43 to
Nonrecurring
To
42
60
Charges
Month
Months
Months
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
$95.00
$35.00
$18.00
$17.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
75.00
33.75
30.00
(2) Each mile or fraction thereof
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
3.40
1.50
1.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.90
3.00
2.00
b. Interoffice channel, each channel 9-25 miles
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
95.00
35.00
18.00
17.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
70.10
33.75
30.00
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
3.40
1.50
1.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.70
3.00
2.00
c. Interoffice channel, each channel over 25 miles
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
95.00
23.00
18.00
17.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
48.00
33.75
30.00
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
$3.10
$1.50
$1.00
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.60
3.00
2.00
SECTION 20
Original Page 23
BY:
Vice President
20.8
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
20.8.1 General
A. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is furnished for Private Line IntraLATA Communications
by the Company.
B. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is a service for the transmission of digital signals only and
using only digital transmission facilities.
C. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of
isochronous digital signals at DS1 speeds of 1.544 Mbps, where facilities are available.
D. To ensure satisfactory operation, the terminal equipment provided by the customer must be
compatible with the Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel facility provided by the
Company. Unless specified following, the regulations for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
specified herein apply in addition to the regulations set forth in Section 2. of this Tariff.
E. The rates specified for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink, in S20.8.3 following contemplate
the provision of a digital quality facility utilizing existing interoffice carrier equipment and/or exchange
cable facilities compatible with this service. If such equipment, new facilities or changes to existing
facilities are required for the provision of this service, a special construction charge will apply in
addition to the rates for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink.
20.8.2 Regulations
1. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is furnished for the simultaneous two-way
transmission of serial, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) isochronous digital signals, except where
intentional bipolar violations are introduced by Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS)
format, at a speed of DS1/1.544 Mbps between two-points located within a LATA.
2. Multipoint service is not available.
3. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is available on a month-to-month basis or under
variable rate periods with rates based on lengths of 36 months, 60 months or 84 months. If the
customer does not select a new contract option or does not request discontinuance of service,
service will be continued under the terms specified in Section 2 of this Tariff.
4. Connection of DS1/1.544 Mbps communications systems provided by others may be made on a
permissive basis as provided for in Section 2. The Company does not represent its Dedicated
DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink as adapted for such connections, and shall not be responsible
for the through transmission of signals, or the quality of such transmission on such connections.
5. A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate Termination Equipment (TE) provided by the
customer is required at a customer's or authorized user's premises to perform such functions as:
- amplification
- signal shaping
- remote loop-back
6. The design, maintenance and operation of Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
contemplates communications originating and terminating as (1) a customer premises to
customer premises channel via the Company's Serving Wire Center, (SWC) - and/or through
remote SWCs; (2) a customer premises to the Serving Wire Center - and/or to remote SWCs partial channel (link); or (3) a central office to central office (interoffice) partial channel (link).
7. Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink may also be furnished on a link (partial channel)
basis when connected to MultiServ service, MultiServ PLUS service, Centrex service 1,
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink Plus service, Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink channel service, another Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink, and/or LightGate
service.
8. All appropriate rates specified in other tariff sections are in addition to the monthly rate per
package or single channel forDedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink specified in this Tariff.
SECTION 20
Original Page 24
BY:
Vice President
20.8
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink (Cont’d)
20.8.2
B. Definitions
The term "Channel Service Unit" (CSU) denotes equipment provided by the Customer to
terminate a digital facility on the customer’s or user's premises.
DS1
This denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded data bit rate in
accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It has a 1.544 Mbps
transmission data rate, and provides for the two-way simultaneous transmission of
isochronous timed, Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ) bit stream format, except where
intentional bipolar violations are introduced by Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS) format.
Unframed signal formats are not permitted or compatible with Company equipment.
The term "Digital Local Channel" denotes a path for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink furnished from the customer's premises to their Serving Wire Center.
INTEROFFICE CHANNEL
The term "Interoffice Channel" denotes a path (or paths) for digital transmission between
Company Serving Wire Centers within a LATA. An interoffice channel may be furnished in such
manner as the Company may elect.
C. Application of Rates
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Digital Local Channels furnished between a Serving Wire Center and the customer's
premises will be charged at rates based on the first ½ mile and each additional 1/2 mile for
the airline distance measured between the customer's premises and their Serving Wire
Center.
Interoffice Channels furnished between Central Offices will be charged at rates based on
airline distance between the Central Offices.
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is available on a month-to-month basis or
under variable rate periods with rates based on lengths of 36 months, 60 months, or 84
months . Contract rate increases are subject to the stipulations of 4. following.
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink rates under contract will not be increased by
Company initiative until the contract period expires. Rates in effect at the time the service
is installed and/or as of the service order application date will be applicable until the
contract expires. At the expiration date of the customer's payment period option, the
customer may select a new payment period option at current rates or revert to current
rates on a month-to-month basis.
A Termination Liability Charge is applicable at the date of termination. The applicable
charge is dependent on the contract period subscribed to and will be equal to fifty percent
(50%) of the following: the number of months remaining in the contract times the monthly
rate provided under the contract. However, Termination Liability charges will not apply for
customer requests for moves of service under CSPP subject to the provisions set forth in
Section 2 preceding, or for customer requested changes of service under CSPP to Fast
Packet Transport Services under the Fast Packet Transport Services Payment Plan
subject to the provisions set forth in Section 2.
Airline distance between Company Central Offices shall be developed using the
methodology found in S20.5.3 of this Tariff. Fractional mileage shall be rounded up to the
next full mile.
SECTION 20
Original Page 25
BY:
Vice President
20.8
20.8.2
D. Connections
1.
2.
3.
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation Equipment
and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to Dedicated DS1
Service, formerly MegaLink when such connection is made in accordance with the
provision specified in 2., 3., and 4. following.
a. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance
of Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink to a network interface on the
customer's premises where provision is made for the connection of local service.
b. The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of
any terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a customer.
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is not represented as adapted for the use
of such equipment or system. Where such equipment or system is connected to
Company facilities the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing
of facilities suitable for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink and to the
maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital service. The Company
shall not be responsible for:
- the through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system,
or for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission
- the reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or damage to terminal
equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or authorized
user due to testing.
c. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in any of the
facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink render any facilities or equipment
provided by a customer obsolete, or require modification or alteration of such
equipment or system or otherwise affects its use or performance.
d. The Company undertakes to maintain and repair the facilities which it furnishes. The
customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any equipment
installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.
Responsibilities of the Customer
a. The customer is responsible for installing and testing his premises equipment or
facilities to insure that when they are connected to Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink such equipment or facilities are operating properly.
b. The operating characteristics of the customer premises equipment or facilities shall be
such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company. Such
use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by a
customer does not: endanger the safety of Company employees or the public;
damage, require change in or alteration of the equipment or other facilities of the
Company; interfere with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; impair
the operation of the Company's facilities or otherwise injure the public in its use of the
Company's services. Upon notice that the equipment provided by a customer is
causing or is likely to cause such hazard or interference, the customer shall take such
steps as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.
c. The customer's responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company
as may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or
changes may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in
outside plant facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses
incurred in changes to his premises equipment.
d. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Trouble Location Charge, as set
forth in Section 2. of this Tariff, for visits by the Company to the premises of the
customer where the service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of
equipment or facilities provided by the customer.
SECTION 20
Original Page 26
BY:
Vice President
20.8
20.8.2
D. Connections (Cont’d)
Equipment andCustomer-Provided Communications Systems.
1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment and/or Customer-Provided
Communications Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer, to
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink.
2) The customer, by use of its own derivation equipment, may create digital
bit streams from a Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink and such
equipment may be connected for transmission of such bit streams when
connected thru a customer-provided CSU/TE.
3) The undertaking of the Company is to furnish Dedicated DS1 Service,
formerly MegaLink as ordered. The customer is required to provide the CSU/TE
as specified in d. following.
b.
c.
d.
Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to the Same Customer
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink furnished by the Company may be
connected by the customer to another service or to other services furnished by
the Company as specified in D.2. and 3. preceding. Connected services are
subject to all rules and regulations governing the provisioning of those services.
Connections to other services furnished by the Company to different customers the
customer may connect at the premises of the customer to another Dedicated
DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink or other services furnished by the Company to
different customers as specified in D.2. and 3. preceding. Connected services
are subject to all rules and regulations governing provisioning of those services.
Connection of Channel Service Units
A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate Termination Equipment (TE) must be
provided by the customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility. In
accordance with Part 68 of the FCC's Rules and Regulations, new grandfathered
CSU/TEs may be connected, moved, and reconnected until June 30, 1987.
After this date only. registered and previously connected grandfathered CSU/TEs
may be connected to Company-provided digital facilities.
BY:
Vice President
20.8
SECTION 20
Original Page 27
20.8.2 Regulations (Cont’d)
E. Features
1. Clear Channel Capability
a. Clear Channel Capability (CCC) is an arrangement that alters a DS1/1.544
Mbps signal with unconstrained information bits.
b. CCC is provided on Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channels between
two customer-designated premises, from a customer premises to their Serving Wire
Center or Node Central Office and/or to a remote Serving Wire Center or Node
Central Office, and from a Central Office to a Central Office, and is subject to the
availability of facilities. This optional feature may be ordered at the same time the
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel is ordered, or it may be ordered
as an additional feature of an existing Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
channel.
c. When providing CCC via a DS3/44.736 Mbps High Capacity channel, that DS3
channel must be designated, in Company records, as having Clear Channel
Capability prior to the provisioning of a DS1/1.544 Mbps High Capacity channel with
CCC. Customers must agree to out-of-service periods required to add this feature to
an existing Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel to be optioned for
B8ZS.
1. The minimum period for which Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is furnished
and for which charges are applicable is one month.
3. When Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink is interrupted due to causes other than
negligence of the customer, or to the failure of facilities or equipment furnished by the
customer, a credit allowance will be made upon request for the portion of service affected.
For the purpose of determining the amount of allowance, every month is considered to
have 30 days. All credit allowances shall begin from the time of notice by the customer to
the Company, and will end when the service is operative. No credit is allowed for
interruption to service of less than 30 minutes. Interruptions of 30 minutes or more are
credited to the customer at the proportionate monthly rate in half-hour multiples for each
half-hour, or major fraction thereof, of interruption. A customer must report the outage in
order to receive service outage credit. The total credit received in any month shall not
exceed the monthly rate for the service.
SECTION 20
Original Page 28
BY:
Vice President
20.8
20.8..3 Rates and Charges
A Digital Local Channel, each
Month
24 to
49 to
To
48
72
73 to
Nonrecurring
96
3.
Charges
Month
Months
Months
Months
(a) First 1/2 Mile
$350.00
$202.10
$95.05
$95.05
$95.05
(b) Each additional 1/2 Mile, or fraction thereof
80.70
44.00
41.00
39.00
B. Interoffice Channels are furnished between Central Offices. Rates are based on the airline
distance between Central Offices.
1. Interoffice Channel, each channel 0-8 miles
Month
24 to
49 to
73 to
Nonrecurring
To
48
72
96
Charge
Month
Months
Months
Months
(a) Fixed Monthly Rate
$100.00
$118.30
$64.35
$64.35
$64.35
(b) Each Airline Mile, or fraction thereof
53.10
23.00
21.00
17.00
2. Interoffice Channel, each channel 9-25 miles
(a Fixed monthly rate
100.00
118.30
64.35
64.35
64.35
(b) Each airline mile or fraction thereof
49.40
27.95
27.95
27.95
Interoffice Channel, each channel over 25 miles
(a) Fixed monthly rate
100.00
118.30
64.35
64.35
64.35
(b) Each airline mile or fraction thereof
47.60
26.10
26.10
26.10
C. Clear Channel Capability is furnished on a per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
channel basis.
1. Per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel optioned as:
Nonrecurring
Monthly
Charge
Rate
Initial
Subsequent
(a) Superframe Format (SF)
$$$655.00
(b) Extended Superframe Format (ESF)
655.00
D. Move Charge
A move charge, per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel, applies for each
Digital Local Channel moved to a new location in the same building. This move charge is equal
to the sum of the Digital Local Channel Nonrecurring Charge, Service Change Charge - Inside
Moves, and Premises Visit Charge. A move charge, per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink channel under CSPP, applies for each Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
moved to a new location in Company territory within the same state. This move charge is equal
to the sum of all nonrecurring charges applicable to a new Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink channel installation at the new location.
SECTION 20
Original Page 29
BY:
Vice President
20.8
20.8..3 Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
E. Service Connection Charges
1. Service Establishment Charges are applicable, for each Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink channel ordered, for receiving and recording information and/or taking action in
connection with a customer's request, and processing the necessary data. These charges
include engineering design, common centralized testing and coordination.
2. Service Change Charges are applicable for receiving and recording information and/or
taking action in connection with a customer's Inside Move or transfer of service
responsibility request, for processing the necessary data on an existing Dedicated DS1
Service, formerly MegaLink channel. A Service Change Charge is applicable for each
Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink channel associated with the customer request
(in lieu of a Service Establishment Charge).
3. Premises Visit Charges are applicable, per Digital Local Channel, for the termination of a
channel at a customer's premises or for inside moves. Only one Premises Visit Charge
applies when more than one channel service of the same type is terminated or moved at
the same premises at the same time.
4. Connection charges are applicable for the connection and testing of Digital Local
Channels and/or Interoffice Channels. The charges applied are those nonrecurring
charges contained in A. and B. preceding.
5. Charges for Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink
a. Service Establishment Charge
(1) Per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink Channel
Nonrecurring
Charge
(a) Each
$575.00
b. Service Change Charge
(1) Per Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly MegaLink Channel
(a) For Inside Moves, each
350.00
(b) Per Transfers of Responsibility, each
50.00
c. Premises Visit Charge
(1) Per Digital Local Channel or for an Inside Move
(a) Per Visit
40.00
SECTION 20
Original Page 30
BY:
Vice President
20.9
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet Service
20.9.1 General
A. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service is furnished for IntraLATA Communications by
the Company.
B. The service is provided for the transmission of digital signals only and is furnished only via
digital transmission facilities.
C. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service provides for the simultaneous two-way
transmission of synchronous digital signals at speeds of 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64 Kbps
between customer locations where appropriate digital facilities for this service are available as
determined by the Company.
D. Multipoint Service, Secondary Channel capability and/or Data Over Voice Channel may not be
available in all Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service locations.
E. To ensure satisfactory operation, the terminal equipment provided by the customer must
be compatible with the channel facility provided by the Company.
F. Unless specified following, the regulations for Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service
specified herein applies in addition to the regulations set forth in Section 2 preceding.
G. The rates specified for Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service are in S20.9.3
following. The Company will provide a digital facility over existing interoffice carrier
equipment and/or transmission facilities compatible with Digital Data Circuit, formerly
Synchronet service. If new equipment and facilities or changes to existing facilities are
required to provide for Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service, a special construction
charge based on the cost incurred to make the changes may apply in addition to these rates.
H. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service is available on a month-to-month basis or
under contract plans as described in S20.9.2.E. following.
20.9.2 Regulations
1. Service is furnished for the simultaneous two-way transmission of digital signals at
synchronous rates of 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 , 19.2, 56 and 64 Kbps between two or more points
located within a LATA. These channels may also be furnished on a link (partial channel)
basis 2 when connected to FlexServ service, Dedicated DS1 Service, formerly
MegaLink channel service, LightGate service, and/or SMARTRing service.
2. Service is furnished for duplex operation only.
3. A minimum initial service period of 3 months is required.
4. The design, maintenance and operation of Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet
service contemplates communications originating or terminating at stations of the
customer. While connections to communications systems provided by others may be
made on a permissive basis as provided for in Section 2, the Company does not represent
this service as adapted for such connections, and shall not be responsible for the through
transmission of signals, or the quality of such transmission on such connections.
5. A Channel Service Unit provided by the customer is required at a customer's premises to
perform such functions as:
- amplification
- signal shaping
- remote loop-back
SECTION 20
Original Page 31
BY:
Vice President
20.9
20.9.2 Regulations
B. Definitions
The term "Channel Service Unit" (CSU) denotes equipment provided by the customer to
terminate a digital facility on the customer's or Other Common Carrier's premises.
DATA OVER VOICE CHANNEL
The term "Data Over Voice Channel" denotes a digital data channel derived from a two-wire
local exchange facility that transmits voice and data signals simultaneously. A Data Over Voice
Channel is provided at the speed of 9.6 Kbps and is furnished between a wire center and
the demarcation point on the customer's premises over the customer's existing local
exchange facility. The Data Over Voice Channel option may be used in lieu of a Digital Local
Channel. Terminal equipment to support the Data Over Voice Channel must be provided by the
customer.
DIGITAL INTEROFFICE CHANNEL
The term "Digital Interoffice Channel" denotes a path (or paths) for digital transmission
between a Serving Wire Center and Node Central Office, or between Node Central Offices,
within a LATA. An interoffice channel may be furnished in such manner as the Company may
elect.
The term "Digital Local Channel" denotes a path for Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet
service furnished from the Serving Wire Center to the customer's premises.
MULTIPOINT SERVICE
The term "Multipoint Service" denotes a service which provides communications capability
between more than two private line station locations by means of a bridging or hubbing
arrangement. For the provision of Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service, the bridging
or hubbing arrangement shall be located at the Node Central Office.
NODE CENTRAL OFFICE
The term "Node Central Office" denotes that physical location the Company has designated
as a test, maintenance and monitoring center to service one or more Serving Wire Centers.
There may be more than one Node Central Office within a LATA.
SECONDARY CHANNEL
The term "Secondary Channel" denotes the offering of a companion digital transmission
capability over the same physical facility as the primary channel at a lower bit rate. The
customer must provide terminal equipment required to support secondary channel capability.
SERVING WIRE CENTER
The term "Serving Wire Center" denotes the local telephone central office assigned to
subscribers in a well-defined area. The Company as a Node Central Office may further
designate a Serving Wire Center.
Note 1:
This also applies when the Data Over Voice Channel option is used.
SECTION 20
Original Page 32
BY:
Vice President
20.9
C. Method of Applying Rates
premises.
2. Node Terminations are applied to each termination within the Node Central Office. A
charge is applicable for each Local Channel and/or Digital Interoffice channel connected
within a Node Central Office.
3. A Digital Interoffice Channel will be required when a Digital Local Channel originates from
a Serving Wire Center that is not a Node Central Office. The rate is based on airline
mileage, or fraction thereof, between the Serving Wire Center and the Node Central
Office.
4. A Digital Interoffice Channel will be required between Nodes when a customer has a
requirement to connect premises located in separate Nodal Service Areas. The rate
is based on airline mileage, or fraction thereof, between Node Central Offices. 2
5. Airline distance between Company central offices shall be developed using
methodology and Vertical (V) and Horizontal (H) coordinates contained in the
National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA) Tariff F.C.C. No. 4. Fractional
mileage shall be rounded up to the next full mile. Mileages are calculated as described in
S20.5.3.A. of this Tariff.
6. A Data Over Voice Channel at 9.6 Kbps is available as an optional feature and
may be used in lieu of a 9.6 Kbps Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service
Digital Local Channel. The customer must also subscribe to a compatible two-wire local
exchange line (e.g., business exchange line). This two-wire exchange line and its
associated rates and charges are in addition to the Data Over Voice Channel rates and
charges. Node Termination charges apply per Data Over Voice Channel. Interoffice
Channel mileage charges apply between the customer's serving wire center and the Node
Central Office if the customer's serving wire center is not a Node Office. A Data Over
Voice Channel may be used in a two-station arrangement and a multipoint arrangement.
Note 1:
When customer premises terminations are located in wire centers assigned to different primary
nodes, digital interoffice channel mileage will be calculated from each serving wire center to its assigned
primary node, and digital interoffice channel mileage will also be calculated for the distance between
the two primary nodes in the routing sequence.
SECTION 20
Original Page 33
BY:
Vice President
20.9
D. Connections
1. Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation Equipment
and Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to Digital Data
Circuit, formerly Synchronet service when such a connection is made in accordance with
the provision specified in 2. and 3. following.
2. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance of
service to a network interface on the customer's premises where provision is made for the
connection of local service. The customer is responsible for installing and testing his
premises equipment, facilities to insure that when they are connected with the Digital Data
Circuit, formerly Synchronet service such equipment, or facilities are operating properly.
3. The customer responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company as
may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or changes
may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant
facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his
premises equipment.
4. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Trouble Location Charge for visits by
the Company to the premises of the customer where the service difficulty or trouble report
results from the use of equipment or facilities provided by the customer.
Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems.
(1) Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Communications
Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer, or user to Digital
Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service.
(2) The customer or user, by use of its own derivation equipment, may create
digital bit streams from Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service.
Such equipment may be connected for transmission of such bit streams when
connected thru a customer-provided CSU.
b. Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to the Same Customer
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service as furnished by the Company
may be connected to another service or to other services furnished by the
Company as specified following:
(1) At the premises of the customer to Series 2000 analog data channels
furnished under the rates and regulations of this Company's Tariff.
c. Connections to other services furnished by the Company to different customers Digital
Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service as furnished by the Company to a customer
may be connected at the premises of the customer or user to other services furnished
by the Company to different customers as specified in D.2. preceding.
SECTION 20
Original Page 34
BY:
Vice President
20.9
D. Connections (Cont'd)
d. Connection of Channel Service Units
The customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility must provide a Channel
Service Unit (CSU). In accordance with Part 68 of the FCC's Rules and
Regulations, new grandfathered CSUs may be connected, moved, and
reconnected until June 30, 1987. After this date only registered and previously
connected grandfathered CSUs may be connected to Company-provided digital
facilities. Registered technical requirements for CSUs are outlined in Part 68 of the
FCC's Rules and Regulations. A copy may be obtained from the Federal
Communications Commission, Room BB300, Washington, D. C. 20054.
e. Customer provided terminal equipment for the data over voice channel must
be compatible with the Company provided terminating equipment at the central
office.
6. Responsibility of the Company
a. The Company shall not be responsible for installation operation or maintenance of
any terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or user.
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service is not represented as adapted to the
use of such equipment or system. Where such equipment or system is connected
to Company facilities the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the
furnishing of facilities suitable for Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service
and to the maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital
service. The Company shall not be responsible for:
- the through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system, or
for the quality of, or defects in such transmission or
- the reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or damage to terminal
equipment or communications systems provided by a customer or authorized
user due to testing.
b. The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of
the facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service render any facilities or equipment
provided by a customer or user obsolete, or require modification or alteration of such
equipment or system or otherwise affects its use or performance.
c. The Company undertakes to maintain and repair the facilities, which it furnishes. The
customer or user may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any
equipment installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.
d. The Company has set a design objective of 99.5% error free seconds of operations at
all speeds with Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service. This objective does
not apply when the Data Over Voice Channel option is used in a circuit design.
e. The Data Over Voice Channel is provided subject to the availability of appropriate
network facilities and equipment and subject to the transmission limitations of facilities
and equipment used by the Company.
f. The Company is authorized to provide Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet
service for use in application testing subject to the regulations set forth in Section 2.
Up to three each of Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service local channels,
node channel terminations, interoffice channels and bridging service rate elements
may be utilized in a typical applications test configuration. The Company is
authorized to deviate from this average in order to fully participate in an application
test with a customer, which cannot otherwise be performed to the customer's
satisfaction.
SECTION 20
Original Page 35
BY:
Vice President
20.9
E. Contract Plans
1. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service offered under contract plan periods as
described in a. and b. following.
a.
Twenty-four to forty-two month contract plan - payment periods
may be selected from twenty-four months to forty-two months.
b.
Forty-three to sixty-month contract plan - payment periods may
be selected from forty-three to sixty months.
2. The contract plans are available under conditions specified in Section 2 of this Tariff
except as follows. Increases under contract rate plans are subject to the stipulations of 3,
following.
3. Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet service rates under contract plans will not be
increased by Company initiative until the contract period expires. Rates in effect at the
time the service is installed and/or when the Company is notified in writing of the
subscriber's choice of payment period options, will be applicable until the contract plan
expires. At the expiration date of the customer's payment period option, the customer may
select a new payment period option at the current rates. If the customer does not select a
new payment period or does not request discontinuance of service, service will be
continued under the terms specified in Section 2 of this Tariff.
4. A Termination Liability Charge is applicable at the date of termination if the customer
terminates or disconnects the service prior to fulfilling the period of the contract plan
except as specified in b. following. However, Termination Liability charges will not apply
for customer requests for moves of service under CSPP subject to the provisions set forth
in Section 2. preceding. The Termination Liability Charge is fifty percent (50%) of the
following: the contracted monthly rate times the number of months in the contract plan,
less the contracted monthly rate times the number of months the service has been
installed. An example is provided in a. following.
a.
A customer subscribes to Digital Data Circuit, formerly
Synchronet service using the twenty-four to forty-two month payment plan. The actual
duration of the contract plan is for thirty months. The subscriber terminates the
service after twelve months. The total liability charge is thirty months times the
monthly rate. The amount is then reduced to reflect the number of months the
subscriber has had the service, which in this example is twelve months. Therefore,
the Termination Liability Charge is fifty percent (50%) of that amount calculated as
follows:
Termination Liability Charge =
.50 x [(30 months x monthly rate)
- (12 months x monthly rate)]
b.
A Termination Liability Charge will not be applicable at the date
of termination if the customer terminates or disconnects the service prior to fulfilling
the period of the contract plan for customer requested changes to a higher order of
service covered by the Channel Services Payment Plan as specified in Section 2, or
customer requested changes to services not covered by the Channel Services Plan
that are offered by the Company under a contract payment plan provided that the
applicable conditions set forth in Section 2 are satisfied.
SECTION 20
Original Page 36
BY:
Vice President
20.9
1. The minimum period for which service is furnished and for which charges are applicable is
3 months.
3. When service is interrupted due to causes other than the negligence of the customer or
user, or the failure of facilities furnished by the customer or user, a credit allowance will be
made upon request for the portion of the service which is affected. For the purpose of
determining the amount of allowance every month is considered to have 30 days and only
those stations on the interrupted portions of a service shall be considered in determining
the number of stations affected. All such credit allowances shall begin from the time
of notice by the customer or user to the Company that an unsatisfactory
performance level has occurred, provided that the customer or user promptly releases the
service as requested by the Company to perform testing and maintenance.
a. Interruptions of less than three hours - no credit is applied.
b. Interruptions of three hours or over are credited to the customer at the proportionate
monthly charge in half-hour multiples for each half-hour or major fraction thereof of
interruption.
c. Interruption for a period of twenty-four hours or more, credit is allowed for the
proportionate part of the monthly charge in multiples of one day for each twenty-four
hours or major fraction thereof of interruption for the portion of the service affected by
the interruption.
Note 1:
Two or more interruptions of 30 minutes or more, during any period up to, but not including 3 hours, shall
be considered as one interruption.
SECTION 20
Original Page 37
BY:
Vice President
20.9
A. Service wholly within the same LATA.
premises. The Digital Local Channel charges apply per local channel.
Nonrecurring
Month
24 to
43 to
Charges
To
42
60
First
Additional
Month
Months
Months
(a) 2.4 Kbps
$260.00
$76.00
$60.50
$47.00
$44.50
(b) 4.8 Kbps
260.00
76.00
60.50
47.00
44.50
(c) 9.6 Kbps
260.00
76.00
60.50
47.00
44.50
(d) 19.2 Kbps
260.00
76.00
60.50
47.00
44.50
(e) 56.0 Kbps
260.00
76.00
109.60
62.00
55.00
(f) 64.0 Kbps
260.00
76.00
109.60
62.00
55.00
2. A Node Channel Termination is required at the Company's Node Central Office. Node
Channel Termination per local channel, each.
Nonrecurring
Month
24 to
43 to
Charges
To
42
60
First
Additional
Month
Months
Months
(a) 2.4 Kbps
$25.00
$19.00
$14.30
$9.00
$8.50
(b) 4.8 Kbps
25.00
19.00
14.30
9.00
8.50
(c) 9.6 Kbps
25.00
19.00
14.30
9.00
8.50
(d) 19.2 Kbps
25.00
19.00
14.30
9.00
8.50
(e) 56.0 Kbps
25.00
19.00
33.00
25.00
22.00
(f)
64.0 Kbps
25.00
19.00
33.00
25.00
22.00
Note 1:
SECTION 20
Original Page 38
BY:
Vice President
20.9
Digital Data Circuit, formerly Synchronet Service (Cont’d)
20.9.3 Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
A. Service wholly within the same LATA.(Cont'd)
3. A Digital Interoffice Channel is furnished between a serving wire center and the Node
Central Office or between Node Central Offices. Digital Interoffice mileage is portrayed
in bands. The appropriate mileage band for calculating interoffice mileage rates is
determined by the total length in miles of that interoffice channel. A flat rate and a rate per
mile apply to each band 3 for each Digital Interoffice Channel provided.
a. Interoffice channel, each channel 0 - 8 miles
Month
24 to
43 to
Nonrecurring
To
42
60
Charges
Month
Months
Months
(a) 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
$95.00
$35.00
$18.00
$17.00
(b) 56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
70.10
33.75
30.00
(a)
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
3.40
1.50
1.00
(b)
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.90
3.00
2.00
b. Interoffice channel, each channel 9-25 miles
(a)
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
95.00
35.00
18.00
17.00
(b)
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
70.10
33.75
30.00
(a)
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
3.40
1.50
1.00
(b)
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.70
3.00
2.00
c. Interoffice channel, each channel over 25 miles
(a)
2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
95.00
35.00
18.00
17.00
(b)
56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
95.00
70.10
33.75
30.00
SECTION 20
Original Page 39
BY:
Vice President
20.9
20.9.3 Rates and Charges (Cont’d)
A. Service wholly within the same LATA.(Cont'd)
3. (Cont'd)
c. Interoffice channel, each channel over 25 miles (Cont'd)
Month
24 to
43 to
Nonrecurring
To
42
60
Charges
Month
Months
Months
(a) 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 and 19.2 Kbps
$$3.10
$1.50
$1.00
(b) 56.0 and 64.0 Kbps
6.60
3.00
2.00
B. Optional Features and Functions
1. Multipoint Service, per local or interoffice channel bridged 4,5
(a) 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 or 19.2 Kbps
20.00
22.00
13.00
12.00
(b) 56.0 Kbps 6
20.00
22.00
13.00
12.00
2. Secondary Channel Capability, per local channel
(a) Each 4,5,6,7
225.00
19.80
14.00
13.00
20.8.4
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 5:
Note 6:
Note 7:
A. The two types of rates and charges are monthly rates and nonrecurring charges and are
1. Monthly Rates
Monthly rates are recurring charges that apply each month or fraction thereof that a
service is provided. For billing purposes, each month is considered to have 30 days.
Refer to the National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA) Tariff F.C.C. No. 4 for mileage measurement
methodology and wire center Vertical (V) and Horizontal (H) coordinates.
Not available at all service locations.
This option is not available with 64.0 Kbps.
This option cannot be provided where 56.0 Kbps repeaters are required for digital local channels.
Nonrecurring charge is applicable only if Secondary Channel service is being added subsequent to
the installation of basic service.
SECTION 20
Original Page 40
BY:
Vice President
20.9
20.9.4 Types of Rates and Charges (Cont'd)
described as follows: (Cont'd)
2. Nonrecurring Charges
Nonrecurring Charges are one-time charges that apply for a specific work activity.
The three types of nonrecurring charges that apply are installation of service, installation of
features and functions and service rearrangements.
a. Installation of Service
Nonrecurring charges apply for each service terminated at
the customer's premises. For the installation of local channels when more than
one of the same type of service, between the same locations, for the same customer
is ordered and installed at the same time, one at each location is billed at the
First Service Installed rate and the others are billed at the Additional Service
Installed rate. If additional services are installed at a later date, then the First Service
Installed rate and the Additional Service rate would apply regardless of what service
already existed.
The nonrecurring charges for the Installation of Services are
set forth in S20.5 preceding.
b. Service Rearrangements
(1) Service rearrangements are changes to existing (installed) services which do not
result in either a change in the minimum period requirements or a change in
the physical location of the point of termination at a customer premises.
Changes which result in the establishment of new minimum period
obligations are treated as disconnects and starts. Changes in the physical
location of the point of termination are treated as moves and are described and
charged for as set forth in S20.5. The charge to the customer for the service
rearrangement is dependent on whether the change is administrative only in
nature or involves actual physical change to the service.
Administrative changes will be made without charge(s) to the customer. Such
changes require the continued provision and billing of the Private Line Service to
the same entity (i.e., customer remains responsible for all outstanding
indebtedness for the service). Administrative changes are as follows:
- Change of customer name (i.e., the customer of record does not change but
rather the customer of record changes name),
- Change of customer or customer's premises address when the change of
address is not a result of a physical relocation of equipment.
- Change in billing data (name, address or contact name or telephone number).
- Change from Data Phone Digital Service (DDS) to Digital Data Circuit, formerly
Synchronet service.
SECTION 20
Original Page 41
BY:
Vice President
20.9
20.9.4 Types of Rates and Charges (Cont'd)
described as follows: (Cont'd)
2. Nonrecurring Charges (Cont’d)
(2) All other service rearrangements will be charged for as follows:
- If the change involves the addition of other customer designated premises to
an existing multipoint service, the nonrecurring charge for the local channel
rate element will apply. The charges will apply only for the location(s) that is
being added.
- If the change involves the addition of an optional feature or function
which has a separate nonrecurring charge, that nonrecurring charge will
apply.
- Customer required changes of data transmission rate for a Digital Data
Circuit, formerly Synchronet service, subsequent to initial installation where
no premises visit is required, will not be treated as a change of service. Onehalf of the nonrecurring charges will be applicable for these data transmission
rate changes.
- For all other changes, including a change of the customer of record involving
no physical changes to the service provided or the addition of optional features
without separate nonrecurring charges, a charge equal to a local channel rate
element nonrecurring charge will apply. Only one such charge will apply per
service order, per change.
B. A move involves a change in the physical location of one of the following:
1. The point of interface at the customer premises.
2. The customer's premises.
C. The charges for the move are dependent on whether the move is to a new location within the
same building or to a different building.
1. Moves Within the Same Building
When the move is to a new location within the same building, the charge for the
move will be an amount equal to one-half the nonrecurring (i.e., installation) charge
for the affected service termination at the customer's premises. There will be no
change in the minimum period requirements. If a move is made at the same time a
service rearrangement is made, the total charge will never exceed a full nonrecurring
charge for the basic service.
2. To a Different Building
Moves to a different building, other than addressed in 3. following, will be treated as a
discontinuance and start of service and all associated nonrecurring charges will apply.
New minimum period requirements will be established at the new location. The customer
will also remain responsible for satisfying all outstanding minimum period charges for the
discontinued service.
3. Moves of Service(s) under CSPP
Customer requests for moves of service under CSPP, other than inside moves, will be
subject to the conditions stated in Section 2. preceding.
Section 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
(M)
Material on this page has been moved to Section 18 Second Revised Contents Page 1.
Section 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(M)
Material on this page has been moved to Section 18 Original Page 27
Section 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(M)
Section 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
(M)
Section 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-487
ACCESS SERVICES
(N)
CONTENTS
22.1
ACCESS SERVICES
PAGE NO.
1
(N)
Section 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-487
ACCESS SERVICES
22.1
(N)
ACCESS SERVICES
ALLTEL Florida, Inc. has on file with the Florida Public Service Commission, its own Intrastate Access
Service Tariff for the provision of Switched Access, Special Access, and other miscellaneous services within
the State of Florida. This tariff includes the rates, charges, rules and regulations applicable for each service.
Billing and collection rates are offered under contract.
(N)
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
SHARING AND RESALE OF EXCHANGE SERVICE
(T)
CONTENTS
23.1
INTERCONNECTION OF LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TO SHARED TENANT SERVICES
23.1.1
23.1.2
23.1.3
23.1.4
23.1.5
GENERAL
LIMITATIONS
REGULATIONS
SHARED TENANT SERVICE CLIENT INFORMATION
SHARED TENANT SERVICE RATES AND CHARGES
PAGE NO.
1
3
4
7
8
(T)
(D)
(D)
23.1.6
23.1.7
PROVISION OF SHARED SERVICE TO TRANSIENT END USERS
ALL OTHER SHARING ARRANGEMENTS
18
20
(T)
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
INTERCONNECTION OF LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TO SHARED TENANT SERVICES
23.1.1
General
a.
Shared Tenant Service (STS) is a class of resold local exchange service furnished
through a common switching or billing arrangement to commercial tenants within a single
building by a provider other than an existing local exchange telephone company.
b.
The reseller, or STS provider, is a person, firm, partnership or corporation which has
requested and received proper Shared Tenant Service certification from the Florida Public
Service Commission. All other arrangements for resale or sharing of local exchange
service are not permitted except as specified in 23.1.6 and 23.1.7 of this section of the
tariff.
c.
In an STS arrangement, the company’s subscriber of record/customer of record is the STS
provider who orders service and is responsible for paying the telephone bill. The STS
tenant, or end user, is a “client” of the STS provider. Service arrangements for the STS
client must be made through the STS provider except as defined in 23.1.3.a. following.
d.
Requests to provide connection to the local exchange network for the purpose of reselling
local service, i.e., establishing an STS system, must be provided to the Company in
writing.
1.
Such written requests must contain at a minimum, but are not limited to, the
following information:
(a)
Name and address of STS provider;
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
INTERCONNECTION OF LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICES TO SHARED TENANT SERVICES (continued)
23.1.1
(M)
General (continued)
d.
1.
(continued)
(b)
Billing responsibility if different from (a);
(c)
Florida Public Service Commission Certificate Number;
(d)
STS technical advisor, if applicable and if different from (a);
(e)
New Building or Retrofit;
(f)
A forecast as to the anticipated local exchange access requirements for
60 months following initiation of the STS system.
(g)
Number of suites/offices in building;
(h)
The name of the agent or representative responsible for placing orders,
if different from (a).
(i)
A representative or agent for purposes of this tariff is one who is
authorized to act on behalf of another--usually under legal contract.
Changes to the STS system or directory listings will be accepted by the
Company only form this authority.
(M)
(M)
Material on this page was previously found on Page 1 in this Section.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
T-97-481
23.1.2
Limitations
a.
(D)
(D)
b.
If more than one building is served by a single PBX, the trunk groups serving each building
must be partitioned, i.e., not shared by the other, and each requires certification.
c.
STS arrangements are limited to two-hundred fifty (250) trunks per PBX switch.
1.
This trunk limitation includes all inward, outward and combination trunks
connected to the STS PBX switch regardless of whether the trunks are pooled or
partitioned.
2.
All outward and combination trunks connected to a switch which has shared
trunks will be message rated trunks.
d.
STS providers may arrange for sharing or “pooling” of STS trunks for use by their clients.
e.
No intercommunication may take place behind the STS PBX between unaffiliated STS
clients.
(D)
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.2
Limitations (continued)
f.
23.1.3
Suspension of service as provided in 2.3.1.4 is not permitted in connection with Shared
Tenant Service.
Regulations
a.
(M)
Shared Tenant Service providers are required to ensure access for the Company to any
STS client requesting direct service from the Company.
1.
The Company must be able to gain access to all facilities up to the demarcation
point of the building and/or the client’s premises. The Company will retain
responsibility and maintenance of the network up to that point.
2.
The Company may construct facilities to directly serve the STS client; or, in lieu
of Company-owned facilities, the Company may choose to utilize privately owned
distribution facilities, including purchase or lease of such facilities from the STS
provider.
3.
Should the Company choose to purchase or lease facilities from the STS
provider, the Company will provide reasonable compensation not to exceed what
it would have cost the Company to construct its own facilities.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.3
Regulation (continued)
a.
(continued)
4.
In no case will the Company be a party to controversies between an STS
provider and an STS client desiring direct service from the Company.
b.
STS providers must permit client access to the company operators “zero” (0) for
emergencies and to 911 where available. Unrestricted access must be provided to all
locally available interexchange carriers and to the intraexchange toll service handled by
the Company.
c.
An STS provider may not provide shared Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) unless
granted additional authority to do so by the Florida Public Service Commission.
d.
Private bypass facilities, e.g. microwave towers, may not be constructed for
interconnecting STS locations or systems. STS providers are also prohibited from
establishing dedicated private line facilities to an interexchange carriers point of presence.
e.
STS providers may not authorize, arrange for or otherwise permit telephone
intercommunication between unaffiliated commercial tenants.
1.
(M)
An affiliated entity, for purposes of this tariff, is defined as one that holds in
excess of 50% of the stock of the entity which claims to be affiliated.
Material on this page was previously found on Page 3 and 4 of this Section.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.3
Regulation (continued)
e.
(continued)
2.
(M)
An unaffiliated entity, therefore, is one that controls less than 50% of the other
entities stock.
f.
Tie lines are restricted to the private use of a single STS client and cannot be used to
access local exchange service in lieu of STS trunks.
g.
An STS system may not be connected through private lines to other communication
systems which subscribe to flat rate exchange service.
h.
Customer premises equipment associated with STS and the provisioning thereof is the
responsibility of the STS provider.
1.
All repairs, rearrangements, moves and changes to the STS system beyond the
Company’s demarcation point or network interface will be the responsibility of the
STS provider except as provided in 23.1.3.a.
2.
The STS provider will be responsible for payment of a Trouble Location Charge
for visits by the Company where a service difficulty or trouble report results from
customer-provided equipment or facilities regardless of whether the trouble was
reported to the Company Repair by the STS provider or an STS client.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.4
(M)
Shared Tenant Service Client Information
a.
The rates and charges listed herein are those charged the STS provider for resale of local
exchange service. The Company will not retain nor provide to any caller the rates charged
to the STS client by the STS provider. It is the STS providers responsibility to disclose
such information to the client(s).
b.
Each STS provider is required to inform STS clients of its current rates and charges for
resold local exchange service and its quality of service standards. The STS provider must
inform each client that the Florida Public Service Commission will not set rates or regulate
the service quality standards of the providers STS system.
c.
The STS provider is responsible for establishing repair reporting procedures to be used by
STS clients. The charge in 23.1.3.h will be applicable if an STS client reports trouble to
Company Repair and a subsequent premises visit by a Company technician locates the
trouble in the STS equipment or facilities.
d.
STS arrangements are provided one free directory listing of the business kind per tenant
DID number. The STS provider is responsible for determining the clients desired listing
arrangement and for conveying that information to the Company in a timely manner.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
T-97-481
23.1.4
Shared Tenant Service Client Information (Continued)
d.
23.1.5
(continued)
1.
The clients listing is provided under the rules and regulations specified in Section
6 of this tariff.
2.
The Company will not be a party to any controversies which may arise between
the STS provider and client(s) due to misspellings, omissions, delays or
misunderstandings about the desired listing.
3.
Additional directory listings may be furnished at rates and regulations as specified
in Section 6.
Shared Tenant Service Rates and Charges
a.
Shared Tenant Service Rates and Charges
The following rates and charges are applicable only to certificated Shared Tenant Service
systems. Rates for all other sharing arrangements, as defined in 23.1.6 and 23.1.7 are as
specified in the appropriate sections of this tariff.
1.
Service Establishment Charge:
2.
PBX Basic Trunk Rate, per trunk
(inward, outward and/or combination trunks)
Installation
Charge
Monthly
Rate
$300.00
60% of trunk
rate in Section 11
(T)
(C)
(C)
Section 23
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-481
23.1
23.1.5
Shared Tenant Service Rates and Charges (continued)
a.
3.
Usage Charges (apply in addition to PBX trunk rate)
(a)
Local Message Charge, per message
Initial Minutes
Additional Minute
(M)
(C)
Peak
$.030
.015
Off-Peak
$.020
.010
(b)
Local message charges do not apply on calls to 911, the Company
operator, Company Repair (611) or on calls to the Company Business
Office.
(c)
Calls to local Directory Assistance (411) will be charged the tariffed rate
for such calls as specified in 3.6.2.a.
(d)
Off peak measured rate will apply for local calls placed between 12:00
noon and 2:00 p.m. weekdays; between 9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. all
days; and between 9:00 a.m. and 9:00 p.m. Saturdays and Sundays.
4.
Calls to telephone numbers for which a charge is applicable to the caller, i.e.,
900, 976, will be charged for at the appropriate rate.
5.
The STS provider is responsible for payment of the charges. The Company will
make no attempt to determine which client or clients placed the calls.
6.
The Service Establishment Charge in 23.1.5.a.1 applies to new STS systems
only. Those in existence on the effective date of this tariff are not subject to this
charge.
7.
Service connection charges as specified in Section 4 apply as appropriate.
Material on this page previously found on pages 10 and 11 of this tariff.
(C)
(M)
(N)
(N)
(T)
(M)
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
Section 23
T-97-481
(D)
(D)
Section 23
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-481
(D)
(D)
Section 23
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.5
a.
2.
(continued)
b.
Direct-Inward-Dialing (DID) Service Associated with Sharing and Resale of Basic Local
Exchange Service.
(M)
(M)
(M)
1.
DID service permits incoming calls to a PBX system to reach specific station lines
without the assistance of an attendant. DID service is provided subject to the
availability of facilities and telephone numbers and other conditions as specified
in Section 2.3.1 and 15 of this tariff.
2.
The rates specified herein are in addition to the rates shown elsewhere in the
tariff for the services with which this offering is associated (e.g., STS Trunk Rates
and Charges, etc.)
3.
DID service is optionally available and includes central office switching equipment
necessary for indialing from the network directly to stations associated with
customer premises switching equipment.
Material previously shown on this Page is now found on Page 11 of this Section.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.5
b.
Exchange Service (continued)
3.
(continued)
Subscribers to DID service will be required to maintain an adequate number of
DID trunks as determined by the Company in order to provide “quality” grade of
service and prevent network degradation.
(M)
4.
The service must be provided on all lines in a trunk group arranged for inward
service. Where DID is required on more than one group of trunks or central
office lines, each such group shall be considered as a separate DID service.
5.
The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers
assigned to a DID service are made at the discretion of the Company. Where the
equipment configuration requires the assignment of blocks of telephone numbers
or where the customer requests additional blocks of telephone numbers held in
reserve for future use, rates and charges as shown are applicable for each
unused block of telephone numbers. The Company does not guarantee to
provide DID numbers arranged in a consecutive manner.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.5
b.
(M)
6.
When equipment or service of a special type arrangement is requested and
provided, rates and charges are based on costs involved to meet the individual
requirements of each case.
7.
Operational characteristics of interface signals between the Company-provided
facilities and the customer-provided switching equipment must conform to the
rules and regulations the Company considers necessary to maintain proper
standards of service as specified in other sections of this tariff.
8.
The Company shall not be responsible to the STS provider or client if changes in
protection criteria or in any of the facilities, operations, or procedures of the
Company render any of the facilities provided by a STS provider or client
obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or
otherwise affect its use or performance.
9.
Directory listings will be provided in accordance with the rates and regulations of
Section 23.1.4.d and 6 of this tariff. DID numbers furnished herein are entitled to
one directory listing without charge. Additional listings are available as specified
in Section 6 of this tariff.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.5
b.
(M)
10.
All STS switching systems provided DID service must be arranged by the
customer to provide for the intercepting of reserved and/or assigned by unused
station numbers. Calls to such numbers will be routed to the customer-provided
switching equipment for handling. On incoming calls from the network to invalid
numbers, or restricted stations in DID equipped STS systems, only two methods
of intercept are acceptable; attendant or recorded announcement. Due to the
network irregularities that can be caused, no form of tone intercept is permitted.
11.
At the discretion of the Company, subject to operating limits and the availability of
facilities, DID service may be provided outside the customer’s normal serving
central office. Where a DID trunk group is served from a central office other than
the customer’s normal serving central office, the appropriate mileage rates for
Foreign Exchange or Foreign Central Office service, per DID trunk will apply.
12.
In addition to the rates and charges specified, appropriate service connection,
move and change charges are applicable to the establishment or rearrangement
of trunks and numbers in connection with providing DID service.
Section 23
Original Page 16
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.5
b.
13.
(M)
Installation charges for DID central office switching equipment are not applicable
if the customer presently subscribes to DID service and changes the type of
customer premises switching equipment to another type of customer premises
switching equipment with DID service. The following provisions apply:
(a)
The customer must maintain at least the same level of DID service
requirements.
(b)
The replacing customer premises equipment must be served by the
same central office as the existing customer premises equipment.
(c)
Central office switching equipment additions or modifications must not
be required in order to provide DID service to the replacing customer
premises switching equipment.
(d)
Rates and charges are applicable to additional DID service
requirements which exceed the customer’s existing level of DID
arrangements.
Section 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
23.1
(T)
23.1.5
c.
Rates and Charges for Shared Tenant
1.
Direct-Inward-Dialing (DID) Service
Installation
Charge
(a)
(b)
(c)
Establish trunk
group and provide first group
of 20 DID numbers
Monthly
Rate
$915.00
$ 4.00
(T)
Each additional
group of 20 DID
numbers
15.00
4.00
(T)
DID Trunk Termination, each
90.00
40.00
(T)
2.
The rates and charges in 23.1.5.c.1.(b) also apply to blocks of reserved
telephone numbers.
3.
The DID trunk termination charges identified in 23.1.5.1.(c) are in addition to the
rates and charges for STS inward trunks as specified in 23.1.5.a.2.
Section 23
Original Page 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.6
Provision of Shared Service to Transient End Users
a.
For purposes of this tariff, a transient end-user is considered to be one temporarily
occupying the premises, with occupancy not to exceed nine months.
b.
By virtue of the transient nature of the end user, certain other sharing arrangements are
considered neither duplicative or competitive with the local exchange service provided by
the Company. Therefore, existing rates and service conditions as specified in other
sections of this tariff will continue to apply to the following sharing arrangements.
1.
2.
(M)
Airports - sharing is permitted within the airport complex for the safe and efficient
transportation of passengers and freight through the airport campus.
(a)
Sharing may not be extended to other facilities such as hotels, shopping
malls and industrial parks unless the airport becomes a certificated STS
provider.
(b)
As an alternative, trunks serving these other entities can be partitioned
from the trunks serving the airport campus.
Hospitals - sharing is permitted within a hospital for patient rooms and
administrative offices due to the critical need for rapid communication of the
hospital staff.
Section 23
Original Page 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.6
Provision of Shared Service to Transient End Users (continued)
b.
2.
3.
(M)
(continued)
(a)
Sharing may not be extended to physicians in private practice offices
unless the hospital becomes a certificated STS provider.
(b)
As an alternative, trunks serving physicians individual private practice
offices can be partitioned from the trunks serving the hospital
administrative offices, patient rooms and other private practice offices.
Nursing homes, Adult Congregate Living Facilities (ACLFs), Continuing Care
Facilities (CCFs) and Retirement Homes - sharing is permitted in facilities which
are intended to serve and/or care for the elderly population. Such sharing
arrangements are permitted only when at least 75% of the occupants of the
homes, communities or facilities are over age 62, or totally or permanently
disabled, and the home community or facility has one or more of the following
licensed or certificated components:
(a)
licensed as a nursing home pursuant to Chapter 400, Florida Statutes,
or
(b)
licensed as an adult congregate living facility pursuant to Chapter
400.404, Florida Statutes, or exempted as an ACLF pursuant to Section
400, Florida Statutes, or
Section 23
Original Page 20
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
23.1
23.1.6
Provision of Shared Service to Transient End Users (continued)
b.
23.1.7
(M)
3.
(continued)
(c)
certificated as a continuing care facility pursuant to Chapter 651, Florida
Statutes, or
(d)
if funded or insured by the United States Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) pursuant to the National Housing Act. 12
U.S. Code SS 1701, program designed to aid the elderly.
All Other Sharing Arrangements
a.
Certain other sharing arrangements which serve transient end-users as defined in
23.1.b.a. are considered neither duplicative nor competitive with service furnished by the
Company and are therefore permitted to continue under existing rates and service
conditions.
b.
Reservation service, sub-leased residence service, service to exhibitors in convention
halls, service in clubs, yacht basins, time-share facilities, apartment hotels and student
dormitories, and composite data services are considered to be in the category of “All Other
Sharing Arrangements.”
c.
Where residents of apartment houses or Co-ops do not meet the criteria of “transient endusers”, sharing arrangements are not permitted. Residents desiring telephone service
must subscribe to service provided by the Company.
Section 24
First Revised Contents Page
Cancels Original Contents Page
BY:
EMERGENCY REPORTING SERVICES
CONTENTS
Page No.
24.1
24.2
UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY NUMBER SERVICE - 911
1
24.1.1
24.1.2
24.1.3
24.1.4
1
2
7
12
General
Rules and Regulations
Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service E-911
Rates and Charges
911 PRIVATE SWITCH/AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION (PS/ALI) SERVICE
13
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 1
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.1
(N)
General (Basic and Enhanced 911)
a.
When requested by local government authorities, and subject to the availability of facilities,
the Company will provide a universal emergency number 911 for use of Public Safety
Answering Points (PSAPs) engaged in assisting local governments in the protection and
safety of the general public.
b.
Two types of service are offered, basic 911 and Enhanced 911 Service (E911). Selection
of the appropriate service to serve various customers will be made by the Company and
the customer and will be based on a thorough analysis of customer needs at each location
and on availability of facilities in each area.
c.
Rates and charges for the 911 Service Feature offerings as shown in Section 24.1.3.d.2.a.
of the Tariff are based on costs for municipal and/or single county 911 Systems. 911
Systems which are essentially municipal and/or countywide but have minor overlapping
into another county due to community of interest reasons are considered to be covered by
this Tariff.
d.
At the request of any county, municipality of political subdivision (user) subscribing to 911
Service the Company will spread the payment of the applicable nonrecurring charges for
the initial provision or subsequent addition of 911 Service and/or equipment in equal
installments, where possible, which shall include all reasonable costs associated
therewith, over a period not to exceed 60 months.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 2
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
(N)
Rules and Regulations
a.
911 service is provided by the Company where facility and operating conditions permit.
b.
This offering is limited to the use of central office number 911 as the universal emergency
number and only one 911 service will be provided within any geographical area.
c.
The 911 emergency number is not intended to replace the seven digit listed number or
telephone service of the various public safety agencies which may participate in the use of
the number. The customer must subscribe for additional local exchange service at the
PSAPs for administrative purposes for placing of outgoing calls and for receiving other
emergency calls, including any which might be relayed by Company operators.
d.
The service is furnished to municipalities and other governmental agencies only for the
purpose of voice reporting emergencies by the public.
e.
When the use of service or facilities furnished by the Company is interrupted due to any
cause other than the negligence or willful act of the subscriber, a pro rata adjustment of
the fixed monthly charges involved will be allowed as covered by Section 2 of this Tariff.
Where allowances on monthly charges for service Features of 911 Service are involved,
only those Service Features which are affected by the interrupted service shall be
considered: and, further, only those access lines on the interrupted portion of the service
shall be considered in determining the number of access lines affected.
f.
It will be the intent of the Company to provide facilities designed to provide a call blocking
probability of one call per hundred during normal busy hours for 911 Service.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 3
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
(N)
Rules and Regulations (Cont’d)
g.
This service is offered solely as an aid in handling assistance calls in connection with fire,
police and other emergencies and does not create any relationship or obligation, direct or
indirect, to any person other than the customer contracting for 911 service. In the event of
any interruption of the service, the Company shall not be liable to any person, corporation
or other entity for any loss or damage in an amount greater than an amount equal to the
pro rata allowance of the tariff rate for the service or facilities provided to the customer for
the time such interruption continues, after notice to the Company. No allowance shall be
made if the interruption is due to the negligence or willful act of the customer of the
service. Further each customer agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless
the Company from any and all loss, claims, demands, suits, or other action, or any liability
whatsoever, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the customer or by any
other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for
any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether owned by the customer or others
or for any infringement or invasion of the right of privacy of any person or persons, caused
or claimed to have been caused, directly or indirectly, by the installation, operation, failure
to operate, maintenance, removal, presence, condition, location or use of 911 service
features and the equipment associated therewith or by any services which are or may be
furnished by the Company in connection therewith, including but not limited to the
identification of the telephone number, address or name associated with the telephone
used by the party or parties accessing 911 service hereunder, and which arise out of the
negligence or other wrongful act of the Company, the Customer, its user agencies or
municipalities or employees or agents of any one of them.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 4
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
(N)
h.
When an order for 911 service and facilities or requests for additions, rearrangements,
relocations or modifications of service and equipment are canceled in whole or in part prior
to completion of the work involved, the customer is required to reimburse the Company for
all expenses incurred in handling the request before notice of cancellation is received.
Such charges, however, are not to exceed all charges which would apply if the work
involved in complying with the request had been completed. All PSAP equipment,
telephones and lines furnished by the Company on the customer’s premise are and shall
remain the property of the Company.
i.
Application for 911 service must be executed in writing by the customer (a municipality, a
local government authority or their duly appointed agent). If execution is by an agent,
satisfactory evidence of the appointment must be provided in writing to the Company. At
least one local law enforcement agency must be included among the participating
agencies in any 911 offering.
j.
The customer must furnish the Company, in writing with its agreement to the following
terms and conditions:
1.
That at least one PSAP will be provided and staffed on a 24-hour, seven days per
week basis.
2.
That the customer accepts responsibility for dispatching, or having others
dispatch police, fire, ambulance or other emergency services as required, to the
extent as such services are reasonably available.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 5
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
(N)
j.
(Cont’d)
3.
That the customer will develop an appropriate method for responding to calls for
nonparticipating agencies which may be directed to the 911 PSAP by calling
parties.
4.
That the customer will subscribe to, or provide, telephone equipment with a
capacity adequate to handle the telephone number of incoming 911 lines
recommended by the Company to be installed. (Applies to 911 Service only.)
k.
Temporary suspension of service is not provided for any part of the 911 Service.
l.
The rates charged for 911 Service do not contemplate the constant monitoring or
inspection of facilities to discover errors, defects and malfunctions in the service, nor does
the Company undertake such responsibility. The customer shall make such operational
tests as, in the judgment of the customer, are required to determine whether the system is
functioning properly for its use. The customer shall promptly notify the Company in the
event the system is not functioning properly.
m.
Company serving boundaries and political subdivision boundaries may not coincide. If a
central office serves telephones located both within and outside the customer’s public
safety jurisdiction, it is the obligation of the customer to make arrangements to handle all
911 calls that originate from telephones served by these central offices.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 6
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
(N)
n.
911 Service is classified as Business Exchange Service and is arranged for one-way
incoming service to the PSAP. Outgoing calls can be made by adding outgoing lines for
one button transfer and dial up service.
o.
The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 911 calls, but furnishes the use
of its facilities to enable the customer’s personnel to respond to such calls on the
customer’s premises.
p.
E911/911 information consisting of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of
customers whose listings are not published in directories or listed in Directory Assistance
Offices is confidential. Information will be provided on a call-by-call basis only for the
purpose of responding to emergency calls. The 911 calling party forfeits the privacy
afforded by private and semiprivate telephone number service to the extent that the
telephone number, address and name associated with the originating station location are
furnished to the PSAP.
q.
Central Offices that are not currently equipped to transmit ANI will not be modified to
provide ANI just for E911/911 Service.
r.
The Company’s entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of 911 Service shall
be limited to the terms set forth in this Section and other Sections of this Tariff.
s.
General Regulations located in Section 2 of this Tariff will also apply to this service
offering.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 7
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.2
t.
24.1.3
(N)
Where a 911 call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an interexchange
carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 911 call, the quality of the
call or any features that may otherwise be provided with 911 Service.
Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service - E911
a.
b.
General
1.
Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service, also referred to as Enhanced
911 Service or E911, is a telephone exchange communication service whereby a
Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) designated by the customer may receive
telephone calls dialed to the telephone number 911. E911 Service includes lines
and equipment necessary for the answering, transferring and dispatching of
public emergency telephone calls by persons within the serving area who dial
911.
2.
The E911 customer except as specified following, may be a municipality or other
county or local government unity, or an authorized agent of one or more
municipalities or other county or local governmental units to whom authority has
been lawfully delegated. The customer must be legally authorized to subscribe
to the service and be legally authorized to subscribe to the service and have
public safety responsibility by law to respond to telephone calls from the public for
emergency police, fire and other emergency services within the telephone central
office areas arranged for 911 calling.
Definition of Terms
1.
Additional E911 Exchange Lines
Additional Terminating Line that may be ordered by the customer.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 8
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.3
(N)
Enhanced Universal Emergency Number Service - E911 (Cont’d)
b.
Definition of Terms (Cont’d)
2.
Automatic Location Identification (ALI)
A feature by which the name and address associated with the calling party’s
telephone number (identified by ANI as defined below) is forwarded to the PSAP
for display. Telephones associated with a calling party’s telephone number but
which are physically located elsewhere (off premise extensions, secondary
locations, etc.) will also be identified with the same address associated with the
calling party’s telephone number at the primary location.
3.
Automatic Number Identification (ANI)
A feature by which the calling party’s ANI telephone number is forwarded to the
PSAP’s ANI Display Console and Transfer Unit and displayed.
4.
Data Management System (DMS)
A system of manual procedures and computer programs used to create, store
and update the data required to provide the ALI feature.
5.
ANI Display Console and Transfer Unit
A unit for displaying ANI numbers at the PSAP attendant position and for
handling the calls.
6.
End Office
The Central Office(s) in the 911 System from which 911 calls are originated.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 9
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.3
(N)
b.
7.
Enhanced 911 Service Area
The geographic area in which the customer will respond to all 911 calls and
dispatch appropriate emergency assistance.
8.
Fixed Transfer
A feature which enables a PSAP attendant to transfer incoming E911 calls to
another agency or secondary PSAP by use of a single button on the ANI Display
Console and Transfer Unit.
9.
Forced Disconnect
A function of the 911 Central Office trunk circuit which enables the PSAP
attendant to release a connection even though the calling party has not hung up.
This feature prevents the jamming of the 911 exchange lines and is a standard
feature of 911 Service.
10.
Manual Transfer
A feature that enables the PSAP attendant to access another agency by
depressing the Dial out key and dialing either a 7-digit or 10-digit telephone
number or a 2-digit Speed Calling Code.
11.
Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)
An answering location for 911 calls originating in a given area. A PSAP is
designated as Primary or Secondary. Secondary PSAPs receive calls on a
transfer basis only. PSAPs are public service agencies such as police, fire or
emergency medical or a common bureau serving a group of such entities.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 10
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.3
(N)
b.
12.
Serving Central Office
The Central Office from which a PSAP is served.
13.
Stand-Alone E911 System
A serving arrangement whereby the equipment needed to provide ALI is located
on the customer’s premises.
14.
Universal Emergency Number Service
A telephone exchange communication service for receiving telephone calls
placed by persons in need of assistance who dial the number 911. Such calls
are answered at PSAPs established and operated by the customer. The lines
and equipment associated with the service arrangement for the answering,
transferring and dispatching of public emergency telephone calls are included.
15.
Universal Emergency Number Service Customer
A municipality or other county or local governmental unit or an authorized agent
of one or more municipalities or other county or local governmental units to whom
authority has been lawfully delegated within a defined geographic area to
respond to public emergency telephone calls, at the minimum for police and fire
service.
16.
Wire Center
The term “Wire Center” denotes the local telephone dial switching office serving
subscribers in a well defined area.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 11
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.3
(N)
c.
Service Features
1.
911 Service is available for Automatic Number Identification (ANI) only.
a.
Automatic Number Identification (ANI) only
Charges are based on the total number of trunks required by local
switching offices equipped for ANI only.
2.
E911 Service is available in two service feature offerings.
a.
Automatic Number Identification (ANI) only
Charges are based on the total number of trunks required by local
switching offices equipped for ANI only.
b.
Automatic Number Identification (ANI) and Stand-Alone Automatic
Location Identification (ALI) 911 Enhanced Emergency System (EES)
service.
Charges are based on the total number of trunks required by the local
switching offices equipped for ANI, data base creation and updates for
ALI.
3.
The following standard features are included with each of the service offerings:
a.
Forced Disconnect
b.
Called Party Hold
c.
Ringback on Incoming Calls
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 12
BY:
President,
Live Oak, Florida
24.1
24.1.4
(N)
Universal Emergency Number Service - 911
a.
Rates and Charges (Hamilton County - Basic 911 Service)
1.
2.
Messages
a.
The calling party is not charged for calls placed to the 911 number.
b.
Charges for applicable local and/or toll messages transferred over
exchange facilities from a PSAP are billed to that PSAP as covered in
other sections of this Tariff based on rates applicable from the Central
Office serving the PSAP initiating the transfer to the point of termination
of the transfer.
PSAP Equipment and Trunking
a.
The following features are provided on a tiered basis with tier A
representing the initial investment being spread over 36 months and tier
B representing maintenance cost spread over the life of the equipment.
(1)
Automatic Number Identification only.
PSAP Equipment with
ANI trunking2
Tier A
Monthly
Tier B
Monthly
$1,002.00
201.001
Note 1: In addition to this monthly rate the appropriate trunking charges per this Tariff and Southern Bells Tariff
apply.
Note 2: In addition to this charge the appropriate service connection charges per Section 4 of this Tariff also apply.
(N)
Section 24
Original Page 13
BY:
24.2
911 PRIVATE SWITCH/AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION (PS/ALI) SERVICE
24.2.1
General
a.
ALLTEL 911 Private Switch / Automatic Location Identification (PS/ALI) service allows a
Private Branch Exchange (PBX) switch located on a customer's premises to be connected
directly into a county specific Enhanced 9-1-1 (E9-1-1) telephone service network. At the
time of an emergency 9-1-1 call from a PBX customer, ALLTEL's 9-1-1 PS/ALI service
delivers the telephone number, name and location of the PBX station user to the
appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP).
b.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service is available with Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) or Basic Rate
ISDN (BRI) service. Local channels, as described in this section are not required with PRI
or BRI service.
24.2.2. Regulations
a.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service is furnished subject to the availability of facilities.
b.
With ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service, Automatic Number Identification (ANI) is passed to
ALLTEL's E9-1-1 Selective Routing Unit (SRU) tandem office by the PBX switch. The ANI is
read, processed and utilized in the same manner as any other serving Local Exchange
Carrier's end office an Enhanced 9-1-1 telephone service network.
c.
The emergency service agency and/or county addressing agency serving the area may be
involved to update the Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) and to determine the best
method in which emergency calls from ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service locations will be handled.
The MSAG may require modifications to accept any new PBX Customer address locations,
street names and community names.
d.
The following specifications must be met when provisioning ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service:
(1) Subscribers to ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service must meet all company technical
specifications.
(2) The PBX switch must be able to transmit ANI using multi-frequency signaling (except
when PRI or BRI service is used). This may require making additions to, or
modifications of, the existing PBX switch that will make it compatible with the county's
E9-1-1 telephone service network.
(3) The PBX switch owner/operator must supply ALLTEL with the initial telephone
number and address data as well as timely periodic updates of any changes to the
initial information.
(4) The PBX switch must employ Direct Inward Dial (DID) numbers that correspond to all
of their PBX station numbers.
(5) It will be the responsibility of the vendor or PBX operator to maintain the data
pertaining to each PBX station user operating under such systems.
Section 24
Original Page 14
BY:
24.2
911 PRIVATE SWITCH/AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION (PS/ALI) SERVICE (Continued)
24.2.2. Regulations (Continued)
e.
The PBX switch owner/operator must install a minimum of two (2) private E9-1-1 local
channels (except for PRI and BRI) with the following specifications:
(1) This voice grade local channel provides for a communications path between the
demarcation point at the PBX customer premises and the E9-1-1 SRU tandem office
serving the count where the main PBX system is physically located.
(2) The PBX switch owner/operator is responsible for determining that their terminal
equipment is compatible with this local channel.
(3) Supervision on this ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service local channel will be loop reverse
battery. The battery source is located in ALLTEL's E9-1-1 SRU tandem office and will
be a nominal -48VDC (-42.75VDC to -56.5 VDC).
(4) The PBX will signal an off hook (or seizure) by providing a loop closure across tip (+)
and ring (-) with a maximum resistance of 670 ohms. ALLTEL's E9-1-1 SRU tandem
office will instruct the PBX to forward the calling station's number (ANI) information by
a battery reversal wink start signal.
(5) Additional regulations may be applicable as described in ALLTEL's Private Line
Services Tariff.
f.
Service charges as specified elsewhere in this Tariff, are applicable.
g.
General Regulations as specified elsewhere in this Tariff will also apply to this service offering.
h.
This service is offered solely as an aid in handling emergency 9-1-1 assistance calls in
connection with fire, police and other emergencies and does not create any relationship or
obligation, direct or indirect, to any person other than the PBX customer contracting for
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service. The Provision of ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service by ALLTEL shall
not be interpreted, construed, or regarded either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit
of or creating any Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the
PBX customer.
i.
The rates charged for ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service do not contemplate the constant
monitoring or inspection of facilities to discover errors, defects and malfunctions in the service,
nor does ALLTEL undertake such responsibility. The PBX customer shall make such
operational tests as, in the judgement the PBX customer, are required to determine whether
the service is functioning properly for its use. The PBX customer shall promptly notify ALLTEL
in the event that the service is not functioning properly.
Section 24
Original Page 15
BY:
24.2
24.2.2. Regulations (Continued)
j.
ALLTEL's entire liability to any person for the interruption or failure of ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI
service shall be limited to the terms set forth in this Section and other Sections of this Tariff.
ALLTEL shall neither be liable for damages resulting from or in connection with its provision of
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service to any customer subscribing to ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service or
any person accessing, or using ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service and nor shall ALLTEL be liable
for its provision of any telephone number, address, or name to any entity providing 9-1-1
service or to a public safety answering point, unless ALLTEL acted with malicious purpose or in
the manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of safety or property in providing such
services.
k.
Each customer agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless ALLTEL from any and
all loss, claims, demands, suits, or other action, or any liability whatsoever, whether suffered,
made, instituted or asserted by the PBX customer or by any other party or person, for any
personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of
any property, whether owned by the PBX customer or others, or for any infringement or
invasion of the right of privacy of any person or persons, caused or claimed to have been
caused, directly or indirectly, by the installation, operation, failure to operate, maintenance,
removal, presence, condition, location or use of ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service features and the
equipment associated therewith, or by any services which are or may be furnished by ALLTEL
in connection therewith, including but not limited to the identification of the telephone number,
address or name associated with the telephone used by the party or parties accessing 9-1-1
services using ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI services hereunder, and which arise out of the negligence
or other wrongful act of ALLTEL, the PBX customer, its user agencies or municipalities or
employees or agents of any one of them.
l.
When an order for ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI service and facilities or requests for additions,
rearrangements, relocations or modifications or service and equipment are canceled in
whole or in part, the PBX customer may be required to reimburse ALLTEL for all expenses
incurred in handling the requests before notice of cancellation is received. Such charges
are not to exceed the charges that would apply if the work involved in complying with the
request had been completed.
m. When the use of service or facilities furnished by ALLTEL is interrupted due to any cause other
than the negligence or willful act of the subscriber or the failure of the facilities provided by the
subscriber, a pro rata adjustment of the fixed monthly charges involved will be allowed. In the
event of any interruption of the service, ALLTEL shall not be liable to any person, or other
entity for any loss or damage in an amount greater than an amount equal to the pro rata
allowance of the tariff rate for the service or facilities provided to the PBX customer for the time
such interruption continues, after notice to ALLTEL. No allowance shall be made if the
interruption is due to the negligence or willful act of the PBX customer of the service.
Section 24
Original Page 16
BY:
24.2
24.2.3. Payment Schedules
a.
General
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service is offered for a 60-month contract period at the rates and
charges indicated in this sub-section.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service disconnected prior to 60 months will be subject to
cancellation charges.
b.
Transfer of Contract
Service may be transferred to a new subscriber at the same location upon prior written
concurrence by the new subscriber as specified elsewhere in this tariff.
c.
Deferred Payment
Nonrecurring charges may be deferred or installment billed as specified elsewhere in this
tariff.
d.
Prepayment
Recurring charges may be prepaid as specified elsewhere in this tariff.
e.
Cancellation Charges
Cancellation charges will be applied where service is removed prior to the expiration of the
60-month contract period.
f.
Moves of Service
When the PBX owner/operator moves ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Cancellation charges do not apply.
60-month rates in effect will continue uninterrupted.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service nonrecurring charges do not apply.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service local channel charges apply as appropriate.
Section 24
Original Page 17
BY:
24.2
24.2.4. Rates and Charges
a.
ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service
(1) Installation Charge
(a) Per Customer
Non-recurring Charge
1.
2.
3.
4.
Up to 1,000 station records, per customer
1,001 to 2000 station records, per customer
2,001 to 4,000 station records, per customer
4,001 or more station records, per customer
$4,000.00
$4,750.00
$5,250.00
$5,750.00
(2) 60 Month Contract Period - Monthly Charges
(a) Per 1,000 PBX station (ALI) records
Recurring Monthly Charge
1.
2.
3.
4.
b.
Up to 1,000 station records
1001 to 2000 station records
2,001 to 4,000 station records
4,001 or more station records
$150.00 + $15.00 per 100 records
$150.00 + $12.00 per 100 records
$150.00 + $10.00 per 100 records
$150.00 + $ 8.00 per 100 records
Cancellation Charges
The following charge is incurred when a total disconnect of ALLTEL 9-1-1 PS/ALI Service
occurs during the 60-month contract period.
(1). Per system disconnect
$3,000.00
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
(N)
CONTENTS
Page
25.
1
25.1
25.2
1
1
General
Bundled Offerings
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
Little Rock, AR
25
25.1
General
The Company may offer and bill to customers on one bill combinations of services which may
include regulated, non-tariffed or non-regulated services, including services of an affiliate, at a
single price selected by the company.
The regulated services of Windstream Florida, Inc. contained in bundles continue to be offered on a
stand alone basis under the terms and conditions as stated elsewhere within this tariff.
25.2.
Bundled Offerings
Bundles as described below are available:
a.
Residential One-Party Service, Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting, Caller ID on
Call Waiting, Call Return, Repeat Dial, Call Selector, Selective Call Rejection, Selective Call
Acceptance, Anonymous Call Rejection, Call Forwarding, Preferred Call Forwarding, Three-Way
Calling, and Speed Call 30, with the Option of Ring Plus where available. The $.25 Calling Plan
routes, as shown in Section 3.13, are also provided as part of this bundle for the flat monthly rate,
with no per call charge.
This bundle is offered only in combination with Windstream
Communications, Inc.’s unlimited nationwide long distance calling plan and International and Latin
America discount plans.
This bundle is available to residential customers in all exchanges served by the Company.
This bundle is not available to Lifeline customers. ***
An additional discount of $5.04 is available when purchased with Windstream’s DSL Service.
Monthly Rate
b.
$24.99 *
This bundled offering includes Limited Local Measured Service (LLMS) bundled with Windstream
Communications, Inc.’s Broadband and Internet Service. This bundle is available to customers in
all exchanges within the Company where technically available.
Limited Local Measured Service (LLMS) provides a one-party access line with certain
limitations. Specifically, LLMS will allow outgoing 911 and other abbreviated dialing calls
including 411, unlimited incoming calls, calls to the operator dialed as 0-, and dial around toll
calls. LLMS will block local dialed 25 cent plans or ECS plans, all outgoing 1+ toll calls, and all
per use custom calling features. Outbound calls within the local and extended area service
calling area will be allowed and will be charged a per minute rate as shown below. LLMS is
only available when purchased as part of this bundle. Service Charges as found in
Section 4 of this tariff will be waived for this bundle.
Residential Monthly Rate
Business Monthly Rate
$10.00 **
$20.00 **
Per Minute Rate
$.10
* The following exchanges will receive a $5.00 discount off of the bundled offering in 25.2.a above: Alachua, Brooker, Fort
White, High Springs, Lake Butler, Live Oak, Callahan, Hilliard, Branford, Jasper, and Mayo. This discount is in
addition to the discount received for purchasing Windstream’s DSL or Digital TV Services, if applicable.
** Price shown above does not include Internet. The rate shown is the regulated portion of this bundle.
*** This service is only available to existing customers at existing locations as of July 17, 2007.
(C)
(C)
(C)
(C)
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
Little Rock, AR
25
Bundled Service Offerings, Continued
25.2.
Bundled Offerings, Continued
c.
MyLine Bundle
This bundled service offering is available to residential customers. This bundle includes two
residential one-party access lines, a feature package on one residential one-party access line,
and Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting, and Three-Way Calling on the second one-party access
line.
Non-recurring Service Charges (as found in Section 4.3 of this tariff) may be waived for this
bundle. Customers who subscribe to this bundle will receive one free jack at the time of
installation.
Feature Package on 1st Access Line
* Call Forwarding with Call Waiting (S13.3.3b(1))
Total Monthly Rate for MyLine Bundle
by Rate Band and Feature Package**
Rate Band
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
2
Band 3
Band 4
Band 5
Band 7
$ 24.63
$ 24.88
$ 25.04
$25.24
$26.34
* Speed Calling 8 with Call Waiting (S13.3.3b(2))
$ 24.13
$ 24.38
$ 24.54
$ 24.74
$25.84
* Call Forwarding, Speed Call 8, Call Waiting (S13.3.3b(3))
* Windstream Easy Call Package (S13.3.3b(4))
$ 24.63
$ 27.63
$ 24.88
$ 27.88
$ 25.04
$ 28.04
$ 25.24
$ 28.24
$ 26.34
$ 29.34
* Call Forwarding, Three Way Calling, Call Waiting, Speed
Calling 30 *(S13.3.3b(5)
Feature Select Package (S13.3.3b(11))
$ 28.63
$ 28.88
$ 29.04
$ 29.24
$ 30.34
$ 35.58
$ 35.83
$ 35.99
$ 36.19
$ 37.29
Essentials Package (S13.3.3b(12)
$ 35.58
$ 35.83
$ 35.99
$ 36.19
$ 37.29
* Enhanced Caller ID Package (S13.11.4(b)
$ 28.13
$ 28.38
$ 28.54
$ 28.74
$ 29.84
* CCF Package (S13.11.4d(1))
$ 27.13
$ 27.38
$ 27.54
$ 27.74
$ 28.84
* Caller ID Basic (S13.11.4d(2))
$ 29.58
$ 29.83
$ 29.99
$ 30.19
$ 31.29
* Caller ID Premium (S13.11.4d(3))
$ 33.58
$ 33.83
$ 33.99
$ 34.19
$ 35.29
* Caller ID Ultimate (S13.11.4d(4))
$ 39.58
$ 39.83
$ 39.99
$ 40.19
$ 41.29
Caller ID Package (S13.11.4d(5))
$ 31.58
$ 31.83
$ 31.99
$ 32.19
$ 33.29
* Complete Package (S13.11.4d(6))
$ 34.58
$ 34.83
$ 34.99
$ 35.19
$ 36.29
Connect Feature Package (S13.11.4d(9)
$ 31.58
$ 31.83
$ 31.99
$ 32.19
$ 33.29
Connect Unlimited Bundle (S25.2.a)
$ 34.98 (I)
$ 34.98(I)
$ 34.98(I)
$ 34.98(I)
$ 34.98(I)
Connect Unlimited II Bundle (S25.2.e)
$ 29.98
$ 29.98
$ 29.98
$ 29.98
$ 29.98
Connect Flex & Connect Flex II Bundle (S25.2.f)
$ 37.03
$ 37.03
$ 37.03
$ 37.03
$ 37.03
*
**
Description of Feature Package can be found in Section identified above. For Feature Packages that are
currently grandfathered, only customers currently subscribing to those grandfathered packages will be allowed
to purchase the MyLine Bundle with the grandfathered feature package included as part of the bundle.
EAS Additive also applies, per Section 3.9 for Local Exceptions.
(T)
(T)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
Little Rock, AR
25
25.2.
d.
Business Connect SB Bundle*
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers with one-party
business access lines. This bundle does not apply to Key System lines or PBX lines.
This offering includes a one-party business access line plus the following features:
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
Business Monthly Rate, Tier 1 Exchanges **
Business Monthly Rate, Tier 2 Exchanges ***
$49.99
$59.99
Customers may also choose to add Rotary Hunt Service to the bundle for an additional rate of
$2.50 per month and/or Voice Mail (a deregulated item) for an additional monthly charge.
This bundled package is for small business customers. Customers may have up to three
business one-party access lines to qualify for this bundle. The second and third access lines
will be billed at the tariffed business one-party rate, and will be equipped with all features
shown above at no additional charge.
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications,
Inc.’s Business Connect SB Bundle Long Distance Plan.
Term Discounts for the Business Connect SB Bundle are also available. An early termination
fee of $200.00 will apply for customers who terminate before the end of their one-year or threeterm commitment.
One-Year Term Commitment: :
Customers who agree to keep the service for a minimum of
one year will receive a discount of $10.00 off of the package
rate, plus will receive Voice Mail and Rotary Hunt Service at
no additional monthly recurring charge.
Three-Year Term Commitment:
three years will receive a discount of $15.00 off of the package
rate, and will receive Voice Mail and Rotary Hunt Service at no
additional monthly recurring charge.
Also, the non-recurring
Service Charges, as described in Section 4.3 of this tariff, will
be waived.
* If any required component of the service bundle is discontinued, discounts may no longer apply and/or all
remaining components may convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate. This service is grandfathered and is only
available to existing customers at existing locations.
** Tier 1 exchanges include Alachua, Crescent City, Raiford, Hilliard, Jennings, Jasper, Interlachen.
*** Tier 2 exchanges include Florida Sheriff Boys Ranch, Dowling Park, Florahome, Luraville, Live Oak, Mayo, White
Springs, Branford, Wellborn, Brooker, Citra, High Springs, Hastings, Lake Butler, McIntosh, Melrose, Orange Springs,
Waldo, Callahan, & Fort White.
(N)
(N)
(T)
(T)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
25
25.2.
e.
Connect Unlimited II Bundle *
This bundle consists of one Residential One-Party Access Line, Caller ID Deluxe, Call
Waiting, Cancel Call Waiting, Caller ID on Call Waiting, Call Return, Repeat Dial, Three-Way
Calling Speed Calling 30, Call Forwarding, Selective Call Rejection, Selective Call Acceptance,
Call Selector, Preferred Call Forwarding, and Anonymous Call Rejection. This bundle is
offered only in combination with Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Connect Unlimited
nationwide long distance calling plan and International Discount plan.
Monthly Residential Rate
$19.99 **
Customers who have the Connect Unlimited II Bundle with Windstream’s Connect Unlimited
Long Distance and Windstream’s DSL Service will have the option of purchasing a second
access line with the bundle for an additional $9.99 per month.
f.
Connect Flex Bundle *
***
This bundle consists of one Residential One-Party Access Line, Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting,
Cancel Call Waiting, Caller ID on Call Waiting, Call Return, Repeat Dial, Three-Way Calling
Speed Calling 30, Call Forwarding, Selective Call Rejection, Selective Call Acceptance, Call
Selector, Preferred Call Forwarding, and Anonymous Call Rejection. This bundle is offered
only in combination with Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Flex nationwide long distance
calling plan and International Discount plan.
$26.04 **
Connect Flex II Bundle *
This bundle consists of one Residential One-Party Access Line, Caller ID Deluxe, Call Waiting,
Cancel Call Waiting, Caller ID on Call Waiting, Call Return, Repeat Dial, Three-Way Calling
Speed Calling 30, Call Forwarding, Selective Call Rejection, Selective Call Acceptance, Call
Selector, Preferred Call Forwarding, and Anonymous Call Rejection. This bundle is offered
only in combination with Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Flex nationwide long distance
calling plan and International Discount plan.
$27.04 **
* The nonrecurring Service Charges, as found in Section 4.3 of this tariff, may be waived for qualifying residential
customers who take the Connect Unlimited II Bundle or the Connect Flex Bundle above and that commit to a
minimum of one year of service with that plan.
** If any required component of the service bundles above is discontinued, the rates above may no longer apply
and/or all remaining components may convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate.
*** This bundle is only available to existing customers at existing locations.
(N)
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
25
25.2.
(N)
g.
Connect Select Bundle
This bundle consists of one Residential One-Party Access Line, Caller ID Deluxe, Enhanced
Call Waiting, and Caller ID on Call Waiting. This bundle is available to residential customers
in competitive service areas* within the company.
$20.00
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to Windstream’s 1.5M or higher
Broadband Service and Internet Service. If any required component of the service bundle is
discontinued, the rate above may no longer apply and/or all remaining components may
convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate.
The non-recurring Service Charges, as described in Section 4.3 of this tariff, may be waived for
customers subscribing to this service.
* Competitive Service Areas are defined as any area within Windstream's authorized service territory where a carrier
other than Windstream offers voice services.
(N)
(N)
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
25 Bundled Service Offerings, Continued
25.2. Bundled Offerings, Continued
h.
Business Connect SB Unlimited Bundle *
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Rotary Hunt
Speed Call 30
Call Return
Basic Voice Mail
Business Monthly Rate, Tier 1 Exchanges **
Business Monthly Rate, Tier 2 Exchanges ***
$44.99
$54.99
This bundled package is for small business customers. Customers may have up to three business oneparty access lines to qualify for this bundle. The second and third access lines will be billed at the
tariffed business one-party rate, and will be equipped with all features shown above at no additional
charge.
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s
Business Connect SB Bundle Unlimited Long Distance Plan for all access lines.
This bundle requires a one-year term commitment. Customers who agree to a three-year term
commitment will receive a discount of $5.00 off of the package rate shown above. Also, the nonrecurring Service Charges, as described in Section 27 of this tariff, will be waived for customers who
agree to the three-year term commitment. An early termination fee of $200.00 will apply for customers
who terminate before the end of their one-year or three-year term commitment.
* If any required component of the service bundle is discontinued, discounts may no longer apply and/or all remaining
components may convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate. This service is grandfathered and only available to
existing customers at existing locations.
** Tier 1 exchanges include Alachua, Crescent City, Raiford, Hilliard, Jennings, Jasper, Interlachen.
*** Tier 2 exchanges include Florida Sheriff Boys Ranch, Dowling Park, Florahome, Luraville, Live Oak, Mayo, White
Springs, Branford, Wellborn, Brooker, Citra, High Springs, Hastings, Lake Butler, McIntosh, Melrose, Orange Springs,
Waldo, Callahan, & Fort White.
(N)
(N)
(T)
(T)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
i.
Business Connect SB Bundle III **
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$49.99 *
This bundled package is for small business customers.
Customers may have up to ten
business one-party access lines to qualify for this bundle. Access lines after the initial access
line will be billed $34.99 each, and will be equipped with all features shown above at no
additional charge.
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to either 1) the Windstream
Communications, Inc.’s Business Connect SB Bundle Long Distance Plan or 2) both the
Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Business Unlimited Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s
3MB Dynamic Broadband (or higher speed). Customers who qualify for the Business Connect
SB III Plan by having the Unlimited Long Distance Plan combined with Broadband will also
receive a $4.99 reduction off of the Business Connect SB III rate shown above for the initial
access line.
Term Discounts for the Business Connect SB Bundle III are also available on the bundle rate
for the initial bundle rate. For customers subscribing to this bundle prior to September 1, 2010,
an early termination fee of $200.00 will apply for customers who terminate before the end of
their one-year or three-year term commitment. For customers subscribing to this bundle on or
after September 1, 2010, an early termination fee of 50% of the remaining term balance will apply for
customers who terminate before the end of their one-year or three-year term commitment.
One-Year Term Commitment: :
one year will receive a discount of $5.00 off of the bundle
rate, plus will receive Voice Mail and Rotary Hunt Service at
no additional monthly recurring charge.
Three-Year Term Commitment:
three years will receive a discount of $10.00 off of the bundle
rate, and will receive Voice Mail and Rotary Hunt Service at no
additional monthly recurring charge. Also, the non-recurring
Service Charges, as described in Section 4.3 of this tariff, will
be waived.
remaining components may convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate.
** This bundle is grandfathered and is only available to existing customers at existing locations.
BY:
Vice President
Section 25
(N)
j.
Business SOHO Communications Bundle **
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers. This offering
includes two business access lines plus Caller ID Deluxe.
$59.99 *
This bundled package is for small business customers. To qualify for this bundle, customers must
also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Business SOHO Unlimited Long Distance
Plan and 1.5MB Broadband (or higher speed), and must purchase a 2-line phone and wireless
networking system from Windstream (available either at a flat one-time rate or on a monthly basis).
(The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of the full bundled rate and
does not include long distance, broadband, or equipment.)
The customer must commit to subscribe to this bundle for no less than 3 years.
(N)
(N)
* Customers in the Callahan, Crescent City, Dowling Park, Hastings, Hilliard, Interlachen, Jasper, Jennings, Lake
Butler, Live Oak, Luraville, Mayo, Melrose, and Waldo exchanges will receive a $15.00 discount off of the price of the
bundle. This discount is being offered to meet competitive pressures.
** If any required component of the service bundle is discontinued, discounts will no longer apply and/or all
remaining components will convert to the regular tariffed monthly rate.
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
k.
Windstream Business Bundle - Unlimited Plan **
(C)
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$49.99 *
This bundled package is for small business customers. Customers may have up to ten business
one-party access lines to qualify for this bundle. Access lines after the initial access line will be billed
$24.99 each, and will be equipped with all features shown above at no additional charge.
Inc.’s Small Business Unlimited Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s 3MB Dynamic Broadband
(or higher speed). (The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of the
full bundled rate.)
A Term Discount for the Windstream Business Bundle - Unlimited Plan is also available. An early
termination fee of 50% of the remaining term balance will apply for customers who terminate before
the end of their two-year term commitment.
Two-Year Term Commitment:
Customers who agree to keep the service for a minimum of two
years will receive a discount of $10.00 off of the bundle rate, and will receive Voice
Mail and Rotary Hunt Service at no additional monthly recurring charge. Also, the
non-recurring Service Charges, as described in this tariff, will be waived.
(C)
(T)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
l.
Windstream Competitive Business Bundle - Unlimited Plan **
(C)
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers in the Alachua,
Callahan, Crescent City, Dowling Park, Hastings, Hilliard, Interlachen, Jasper, Jennings, Lake
Butler, Live Oak, Luraville, Mayo, Melrose, and Waldo exchanges with one-party business access
lines. This bundle does not apply to Key System lines or PBX lines.
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$39.99 *
Inc.’s Small Business Unlimited Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s 3MB Dynamic Broadband
(or higher speed). (The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of the
full bundled rate.)
A Term Discount for the Windstream Competitive Business Bundle - Unlimited Plan is also
available. An early termination fee of 50% of the remaining term balance will apply for customers
who terminate before the end of their two-year term commitment.
(C)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
m.
Windstream Business Bundle, Flex Plan **
(C)
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$54.99 *
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Business Connect
SB Bundle Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s 3MB Dynamic Broadband (or higher speed).
(The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of the full bundled rate.)
Term Discounts for the Windstream Business Bundle – Flex Plan are also available. An early termination fee of 50% of
the remaining term balance will apply for customers who terminate before the end of their two--year
term commitment.
(C)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
n.
Windstream Competitive Business Bundle, Flex Plan **
(C)
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers in the Alachua,
Callahan, Crescent City, Dowling Park, Hastings, Hilliard, Interlachen, Jasper, Jennings, Lake
Butler, Live Oak, Luraville, Mayo, Melrose, and Waldo exchanges with one-party business access
lines. This bundle does not apply to Key System lines or PBX lines.
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$49.99 *
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Business Connect
SB Bundle Long Distance Plan and Windstream’s 3MB Dynamic Broadband (or higher speed).
(The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of the full bundled rate.)
Term Discounts for the Windstream Competitive Business Bundle – Flex Plan are also available. An early
termination fee of 50% of the remaining term balance will apply for customers who terminate before
the end of their two-year term commitment.
years will receive a discount of $25.00 off of the bundle rate, and will receive Voice Mail and
Rotary Hunt Service at no additional monthly recurring charge. Also, the non-recurring Service
Charges, as described in this tariff, will be waived.
(C)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
o.
Windstream Small Business Bundle – Voice + Unlimited Plan
(N)
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers with one-party business
access lines. This bundle does not apply to Key System lines or PBX lines.
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$39.99 *
Customers may also choose to add Rotary Hunt Service to the bundle for an additional rate of $2.50 per
month and/or Voice Mail (a deregulated item) for an additional monthly charge.
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s Small
Business Unlimited Long Distance Plan. (The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature
portion of the full bundled rate.)
Customers must agree to a Two-Year Term Commitment with this bundle. An early termination fee of 50%
of the remaining term balance will apply for customers who terminate before the end of their two-year term
commitment.
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
p.
Windstream Small Business Bundle, Voice + Flex Plan
(N)
This bundled service offering is available to new or existing business customers with one-party business
access lines. This bundle does not apply to Key System lines or PBX lines.
Caller ID Deluxe
Call Forward
Repeat Dial
3-Way Calling
Speed Call 30
Call Return
$39.99 *
Customers may also choose to add Rotary Hunt Service to the bundle for an additional rate of $2.50 per
month and/or Voice Mail (a deregulated item) for an additional monthly charge.
This bundled package is for small business customers. Customers may have up to three business
To qualify for this service, customers must also subscribe to the Windstream Communications, Inc.’s
Windstream Flex 100 Plan. (The rate shown above includes only the access line and feature portion of
the full bundled rate.)
Customers must agree to a Two-Year Term Commitment with this bundle. An early termination fee of
50% of the remaining term balance will apply for customers who terminate before the end of their twoyear term commitment.
(N)
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
This page is to be removed when this filing is effective.
Section 25
BY:
Vice President
This page is to be removed when this filing is effective.
Section 26
First Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Original Contents Page 1
BY:
Vice President
CONTENTS
Page
26.1
Local Directory Assistance Service
1
26.2
National Directory Assistance Service
1
26.3
Reverse Directory Assistance Service
2
26.4
3
(N)
Section 26
BY:
Vice President
26.1
Local Directory Assistance Service
Local Directory Assistance Service is offered under the terms and conditions in Section 3.7 of this tariff.
26.2
National Directory Assistance Service
A.
General
National Directory Assistance Service provides the telephone number for listings nationwide, or outside
of the customer’s local toll calling area (LATA) that is not non-published. National Directory Assistance
Service is accessed by dialing 411.
B.
Conditions
The following conditions apply to all calls from customers who request National Directory
Assistance.
1.
The customer will be charged for each call made to National Directory Assistance.
Customers may receive one listing per call. The National Directory Assistance rate
applies per call, whether or not a number is provided; this includes numbers that are nonpublished or unlisted.
2.
There are no billing exemptions or allowances for National Directory Assistance service
requests.
3.
Charges for National Directory Assistance service are not applicable to calls placed from
hospitals, or to calls placed by customers who certify they are unable to use a directory
because of visual or physical handicap.
4.
National Directory Assistance services will not be available from Hotel/Motel and Pay
Telephones.
C.
Rates
Per request for National Directory Assistance
Rate
$1.99
(I)
Section 26
BY:
Vice President
26.3
Reverse Directory Assistance Service
A.
General
Reverse Directory Assistance provides a listing or an address for a number nationwide. Reverse
Directory Assistance is accessed by dialing 411.
B.
Conditions
The following conditions and rates apply to all calls from customers who request Reverse Directory
Assistance.
C.
1.
The customer will be charged for each call made to Reverse Directory Assistance.
Customers may receive one listing per call. The Reverse Directory Assistance rate
applies per call, whether or not a name or address is provided; this includes requests for
names or address that are non-published or unlisted.
2.
There are no billing exemptions or allowances for Reverse Directory Assistance service
requests.
3.
Charges for Reverse Directory Assistance service are not applicable to calls
placed from hospitals, or to calls placed by customers who certify they are unable to use a
directory because of visual or physical handicap.
4.
Reverse Directory Assistance services will not be available from Hotel/Motel and Pay
Telephones.
Rates
Per request for Reverse Directory Assistance
Rate
$1.99
(I)
Section 26
Original Page 3
BY:
Vice President
26.4
A.
B.
(N)
General
1.
Directory Assistance Call Completion (DACC) provides an incoming Directory Assistance
customer requesting any number, a mechanized announcement offering call completion to the
listed number requested. The call is completed on a sent-paid basis (paid for by the calling
station). A charge is incurred only for answered calls.
2.
The mechanized announcement will instruct the caller that for an additional charge, the call will
automatically be completed by depressing a specific digit on the touch dial key pad. All
completed calls will be charged the Directory Assistance Call Completion charge.
Conditions
1.
Directory Assistance Call Completion will only be furnished where facilities and operating
conditions permit.
2.
This offering provides call completion on a local and national basis.
3.
The Telephone Company assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors in the information
furnished. The caller shall indemnify the Telephone Company and hold it free and harmless of
and from any and all claims, demands or damages that shall arise from the use of the service.
4.
This service is furnished solely for the calling purposes of the caller.
5.
Provisions concerning limitation of liability and allowance for interruption of service are as set
forth above and in the General Regulations of this Tariff.
6.
When a customer elects to have a call automatically completed to the number for which the
Directory Assistance Listing was requested (Directory Assistance Call Completion), the charge
in this tariff shall apply, per call. The Directory Assistance Call Completion charge is in addition
to any applicable Directory Assistance and/or local usage charges.
7.
Calls will be completed on a sent paid basis.
8.
Person, collect, conference, calling card, third number or any other calls requiring operator
handling, are not included.
9.
Directory Assistance Call Completion is not subject to optional calling plan discounts.
10. Directory Assistance Call Completion will not be provided to the following services:
800 Service,
976 Service,
900 Service,
Customer Owned Pay Telephone Service (COPTS),
Feature Group A Service, or
Public and Semi-Public Telephone Services
11. Charges for Directory Assistance Call Completion are not applicable to calls placed by those
customers whose physical or visual handicaps prevent them from using the telephone
directory, provided that those customers have forwarded documentation to the Company
attesting to a qualifying impairment.
(N)
Section 26
Original Page 4
BY:
Vice President
26.4
Directory Assistance Call Completion (Cont’d)
C.
(N)
Rates
Each Call Completed
Charge per Call
$0.99
(N)
Section 29
Vice President
CONTENTS
Page No.
29.1
1
(T)
(O)
(O)
29.2
DIALAN SERVICE
7
29.2.1
29.2.2
29.2.3
29.2.4
7
7
9
11
General
Regulations
Rates
Term Payment Plan
29.3
MODEM POOLING
13
29.4
ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICES - BRA
14
29.4.1
29.4.2
29.4.3
29.4.4
29.4.5
29.4.6
14
15
19
21
22
24
29.5
29.6
(O)
Basic Rate Access - General
Circuit Switching Descriptions
Packet Switching Data Service Descriptions
Technical Specifications
Regulations
Rates and Charges
DIGITAL CHANNEL SERVICE
31
29.5.1
29.5.2
29.5.3
29.5.4
29.5.5
31
31
31
32
32
General
DCS Packaging
Regulations and Conditions
Rates and Charges
ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICES - PRA
34
29.6.1
29.6.2
29.6.3
29.6.4
29.6.5
29.6.6
34
34
35
36
36
39
General
Primary Interface Arrangement
Circuit Switched Service Descriptions
Regulations and Conditions
Rates and Charges
Material previously appearing on this page now appears in Section 100.
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE (Cont’d)
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Vice President
29.1
(T)
(O)
(O)
(O)
Section 29
Original Page 7
ISSUED:
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.2
DIALAN SERVICE
29.2.1
29.2.2
General
a.
DMS Integrated Access Local Area Network (DIALAN) Service allows for simultaneous
voice and data access to the switched telephone network over a single exchange access
line.
b.
DIALAN Service permits dialing between lines connected to the service and the direct
dialing of outgoing calls. Incoming calls are received through direct dialing into the
DIALAN Service access line.
c.
In addition to voice access to the public switched telephone network, DIALAN S provides
data access at speeds from 300 bps through 19.2 kbps for asynchronous lines.
d.
DIALAN Service is available to R1, B1 and Centrex access lines.
Regulations
a.
DIALAN Service is provided subject to the availability of properly equipped digital central
offices and facilities. The Company is under no obligation to provide DIALAN Service at a
distance from the central office that exceeds the technical limitations of the service.
b.
The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of its equipment, operations or
procedures utilized in the provision of DIALAN Service render any facilities provided by a
customer obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or
otherwise affect its use or performance. In such instance and when known in advance,
the Company will notify customers of such changes.
Section 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
29.2
DIALAN SERVICE (Continued)
29.2.2
(T)
c.
Charges for DIALAN Service do not include customer premises equipment and facilities.
Such equipment and facilities must be compatible with company facilities.
d.
Service is available on a month-to-month basis. In addition 36 and 60 month contracts are
available. DIALAN Service is subject to all general regulations applicable to the provision
of service by the Company as stated elsewhere in the tariff.
e.
DIALAN Service is offered on a touch calling basis only. Rates apply as per Section
13.2.2 of this tariff.
f.
Vacation service is not allowed.
g.
Regulations for Allowance for Interruption apply only as specified elsewhere in this tariff.
h.
When a data connection is inactive for thirty (30) minutes, the network will automatically
disconnect the data call. Should uninterrupted service be required the customer can
subscribe to the Uninterrupted Service Feature. Rates apply as per Section 29.2.3 of this
tariff.
i.
Features
DIALAN Service includes but is not limited to the following features:
1)
Automatic Line - Automatically dials a customer’s pre-programmed telephone
number.
2)
Last number redial - allows a user to redial the last number called by use of an
access code rather than by dialing the entire number.
(T)
Section 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
29.2
29.2.2
(T)
i.
Features (Continued)
3)
Memory Dialing - allows a user to dial up to ten (10) frequently dialed numbers
through the use of an abbreviated access code.
4)
Ring again - automatically redials a busy telephone number.
5)
Hunting - directs incoming calls to an available hunt group number.
All of the above features may not be compatible with each other.
j.
29.2.3
Modem Pooling may be required to provide access to the analog public switched network.
Modem Pooling may be provided on either a dedicated or shared basis. Limitations on
transmission speed may apply. Rates apply as per Section 29.3 of this tariff.
Rates
a.
b.
Month-to-month rates
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
23.00
36 month rates,
per Term Payment Plan
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
22.00
Section 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
29.2
29.2.3
(T)
Rates (Continued)
c.
60 month rates,
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
21.00
In addition to the above rates the applicable local rates (R1, B1 and Centrex) apply.
d.
Optional Features
1)
Uninterrupted Service Feature
A data connection is normally terminated after thirty (30) minutes of inactivity. A
customer may subscribe to the Uninterrupted Service Feature to avoid this data
connection termination, subject to technical limitations. Service will not be
disconnected due to any period of inactivity.
a)
e.
per line
Monthly Rate
10.00
1)
The appropriate business service connection charges apply as per Section 4 of
this Tariff.
2)
A data terminal equipment installation charge of $50.00 for the first line and
$10.00 for each additional line applies in addition to the service connection
charge.
First Line terminal installation charge
Additional terminal installation charge
3)
$50.00
$10.00
If special or unusual line conditioning is required or unusual installations occur,
additional time and material charges may apply.
Section 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
29.2
29.2.4
(T)
Term Payment Plan
a.
The Term Payment Plan includes specific contract periods of 36 or 60 month in duration
and is offered to all DIALAN customers.
b.
The monthly rate for DIALAN Service under the term payment plan for the periods of 36 or
60 months is not subject to Company initiated rate increases.
c.
DIALAN line additions under the term payment plan may be made at contracted rates for
the duration of the contract period.
d.
payment options.
e.
1)
following formula for DIALAN lines:
DIALAN Lines
Below the Level
Under Contract
X
Monthly
DIALAN
Rates
X
Number of Months
Remaining
In the Contract
Period
Section 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
T-97-0302
29.2
29.2.4
(T)
Term Payment Plan (Continued)
2)
A customer who reduces DIALAN lines under contract has the following options
(a)
DIALAN lines disconnected that are under contract, or
(b)
DIALAN line(s) disconnected.
Section 29
Original Page 13
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.3
MODEM POOLING
Modem pooling provides access to the analog public switched network. Modem Pooling may be provided on
either a dedicated or shared basis. This service is available only in conjunction with Datapath and DIALAN
and is not a stand alone service. Limitations on transmission speed may apply.
a)
Dedicated, per line
b)
Shared, per line
Monthly Rate
Special assembly basis
Monthly Rate
14.00
Section 29
Original Page 14
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
ADVANCED DIGITAL SERVICES (ADS)
BASIC RATE ACCESS (BRA)
29.4.1
(N)
General
a.
Advanced Digital Services (ADS) are a public network-based set of communications
services that make it possible to send, receive, and modify information using regular
telephone lines. These services are based on NI-1, the first set of the National Integrated
Services Digital Network (ISDN) standards.
ISDN provides end-to-end digital
communications and gives the ability to transmit data and voice over the same telephone
line simultaneously (a user can send information from a personal computer and talk to the
person on the other end of the line at the same time). This functionality is provided via
channelized transport facilities. The ISDN architecture consists of digital central office
switching systems which connect Basic Rate Access (BRA) equipped lines to customers’
premises.
b.
ADS BRA is an optional service arrangement that requires an access line and can be used
in conjunction with a customer’s residential service, individual business line or Centrex
service. It uses the ISDN architecture to provide the customer with the capability to
transmit voice and data simultaneously over the same digital line. Under various optional
arrangements, BRA provides the customer with access to Circuit-Switched Voice
Services, Circuit-Switched Data Services, and Packet-Switched Data Services.
c.
An ADS BRA arrangement obtains its capabilities from an ISDN-capable, Telephone
Company central office switch.
The BRA ISDN arrangement provides two
communications channels (but using only one physical line) between a telephone (or
computer, fax machine or other equipment) and the digital central office. These channels
are called Bearer, or B Channels. Another channel, called the Delta or D Channel, is used
for signaling purposes and in some applications can be used for low speed packet data
communications. The complete BRA ISDN line is known as 2B+D.
1.
B Channel - The B Channel is a bi-directional synchronous channel capable of
supporting digital transmission speeds of up to 64 kilobits per second (kbps).
Some serving central offices may be limited to speeds of 56 kbps. ISDN
interconnection to or through non-ISDN equipped central offices will be sub-rated
to 56 kbps per channel. Each B Channel may be configured in one of the
following ways:
(a)
Circuit-Switched Voice - Allows the user to originate and receive only
voice calls over a single circuit-switched B Channel.
(b)
Circuit-Switched Data - Allows the user to originate and receive only
data calls over a single circuit-switched B Channel.
(c)
Alternate Circuit-Switched Voice/Data - Allows the user to originate
and receive either voice calls or data calls over a single circuit-switched
B Channel, but not simultaneously.
(d)
B Channel Packet-Switched Data Service (where available) - Allows
the user to originate and receive X.25 packet data calls on the B
Channel.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 15
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.1
General (Continued)
2.
29.4.2
(N)
D Channel - The D Channel is a 16 kbps digital signaling channel that carries
signaling and control for the B Channels. The D Channel may be optionally used
to transmit X.25 packet data (where available) at a maximum transmission
throughput of 9.6 kbps.
d.
All ADS consist of central office facilities (including certain outside plant facilities) extended
from the Telephone Company’s switching equipment to the customer’s demarcation point.
e.
Distance Extension Charges, as set forth in Section 29.4.6 of this tariff, will apply to
customers who are within the serving central office and who are served at a transmission
range beyond 18,000 cable route feet from the central office.
f.
Directory Numbers
1.
Primary Directory Number - Each B Channel includes a single primary telephone
directory number. On a given 2B+D Advanced Digital Services line, calls are
routed to the appropriate terminal device (voice telephone, computer/data
terminal or packet device) based on the type of call (voice, data or packet)
presented to the Advanced Digital Services line.
2.
Secondary Directory Numbers - ADS may have additional telephone directory
numbers. The additional telephone number(s) may originate or receive calls
independent of the user’s Primary Directory Number; however, each B Channel is
allowed only one simultaneous circuit connection at a time.
CIRCUIT SWITCHING SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS
Circuit Switching is a switching arrangement in which an entire circuit or, in a digital switch
equipped for ISDN, a specific selection of channels is dedicated to a given call. Circuit-Switched
Service provides the ability to originate and receive circuit-switched voice and/or data calls over a
56/64 kbps B Channel. The customer may choose among the following Circuit-Switched features
based upon application needs:
a.
Clear Channel Capability - A characteristic of the transmission paths on the B Channels
that allows the full bandwidth of 64 kbps to be available to the customer. It is also possible
to bridge two B Channels together to achieve data transmission speeds of up to 128 kbps.
However, ISDN interconnection to or through non-ISDN equipped central offices will be
potentially sub-rated to 56 kbps per channel.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 16
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.2
(N)
CIRCUIT SWITCHING SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)
b.
Additional Call Offering - This feature allows the user to be notified of an additional call
when the telephone set is busy. Multiple incoming calls to a directory number or
secondary telephone number (if purchased) can be terminated to the telephone.
c.
Multiline Hunt Service - This feature allows incoming calls to a busy directory number to
search through a predetermined list of directory numbers. This may be another ADS
directory number on the same (or a different) B Channel or (for voice calls) an analog line.
The hunting arrangement may be linear or circular.
d.
Call Pick-Up - This feature allows the user to answer calls directed to other stations.
e.
Custom Calling Services - Applicable Custom Calling Services (except for those
superseded by Advanced Digital Services counterparts) are available at rates and charges
specified in the Custom Calling Services section of the Company’s tariff. The following
Custom Calling features found specifically in this BRA tariff will be charged at rates listed
in Section 29.4.6 of this tariff:
1.
Call Hold - This feature allows the user to place a call on hold.
2.
Three-Way Calling - This feature allows the user to add a third party to an
existing voice call and thus enables a conference between parties at multiple
locations. The user may also disconnect the last party added. The Additional
Call Offering feature or Additional Call Appearances feature is a prerequisite.
3.
Call Transfer - This feature allows the user to transfer a voice call to another
directory number. The Additional Call Offering feature or Additional Call
Appearances feature is a prerequisite.
4.
Conference Calling - Six-Way Station Controlled - This feature allows the user to
set up a conference call for up to 6 parties (including the originator of the call).
The Additional Call Offering feature or Additional Call Appearances feature is a
prerequisite.
5.
Call Forwarding - This feature allows calls to be redirected from one station to
another station.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 17
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.2
(N)
f.
Custom Calling Services - Custom Calling Features and ALLST*R Services are available
at rates and charges specified in Sections 13.3 and 13.11 of this tariff.
g.
Centrex Features - Applicable Centrex features (except for those superseded by
Advanced Digital Services counterparts) are available at rates and charges specified in
Section 12 of this tariff.
h.
Electronic Key Telephone Service (EKTS) - Electronic Key Telephone Service is a central
office based key system implementation that requires no switching equipment on the
customer’s premise. EKTS requires the customer to provide an EKTS capable terminal
set. EKTS provides the customer with the ability to access the following features (where
available):
1.
Multiple Appearance Directory Numbers - This feature allows a directory
number(s) from one EKTS set to appear on the EKTS sets of other users.
2.
Additional Call Appearances - This feature allows the same directory number to
appear more than once (by assigning the directory number to additional buttons)
on a customer’s telephone set, allowing the capability of multiple incoming or
outgoing calls associated with that directory number. For EKTS users, this
feature provides the same functionality as Additional Call Offering (or analog Call
Waiting).
3.
Analog Line Appearances - This feature allows analog users’ directory numbers
to appear on an EKTS set, thereby allowing the EKTS user to provide call
coverage for analog users. It may limit the use of other features and/or
functionalities on analog lines.
4.
Bridging - This feature allows more than one EKTS set in the Multiple
Appearance Directory Number group to be active on the same call
simultaneously.
5.
Automatic Bridged Call Exclusion (Privacy on Answer) - This feature allows only
one user to answer an incoming call, thereby preventing bridging on incoming
calls. On a call by call basis, this feature can be disabled via Privacy (Manual
Exclusion) to allow bridging to occur.
6.
Privacy (Manual Exclusion) - This feature allows the user to press a feature
button which will restrict other stations from bridging onto an existing call that is
active at that station or picking up an existing call on hold. A user who has the
Automatic Bridged Call Exclusion feature can press the Privacy button to disable
Automatic Bridge Call Exclusion and thereby allow bridging to occur on a given
call.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 18
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.2
(N)
7.
Intercom Calling - This feature allows for EKTS station-to-station calls. Intercom
calls can be made by pressing an intercom button and dialing one or two digits.
8.
Display Capability - This feature allows an appropriately equipped telephone set
to display a variety of information. For example, when idle, the time and date is
displayed. When the user is making a call, call progress information is displayed.
The following information is also provided:
(a)
Caller ID - This feature displays the calling number and name if
available. Enhanced Calling Services are available at rates and charges
specified in Section 13.11 of this tariff.
(b)
Called Number Display - This feature displays the called number (dialed
digits) on the telephone set when an outgoing call is made.
(c)
Calling Reason Display - This feature provides a display of the directory
number from which a call was redirected (via Call Forwarding features)
along with the reason (type of Call Forwarding) for the call being
redirected.
9.
Feature Function Buttons - This feature gives the user the ability to assign
features to specific buttons on the EKTS set. When depressed, the button will
activate or deactivate the assigned feature.
10.
Ringing Options - This feature is used with Multiple Appearance Directory
Number Arrangements and allows the EKTS set to apply different combinations
of ringing (ringing is turned off after a specified period of time), delayed ringing
(ringing is turned off after a specified period of time), immediate ringing, no
ringing, or normal ringing. On a per EKTS user basis, each directory number
may have a different ringing option.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 19
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.3
(N)
PACKET-SWITCHED DATA SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS
Packet Switching is a service in which packets of data are individually addressed and combined on a
transmission path with other addressed packets. Packet-Switched Data Service provides the ability to
originate and receive X.25 packet data calls. X.25 is the Consultative Committee on International
Telephone and Telegraph’s (CCITT) recommended and internationally accepted standard for connecting
data terminals to packet-switched networks.
D-Channel Packet - This service provides packet data on the D Channel at a maximum
transmission throughput of up to 9.6 kbps per logical channel.
B-Channel Packet - This service provides packet data on the B Channel at a maximum
transmission throughput of 64kbps per logical channel.
The customer may choose among the following Packet-Switched features (where available) based upon
application needs:
a.
Hunt Groups - An arrangement that allows an incoming call to a busy packet directory number to
search through a predetermined list of packet directory numbers in search of a non-busy logical
channel to complete the call. The hunting arrangement may be linear or circular.
b.
X.25 Data Services:
1.
Logical Channels - An arrangement that is a virtual circuit, offering multiple logical
connections at the packet level of X.25. Logical Channels allow multiple packet calls (or
virtual calls) to be active simultaneously on a single D Channel or B Channel.
2.
DTE Support Feature - The Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Feature allows the network to
prevent any network-to-user signaling on a virtual circuit associated with a directory
number that is not included in the X.25 version. Virtual circuit communication is allowed
between the subscriber’s equipment and remote customer equipment that conforms to the
X.25 version. This feature is available on a per directory number basis.
3.
RPOA Selection - The Recognized Private Operating Agency (RPOA) arrangement allows
the user to specify an Inter-Exchange Carrier or transit network for inter-network calls on a
per call basis.
4.
Incoming/Outgoing Calls Barred - This arrangement can either be used to prohibit a data
terminal from receiving an incoming call or from originating outgoing calls.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 20
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.3
(N)
PACKET-SWITCHED DATA SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)
b.
X.25 Data Services:
5.
Default Information Rate Assignment Features - This arrangement allows the
user to subscribe to a default information rate for each direction of
communication for a virtual call.
6.
Non-Standard Default Packet Sizes Feature - This arrangement allows the user
to subscribe to a larger maximum packet size for each direction of
communication than the default 128 octets normally provided. To have this
arrangement, the user must also have the Flow Control Parameter Negotiation
Feature.
7.
Flow Control Parameter Negotiation Feature - This arrangement permits the
negotiation on a per call basis of the flow control parameters and automatically
negotiates the maximum packet size and window size for each direction of data
transmission.
8.
Throughput Class Negotiation - An arrangement that allows the user to request
specific throughput classes (bits/second) in the call request packet for each
direction of data transfer associated with a virtual call.
9.
Transit Delay Feature - This arrangement allows the user to indicate a desired
maximum transit delay in the call request packet on a per call basis.
10.
Non-Standard Default Window Size - An arrangement that allows the selection of
the default window size of 1 though 7, instead of the standard window size of 2.
To have this arrangement, the user must also have the Flow Control Parameter
Negotiation Feature.
11.
Fast Select - An arrangement that allows a sending data terminal to forward up to
128 bytes of data along with the call setup and clearing packets.
12.
Fast Select Acceptance - An arrangement that allows the switch to transmit
incoming call packets with the Fast Select facility to a destination terminal that
has this feature.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 21
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.3
PACKET-SWITCHED DATA SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS (Continued)
c.
29.4.4
(N)
Closed User Groups - An arrangement that limits communications to members within a
designated subnetwork of packet switching data users. The Closed User Group feature is
established on a per line basis. Each data terminal in a Closed User Group can be
arranged in one of the following modes:
1.
Closed User Group with Outgoing Access - The data terminal makes outgoing
calls only.
2.
Closed User Group with Incoming Access - The data terminal receives incoming
calls only.
3.
Incoming Calls Barred Within a Closed User Group - The data terminal makes
outgoing calls only to the data terminal in the Closed User Group with which it is
associated.
4.
Outgoing Calls Barred Within a Closed User Group - The data terminal receives
incoming calls only to the data terminals in the Closed User Group with which it is
associated.
5.
Unrestricted Access - The data terminal receives and makes both incoming and
outgoing calls.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
a.
Transmission Specifications
The standard transmission parameters for Advanced Digital Services utilizing an ISDN
Basic Rate Interface (BRA) consists of: A maximum of 38.5db loop loss at a 40Kz test
tone terminated into a 135 ohm impedance. The 38.5db loss includes all central office
facilities, outside plant facilities and inside wiring (which are owned and maintained by the
Company only up to and including the demarcation point).
b.
Customer Premise Equipment and Facilities
Compatible customer premise equipment is required to utilize ADS. All equipment used to
interface with these services is required to conform with NI-1 guidelines.
The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations, or
procedures of the Company utilized in the provisioning of ADS render any facilities
provided by the customer obsolete or require modification of such equipment or system, or
otherwise affect its use or performance.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 22
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.5
(N)
REGULATIONS
a.
Unless specifically exempted, ADS shall be subject to all general regulations applicable to
the provision of service by the Company as stated in this tariff.
b.
ADS is provided at the option of the Company. This service is furnished subject to central
office switching capacity, capability, the availability of outside plant facilities, and the
necessary billing capabilities.
1.
The availability, functionality, and capabilities of ADS may vary, or may not be
available, dependent upon the type of serving central office switch, related
software controlling that switch, hardware, and associated outside plant.
(a)
Where facilities are not available, or unusual expenditures are involved
in making them available, the customer may be required to pay
additional charges to cover the unusual expenditure, or to contract for
services beyond the normal service term, or both. (These rates and
charges will be determined on an individual case basis.)
(b)
Distance Extension Service: ADS may be provided to a customer’s
location served beyond the normal transmission range of the serving
central office. In such cases, in addition to the charges and rates for
ADS, Distance Extension Service rates and charges as stated in
Section 29.4.6 are applicable.
c.
The minimum charge period for the payment of services provided under this tariff is one
month.
d.
At the Company’s discretion, the following nonrecurring service connection charges may
be reduced or waived during promotional campaigns and/or as a part of customer
negotiations:
e.
1.
Nonrecurring per B Channel and/or per D Channel service connection charge.
2.
Nonrecurring EKTS service connection charges.
Directory Listings: One directory listing is provided without charge for each ADS
customer. For Centrex customers, one directory listing (either an analog or ADS number)
is provided per Centrex system. Additional listings may be provided as specified in
Section 6.6 of this tariff.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 23
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.5
(N)
REGULATIONS (Continued)
f.
g.
Billable Call Treatment
1.
Normal toll charges shall apply to calls that are made outside of the Local Service
Area.
2.
ADS customers who use the Call Forwarding or Call Transfer features are
responsible for the payment of any applicable charges for each billable call
connected via these features over the public network. The charge is applicable
to each call answered, including the Call Forwarding set-up call. It also applies to
collect and person-to-person calls, which may be refused at the answering
station.
Customer Premise Equipment
1.
This tariff for ADS does not include terminal equipment on the customer’s
premises. Terminal equipment may be sold or leased separately by the
Company (under a separate contract), or may be provided by the customer.
2.
The customer is responsible for providing the power required for any and all
customer premise equipment connected to an Advanced Digital Services
equipped line.
h.
The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages arising out of error, interruptions,
defects, failures, or malfunctions of ADS or associated equipment. Damages arising out
of such interruptions, defects, failures, or malfunctions of the services after the Company
has been notified, and has reasonable time for repair, shall in no event exceed an amount
equivalent to the charges made for the service affected for the period following notice from
the customer until service is restored.
i.
ADS-BRA is not eligible for vacation rates and is not offered for joint use service.
(N)
Section 29
BY:
Vice President
29.4
29.4.6
RATES AND CHARGES
a.
Advanced Digital Services Access
1.
ADS must be ordered in conjunction with basic exchange access services (e.g.,
R1, B1, Centrex). The rates and charges below are in addition to the existing
rates for these services for providing an ADS capable line to the customer’s
premises. These charges provide a 0B + 0D ISDN service. ADS is available in
1B +D and 2B + D configurations. The customer must select the desired B
Channels and D Channel arrangements to configure the service as required.
When the Basic Exchange Access Service is ordered at the same time that ADSBRA is ordered, the service connection charges in Section 29.4.6 of this tariff
apply. Charges in Section 4 of this tariff do not apply to ADS-BRA.
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
$75.00
$125.00
$125.00
N/A
$12.75
$14.00
$14.00
$39.99
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
Circuit-Switched Voice
(per B Channel)
$10.00
$3.00
Circuit-Switched Data
(per B Channel)
$10.00
$3.00
Circuit-Switched Alternate Voice/Data
(per B Channel)
$10.00
$5.99
High Speed Packet Switched Services
(per B Channel)
$100.00
$120.00
Low Speed Packet Switched Services
(per D Channel)
$25.00
$7.50
N/A
N/A
Access
Residential Advanced Digital Services
Single Line Business Advanced Digital Services
Centrex Advanced Digital Services
Distance Extension Charge
b.
Communications Channels
1.
Service establishment and monthly charges:
Service Element
D Channel Signaling
(per D Channel)
(I)
Section 29
BY:
Vice President
29.4
29.4.6
b.
Communications Channels (Continued)
2.
Usage Charges
(a)
Circuit-Switching - The following usage charges will be assessed on
local calls originating from access lines equipped with Advanced Digital
Services:
Per
Usage Element
Minute
1. Measured Usage:
First 2,400 minutes per month (per B Channel per
minute)
N/A
Each additional minute over 2,400 minutes per month
(per B Channel per minute)
$.02
2. Unlimited Usage:
Monthly
Rate
Unlimited Usage (offered only after two (2) B
Channels are subscribed to)
$99.99
Measured usage is not available for customers that have
unlimited usage service. A customer’s B Channels on BRA
equipped lines will be either all measured usage or all unlimited
usage service on data calls.
3.
Directory Numbers
(a)
Additional Directory Numbers will be available at the rates as listed in
Section 6.6 of this tariff
(I)
Section 29
Original Page 26
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.6
(N)
c.
Circuit-Switched Features
1.
Recurring charges:
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
Clear Channel Capability (where available)
N/A
N/A
Additional Call Offering
(per B Channel)
First 4 call appearances
N/A
$.75
N/A
N/A
$8.00
$.75
N/A
$.75
N/A
(For Centrex,
See Note 1)
$.75
(For Centrex,
See Note 1)
N/A
N/A
Note 1
Note 1
N/A
N/A
N/A
(For Centrex,
See Note 1)
$2.00
(For Centrex,
See Note 1)
Call Forwarding
(per B Channel)
Note 1
Note 1
Other Custom Calling Services
Note 1
Note 1
Circuit-Switched Feature
Fifth and subsequent call appearances
Multiline Hunt Service
(per B Channel)
Call Pick-Up
(per B Channel)
Custom Calling Services:
Call Hold
Three Way Calling (per B Channel)
Call Transfer
Conference Calling - Six Way Station
Controlled (per B Channel)
Note 1: Current rates, charges, and multiple feature discounts for applicable Custom Calling, Enhanced Custom
Calling, and Centrex Services may be found in the appropriate sections of this tariff. For analog lines, the
rates and charges for these services are normally applied on a per line basis. For lines equipped with
Advanced Digital Services, the rates and charges for these services are applied on a per B Channel basis
(to each B Channel to which these services are assigned).
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 27
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.6
(N)
c.
Circuit-Switched Features (Continued)
1.
Recurring charges: (Continued)
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
Advanced Calling Services:
Note 1
Note 1
Centrex Features
(Centrex customers only)
Note 1
Circuit-Switched Feature
2.
Note 1
Service establishment charges
When the above features are ordered as part of an initial service
order with an Advanced Digital Services B Channel, there is no
service establishment charge for these services.
3.
Subsequent feature additions and changes
When the above features are ordered or modified after the initial
installation of an Advanced Digital Services B Channel, the
nonrecurring feature addition and change charge is as follows:
Charge
Feature Additions and Changes
(per B Channel)
$20.00
Only one service charge will appear when multiple features are
added or changed on a B Channel as part of the same service order.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 28
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.6
(N)
d.
Electronic Key Telephone Service (EKTS)
1.
The monthly rates shown below apply to EKTS features. To have EKTS, a line
must have at least one Advanced Digital Services Circuit-Switched Voice or
Circuit-Switched Alternate Voice/Data B Channel.
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
$25.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
$8.00
$.75
N/A
N/A
$8.00
$.75
$8.00
$.75
Bridging
N/A
N/A
Automatic Bridged Call Exclusive (Privacy on
Answer)
N/A
N/A
Privacy (Manual Exclusion)
N/A
N/A
$8.00
$.50
Electronic Key Telephone Service Feature
Electronic Key Telephone Service
(per B Channel configured for EKTS)
Multiple Appearance Directory Numbers:
First 4 DNs on an EKTS Set
Fifth and Subsequent DN appearing on an
EKTS Set
Additional Call Appearances (where available):
First 4 call appearances
Fifth and subsequent call appearances
(per EKTS Set)
Analog Line Appearances (per analog number
appearing on an EKTS Set)
Intercom Calling
(Per Intercom button assigned to an EKTS Set)
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 29
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.6
(N)
d.
Electronic Key Telephone Service (EKTS)
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
Called Number Display
N/A
N/A
Calling Reason Display
N/A
N/A
See Note 1,
See Note 1,
N/A
N/A
Electronic Key Telephone Service Feature
Display Capability:
Message Waiting Indication
Ringing Options
2.
Subsequent feature additional and changes
When EKTS features are ordered or modified after the initial installation of EKTS,
the nonrecurring feature addition and change charge is as follows:
(per EKTS line)
Nonrecurring
Charge
$20.00
Only one service charge will appear when multiple features are
added or changed on a B Channel as part of the same service order.
(N)
Section 29
Original Page 30
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
29.4
29.4.6
(N)
e.
Packet-Switched Services
1.
The monthly rates shown below apply to Packet-Switched Service. D Channel
Packet or B Channel Packet is a prerequisite for these services:
Service
Connection
Monthly
Rate
$10.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
Closed User Groups
(per user group)
$10.00
N/A
Closed User Groups
(per member)
N/A
$2.00
Non Standard Default Packet Sizes
N/A
$5.00
Non Standard Default Window Size
N/A
$5.00
Packet-Switched Service/Feature
Hunt Groups (per member)
X.25 Data Services
2.
Subsequent feature additions and charges
When packet switching features and/or parameters are ordered or modified after
initial installation, the nonrecurring feature addition and change charge is as
follows:
(per packet channel)
Nonrecurring
Charge
$20.00
Only one service charge will appear when multiple features or parameters are
added or changed on a D Channel as part of the same service order.
(N)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 29
May 1, 2002
29.5
DIGITAL CHANNEL SERVICE (DCS)
29.5.1 GENERAL
A.
Digital Channel Service (DCS) is an optional packaged service arrangement that is used in
conjunction with a customer's business trunks. It packages Private Branch Exchange
trunks and DID trunks with a T-1 transmission facility.
B.
DCS facilities provide an intraexchange connection between a customer’s premises and
the local serving central office. DCS is based on DS1/DS0 technology, also know as T1
service. This service arrangement uses the DS1/DS0 architecture to provide a 1.544Mbps
connection. The customer is then provided the capability to transmit voice and/or data
over 56Kbps channels of that digital facility. Each DS1 facility provides up to 24 56Kbps
(DS0) channels.
C.
Digital Channel Service is offered only on Term payment Plans of 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60
months.
29.5.2 DCS PACKAGING
A.
DCS service arrangement connects a Telephone Company central office switch to
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE). Depending on the application, that CPE might be
a PBX, a router, a multiplexer, etc. Each DCS provides up to twenty-four digital
communications channels.
B.
Digital Channel Service packages the following components:
Digital Facility - includes the DS1 facility and terminating equipment at each end.
Exchange Services (per channel) - defines how each channel is to be used.
29.5.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Transmission Specifications - this facility is based on a 1.544 Mbps DS1 carrier (T1
facility) whose characteristics are as follows:
Data Rate
B.
=
56 kbps restricted
Customer Premise Equipment and Facilities - compatible customer premise equipment is
required for DCS. The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the
equipment, operations, or procedures of the Telephone Company used in the provisioning
of DCS render any facilities provided by the customer obsolete or require modification of
such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use or performance.
(T)
Section 29
BY:
29.5
29.5.4
29.5.5
(Continued)
REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS
A.
Unless specifically exempted, DCS shall be subject to all general regulations applicable to
the provision of service by the Company as stated in this tariff.
B.
DCS is furnished subject to central office switching capacity, capability, and the availability
of outside plant facilities.
C.
Payment for Service
1.
The minimum charge period for services provided under this tariff is one year.
2.
Suspension of service is not allowed during the minimum charge period or
contract period without penalty.
D.
At the Company's discretion and subject to Commission rule and regulations, nonrecurring
charges may be reduced or waived during promotional campaigns (minimum service
periods will apply).
E.
Directory Listings - One directory listing is provided without charge for each exchange
service. Additional listings may be provided at the rates specified in Section 6 of this tariff.
F.
Customer Premises Equipment
1.
This tariff does not include terminal equipment on the customer's premises.
2.
The customer is responsible for providing the power required for any customer
premise equipment connected to DCS.
G.
End User Common Line (EUCL) Charges - DCS is subject to Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) End User Common Line (EUCL) charges under the rates and
application rules specified by the FCC.
H.
The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages arising out of error, interruptions,
defects, failure, or malfunctions of DCS or associated equipment. Damages arising out of
such interruptions, defects, failures, or malfunctions of the services after the Company has
been notified, and has reasonable time for repair, shall in no event exceed an amount
equivalent to the charges made for the service affected for the period following notice from
the customer until service is restored.
RATES AND CHARGES
A.
Digital Channel Service Facility
Digital Access Facility(per DCS facility)
Distance Extension Charge (per repeater)
Service
Establishment
Monthly
Charge
$700.00
$325.00
n/c
$95.00
(I)
ISSUED:
BY:
Section 29
May 1, 2002
29.5
(Continued)
29.5.5
RATES AND CHARGES (continued)
B.
Channel Services and Term Discounts
For each channel activated, a trunk charge will be applied. The rate for the trunk will be established
as a discount of the trunk charge found in Section 11 of this tariff as follows:
Service
Establishment
Monthly
Charge
Channel Service(per channel)
$12.00
N/C
Channel Service Discount
(12 Month Service Agreement)
N/C
43% discount of the normal
exchange trunk rates
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
Once a term payment plan has expired, a new plan must be entered into. If a
new plan is not entered into, the trunk rates in Section 11 will apply without the
discounts listed above.
C.
Subsequent feature additions and changes
When the above features are ordered or modified after the initial installation of DCS, the
nonrecurring Feature Addition and Change charge reflected below is applied in addition to
the normal charges reflected in this tariff:
Charge
(per DCS facility)
$35.00
Only one service charge will apply when multiple features are added or changed on a DCS facility as part of
the same service order.
(T)
(T)
Section 29
Original Sheet No. 34
ISSUED:
April 13, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.1. GENERAL
Effective: May 13, 1998
A.
ISDN architecture provides two access methods that connect customers’ premises to network
switching systems, Primary Rate Access (PRA) for large quantities of connections and Basic Rate
Access (BRA) for smaller numbers of connections. PRA facilities are typically used for business
only.
B.
PRA is an optional service arrangement that must be configured with 24 PBX Trunks. This service
arrangement uses the ISDN architecture to provide the customer with the capability to transmit
voice and data simultaneously over the same digital facility. Under various optional arrangements,
PRA provides the customer with access to Circuit Switched Voice Services and Circuit Switched
Data Services. In general, this tariff addresses standardized National ISDN-1 (NI-1) capabilities
and features.
C.
PRA is offered on Term Payment Plans of 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60 months.
29.6.2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE SERVICE ARRANGEMENT
A.
PRA Service Arrangement connects an ISDN-capable Telephone Company central office switch to
ISDN-capable Class II Customer Premises Equipment (CPE). Depending on the application, the
CPE might be a PBX, a router, a multiplexer, etc. Each PRA service arrangement provides twentythree or twenty-four digital communications channels.
These communication channels can be either B (Bearer) Channels or D (Delta) Channels:
1.
2.
B Channel - The B Channel is a bi-directional synchronous channel capable of supporting
digital transmission speeds of 56 kilobits per second (kbps) or 64 kilobits per second,
where available. Each B Channel of an Advanced Digital Services PRA may carry:
(1)
Circuit Switched Voice
(2)
Circuit Switched Data, or
D Channel - The D Channel is a 56 or 64 kbps digital signaling channel that carries
signaling and control for the B Channels.
B.
Primary Rate Access Facility - The Primary Rate Access Facility provides a high-capacity digital link
over which the Advanced Digital Services PRA capabilities are delivered. This facility is based on
a 1.544 Mbps DS1 carrier (T1 facility). The typical PRA Access Facility configuration is known as
23B+D, where twenty-three of the channels are B Channels and one is a D Channel.
C.
Multiple PRA Facility Arrangement - There may be situations where more than 23 B Channels are
needed at a particular customer premise. In those situations, depending on facility availability,
multiple PRA facilities can be assigned to an Advanced Digital Services PRA Service Arrangement.
With the Multiple PRA Facility Arrangement, the D Channel in the first PRA facility is used to
transport signaling for up to four additional PRA facilities. The first facility would be configured as
23B+D and the other facilities would be configured as 24B. This use of Non-Facility Associated
Signaling (NFAS) allows the overhead of the D Channel to be distributed over multiple PRI facilities
thereby increasing channel efficiency.
D.
D Channel Backup - In Multiple PRA Facility Arrangements, a second D Channel can be assigned
(where available) to the primary D Channel to provide redundancy of the signaling channel.
E.
Distance Extension Charge - provides an additional approximately one mile of transmission facility
beyond the 12,000 ft provided with the PRA Facility. If a customer is located a great distance from
the Company central office, it is possible that several Distance Extension Charges could be
required per PRA Facility.
ISSUED:
Section 29
April 13, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.3. CIRCUIT SWITCHED SERVICE DESCRIPTIONS
Circuit Switching is a switching arrangement in which an entire circuit or B Channel is dedicated to a given
call. The circuit is connected on a per-call basis and can carry circuit switched voice or circuit switched data.
Circuit switched related services include:
A.
Clear Channel Capability - This feature is a characteristic of the transmission paths on the B
Channels that allows the full bandwidth of 64 kbps to be available to the customer. (Clear Channel
Capability cannot be guaranteed outside the serving central office. Interoffice traffic may be
subrated to 56 kbps.) Clear Channel Capability is applicable to CPE that supports clear channel
capability.
B.
Dedicated Trunk Groups - The B Channels of PRA can be dedicated for calls to and from the public
network. Trunk Group types include Incoming, Outgoing, 2-way, Direct Outward Dialing (DOD) or
Direct Inward Dialing (DID).
C.
Primary Rate Call-by-Call Service - The Primary Rate Call-by-Call feature offers access to
additional services via the B Channels of PRA. These additional services include:
•
•
•
Foreign Exchange
OutWATS
InWATS
With this feature, any B Channel can be used to offer the above services on a per-call basis, in
addition to supporting trunk calls to/from the public network (i.e., DOD/DID).
Simulated Facility Groups (SFG) are used to control the number of B Channels that can be used for
a particular service or for calls to the public network. The SFG is a logical relationship between the
services (or public network calls) and the number of B Channels. Any B Channel may be used for
any service (or for public network calls) provided the actual number of calls currently active for that
service does not exceed the maximum-allowed value associated within the SFG.
D.
Directory Numbers - Directory numbers may be purchased at rates specified in Section 29.6.6
below.
E.
Caller ID (Number) - This feature allows the central office and the customer’s suitably equipped
CPE to communicate the calling party’s directory number. On calls carried by the PRA, the number
can then be made available to be displayed on a properly equipped telephone set or adjunct
equipment.
F.
Caller ID (Name) - This feature (where available) allows the central office and the customer’s
suitably equipped CPE to communicate calling party name information (associated with the calling
party’s directory number) on calls carried by the PRA. The name can then be made available to be
displayed on a properly equipped telephone set or adjunct equipment
ISSUED:
Section 29
April 13, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Transmission Specifications - The PRA facility requires a high-capacity digital link over which PRA
is delivered. This facility is based on a 1.544 Mbps DS1 carrier (T1 facility) whose characteristics
are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
B.
Line Code
Framing Format
Signaling
Data Rate
D Channel
=
=
=
=
=
Bipolar 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS)
Extended Super Frame (ESF)
Common Channel Signaling (CCS)
64 kbps clear or 56 kbps restricted
24th channel on the appropriate PRA
access facility
Customer Premises Equipment Facilities - Compatible customer premises equipment is required for
PRA. All equipment used with these services is required to conform with National ISDN guidelines,
as referenced in the following Bellcore specifications:
Document Number
Description
TR-NWT-001268
ISDN Primary Rate Access Call Control Switching and
Signaling Generic Requirements for Class II Equipment
SR-NWT-002343
ISDN Primary Rate Access Generic Guidelines for Customer
Premises Equipment
The Telephone Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations,
or procedures of the Company used in the provisioning of PRA render any facilities provided by the
customer obsolete or require modification of such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use
or performance.
29.6.5. REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS
A.
Unless specifically exempted, PRA shall be subject to all general regulations applicable to the
provision of service by the Telephone Company as stated in this tariff.
B.
PRA and its optional services are furnished subject to central office switching capacity, capability,
and the availability of outside plant facilities.
1.
The availability, functionality, and capabilities of PRA may vary, or may not be available,
dependent upon type of serving central office switch, related software controlling that
switch, and associated outside plant.
(a)
Where facilities are not available, or where facilities may be required outside this
tariff provision, such as foreign serving office arrangements, the customer may
be required to pay additional charges to cover the cost of these facilities, or to
subscribe to additional services as provided in other portions of the tariff.
ISSUED:
Section 29
First Revised Sheet No. 37
Replacing Original Sheet No. 37
November 16, 2006
Vice President
Effective: December 1, 2006
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.5. REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS (Cont’d)
B. (Cont’d)
2.
C.
(a)
This arrangement may require that the customer accept a directory number
change to a number associated with the alternate central office.
(b)
Calls that are originated by, and terminated to, a customer using this service
arrangement will be billed as if the calls were placed from the customer’s normal
serving central office.
(c)
When PRA subsequently becomes available from the customer’s normal serving
central office, the customer will be reconnected to the normal serving central
office. This may also require a directory number charge. If such changes occur,
the nonrecurring charge associated with the change will not be applicable. If the
customer does not wish to take service from the normal central office after such
service becomes available, but continues to use service from the alternate
serving central office, charges for distance extensions (foreign exchange service
or special outside facilities) will apply. If foreign exchange service is used, the
rates for foreign exchanges will be applied in addition to the PRA rates. Any
other special outside plant facilities used to provide PRA will be tariffed on an
individual case basis.
(d)
The availability, functionality, and capabilities of PRA may vary when a
customer’s serving central office is equipped to provide such services.
(e)
Situations where the customer specifically requests service from a central office
other than its normal serving central office will be handled on an individual case
basis.
Interconnection
1.
D.
Alternate Serving Arrangements: Where the customer’s serving central office is not PRA
capable, the Company, at its discretion, may provide service from an alternate serving
central office at no additional charge to the customer. Such provisioning may be elected
when, at the discretion of the Company, the service can be provided at a reasonable cost
to the Company. The customer must accept the serving location assigned by the
Company, and must agree to revert to service from the normal serving central office when
PRA is available in that office.
PRA service is provided for use by the enduser customer only as a local switched service.
PRA service is not available for use by Commercial Mobile Radio Carriers, Private Mobile
Radio Carriers, Interexchange Carriers, VoIP Service Providers or other carriers or
providers for use in aggregating or transporting inter-exchange traffic. Such usage is
strictly prohibited by this Tariff. Other services designed for and intended for such use are
offered by the Company specifically via interconnection agreement or the Access Tariff.
Payment for Service
1.
The minimum charge period for services provided under this tariff is one year.
2.
Suspension of service is not allowed during the minimum charge period without penalty. If
the customer disconnects PRA prior to the 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60 month service term
agreement, the customer will pay a charge equal to the PRA monthly rate in affect on the
date of the contract, multiplied by the remaining number of months on the term agreement
for each PRA disconnected.
3.
In the event the customer cancels the contract after installation of the required equipment
and facilities but before service is established, the customer will pay the applicable
installation charges.
(C)
ISSUED:
Section 29
April 13, 1998
Live Oak, Florida
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.5. REGULATIONS AND CONDITIONS (Cont’d)
E.
Nonrecurring charges may be reduced or waived during promotional campaigns (minimum service
periods will apply).
F.
Directory Listings - Directory Listings may be provided as specified for in Section 5 of this Tariff.
G.
Billable Call Treatment
H.
1.
Normal toll charges (including InWATS and OutWATS charges) shall apply to calls that
are made outside the Local Service Area.
2.
PRA customers who use the Call Forwarding or Call Transfer features are responsible for
the payment of any applicable charges for each billable call connected via these features
over the public network. The charge is applicable to each call answered, including the Call
Forwarding set-up call. It also applies to collect and person-to-person calls, which may be
refused at the answering station.
Customer Premise Equipment
1.
This tariff does not include terminal equipment on the customer’s premises. Terminal
equipment may be covered under a separate tariff, sold or leased separately by the
Telephone Company (under a separate contract), or may be provided by the customer.
2.
The customer is responsible for providing the power required for any customer premises
equipment connected to PRA.
I.
End User Common Line (EUCL) Charges: PRA is subject to Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) End User Common Line (EUCL) charges under the rates and application rules specified by
the FCC.
J.
The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages arising out of error, interruption, defects,
failure, or malfunctions of PRA or associated equipment. Damages arising out of such
interruptions, defects, failures, or malfunctions of the services after the Company has been notified,
and has reasonable time for repair, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the charges
made for the service affected for the period following notice from the customer until service is
restored.
ISSUED:
Section 29
Second Revised Sheet No. 39
Cancels First Revised Sheet No. 39
February 14, 2008
Vice President
Effective: March 1, 2008
PRIMARY RATE ACCESS
29.6.6. RATES AND CHARGES
A.
Primary Rate Access (PRA) Facility
1.
B.
Basic PRA Service is provided assuming a Dedicated Trunk Configuration. Optional PRA
capabilities may be used to alter that configuration. Additional charges for the PRA
capabilities as shown below:
Circuit-Switched Features
Feature
Primary Rate Access
Clear Channel Capability
Monthly
Rate
$1,200.00
$1,179.00
N/C
N/C
$80.00
$15.00
Caller ID - Name, where available (per PRA
facility, requires Caller ID - Number)
Directory Numbers
$160.00
$1.00
$84.00
$2.99
(I)
Call-by-Call Capability (per facility equipped)
$125.00
$12.99
(I)
D-Channel Back Up
$275.00
$40.00
N/C
$95.00
$200.00
$20.00
$1.00
$1.00
Caller ID - Number (per PRA facility)
Distance Extension Charge (per repeater)
Re-instatement of a DID number to a DID
Number block, per individual DID number assigned
-First Number
-Each Additional Number
C.
Service
Establishment
Subsequent Feature Additions and Changes
When the above features are ordered or modified after the initial installation of PRA, the
nonrecurring feature addition and change charge reflected below is applied in addition to the normal
charges reflected in this tariff:
Charge
$35.00
(per PRA facility)
Only one service charge will apply when multiple features are added or changed on a PRA facility
as part of the same service order.
E.
Term Discounts - applicable only to the Primary Rate Access monthly rate:
One Year
0%
Two Years
2%
Three Years
7%
Four Years
14%
Five Years
18%
Section 100
Sixth Revised Contents Page 1
Cancels Fifth Revised Contents Page 1
BY:
Vice President
CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
1
100.1
GENERAL
100.2
VOLUME CONTROL EQUIPMENT - TYPE A
2
100.2.1
Volume Control Set - Impaired Hearing
2
SPECIAL TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION - TYPE B
2
100.3.1
100.3.2
100.3.3
100.3.4
100.3.5
100.3.6
100.3.7
100.3.8
100.3.9
100.3.10
100.3.11
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
100.3
Special Construction - On Premises Mileage
Special Construction - Off Premises Mileage
Special Construction - Off Premises Mileage
100.4
ON-PREMISES EXTENSION MILEAGE - TYPE B
3
100.5
DATAPATH SERVICE – TYPE B
4
(O)
100.5.1
100.5.2
100.5.3
100.5.4
4
4
6
8
(O)
(O)
General
Regulations
Rates
Term Payment Plan
Material appearing on this page previously appeared in Section 29.
Section 100
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
100.1
GENERAL
a.
Service offerings listed herein are classified as obsolete according to the following types, and each
obsolete offering is designated by one of these types:
Type A - Not offered for new installation on or after the specified obsoleted date; and available
units used only for additions to or replacements of existing service at the same location.
Type B - Not offered for new installations on or after the specified obsoleted date at the rates and
charges shown in the obsolete offering; the obsolete rates and charges apply only to
those units in service on the specified date and continued to apply thereon until changed.
Type C - Unit no longer being offered; offered for new installation only as obtainable from existing
stock.
Type D - Any other arrangement: the specific provisions in each case being stated at the
beginning of the text for the obsolete service offering affected.
b.
Obsolete services are furnished subject to all rules and regulations of the tariff the same as would
be applicable if the service offering were not obsolete. For convenience in use, a Tariff Reference
is provided as an aid in referring the reader to a specific section of the tariff having a bearing on the
obsolete service offering.
Section 100
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
100.2
VOLUME CONTROL EQUIPMENT - TYPE A
100.2.1 Volume Control Set , impaired hearing
a.
General
Volume control for impaired hearing is normally provided by means of a wheel-type
adjustment located in the handset of certain telephones.
b.
Rates and Charges
Monthly Rate
Volume Control Telephone
$ 1.75
*Volume control equipment will be leased under tariff to only hearing impaired customers.
100.3
(M)
SPECIAL TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION - TYPE B
Monthly Rate
100.3.1 Special Construction - On Premise Mileage
$ 8.05
15.25
78.60
33.20
15.95
15.95
22.10
Section 100
Fourteenth Revised Page 3
Cancels Thirteenth Revised Page 3
BY:
100.3
100.4
SPECIAL TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION - TYPE B (continued)
Monthly Rate
100.3.8
Special Construction - On Premise Mileage
$12.35
100.3.9
2.65
100.3.10
24.45
100.3.11
69.00
On-Premises Extension Mileage Type - B
100.4.1
Extension of facilities between buildings
on the same premises or between premises
in the same building.
For each 200 feet or fraction thereof
(M)
Moved from Section 13.1.2 - Extension Line Mileage
Monthly
Rate
$1.00
(I)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
DATAPATH SERVICE – TYPE B
(D)(O)(M)
100.5.1 General
a.
Datapath Service is a central office based communications service for the transmission
of digital signals, using only digital transmission facilities. Datapath Service provides
asynchronous data access at speeds from 300 bps through 19.2 kbps and synchronous
data access at speeds from 1200 bps through 64 kbps.
(D)
b.
Datapath Service permits direct dialing between lines connected to the service and the
direct dialing of outgoing calls. Incoming calls are received through direct dialing into the
Datapath Service access lines.
c.
Datapath Service is not provided for the transmission of voice communications. Use of the
service is limited to the transmission of data through digital signals.
100.5.2 Regulations
a.
Datapath Service is provided subject to the availability of properly equipped digital central
offices and facilities. The Company is under no obligation to provide Datapath Service at a
distance from the central office that exceeds the technical limitations of the service.
Customers who are served by central offices other than the one from which Datapath is
offered may receive service through the Datapath Remote Access option. Rates apply as
per Section 100.5.3 of this tariff.
b.
The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of its equipment, operations, or
procedures utilized in the provision of Datapath Service render any facilities provided by
a customer obsolete or require modification or alteration of such equipment or system or
otherwise affect its use or performance. In such instance and when known in advance,
the Company will notify customers of such changes.
(M)
Material previously appearing on this page now appears on Page 10 of this Section.
(O)
(O)(M)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
DATAPATH SERVICE – TYPE B (Cont’d)
(O)
100.5.2 Regulations (Continued)
c.
Charges for Datapath Service do not include customer premises equipment and facilities.
Such equipment or facilities must be compatible with company facilities.
d.
Service is available on a month-to-month basis. In addition 36 and 60 month contracts are
available. Datapath Service is subject to all general regulations applicable to the provision
of service by the Company as stated elsewhere in the tariff.
e.
Datapath Service is offered on a touch calling basis only. Rates apply as per Section
13.2.2 of this tariff.
f.
Vacation service is not allowed.
g.
Regulations for Allowance for Interruption apply only as specified elsewhere in this tariff.
h.
When a data connection is inactive for thirty (30) minutes, the network will automatically
disconnect the data call. Should uninterrupted service be required the customer can
subscribe to the Uninterrupted Service Feature. Rates apply as per Section 100.5.3 of this
tariff.
i.
Features
Datapath Service includes but is not limited to the following features:
(O)
1)
Automatic Line - Automatically dials a customer’s pre-programmed telephone
number.
2)
Last number redial - allows a user to redial the last number called by use of an
access code rather than by dialing the entire number.
(O)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
(O)
100.5.2 Regulations (Continued)
i.
Features (Continued)
3)
Memory Dialing - allows a user to dial up to ten (10) frequently dialed numbers
through the use of an abbreviated access code.
4)
Ring again - automatically redials a busy telephone number.
5)
Hunting - directs incoming calls to an available hunt group number.
All of the above features may not be compatible with each other.
j.
Modem Pooling may be required to provide access to the analog public switched network.
Modem Pooling may be provided on either a dedicated or shared basis. Limitations on
transmission speed may apply. Rates apply as per Section 29.3 of this tariff.
100.5.3 Rates
a.
(O)
Month-to-Month rates
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
30.00
b.
36 month rates,
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
24.00
c.
60 month rates,
per line
Monthly Rate
Current
23.00
(O)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
(O)
100.5.3 Rates (Continued)
d.
Optional Features
1)
Uninterrupted Service Feature
A data connection is normally terminated after thirty (30) minutes of inactivity. A
customer may subscribe to the Uninterrupted Service Feature to avoid this data
connection termination, subject to technical limitations. Service will not be
disconnected due to any period of inactivity.
a)
2)
per line
Monthly Rate
10.00
Datapath Remote Access
A customer who is not within a Datapath serving office but who is within a
Datapath Serving area may subscribe to Datapath through the Datapath Remote
Access option. Datapath Remote Access is offered on a special assembly basis.
This charge will be in addition to the charges that are found in this section.
e.
1)
The appropriate business service connection charges apply as per Section 4 of
this Tariff.
2)
A data terminal equipment installation charge of $50.00 for the first line and
$10.00 for each additional line applies in addition to the service connection
charges.
First Line terminal installation charge
Additional terminal installation charge
3)
(O)
$50.00
$10.00
If special or unusual line conditioning is required or unusual installations occur,
additional time and material charges may apply.
(O)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
(O)
100.5.4 Term Payment Plan
a.
The Term Payment Plan includes specific contract periods of 36 or 60 month in duration
and is offered to all Datapath customers.
b.
The monthly rate for Datapath service under the term payment plan for the periods of 36
or 60 months is not subject to Company initiated rate increases.
c.
Datapath line additions under the term payment plan may be made at contracted rates for
the duration of the contract period.
d.
payment options.
e.
1)
following formula for Datapath lines:
Datapath Lines
Below the Level
Under Contract
X
Monthly
Datapath
Rates
X
Number of Months
Remaining
In the Contract
Period
(O)
(O)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
100.5
(O)
100.5.4 Term Payment Plan (Continued)
2)
(O)
A customer who reduces Datapath lines under contract has the following options
(a)
Datapath lines disconnected that are under contract, or
(b)
Datapath line(s) disconnected.
(O)
Section 100
BY:
Vice President
(M)
Material appearing on this page previously appeared on Page 4 of this Section.
(M)
(M)
Section 200
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
RESERVED FOR FUTURE FILING
Section 200
BY:
Live Oak, Florida
RESERVED FOR FUTURE FILING

Windstream Florida, Inc.

Transcription

Similar documents

Customer`s recommendations using the SCI technology:

STORCZYK 2010 Digital Communication System

- Tree cactus is-afSOToundonlower

Leaflet

Why WPCV! - Hall Lakeland

Investing in Florida`s Future: What Are Our Choices?

A non-native skink on Grand Bahama Green Anoles (Anolis

Amar Ujala Advertising Rates

Untitled

Florida SGNA